Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 8, 2014

Registration No. 333-192862

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3730   46-4024640

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary standard industrial

classification code number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

5075 Kimberly Way

Loudon, Tennessee 37774

(865) 458-5478

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jack D. Springer

Chief Executive Officer

5075 Kimberly Way

Loudon, Tennessee 37774

(865) 458-5478

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

J. Chase Cole, Esq.

Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis, LLP

511 Union Street, Suite 2100

Nashville, Tennessee 37219

(615) 244-6380

 

John-Paul Motley, Esq.

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

400 South Hope Street

Los Angeles, California 90071

(213) 430-6100

 

Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.

Morrison & Foerster LLP

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

(212) 468-8179

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of propose sale to the public: As soon as practicable after effective date of this registration statement .

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated January 8, 2014

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                     Shares

 

LOGO

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. No public market currently exists for our shares. Malibu Boats, Inc. is a newly-formed holding company that will hold an interest in, and be the sole managing member of, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC.

We are selling              shares of our Class A Common Stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering              shares of our Class A Common Stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase equity interests in Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC from our existing owners. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share. We have applied to list our Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MBUU.”

Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A Common Stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interest in Malibu Boats, Inc., which will own approximately         % of the economic interest in Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC. Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A Common Stock will collectively have approximately         % of the voting power of Malibu Boats, Inc., and holders of our Class B Common Stock will collectively have approximately         % of the voting power of Malibu Boats, Inc.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements after this offering.

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 19.

 

 

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses

   $         $     

 

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                      additional shares of Class A Common Stock to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock to purchasers on or about                     , 2014.

 

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES   WELLS FARGO SECURITIES

 

 

 

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY   BMO CAPITAL MARKETS

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2014.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LIFE WITHOUT LIMITS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LIFE


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WITHOUT


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LIMITS


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     19   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     37   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     38   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     40   

CAPITALIZATION

     41   

DILUTION

     42   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     45   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     53   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     56   

BUSINESS

     73   

HISTORY AND FORMATION TRANSACTIONS

     91   

MANAGEMENT

     98   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     112   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     119   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     123   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     128   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     131   

UNDERWRITING

     136   

LEGAL MATTERS

     142   

EXPERTS

     142   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     142   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS

     A-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf in connection with this offering. We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, the selling stockholders are not and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the Class A Common Stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

i


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires:

 

  Ÿ  

we use the terms “Malibu Boats,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar references to refer (1) prior to the consummation of the offering transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” to Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, or the LLC, and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the offering transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” to Malibu Boats, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries;

 

  Ÿ  

we refer to the owners of membership interests in the LLC immediately prior to the offering transactions, collectively, as our “existing owners”;

 

  Ÿ  

references to “fiscal year” refer to the fiscal year of Malibu Boats, which ends on June 30. Fiscal years 2012 and 2013 for the LLC ended on June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Fiscal year 2014 will end on June 30, 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

we use the term “performance sport boat category” to refer to our industry category, primarily consisting of fiberglass boats equipped with inboard propulsion and ranging from 19 feet to 26 feet in length, which we believe most closely corresponds to (1) the inboard ski/wakeboard category, as defined and tracked by the National Marine Manufacturers Association, or NMMA, and (2) the inboard skiboat category, as defined and tracked by Statistical Surveys, Inc., or SSI; and

 

  Ÿ  

references to certain market and industry data presented in this prospectus are determined as follows: (1) U.S. boat sales and unit volume for the overall powerboat industry and any powerboat category during any calendar year are based on retail boat market data from the NMMA; (2) U.S. market share and unit volume for the overall powerboat industry and any powerboat category during any calendar year ended December 31 are based on comparable same-state retail boat registration data from SSI, as reported by the 50 states for which data was available as of the date of this prospectus; (3) U.S. market share and unit volume for the overall powerboat industry and any powerboat category during any interim period ended June 30, including our fiscal year, are based on comparable same-state retail boat registration data from SSI, as reported by the 47 states for which data was available as of the date of this prospectus; (4) U.S. market share and unit volume for the overall powerboat industry and any powerboat category during any interim period ended September 30 are based on comparable same-state retail boat registration data from SSI, as reported by the 47 states for which data was available as of the date of this prospectus; and (5) market share among U.S. manufacturers of exports to international markets of boats in any powerboat category for any period is based on data from the Port Import Export Reporting Service, available through September 30, 2013, and excludes such data for Australia and New Zealand.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. We include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix A. Before investing in our Class A Common Stock, you should read this entire prospectus, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the notes thereto.

Our Company

We are a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of performance sport boats, having the #1 market share position in the United States since 2010. Our boats are used for water sports, including water skiing, wakeboarding and wake surfing, as well as general recreational boating. Since inception in 1982, we believe we have been a consistent innovator in the powerboat industry, designing products that appeal to an expanding range of recreational boaters and water sports enthusiasts whose passion for boating and water sports is a key aspect of their lifestyle. We believe many of our innovations, such as our proprietary Surf Gate technology launched in 2012, expand the market for our products by introducing consumers to new and exciting recreational activities. We believe that our boats are increasingly versatile, allowing consumers to use them for a wide range of activities that enhance the experience of a day on the water with family and friends. While there is no guarantee that we will achieve market share growth in the future, we believe that the performance, quality, value and multi-purpose features of our boats position us to achieve our goal of increasing our market share in the expanding recreational boating market.

We sell our high performance boats under two brands—Malibu and Axis Wake Research, or Axis. Our flagship Malibu brand boats offer our latest innovations in performance, comfort and convenience, and are designed for consumers seeking a premium boating experience. Retail prices of our Malibu boats typically range from $55,000 to $120,000. We launched our Axis brand of boats in 2009 to appeal to consumers who desire a more affordable product but still demand high performance, functional simplicity and the option to upgrade key features. Retail prices of our Axis boats typically range from $40,000 to $75,000.

All of our boats are built and tested at our corporate headquarters near Knoxville, Tennessee. Our boats are constructed of fiberglass, equipped with inboard propulsion systems and available in a range of sizes and hull designs. We employ experienced product development and engineering teams that enable us to offer a range of models across each of our brands while consistently introducing innovative features in our product offerings. Our engineering team closely collaborates with our manufacturing personnel in order to improve product quality and process efficiencies. The results of this collaboration are reflected in our achievement of an adjusted EBITDA margin of 19.0% and net income of $18.0 million for fiscal year 2013 and receipt of numerous industry awards, including the Watersports Industry Association’s Innovation of the Year in 2010 and 2013. For the definition of adjusted EBITDA margin and a reconciliation to net income, see “—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

We sell our boats through a dealer network that we believe is the strongest in the performance sport boat category. As of September 30, 2013, our distribution channel consisted of 116 independent dealers in North America operating in 139 locations and 49 independent dealer locations across 36 countries outside of North America. Our boats are the exclusive performance

 

 

1


Table of Contents

sport boats offered by the majority of our dealers. Additionally, we have an exclusive licensee in Australia that we believe is the largest performance sport boat manufacturer in that country. Our dealer base is an important part of our consumers’ experience, our marketing efforts and our brands. We devote significant time and resources to find, develop and improve the performance of our dealers and believe our dealer network gives us a distinct competitive advantage.

We have experienced significant growth in net sales and profitability over the last several years. For our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, net sales, adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss) were $167.0 million, $31.8 million and $18.0 million, respectively, compared to $140.9 million, $19.9 million and $11.1 million, respectively, for fiscal year 2012 and $100.0 million, $7.9 million and approximately $(543,000), respectively, for fiscal year 2011. For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our net sales, adjusted EBITDA and net income were $43.3 million, $8.2 million and $5.2 million, an increase of 30.6%, 48.4% and 710.5%, respectively, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in net income for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 was largely attributable to a one-time management fee payment of $2.1 million to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, during the three months ended September 30, 2012. For the definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, see “—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Our Strengths

#1 Market Share Position in Performance Sport Boat Category. We held the number one market share position, based on unit volume, in the United States among manufacturers of performance sport boats for 2010, 2011, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We have grown our U.S. market share from 23.2% in 2008, the year prior to the arrival of our current Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to 30.6% in 2012. The following table reflects our U.S. market share in the performance sport boat category compared to the market share of our competitors for the periods shown:

 

Manufacturer/Brand(s)

   U.S. Market Share in Performance Sport Boat  Category  
   2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
2013
 

Malibu Boats/Malibu and Axis

     23.2     23.5     24.3     28.8     30.6     32.9

MasterCraft Boat Company, LLC/MasterCraft

     23.8        24.6        23.4        24.2        21.7        19.7   

Correct Craft, Inc./Nautique

     15.2        13.9        15.9        14.8        14.5        15.5   

Skier’s Choice, Inc./Supra and Moomba

     16.5        15.6        16.6        15.6        14.7        12.9   

All others

     21.3        22.4        19.8        16.6        18.5        19.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0 %       100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

In addition, our 40.1% market share of performance sport boat exports to international markets in the 12 months ended September 30, 2013 was the highest among U.S. manufacturers.

Performance Sport Boat Category Taking Share. As the recovery in the general economy and overall powerboat industry has continued, the performance sport boat category in which we participate has experienced one of the highest growth rates. New unit sales of performance sport

 

 

2


Table of Contents

boats in the United States increased by 13% from 2011 to 2012, while new unit sales of all other powerboats in the United States increased 10% over the same period. This trend continued in 2013, as new unit sales of performance sport boats and all other powerboats in the United States increased by 11% and 2%, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We believe this is largely attributable to increased innovation in the features, designs and layouts of performance sport boats, which has improved the performance, functionality and versatility of these boats versus other recreational powerboats, particularly the larger category of sterndrive boats. We believe that we have been at the forefront of product innovation and will continue to appeal to a broader consumer base that values our boats not only for water sports, but also for general recreational boating and leisure activities. We believe that our market-leading position within our expanding category will create continued growth opportunities for us.

Poised to Take Advantage of the Performance Sport Boat Market Recovery. With our leading and growing market share in our category, we believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of the ongoing recovery in the powerboat market. While the performance sport boat category grew 13% in 2012, new unit sales remained significantly below historical peaks. As illustrated in the chart below, the 5,500 new units sold in 2012 were 53% below the average annual new unit sales volume of 11,714 observed between 2001 and 2007 and 58% below the 13,100 new units sold in 2006. While there is no guarantee that the market will continue to grow or return to historical sales levels, we believe we are in the early stages of a recovery that presents significant opportunity for growth.

 

LOGO

Even if the performance sport boat market does not reach previous peak levels, we believe that our #1 market share position in a category that is growing faster than the overall powerboat industry, our investments in the Company during and subsequent to the economic downturn, and our innovative product offering should drive superior performance.

Industry-leading Product Design and Innovation. We believe that our innovation in the design of new boat models and new features has been a key to our success, helping us increase our market share within our category and generally broaden the appeal of our products among

 

 

3


Table of Contents

recreational boaters. As a result of the features we have introduced, we believe that our boats are used for an increasingly wide range of activities and are increasingly easier to use, while maintaining the high performance characteristics that consumers expect. Additionally, by introducing new boat models in a range of price points, sizes, bow and hull designs, and optional performance features, we have enhanced consumers’ ability to select a boat suited to their individual preferences. Our commitment to, and consistency in, developing new boat models and introducing new features are reflected in several notable achievements, including:

 

  Ÿ  

release of our patented Surf Gate technology in 2012, which allows users to surf on either side of the boat’s wake, generates a better quality surf wave and was the Watersports Industry Association’s Innovation of the Year in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

launch of the Axis brand of boats in 2009, designed from the ground up to be an entry-level product, which has already captured a 6.0% share of the U.S. market in our category; and

 

  Ÿ  

introduction of the patented Power Wedge in 2006, which gives boaters the ability to customize the size and shape of the boat’s wake with the push of a button.

Strong Dealer Network. We have worked diligently with our dealers to develop the strongest distribution network in the performance sport boat category. We believe that our distribution network of 139 North American dealer locations and 49 international dealer locations allows us to distribute our products more broadly and effectively than our competitors. For fiscal year 2013, our dealers held the #1 market share position for the performance sport boat category in 75 of 133 U.S. markets. We have nominal dealer concentration, with our largest dealer responsible for less than 6.0% of our unit volume and our top ten dealers representing 36.1% of our unit volume in fiscal year 2013. We continually review our geographic coverage to identify opportunities for expansion and improvement, and have added 33 new North American dealer locations in the past five years to address previously underserved markets. In addition, we have strengthened our dealer network by replacing 36 dealer locations in the past five years, 18 of which were converted from selling one of our competitor’s products.

Highly Recognized Brands . We believe our Malibu and Axis brands are widely recognized in the powerboat industry, which helps us reach a growing number of target consumers. For over 30 years, our Malibu brand has generated a loyal following of recreational boaters and water sports enthusiasts who value the brand’s premium performance and features. Our Axis brand has grown rapidly as consumers have been drawn to its more affordable price point and available optional features. We believe that the appeal of our high performance and innovative products with athletes and enthusiasts contributes to our brand awareness with dealers and with consumers. We are able to build on this brand recognition and support through a series of marketing initiatives coordinated with our dealers or executed directly by us. Many of our marketing efforts are conducted on a grass-roots level domestically and internationally. Key grass-roots initiatives include: production and distribution of water sports videos; online and social marketing; on-the-water events; athlete, tournament and water sport facility sponsorships; and participation and product placement at important industry events. Additionally, our boats, their innovative features, our sponsored athletes and our dealers all frequently win industry awards, which we believe further boosts our brand recognition and reputation for excellence. We believe our marketing strategies and accomplishments enhance our profile in the industry, strengthen our credibility with consumers and dealers and increase the appeal of our brands.

Compelling Margins and Cash Flow. Our adjusted EBITDA margin was 19.0% for fiscal year 2013. For the definition of adjusted EBITDA margin and a reconciliation to net income, see “—GAAP

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” In recent years, we have implemented a number of initiatives to reduce our cost base and improve the efficiency of our manufacturing process. Re-engineering the manufacturing process in our Tennessee facility has reduced labor hours per boat produced, and close collaboration between our product development and manufacturing teams has improved production throughput and product quality. Further, vertical integration of tower and tower accessory production has allowed us to increase incremental margin per boat sold. As a result of these and other initiatives, adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2013 grew 59.9% on net sales growth of 18.5%, as compared to fiscal year 2012. Our high margins, combined with our low capital expenditure requirements and a highly efficient working capital cycle, allow us to generate significant excess cash flow. We believe our strong cash flow increases our financial stability and provides us with more flexibility to invest in growth initiatives.

Highly Experienced Management Team. Our experienced management team has demonstrated its ability to identify, create and integrate new product innovations, improve financial performance, optimize operations, enhance our distribution model and recruit top industry talent. Our Chief Executive Officer, Jack Springer, joined Malibu Boats in 2009 and has assembled an executive team with strong, complementary talents and experience. This team has led a workforce that we believe has produced superior results, including market share gains, sales growth and profitability improvement in each year since 2009.

Our Strategy

We intend to capitalize on the ongoing recovery in the powerboat market through the following strategies:

Continue to Develop New and Innovative Products in Our Core Markets. We intend to continue developing and introducing new and innovative products—both new boat models to better address a broader range of consumers and new features to deliver better performance, functionality, convenience, comfort and safety to our consumers. We believe that new products and features are important to the growth of our market share, the continued expansion of our category and our ability to maintain attractive margins.

Our product development strategy consists of a two-pronged approach. First, we seek to introduce new boat models to target unaddressed or underserved segments of the performance sport boat category, while also updating and refreshing our existing boat models regularly. For example, we introduced Axis-branded boats starting in 2009 to address the entry-level segment of our category, and we launched the Malibu Wakesetter MXZ product line in 2012 to enter the premium “picklefork” bow design segment of our market. Second, we seek to develop and integrate innovative new features into our boats, such as Surf Gate, Malibu Touch Command and Power Wedge. We intend to continue releasing new products and features multiple times during the year, which we believe enhances our reputation as a leading-edge boat manufacturer and provides us with a competitive advantage.

Capture Additional Share from Adjacent Boating Categories. Our culture of innovation has enabled us to expand the market for our products by attracting consumers from other categories, most notably from the sterndrive category. We intend to continue to enhance the performance, comfort and versatility of our products in order to further target crossover consumers seeking high-performance powerboats for general recreational activity. For example, we believe that one of our newest boat models, the Wakesetter 24MXZ, appeals to a broader range of recreational boaters by offering the performance benefits of our products, including superior drivability and water sports versatility, while

 

 

5


Table of Contents

also providing greater seating capacity, a roomy, plush interior and extensive storage space to allow an increased number of family and friends to spend time together on the water.

Further Strengthen Our Dealer Network. Our goal is to achieve and maintain leading market share in each of the markets in which we operate. We continually assess our distribution network and take the actions necessary to achieve our goal. We intend to strengthen our current footprint by selectively recruiting market-leading dealers who currently sell our competitors’ products. In addition, we plan to continue expanding our dealer network in certain geographic areas to increase consumer access and service in markets where it makes strategic sense. In the past five years, we have added 33 new dealer locations in the United States and Canada to provide incremental geographic coverage. We believe our targeted initiatives to enhance and grow our dealer network will increase unit sales in the future.

Accelerate International Expansion. Based on our U.S. leadership position, brand recognition, diverse, innovative product offering and distribution strengths, we believe that we are well-positioned to increase our international sales. Our 40.1% market share of performance sport boat exports to international markets in the 12 months ended September 30, 2013 was the highest among U.S. manufacturers. Our unit sales outside of North America, however, represented less than 5.0% of our total sales volume in fiscal year 2013. We believe we will increase our international sales both by promoting our products in developed markets where we have a well-established dealer base, such as Western Europe, and by penetrating new and emerging markets where we expect rising consumer incomes to increase demand for recreational products, such as Asia and South America, although there is no guarantee that our efforts will be successful or that international sales will increase.

Our Market Opportunity

During 2012, retail sales of new powerboats in the United States totaled $5.8 billion. Of the powerboat categories defined and tracked by the NMMA, our core market corresponds most directly to the inboard ski/wakeboard category, which we refer to as the performance sport boat category. We believe our addressable market also includes similar and adjacent powerboat categories identified by the NMMA, including sterndrive boats, outboard boats and jet boats. For 2012, retail sales of new performance sport boats, sterndrive boats, outboard boats and jet boats in the United States were $375 million, $883 million, $2.6 billion and $160 million, respectively. As a result, we believe the total addressable market for our products in the United States alone is over $4 billion.

We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from several trends underway in our addressable market, including:

 

  Ÿ  

improving macroeconomic environment driving increased consumer demand for boats;

 

  Ÿ  

improved dealer inventory positions; and

 

  Ÿ  

increasing ages of used boats driving new boat sales.

For more information, see “Business—Market Opportunity.”

Our Structure

Malibu Boats, Inc. intends to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued units of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, or the LLC Units, from the LLC for an aggregate of $         million. The LLC will use these proceeds (1) to pay down all of the amounts owed on our

 

 

6


Table of Contents

credit facilities and term loans in an amount equal to $63.4 million, (2) to pay Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, a fee of $3.75 million upon the consummation of this offering in connection with the termination of our management agreement, and (3) for other general corporate purposes, as further described under “Use of Proceeds.” Malibu Boats, Inc. will use all of the remaining net proceeds from this offering, or $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders), to purchase LLC Units from existing owners, as described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” After the offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. will hold              LLC Units, representing a             % equity interest in the LLC.

Malibu Boats, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in the LLC. Malibu Boats, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than in connection with its formation. The board of directors of Malibu Boats, Inc. includes four affiliates of the LLC. Our five director nominees who have been appointed and have agreed to become directors immediately following the completion of this offering are independent under the corporate governance standards under the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. For more information, see “Management—Executive Officers and Directors.” Following this offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. will remain a holding company with an equity interest in the LLC. Malibu Boats, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC, will operate and control all of its business and affairs and will consolidate its financial results. The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests currently held by our existing owners with a single new class of LLC Units and to provide that the conduct, control and management of the LLC shall be vested exclusively in Malibu Boats, Inc., as sole managing member. The other members of the LLC will not have the right to remove the sole managing member for any reason.

We and our existing owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they will have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Holders of our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common stock will have voting power over Malibu Boats, Inc., the sole managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. In connection with the offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. will issue to each holder of a LLC Unit, for nominal consideration, one share of Class B Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. each of which provides its owner with no economic rights but entitles the holder to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of Malibu Boats, Inc. for each LLC Unit held by such holder, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights.” Holders of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

As a result of these transactions:

 

  Ÿ  

the investors in this offering will collectively own                  shares of our Class A Common Stock (or                  shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

 

7


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

our existing owners will hold                    LLC Units, representing         % of the economic interest in the LLC (or                    LLC Units, representing         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

the selling stockholders will collectively own                      shares of our Class A Common Stock (or                      shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

the investors in this offering will collectively have         % of the voting power in Malibu Boats, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B Common Stock, will collectively have         % of the voting power in Malibu Boats, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

the selling stockholders will collectively have         % of the voting power in Malibu Boats, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders); and

 

  Ÿ  

Malibu Boats, Inc. will hold                      LLC Units (or                      LLC Units if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders), representing         % of the economic interest in the LLC (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders) and will exercise exclusive control over the LLC, as its sole managing member.

We intend to enter into a voting agreement with certain affiliates. Under the voting agreement, Black Canyon Management LLC will be entitled to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees equal to (1) 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates and Jack D. Springer, Wayne R. Wilson and Ritchie L. Anderson, our Chief Executive Officer; Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, respectively, together beneficially own 15% or more of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, and (2) 10% of the total number of directors comprising the board of directors at such time as long as Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates and Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson together beneficially own more than 5% but less than 15% of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Black Canyon Management LLC is entitled to nominate pursuant to this formula, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis, taking into account any increase in the size of the board of directors (e.g., one and one-third (1  1 / 3 ) directors equates to two directors). In addition, Black Canyon Management LLC will have the right to remove and replace its director-designees at any time and for any reason and to nominate any individual(s) to fill any such vacancies. Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson will be required to vote any of their LLC Units in favor of the director or directors nominated by Black Canyon Management LLC. After the offering, Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates and Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson together will beneficially own         % of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will provide that it may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of Malibu Boats, Inc., as managing member of the LLC, in its sole discretion without the approval of any other holder of LLC Units, except that no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a holder of LLC Units without the consent of such holder, other than on a pro rata basis with other holders of LLC Units. In addition, pursuant to the limited liability company agreement, Malibu Boats, Inc. will have the right to require all members to exchange their LLC Units for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement, subject to the consent of Black Canyon Management LLC and the holders of a majority of outstanding LLC Units other than those held by Malibu Boats, Inc.

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering and assumes all the shares offered hereby are sold, including the over-allotment:

 

LOGO

In connection with the offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment from time to time by Malibu Boats, Inc. to

 

 

9


Table of Contents

our existing owners of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that Malibu Boats, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (1) increases in tax basis resulting from the purchases or exchanges of LLC Units and (2) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of the purchases or exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at the time of the purchase or exchange, the extent to which such purchases or exchanges are taxable, and the amount and timing of our income. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding stockholder advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more;

 

  Ÿ  

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

  Ÿ  

the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (1) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (2) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).

The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Under the JOBS Act, our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to risks, as discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in the “Risk Factors” section before investing in our Class A Common Stock. In particular, the following factors may have an adverse effect on our business, which could cause a decrease in the price of our Class A Common Stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions, particularly in the United States, affect our industry, demand for our products, and our business and results of operations;

 

  Ÿ  

our annual and quarterly financial results are subject to significant fluctuations depending on various factors, many of which are beyond our control;

 

  Ÿ  

we depend on our network of independent dealers, face increasing competition for dealers and have little control over their activities;

 

  Ÿ  

our success depends, in part, upon the financial health of our dealers and their continued access to financing;

 

  Ÿ  

we may be required to repurchase inventory of certain dealers;

 

  Ÿ  

if we fail to manage our manufacturing levels while still addressing the seasonal retail pattern for our products, our business and margins may suffer;

 

  Ÿ  

we have a large fixed cost base that will affect our profitability if our sales decrease;

 

  Ÿ  

our industry is characterized by intense competition, which affects our sales and profits;

 

  Ÿ  

our sales may be adversely impacted by increased consumer preference for used boats or the supply of new boats by competitors in excess of demand; and

 

  Ÿ  

our sales and profitability depend, in part, on the successful introduction of new products.

Corporate and Other Information

We were originally formed as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware in 2006. Following this offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. will be a holding company with an equity interest in the LLC. Our principal executive offices are located at 5075 Kimberly Way, Loudon, Tennessee 37774. Our telephone number is (865) 458-5478. Our website address is www.malibuboats.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only, and the information that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A Common Stock.

This prospectus includes our trademarks, such as “Surf Gate” and “Wakesetter,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Malibu Boats. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

SunTrust Bank, an affiliate of SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., one of the underwriters in this offering, is expected to receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering in connection with the repayment of a portion of our credit facilities and term loans. See “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, Rule 5121. As required by FINRA Rule 5121, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. will not confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the accountholder. See “Underwriting—Conflicts of Interest.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A Common Stock offered by us

                     shares.

 

Class A Common Stock offered by selling stockholders

                     shares.

 

Overallotment option offered by us and selling stockholders

                     shares.

 

Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering

                     shares (or                      shares if all outstanding LLC Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Class B Common Stock outstanding after the offering

     shares, or one share for every holder of LLC Units.

 

Price per share of Class A Common Stock

$        

 

Use of proceeds

The proceeds to Malibu Boats, Inc. from this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders).

 

  Malibu Boats, Inc. intends to use $         million of these proceeds to purchase LLC Units from the LLC, and will cause the LLC to use these proceeds (1) to pay down all of the amounts owed on our credit facilities and term loans in an amount equal to $63.4 million, (2) to pay Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, a fee of $3.75 million upon the consummation of this offering in connection with the termination of our management agreement, and (3) for other general corporate purposes. Management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by the selling stockholders.

 

 

Malibu Boats, Inc. intends to use all of the remaining proceeds from this offering, or $         million, (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders) to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners, as described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” We will only purchase LLC Units from

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

members of senior management, however, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. We will not retain any of the proceeds used to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to our named executive officers.

 

Voting rights

Holders of our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common stock will have voting power over Malibu Boats, Inc., the sole managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Each share of our Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

  After the offering, each existing owner of the LLC will hold one share of Class B Common Stock. The shares of Class B Common Stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of Malibu Boats, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by such holder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights.”

 

  Holders of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

  We intend to enter into a voting agreement with certain affiliates. Under the voting agreement, Black Canyon Management LLC will be entitled to nominate to our board of directors up to 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Voting Agreement.”

 

Exchange rights of holders of LLC Units

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners so that they may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of material risks of investing in our Class A Common Stock in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Proposed Nasdaq symbol

MBUU

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding and the other information based thereon does not reflect:

 

  Ÿ  

                     shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

                     shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of                      LLC Units (or, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders,                      shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of                      LLC Units); and

 

  Ÿ  

                     shares of Class A Common Stock that will be available for future grant under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data and other data of the LLC and Malibu Boats, Inc., as the case may be, below should be read together with “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the consolidated statement of income data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of income data for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain of the measures set forth below are not measures recognized under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. For a discussion of management’s reasons for presenting such data and a reconciliation to comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, see “—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

The supplemental pro forma net income data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2013 give pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on July 1, 2012 and July 1, 2013, respectively. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of the LLC. The supplemental pro forma net income data is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations of Malibu Boats, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The supplemental pro forma net income data should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations had the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and the use of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated statement of income data:

          

Net sales

   $ 99,984      $ 140,892      $ 167,012      $ 33,159        $43,304   

Cost of sales

     83,730        110,849        123,412        25,291        32,283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,254        30,043        43,600        7,868        11,021   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling and marketing

     3,621        4,071        4,937        1,076        1,432   

General and administrative

     6,194        8,307        14,177        4,512        1,955   

Amortization

     5,178        5,178        5,178        1,294        1,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     1,261        12,487        19,308        986        6,340   

Other expense, net

     (1,804     (1,381     (1,324     (347     (1,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (543   $ 11,106      $ 17,984      $ 639        $  5,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended
September 30,
(unaudited)
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Basic (loss) earnings per unit:

          

Class A Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.26      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class B Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.39      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class M Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.12      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Diluted (loss) earnings per unit:

          

Class A Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.25      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class B Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.39      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class M Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.12      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Supplemental pro forma net income available to Class A Common Stock per share (unaudited)(1):

          

Basic

       $                 $            

Diluted

       $                 $            

Consolidated balance sheet data:

          

Total assets

   $ 60,033      $ 64,725      $ 65,927      $ 59,447        $57,219   

Total liabilities

     45,566        39,280        45,913        48,726        89,755   

Total members’ equity (deficit)

     14,467        25,445        20,014        10,721        (32,536

Additional financial and other data:

          

Unit volume

     1,860        2,482        2,672        550        661   

Gross margin

     16.3     21.3     26.1     23.7     25.5

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 7,918      $ 19,863      $ 31,758      $ 5,496        $  8,155   

Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)

     7.9     14.1     19.0     16.6     18.8

 

(1) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed by dividing the pro forma net income attributable to the holders of Class A Common Stock by the                      shares of Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding after this offering (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase an additional                      shares of Class A Common Stock to cover over-allotments). The shares of Class B Common Stock do not share in our earnings and, therefore, are not included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding or net income available per share.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin and a reconciliation of each to net income, see “—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures that are used by management as well as by investors, commercial bankers, industry analysts and other users of our financial statements.

We define adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash, non-recurring and non-operating expenses, including severance and relocation, management fees and expenses, certain professional fees and non-cash compensation expense. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are not measures of net income as determined by GAAP. Management believes adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are useful because they allow management to evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period and against our peers without regard to our financing methods, capital structure and non-recurring and non-operating expenses. We exclude the items listed above from net income in arriving at adjusted EBITDA because these amounts can vary substantially from company to

 

 

17


Table of Contents

company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures, the methods by which assets were acquired and other factors. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income as determined in accordance with GAAP or as an indicator of our liquidity. Certain items excluded from adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historical costs of depreciable assets. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin should not be construed as an inference that our results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Our computations of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income as determined in accordance with GAAP to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin for the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
     2011     2012     2013         2012             2013      
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated statement of income data:

          

Net (loss) income

   $ (543   $ 11,106      $ 17,984      $ 639      $ 5,179   

Interest expense

     1,815        1,433        1,334        350        1,164   

Depreciation and amortization

     6,000        6,072        6,268        1,616        1,589   

Severance and relocation(1)

     112        181        192        192          

Management fees and expenses(2)

     27        87        2,896        2,099        22   

Professional fees(3)

     389        852        2,957        568        169   

Non-cash compensation expense(4)

     118        132        127        32        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 7,918      $ 19,863      $ 31,758      $ 5,496      $ 8,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     7.9     14.1     19.0     16.6     18.8

 

(1) Represents one-time employment related expenses, including a severance payment to a former executive, and costs to relocate certain departments from California to our Tennessee facility.
(2) Represents management fees and expenses paid pursuant to our management agreement with Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, which will be terminated upon the consummation of this offering. A portion of the management fees in fiscal year 2013 and all of the management fees in the three months ended September 30, 2012 reflect the payment of management fees pursuant to an amendment to the management agreement in July 2012. For more information about the management fees, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”
(3) Represents legal and advisory fees related to our refinancing activities and legal expenses related to our litigation with Pacific Coast Marine Windshields Ltd. and Nautique Boat Company, Inc. For more information about this litigation, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”
(4) Represents equity-based incentives awarded to certain of our employees.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our Class A Common Stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our Class A Common Stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

General economic conditions, particularly in the United States, affect our industry, demand for our products, and our business and results of operations.

General economic conditions continue to be challenging as the economy recovers from the effects of the financial crisis that led to the last recession in the United States. Demand for new performance sport boats has been significantly influenced by weak economic conditions, low consumer confidence and high unemployment and increased market volatility worldwide, especially in the United States. In times of economic uncertainty and contraction, consumers tend to have less discretionary income and to defer or avoid expenditures for discretionary items, such as our products. Sales of our products are highly sensitive to personal discretionary spending levels, and our success depends on general economic conditions and overall consumer confidence and personal income levels. Any deterioration in general economic conditions that diminishes consumer confidence or discretionary income may reduce our sales and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict the duration or strength of an economic recovery, either in the United States or in the specific markets where we sell our products.

Consumers often finance purchases of our products. Although consumer credit markets have improved, consumer credit market conditions continue to influence demand, especially for boats, and may continue to do so. There continue to be fewer lenders, tighter underwriting and loan approval criteria and greater down payment requirements than in the past. If credit conditions worsen, and adversely affect the ability of consumers to finance potential purchases at acceptable terms and interest rates, it could result in a decrease in the sales of our products.

Our annual and quarterly financial results are subject to significant fluctuations depending on various factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our sales and operating results can vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year depending on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

seasonal consumer demand for our products;

 

  Ÿ  

discretionary spending habits;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in pricing in, or the availability of supply in, the used powerboat market;

 

  Ÿ  

variations in the timing and volume of our sales;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of our expenditures in anticipation of future sales;

 

  Ÿ  

sales promotions by us and our competitors;

 

19


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

changes in competitive and economic conditions generally;

 

  Ÿ  

consumer preferences and competition for consumers’ leisure time;

 

  Ÿ  

impact of unfavorable weather conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the cost or availability of our labor; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased fuel prices.

As a result, our results of operations may decline quickly and significantly in response to changes in order patterns or rapid decreases in demand for our products. We anticipate that fluctuations in operating results will continue in the future.

We depend on our network of independent dealers, face increasing competition for dealers and have little control over their activities.

Substantially all of our sales are derived from our network of independent dealers. We have agreements with the dealers in our network that typically provide for one-year terms, although some agreements have a term of up to three years. For fiscal year 2013, our top ten dealers accounted for 36.1% of our total units sold. The loss of a significant number of these dealers could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. The number of dealers supporting our products and the quality of their marketing and servicing efforts are essential to our ability to generate sales. Competition for dealers among performance sport boat manufacturers continues to increase based on the quality, price, value and availability of the manufacturer’s products, the manufacturer’s attention to customer service and the marketing support that the manufacturer provides to the dealers. We face intense competition from other performance sport boat manufacturers in attracting and retaining dealers, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to attract or retain relationships with qualified and successful dealers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or improve our relationship with our dealers or our market share position. A substantial deterioration in the number of dealers or quality of our network of dealers would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends, in part, upon the financial health of our dealers and their continued access to financing.

Because we sell nearly all of our products through dealers, their financial health is critical to our success. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected if the financial health of the dealers that sell our products suffers. Their financial health may suffer for a variety of reasons, including a downturn in general economic conditions, rising interest rates, higher rents, increased labor costs and taxes, compliance with regulations and personal financial issues.

In addition, our dealers require adequate liquidity to finance their operations, including purchases of our products. Dealers are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that could unfavorably affect their liquidity positions, including, among other things, continued access to adequate financing sources on a timely basis on reasonable terms. These sources of financing are vital to our ability to sell products through our distribution network. Access to floor plan financing generally facilitates our dealers’ ability to purchase boats from us, and their financed purchases reduce our working capital requirements. If floor plan financing were not available to our dealers, our sales and our working capital levels would be adversely affected. The availability and terms of financing offered by our dealers’ floor plan financing providers will continue to be influenced by:

 

  Ÿ  

their ability to access certain capital markets and to fund their operations in a cost-effective manner;

 

20


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the performance of their overall credit portfolios;

 

  Ÿ  

their willingness to accept the risks associated with lending to dealers; and

 

  Ÿ  

the overall creditworthiness of those dealers.

We may be required to repurchase inventory of certain dealers.

Many of our dealers have floor plan financing arrangements with third-party finance companies that enable the dealers to purchase our products. In connection with these agreements, we may have an obligation to repurchase our products from a finance company under certain circumstances, and we may not have any control over the timing or amount of any repurchase obligation nor have access to capital on terms acceptable to us to satisfy any repurchase obligation. This obligation is triggered if a dealer defaults on its debt obligations to a finance company, the finance company repossesses the boat and the boat is returned to us. Our obligation to repurchase a repossessed boat for the unpaid balance of our original invoice price for the boat is subject to reduction or limitation based on the age and condition of the boat at the time of repurchase, and in certain cases by an aggregate cap on repurchase obligations associated with a particular floor financing program. If we were obligated to repurchase a significant number of units under any repurchase agreement, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our manufacturing levels while still addressing the seasonal retail pattern for our products, our business and margins may suffer.

The seasonality of retail demand for our products, together with our goal of balancing production throughout the year, requires us to manage our manufacturing and allocate our products to our dealer network to address anticipated retail demand. Our dealers must manage seasonal changes in consumer demand and inventory. If our dealers reduce their inventories in response to weakness in retail demand, we could be required to reduce our production, resulting in lower rates of absorption of fixed costs in our manufacturing and, therefore, lower margins. As a result, we must balance the economies of level production with the seasonal retail sales pattern experienced by our dealers. Failure to adjust manufacturing levels adequately may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have a large fixed cost base that will affect our profitability if our sales decrease.

The fixed cost levels of operating a powerboat manufacturer can put pressure on profit margins when sales and production decline. Our profitability depends, in part, on our ability to spread fixed costs over a sufficiently large number of products sold and shipped, and if we make a decision to reduce our rate of production, gross or net margins could be negatively affected. Consequently, decreased demand or the need to reduce production can lower our ability to absorb fixed costs and materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.

Our industry is characterized by intense competition, which affects our sales and profits.

The performance sport boat category, and the powerboat industry as a whole, is highly competitive for consumers and dealers. We also compete against consumer demand for used boats. Competition affects our ability to succeed in both the markets we currently serve and new markets that we may enter in the future. Competition is based primarily on brand name, price, product selection and product performance. We compete with several large manufacturers that may have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do and who are represented by dealers in the markets in which we now operate and into which we plan to expand. We also compete with a

 

21


Table of Contents

variety of small, independent manufacturers. We cannot assure you that we will not face greater competition from existing large or small manufacturers or that we will be able to compete successfully with new competitors. Our failure to compete effectively with our current and future competitors would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our sales may be adversely impacted by increased consumer preference for used boats or the supply of new boats by competitors in excess of demand.

During the economic downturn, we observed a shift in consumer demand toward purchasing more used boats, primarily because prices for used boats are typically lower than retail prices for new boats. If this were to continue or occur again, it could have the effect of reducing demand among retail purchasers for our new boats. Also, while we have taken steps designed to balance production volumes for our boats with demand, our competitors could choose to reduce the price of their products, which could have the effect of reducing demand for our new boats. Reduced demand for new boats could lead to reduced sales by us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our sales and profitability depend, in part, on the successful introduction of new products.

Market acceptance of our products depends on our technological innovation and our ability to implement technology in our boats. Our sales and profitability may be adversely affected by difficulties or delays in product development, such as an inability to develop viable or innovative new products. Our failure to introduce new technologies and product offerings that our markets desire could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have been able to achieve higher margins in part as a result of the introduction of new features or enhancements to our existing boat models. If we fail to introduce new features or those we introduce fail to gain market acceptance, our margins may suffer.

In addition, some of our direct competitors and indirect competitors may have significantly more resources to develop and patent new technologies. It is possible that our competitors will develop and patent equivalent or superior technologies and other products that compete with ours. They may assert these patents against us and we may be required to license these patents on unfavorable terms or cease using the technology covered by these patents, either of which would harm our competitive position and may materially adversely affect our business.

We also cannot be certain that our products or technologies have not infringed or will not infringe the proprietary rights of others. Any such infringement could cause third parties, including our competitors, to bring claims against us, resulting in significant costs and potential damages.

We compete with a variety of other activities for consumers’ scarce leisure time.

Our boats are used for recreational and sport purposes, and demand for our boats may be adversely affected by competition from other activities that occupy consumers’ leisure time and by changes in consumer life style, usage pattern or taste. Similarly, an overall decrease in consumer leisure time may reduce consumers’ willingness to purchase and enjoy our products.

Our success depends upon the continued strength of our brands and the value of our brands and sales of our products could be diminished if we, the athletes who use our products or the sports and activities in which our products are used, are associated with negative publicity.

We believe that our brands are significant contributors to the success of our business and that maintaining and enhancing our brands are important to expanding our consumer and dealer base. Failure to continue to protect our brands may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Negative publicity, including that resulting from severe injuries or death occurring in the sports and activities in which our products are used, could negatively affect our reputation and result in restrictions, recalls or bans on the use of our products. Further, actions taken by athletes associated with our products that harm the reputations of those athletes could also harm our brand image and adversely affect our financial condition. If the popularity of the sports and activities for which we design, manufacture and sell products were to decrease as a result of these risks or any negative publicity, sales of our products could decrease, which could have an adverse effect on our net revenue, profitability and operating results. In addition, if we become exposed to additional claims and litigation relating to the use of our products, our reputation may be adversely affected by such claims, whether or not successful, including by generating potential negative publicity about our products, which could adversely impact our business and financial condition.

We may not be able to execute our manufacturing strategy successfully, which could cause the profitability of our products to suffer.

Our manufacturing strategy is designed to improve product quality and increase productivity, while reducing costs and increasing flexibility to respond to ongoing changes in the marketplace. To implement this strategy, we must be successful in our continuous improvement efforts, which depend on the involvement of management, production employees and suppliers. Any inability to achieve these objectives could adversely impact the profitability of our products and our ability to deliver desirable products to our consumers.

Our ability to meet our manufacturing workforce needs is crucial to our results of operations and future sales and profitability.

We rely on the existence of an available hourly workforce to manufacture our boats. We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and retain qualified employees to meet current or future manufacturing needs at a reasonable cost, or at all. Although none of our employees is currently covered by collective bargaining agreements, we cannot assure you that our employees will not elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. Additionally, competition for qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages to attract a sufficient number of employees. Significant increases in manufacturing workforce costs could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on third-party suppliers and may be unable to obtain adequate raw materials and components.

We depend on third-party suppliers to provide components and raw materials essential to the construction of our boats. Historically, we have not entered into long-term agreements with our suppliers, but have developed 90-day forecast models with our major suppliers to minimize disruptions in our supply chain. While we believe that our relationships with our current suppliers are sufficient to provide the materials necessary to meet present production demand, we cannot assure you that these relationships will continue or that the quantity or quality of materials available from these suppliers will be sufficient to meet our future needs, irrespective of whether we successfully implement our growth strategy. In particular, the availability and cost of engines used in the manufacture of our boats are critical. For fiscal year 2013, we purchased nearly 100% of the engines for our boats from a single supplier. If we are required to replace this supplier or the supplier of any other key components or raw materials, it could cause a decrease in products available for sale or an increase in the cost of goods sold, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

We depend upon key personnel and we may not be able to retain them nor to attract, assimilate and retain highly qualified employees in the future.

Our future success will depend in significant part upon the continued service of our senior management team and our continuing ability to attract, assimilate and retain highly qualified and skilled managerial, product development, manufacturing, marketing and other personnel. The loss of the services of any members of our senior management or other key personnel or the inability to hire or retained qualified personnel in the future could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may attempt to grow our business through acquisitions or strategic alliances and new partnerships, which we may not be successful in completing or integrating.

We may in the future explore acquisitions and strategic alliances that will enable us to acquire complementary skills and capabilities, offer new products, expand our consumer base, enter new product categories or geographic markets and obtain other competitive advantages. We cannot assure you, however, that we will identify acquisition candidates or strategic partners that are suitable to our business, obtain financing on satisfactory terms, complete acquisitions or strategic alliances or successfully integrate acquired operations into our existing operations. Once integrated, acquired operations may not achieve anticipate levels of sales or profitability, or otherwise perform as expected. Acquisitions also involve special risks, including risks associated with unanticipated challenges, liabilities and contingencies, and diversion of management attention and resources from our existing operations.

Our reliance upon patents, trademark laws and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient to protect our intellectual property from others who may sell similar products and may lead to costly litigation. We are currently, and may be in the future, party to lawsuits and other intellectual property rights claims that are expensive and time consuming.

We hold patents and trademarks relating to various aspects of our products and believe that proprietary technical know-how is important to our business. Proprietary rights relating to our products are protected from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that they are covered by valid and enforceable patents or trademarks or are maintained in confidence as trade secrets. We cannot be certain that we will be issued any patents from any pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us or that the claims allowed under any issued patents will be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. In the absence of enforceable patent or trademark protection, we may be vulnerable to competitors who attempt to copy our products, gain access to our trade secrets and know-how or diminish our brand through unauthorized use of our trademarks, all of which could adversely affect our business.

In addition, others may initiate litigation or other proceedings to challenge the validity of our patents, or allege that we infringe their patents, or they may use their resources to design comparable products that do not infringe our patents. We may incur substantial costs if our competitors initiate litigation to challenge the validity of our patents, or allege that we infringe their patents, or if we initiate any proceedings to protect our proprietary rights. Further, we may need to engage in future litigation to enforce intellectual property rights to protect trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights of others. If the outcome of any such litigation is unfavorable to us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are currently a party to two legal proceedings arising from intellectual property matters. We are a plaintiff in a lawsuit alleging infringement by a competitor of our patent rights in certain wake surfing technology. We also are a defendant in a lawsuit alleging patent infringement and

 

24


Table of Contents

related claims in connection with windshields installed in our boats that we purchased from a third-party supplier. For more information, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.” Although we do not believe that either of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, we cannot predict their outcome, and an unfavorable outcome could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operation. Regardless of the outcome of such litigation or similar litigation in the future, it could significantly increase our costs and divert management’s attention from operation of our business, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Product liability, warranty and recall claims may materially affect our financial condition and damage our reputation.

We are engaged in a business that exposes us to claims for product liability and warranty claims in the event our products actually or allegedly fail to perform as expected or the use of our products results, or is alleged to result, in property damage, personal injury or death. Although we maintain product and general liability insurance of the types and in the amounts that we believe are customary for the industry, we are not fully insured against all such potential claims. We may experience legal claims in excess of our insurance coverage or claims that are not covered by insurance, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse determination of material product liability and warranty claims made against us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and harm our reputation. In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may be required to participate in a recall of that product if the defect or alleged defect relates to safety. These and other claims we face could be costly to us and require substantial management attention.

Our international markets require significant management attention, expose us to difficulties presented by international economic, political, legal and business factors, and may not be successful or produce desired levels of sales and profitability.

We currently sell our products throughout the world. Our total sales outside North America (including licensing royalties from our Australian licensee) were approximately 10% or less of our total revenue for fiscal years 2012 and 2013. International markets have, and will continue to be, a focus for sales growth. We believe many opportunities exist in the international markets, and over time we intend for international sales to comprise a larger percentage of our total revenue. Several factors, including weakened international economic conditions, could adversely affect such growth. The expansion of our existing international operations and entry into additional international markets require significant management attention. Some of the countries in which we market and our distributors or licensee sell our products are to some degree subject to political, economic or social instability. Our international operations expose us and our representatives, agents and distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include, but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

increased costs of customizing products for foreign countries;

 

  Ÿ  

unfamiliarity with local demographics, consumer preferences and discretionary spending patterns;

 

  Ÿ  

the imposition of additional foreign governmental controls or regulations, including rules relating to environmental, health and safety matters and regulations and other laws applicable to publicly-traded companies, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA;

 

25


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

new or enhanced trade restrictions and restrictions on the activities of foreign agents, representatives and distributors;

 

  Ÿ  

the imposition of increases in costly and lengthy import and export licensing and other compliance requirements, customs duties and tariffs, license obligations and other non-tariff barriers to trade;

 

  Ÿ  

the relative strength of the U.S. dollar compared to local currency, making our products less price-competitive relative to products manufactured outside of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

laws and business practices favoring local companies;

 

  Ÿ  

longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in enforcing or defending intellectual property rights.

Our international operations may not produce desired levels of total sales, or one or more of the foregoing factors may harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

An increase in energy costs may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Higher energy costs result in increases in operating expenses at our manufacturing facility and in the expense of shipping products to our dealers. In addition, increases in energy costs may adversely affect the pricing and availability of petroleum-based raw materials, such as resins and foams, that are used in our products. Also, higher fuel prices may have an adverse effect on demand for our boats, as they increase the cost of ownership and operation.

We are subject to U.S. and other anti-corruption laws, trade controls, economic sanctions and similar laws and regulations, including those in the jurisdictions where we operate. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to civil, criminal and administrative penalties and harm our reputation.

Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of various foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations place restrictions on our operations, trade practices, partners and investment decisions. In particular, our operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, such as the FCPA, export controls and economic sanctions programs, including those administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or the OFAC. As a result of doing business in foreign countries and with foreign partners, we are exposed to a heightened risk of violating anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations.

The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. It also requires us to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect our transactions.

Economic sanctions programs restrict our business dealings with certain sanctioned countries, persons and entities. In addition, because we act through dealers and distributors, we face the risk that our dealers, distributors or consumers might further distribute our products to a sanctioned person or entity, or an ultimate end-user in a sanctioned country, which might subject us to an investigation concerning compliance with OFAC or other sanctions regulations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Violations of anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. We cannot assure you that all of our local, strategic or joint partners will comply with these laws and regulations, in which case we could be held liable for actions taken inside or outside of the United States, even though our partners may not be subject to these laws. Such a violation could materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Our continued international expansion, including in developing countries, and our development of new partnerships and joint venture relationships worldwide, could increase the risk of FCPA or OFAC violations in the future.

If we are unable to comply with environmental and other regulatory requirements, our business may be exposed to material liability or fines.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation, including product safety, environmental and health and safety requirements, under various federal, state, local and foreign statutes, ordinances and regulations. While we believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign regulatory requirements, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to comply with applicable regulatory requirements. The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could cause us to incur significant fines or penalties or could materially increase the cost of operations. In addition, legal requirements are constantly evolving, and changes in laws, regulations or policies, or changes in interpretations of the foregoing, could also increase our costs or create liabilities where none exists today.

As with boat construction in general, our manufacturing processes involve the use, handling, storage and contracting for recycling or disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. The failure to manage or dispose of such hazardous substances and wastes properly could expose us to material liability or fines. Also, the components to our boats may become subject to more stringent environmental regulations. For example, boat engines may be subject to more stringent emissions standards, which could increase the cost of our engines and our products, which, in turn, may reduce consumer demand for our products.

A natural disaster or other disruption at our manufacturing facilities could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on the continuous operation of manufacturing facilities in Tennessee and California. Any natural disaster or other serious disruption to our facilities due to fire, flood, earthquake or any other unforeseen circumstances could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The occurrence of any disruption at our manufacturing facilities may have an adverse effect on our productivity and profitability, during and after the period of the disruption. These disruptions may also cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and environmental damage. Although we maintain property, casualty and business interruption insurance of the types and in the amounts that we believe are customary for the industry, we are not fully insured against all potential natural disasters or other disruptions to our manufacturing facilities.

Increases in income tax rates or changes in income tax laws or enforcement could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Changes in domestic and international tax legislation could expose us to additional tax liability. Although we monitor changes in tax laws and work to mitigate the impact of proposed changes, such changes may negatively impact our financial results. In addition, any increase in individual income

 

27


Table of Contents

tax rates, such as those implemented at the beginning of 2013, would negatively affect our potential consumers’ discretionary income and could decrease the demand for our products.

Our credit facilities contain covenants which may limit our operating flexibility; failure to comply with covenants may restrict our access to these.

In the past, we have relied upon our existing credit facilities to provide us with adequate liquidity to operate our business. The availability of borrowing amounts under our credit facilities are dependent upon compliance with the debt covenants set forth in our credit agreement. Violation of those covenants, whether as a result of operating losses or otherwise, could result in our lenders restricting or terminating our borrowing ability under our credit facilities. If our lenders reduce or terminate our access to amounts under our credit facilities, we may not have sufficient capital to fund our working capital and other needs and we may need to secure additional capital or financing to fund our operations or to repay outstanding debt under our credit facilities. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in ensuring our availability to amounts under our credit facilities or in connection with raising additional capital and that any amount, if raised, will be sufficient to meet our cash needs or on terms as favorable as have historically been available to us. If we are not able to maintain our borrowing availability under our credit facilities or raise additional capital when needed, our business and operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Our only material asset after completion of this offering will be our interest in the LLC, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from the LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.

Malibu Boats, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than our ownership of LLC Units. Malibu Boats, Inc. will have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause the LLC to make distributions to its unit holders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by us. To the extent that we need funds, and the LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of its financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition. For example, our credit agreement generally prohibits the LLC, Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Domestic International Sales Corp. from paying dividends or making distributions. Our credit agreement permits, however, distributions based on a member’s allocated taxable income, distributions to fund payments that are required under the tax receivable agreement, payments pursuant to stock option and other benefit plans, dividends and distributions within the loan parties and dividends payable solely in interests of classes of securities. In addition, after June 30, 2014, the LLC may make dividends and distributions of up to $4,000,000 in any fiscal year, subject to compliance with other financial covenants.

We will be required to pay our existing owners for certain tax benefits we may claim arising in connection with this offering and related transactions, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

Malibu Boats, Inc. intends to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment by us to our existing owners of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of (1) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of LLC Units and (2) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into

 

28


Table of Contents

the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if distributions to us by the LLC are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after we have paid taxes. For example, we may have an obligation to make tax receivable agreement payments for a certain amount while receiving distributions from the LLC in a lesser amount, which would negatively affect our liquidity. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners’ continued ownership of us.

We are required to make a good faith effort to ensure that we have sufficient cash available to make any required payments under the tax receivable agreement. The limited liability company agreement of the LLC requires the LLC to make “tax distributions” which, in the ordinary course, will be sufficient to pay our actual tax liability and to fund required payments under the tax receivable agreement. If for any reason the LLC is not able to make a tax distribution in an amount that is sufficient to make any required payment under the tax receivable agreement or we otherwise lack sufficient funds, interest would accrue on any unpaid amounts at the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 500 basis points until they are paid.

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to our existing owners may be accelerated or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement provides that, in the event that we exercise our right to early termination of the tax receivable agreement, or in the event of a change in control or a material breach by us of our obligations under the tax receivable agreement, the tax receivable agreement will terminate, and we will be required to make a lump-sum payment equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the tax receivable agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. The change in control payment and termination payments to the existing owners could be substantial and could exceed the actual tax benefits that we receive as a result of acquiring LLC Units from the existing owners because the amounts of such payments would be calculated assuming that we would have been able to use the potential tax benefits each year for the remainder of the amortization periods applicable to the basis increases, and that tax rates applicable to us would be the same as they were in the year of the termination. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, to challenge a tax basis increase, Malibu Boats, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that Malibu Boats, Inc. actually realizes in respect of (1) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of LLC Units and (2) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

29


Table of Contents

We intend to enter a voting agreement with Black Canyon Management LLC, which will provide it with rights to nominate a number of designees to our board of directors.

We intend to enter into a voting agreement with certain affiliates. Under the voting agreement, Black Canyon Management LLC will be entitled to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees equal to (1) 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates and Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson together beneficially own 15% or more of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, and (2) 10% of the total number of directors comprising the board of directors at such time as long as Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates and Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson together beneficially own more than 5% but less than 15% of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, Black Canyon Management LLC will have the right to remove and replace its director-designees at any time and for any reason and to nominate any individuals to fill any such vacancies. Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson will be required to vote any of their LLC Units in favor of the director or directors nominated by Black Canyon Management LLC. Although affiliates of Black Canyon Management LLC are selling shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering and selling LLC Units to Malibu Boats, Inc., Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates will continue to own at least             % of the voting power (or             % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders) of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class. It is possible that the interests of Black Canyon Management LLC may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders.

Affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC will have certain consent rights that could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a sale of Malibu Boats, Inc.

In connection with the offering, our existing owners will execute an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the LLC. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement will provide that Malibu Boats, Inc., as managing member of the LLC, will have the right to require all members to exchange their LLC Units for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement, subject to the consent of Black Canyon Management LLC and the holders of a majority of outstanding LLC Units other than those held by Malibu Boats, Inc. This consent right could impede the ability of Malibu Boats, Inc. to take certain actions that might benefit its stockholders, including a sale of Malibu Boats, Inc. The interests of Black Canyon Management LLC may conflict with or differ from our interests and the interests of our other stockholders.

The consent of Black Canyon Management LLC will be required for certain amendments to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC.

The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will provide that, for so long as affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC own at least 5% of the LLC Units outstanding after the closing of this offering, the consent of Black Canyon Management LLC will be required for any amendment to the agreement that would:

 

  Ÿ  

reduce the rights of a holder of LLC Units to receive tax distributions, except on a pro rata basis with other holders of LLC Units;

 

  Ÿ  

preclude or limit the rights of any member to exercise its rights under the exchange agreement;

 

30


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

require any member to make a capital contribution;

 

  Ÿ  

materially increase the obligations of any member under the limited liability company agreement; or

 

  Ÿ  

result in the LLC being treated as a corporation for tax purposes.

If affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC own less than 5% of the number of LLC Units outstanding after the closing of this offering, however, then Black Canyon Management LLC will have the right to assign or transfer the foregoing rights to Horizon Holdings, LLC, provided that affiliates of Horizon Holdings, LLC own at least 5% of the number of LLC Units outstanding after the closing of this offering. After the offering, Black Canyon Capital LLC and its affiliates will own         % of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The interests of Black Canyon Management LLC or Horizon Holdings, LLC, as the case may be, may conflict with or differ from our interests and the interests of our other stockholders.

Risks Related to Our Offering

A significant portion of the proceeds from this offering will be used to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners, including members of our senior management if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

We intend to use $         million of the net proceeds from this offering (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common stock from us and the selling stockholders) to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners, including members of our senior management, as described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” We will only purchase LLC Units from members of senior management, however, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. We will not retain any of the proceeds used to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners.

Our stock price may be volatile and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

The offering price for our Class A Common Stock was determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our Class A Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

general economic, market and industry conditions

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and results of operations;

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of consumers or dealers;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our rate of growth relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

failure to introduce new products, or for those products to achieve market acceptance;

 

31


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain intellectual property protection for our technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in applicable laws or regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our Class A Common Stock by us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares; and

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements with our executive officers, directors and stockholders.

Further, the stock markets may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that can affect the market prices of equity securities. These fluctuations can be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, could harm the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

If the market price of our Class A Common Stock after this offering does not exceed the offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could harm our business.

No public market for our Class A Common Stock currently exists and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. An active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them, or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A Common Stock will depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts public about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change

 

32


Table of Contents

their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish research or reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our Class A Common Stock in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A Common Stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have                      shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

All of the Class A Common Stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act. Assuming the sale of all shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering, including all of the shares subject to the over-allotment option,                      shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain extensions.

Our senior management may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree, or in ways which may not yield a positive return.

The proceeds to Malibu Boats, Inc. from this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders). Malibu Boats, Inc. intends to use $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase LLC Units from the LLC, and will cause the LLC to use these proceeds (1) to pay down all of the amounts owed on our credit facilities and term loans in an amount equal to $63.4 million, (2) to pay Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, a fee of $3.75 million upon the consummation of this offering in connection with the termination of our management agreement, and (3) for other general corporate purposes. Our management team will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our results of operations or increase our market value.

Our governing documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering contain certain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

a classified board structure;

 

  Ÿ  

a requirement that stockholders must provide advance notice to propose nominations or have other business considered at a meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

supermajority stockholder approval to amend our bylaws or certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation; and

 

  Ÿ  

authorization of blank check preferred stock.

 

33


Table of Contents

In addition, the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware general Corporate Law will govern us upon completion of this offering. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding Class A Common Stock, from engaging in certain business combinations without the approval of substantially all of our stockholders for a certain period of time.

These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our Class A Common Stock in the future and result in the market price being lower than it would be without these provisions. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions” in this prospectus.

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A Common Stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock based on the expected total value of our total assets, less our goodwill and other intangible assets, less our total liabilities immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share in the price you pay for our Class A Common Stock compared to the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A Common Stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our Class A Common Stock appreciates.

We currently do not plan to declare or pay dividends on shares of our Class A Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on the shares you purchase in this offering will be if the market price of our Class A Common Stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. We cannot assure you that the price of our Class A Common Stock in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A Common Stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging public companies, which includes, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

  Ÿ  

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;

 

  Ÿ  

exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangement; and

 

34


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

exemption from any public rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis and, unless the SEC otherwise determines, any future audit rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public or until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (2) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (a) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (b) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are also permitted to elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until companies that are not subject to periodic reporting obligations are required to comply, if such accounting standards apply to non-reporting companies. We have made an irrevocable decision to opt out of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A Common Stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be less active trading market for our Class A Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, in order to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company. We also expect that these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor

 

35


Table of Contents

attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.

When the available exemptions under the JOBS Act, as described elsewhere in this prospectus, cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

 

36


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our future financial position, sources of revenue, demand for our products, our strengths, business strategy and plans, prospective products or products under development, costs, timing and likelihood of success, gross margins, non-GAAP financial measures and management’s objectives for future operations. In particular, many of the statements under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” constitute forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” the negative of these terms, or by other similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. These statements are only predictions, involving known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We discuss many of these factors, risks and uncertainties in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These factors expressly qualify forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements for various reasons, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of the sale by us of our Class A Common Stock in this offering will be $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from the offering by $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders), assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

We intend to use $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Units from the LLC, and we will cause the LLC to use these proceeds (1) to pay down all of the amounts owed on our credit facilities and term loans in an amount equal to $63.4 million, (2) to pay Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, a fee of $3.75 million upon the consummation of this offering in connection with the termination of our management agreement, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement,” and (3) for other general corporate purposes. On July 16, 2013, we entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks led by SunTrust Bank that includes a revolving credit facility, swingline credit facility, letter of credit facility and term loans. The proceeds from the credit agreement, in conjunction with cash on the balance sheet, were used to repay our then-existing term and revolving loans, pay equity distributions of $53.8 million and deferred financing and related fees of $1.0 million. As of September 30, 2013, we had an aggregate total of $64.2 million outstanding under the term loans and the applicable rate for the term loans was 3.19%. The maturity date of the term loans is July 16, 2018. SunTrust Bank, an affiliate of one of the underwriters, will receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121. See “Underwriting—Conflicts of Interest.”

We intend to use all of the remaining net proceeds from this offering, or $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders), to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock in this offering, as described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” We will only purchase LLC Units from members of senior management, however, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. We will not retain any of the proceeds used to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to our directors and named executive officers.

Management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the offering. The amount and timing of our actual spending for these purposes may vary significantly from our plans and will depend on a number of factors, including our future revenue, cash generated by operations and other factors described under the section “Risk Factors.” We may find it necessary or advisable to use portions of the proceeds for other purposes.

The selling stockholders may offer up to                  shares of Class A Common Stock in the offering (or                  shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling

 

38


Table of Contents

stockholders). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We will, however, bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. For more information, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

39


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Malibu Boats, Inc. has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the expansion and operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable law and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit facility restricts our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock in certain cases.

Following the offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LLC Units. We intend to cause the LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If the LLC makes such distributions to Malibu Boats, Inc., the other holders of LLC Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions on a pro rata basis.

 

40


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2013:

 

  Ÿ  

on a historical basis for the LLC; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis for Malibu Boats, Inc., giving effect to the transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions,” including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” assuming an initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

You should read this table together with “History and Formation Transactions,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of September 30, 2013  
    Actual     Pro Forma(1)  
    (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share data)  

Cash

  $ 4,697      $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, including current maturities

    64,243          

Total members’/stockholders’ equity:

   

Members’ equity

   

Class A Units, 37,000 units authorized, 36,742 units issued and outstanding

    (32,759       

Class B Units, 3,885 units authorized, issued and outstanding

    (7,800       

Class M Units, 2,658 units authorized, 1,549 units issued and outstanding

    (3,069       

Stockholders’ equity

   

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis;                      shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

        

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis;          shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

             

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 25,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

             

Additional paid-in capital

        

Accumulated earnings

    11,092     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (deficit) equity

    (32,536  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

        
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ (deficit) equity attributable to the Company

    (32,536  

Total capitalization

  $ 31,707      $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash, additional paid-in capital, total members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to us, total equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

41


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our Class A Common Stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A Common Stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A Common Stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our existing owners.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 was $                    , or $                 per share of Class A Common Stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A Common Stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units (other than Malibu Boats, Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.

After giving effect to the Offering Transactions, as described in “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” and assuming an initial public offering price per share of $                , the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 would have been $                , or $                 per share of Class A Common Stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $                 per share of Class A Common Stock to our existing owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $                 per share of Class A Common Stock to investors in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution per share of Class A Common Stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us or the selling stockholders:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock

      $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2013, before giving effect to this offering

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

   $                   
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                 and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $                , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                 and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $                , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

42


Table of Contents

A $2.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                 and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $                , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

A $2.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                 and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $                , assuming that the number shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $                 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $                 per share.

The table below summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2013, assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units (other than Malibu Boats, Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis:

 

  Ÿ  

the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchased from us;

 

  Ÿ  

the total consideration paid to us, assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share (before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions); and

 

  Ÿ  

the average price per share paid by existing owners and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
       Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing owners

                       $                                         $                    

Selling stockholders

            

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        %      $           %      $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors by $                 million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid to us by new investors by approximately                  %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by the existing owners after this offering would be reduced to                  % of the total number of shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding, the number of shares held by the selling stockholders after this offering would be reduced to                  % of the total number of shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding and the number of shares held by new investors would be                  or                  % of the total number of shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding.

 

43


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, the amounts set forth above are based on                  shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013, and exclude:

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of                  LLC Units; and

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares of Class A Common Stock that will be available for future grant under our Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering.

 

44


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and for the three months ended September 30, 2013 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on July 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transaction occurred on September 30, 2013. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of the LLC.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of Malibu Boats, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

the credit facilities and term loans from the syndicate of banks led by SunTrust Bank in the aggregate principal amount of $75 million entered into as of July 16, 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

the termination of our management agreement with Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, including the payment of a non-recurring fee of $3.75 million to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC upon the consummation of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the purchase by Malibu Boats, Inc. of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering calculated at the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the offering and the estimated use of net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds”;

 

  Ÿ  

in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income, a provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to Malibu Boats, Inc. at an effective rate of 34.2%, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local tax jurisdiction;

 

45


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

adjustments that give effect to the tax receivable agreement as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and executed in connection with the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

payments due to the existing owners as set forth in the tax receivable agreement equal to 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, foreign, state and local income and franchise tax that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of certain payments required to be made upon certain occurrences under the tax receivable agreement) as a result of the increases in the tax basis of the LLC’s assets attributable to Malibu Boats, Inc.’s purchase of LLC Units from the existing owners and of certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement; and

 

  Ÿ  

adjustments to reflect the impact on deferred tax assets related to the difference in the historical tax basis in the LLC as compared to its GAAP carrying value.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of Class A common stock from us or the selling stockholders. Further, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes that the shares of our Class A Common Stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $                 per share of Class A Common Stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus. For more information regarding how certain aspects of the Offering Transactions could be affected by an initial public offering price per share of our Class A Common Stock at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, see “Dilution.”

 

46


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2013

 

    Malibu Boats
Holdings, LLC
Historical (1)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
          Malibu Boats,
Inc. (2) Pro
Forma
 
    (In thousands, except per unit and per
share data)
 

Net sales

  $ 167,012      $                         $                    

Cost of sales

    123,412         
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

    43,600         

Operating expenses:

       

Selling and marketing

    4,937         

General and administrative

    14,177          (3  

Amortization

    5,178         
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

    19,308         

Other income (expenses):

       

Other

    10         

Interest expense

    (1,334       (4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other expense

    (1,324      
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

    17,984         

Provision for income taxes

             (5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income

    17,984         

Non-controlling interest

             (6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income attributable to members and stockholders

  $ 17,984      $          $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Basic earnings per unit:

       

Class A Units

  $ 0.43         

Class B Units

  $ 0.43         

Class M Units

  $ 0.43         

Diluted earnings per unit:

       

Class A Units

  $ 0.42         

Class B Units

  $ 0.42         

Class M Units

  $ 0.42         

Basic and diluted weighted average units used in computing earnings per unit:

       

Class A Units

    36,742         

Class B Units

    3,885         

Class M Units

    1,421         

Pro forma net income available to Class A Common Stock per share(7):

       

Basic

        $                    

Dilutive

        $     

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares used in computing net income per share:

       

Basic

       

Dilutive

       
       

 

(1)

We have historically operated our business through the LLC. As of June 30, 2013, the LLC held all of our assets and liabilities and Malibu Boats, Inc. did not have any assets or liabilities and did not conduct operations. Accordingly, the

 

47


Table of Contents
  unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 presents the historical results of the LLC as a starting point for the pro forma amounts.
(2) As a newly formed entity, Malibu Boats, Inc. will have no results of operations until the completion of this offering.
(3) Upon consummation of the offering, we will terminate our existing management agreement with Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate. The adjustment represents the removal of the management fees incurred during the period. The adjustment does not include the non-recurring fee of $3.75 million we will pay to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC upon the consummation of this offering in connection with the termination of the management agreement.
(4) As described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will pay down all of the amounts owned on our credit facilities and term loans with the proceeds from the offering. This adjustment represents the removal of interest expense associated with the term loans incurred during the period.
(5) Following the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and foreign taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of the LLC that will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statement of income reflects an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 34.2%, which includes provisions for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction. State taxes, stock compensation and the domestic production activities deduction have impacted the effective rate calculation.
(6) After the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, as described in “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” our only material asset will be the ownership of         % of the LLC Units and our only business will be to act as the sole managing member of the LLC. Therefore, pursuant to FASB ASC 810, “Consolidations,” or ASC Topic 810, we will consolidate the financial results of the LLC into our financial statements. The ownership interests of the other members of the LLC will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements after this offering. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be         %. These amounts have been determined based on an initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, and the assumption that the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.
(7) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed by dividing the pro forma net income attributable to members and stockholders by the              shares of Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding after this offering (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase an additional              shares of Class A Common Stock, of which              would be newly issued, to cover over-allotments). The shares of Class B Common Stock do not share in our earnings and, therefore, are not included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding or net income available per share.

 

48


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income

Three Months Ended September 30, 2013

 

     Malibu Boats
Holdings, LLC
Historical (1)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
           Malibu Boats,
Inc. (2) Pro
Forma
 
     (In thousands, except per unit and per share data)  

Net sales

   $ 43,304      $                      $                        

Cost of sales

     32,283          
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     11,021          

Operating expenses:

         

Selling and marketing

     1,432          

General and adminstrative

     1,955           (3  

Amortization

     1,294          
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income

     6,340          

Other income (expense):

         

Other

     3          

Interest expense

     (1,164        (4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other expense

     (1,161       
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     5,179          

Provision for income taxes

               (5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

     5,179          

Non-controlling interest

               (6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income attributable to members and stockholders.

   $ 5,179      $           $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit:

         

Class A Units

   $ 0.12          

Class B Units

   $ 0.12          

Class M Units

   $ 0.12          

Basic and diluted weighted average units used in computing earnings per unit

         

Class A Units

     36,742          

Class B Units

     3,885          

Class M Units

     1,549          

Pro forma net income available to Class A Common Stock per share(7):

         

Basic

          $     

Dilutive

          $     

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average units used in computing net income per share:

         

Basic

         

Dilutive

         

 

(1) We have historically operated our business through the LLC. As of September 30, 2013, the LLC held all of our assets and liabilities and Malibu Boats, Inc. did not have any assets or liabilities and did not conduct operations. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income for the three months ended September 30, 2013 presents the historical results of the LLC as a starting point for the pro forma amounts.
(2) As a newly formed entity, Malibu Boats, Inc. will have no results of operations until the completion of this offering.

 

49


Table of Contents
(3) Upon consummation of the offering, we will terminate our existing management agreement with Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate. The adjustment represents the removal of the management fees incurred during the period. The adjustment does not include the non-recurring fee of $3.75 million we will pay to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC upon the consummation of this offering in connection with the termination of the management agreement.
(4) As described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will pay down all of the amounts owned on our credit facilities and term loans with the proceeds from the offering. This adjustment represents the removal of interest expense associated with the term loans incurred during the period.
(5) Following the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and foreign taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of the LLC that will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statement of income reflects an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 34.2%, which includes provisions for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction. State taxes, stock compensation and the domestic production activities deduction have impacted the effective rate calculation.
(6) After the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, as described in “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” our only material asset will be the ownership of         % of the LLC Units and our only business will be to act as the sole managing member of the LLC. Therefore, pursuant to ASC Topic 810 we will consolidate the financial results of the LLC into our financial statements. The ownership interests of the other members of the LLC will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements after this offering. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be         %. These amounts have been determined based on an initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, and the assumption that the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.
(7) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed by dividing the pro forma net income attributable to members and stockholders by the              shares of Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding after this offering (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase an additional              shares of Class A Common Stock, of which              would be newly issued, to cover over-allotments). The shares of Class B Common Stock do not share in our earnings and, therefore, are not included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding or net income available per share.

 

50


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

September 30, 2013

 

    Malibu Boats
Holdings,
LLC
Historical (1)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
      Malibu Boats,
Inc. (2)
Pro Forma
    (In thousands, except share data)

Assets:

       

Current assets:

       

Cash

  $ 4,697        (3) (4)  

Trade receivables, net

    6,653         

Inventories, net

    15,288         

Prepaid expenses

    418         
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total current assets

    27,056         

Property and equipment, net

    7,230         

Goodwill

    5,718         

Other intangible assets, net

    16,241         

Debt issuance costs, net

    965        (5)  

Deferred tax asset

           (6)  

Other assets

    9         
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total assets

    57,219         
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities:

       

Current liabilities:

       

Current maturities of long-term debt

    3,712        (5)  

Accounts payable

    13,944         

Accrued expenses

    11,426         
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total current liabilities

    29,082         

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback

    142         

Payable pursuant to tax receivable agreement

           (6)  

Long-term debt, less current maturities

    60,531        (5)  
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total liabilities

  $ 89,755         
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Equity:

       

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized;              shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

  $        (7)  

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 25,000,000 shares authorized;      shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

           (7)  

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 25,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

           (7)  

Class A Units, 37,000 units authorized, 36,742 units issued and outstanding

    (32,759     (7)  

Class B Units, 3,885 units authorized, issued and outstanding

    (7,800     (7)  

Class M Units, 2,658 units authorized, 1,549 units issued and outstanding

    (3,069     (7)  

Additional paid-in capital

           (7)  

Accumulated earnings

    11,092         
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total (deficit) equity

    (32,536      

Non-controlling interest

           (8)  
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total members’ and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (32,536      
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 57,219         
 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1) We have historically operated our business through the LLC. As of September 30, 2013, the LLC held all of our assets and liabilities and Malibu Boats, Inc. did not have any assets or liabilities and did not conduct operations. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 presents the historical financial condition of the LLC as a starting point for the pro forma amounts.

 

(2) As a newly formed entity, Malibu Boats, Inc. will have no material assets until the completion of this offering.

 

(3) Reflects the net effect on cash of the receipt of net proceeds of $         million, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(4) As described in “Use of Proceeds,” Malibu Boats, Inc. will pay Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, a non-recurring fee of $3.75 million upon the consummation of the offering in connection with the termination of our management agreement.

 

(5) As described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will pay down all of the amounts owed on our credit facilities and term loans with the proceeds from the offering. In connection with the pay down, debt issuance costs associated with the term loans will be written off to interest expense.

 

(6) Reflects the effects of the tax receivable agreement, pursuant to which Malibu Boats, Inc. will be required to make cash payments to the existing owners equal to 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local tax that Malibu Boats, Inc. actually realizes, or, in some circumstances, is deemed to realize, as a result of certain future tax benefits to which Malibu Boats, Inc. may become entitled. These tax benefit payments are not necessarily conditioned upon one or more of the existing owners maintaining a continued ownership interest in either the LLC or Malibu Boats, Inc. Malibu Boats, Inc. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, that it may actually realize.

 

     As a result, on a cumulative basis, the net effect of accounting for income taxes and the tax receivable agreement will be a net increase in stockholders’ equity of         % of the estimated realizable tax benefit. The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

 

     In connection with the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, an adjustment to recognize additional deferred tax assets of $         million will be included to account for Malibu Boats, Inc.’s share of the historical tax basis in the assets of the LLC.

 

(7) Reflects (i) the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, as described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” (ii) the issuance of Class B Common Stock in connection with the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, and (iii) the issuance of Class A Common Stock in connection with this offering.

 

(8) After the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, as described in “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” our only material asset will be the ownership of         % of the LLC Units and our only business will be to act as the sole managing member of the LLC. Therefore, pursuant to ASC Topic 810, we will consolidate the financial results of the LLC into our financial statements. The ownership interests of the other members of the LLC will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements after this offering. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be         %. This amount has been determined based on an initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, and the assumption that the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data of the LLC and Malibu Boats, Inc., as the case may be, below should be read together with “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the consolidated statement of income data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of income data for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain of the measures set forth below are not measures recognized under GAAP. For a discussion of management’s reasons for presenting such data and a reconciliation to comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, see “—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. Additionally, our results of operations for the interim period ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for the full fiscal year.

The supplemental pro forma net income data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2013 give pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on July 1, 2012 and July 1, 2013, respectively. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of the LLC. The supplemental pro forma net income data is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations of Malibu Boats, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The supplemental pro forma net income data should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations had the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure” and the use of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
       2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated statement of income data:

          

Net sales

   $ 99,984      $ 140,892      $ 167,012      $ 33,159        $43,304   

Cost of sales

     83,730        110,849        123,412        25,291        32,283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,254        30,043        43,600        7,868        11,021   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling and marketing

     3,621        4,071        4,937        1,076        1,432   

General and administrative

     6,194        8,307        14,177        4,512        1,955   

Amortization

     5,178        5,178        5,178        1,294        1,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     1,261        12,487        19,308        986        6,340   

Other expense, net

     (1,804     (1,381     (1,324     (347     (1,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (543   $ 11,106      $ 17,984      $ 639        $  5,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
       2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Basic (loss) earnings per unit:

          

Class A Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.26      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class B Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.39      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class M Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.12      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Diluted (loss) earnings per unit:

          

Class A Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.25      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class B Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.39      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class M Units

   $ (0.01   $ 0.12      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Supplemental pro forma net income available to Class A Common Stock per share (unaudited)(1):

          

Basic

       $          $     

Diluted

       $          $     

Consolidated balance sheet data:

          

Total assets

   $ 60,033      $ 64,725      $ 65,927      $ 59,447        $57,219   

Total liabilities

     45,566        39,280        45,913        48,726        89,755   

Total members’ equity (deficit)

     14,467        25,445        20,014        10,721        (32,536

Additional financial and other data:

          

Unit volume

     1,860        2,482        2,672        550        661   

Gross margin

     16.3     21.3     26.1     23.7     25.5

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 7,918      $ 19,863      $ 31,758      $ 5,496        $  8,155   

Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)

     7.9     14.1     19.0     16.6     18.8

 

(1) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed by dividing the pro forma net income attributable to the holders of Class A Common Stock by the              shares of Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding after this offering (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase an additional              shares of Class A Common Stock to cover over-allotments). The shares of Class B Common Stock do not share in our earnings and, therefore, are not included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding or net income available per share.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin and a reconciliation of each to net income, see “—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures that are used by management as well as by investors, commercial bankers, industry analysts and other users of our financial statements.

We define adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash, non-recurring and non-operating expenses, including severance and relocation, management fees and expenses, certain professional fees and non-cash compensation expense. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are not measures of net income as determined by GAAP. Management believes adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are useful because they allow management to evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period and against our peers without regard to our financing methods, capital structure and non-recurring and non-operating expenses. We exclude the items listed above from net income in arriving at adjusted EBITDA because these amounts can vary substantially from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures, the methods by which assets were acquired and other factors. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an

 

54


Table of Contents

analytical tool and should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income as determined in accordance with GAAP or as an indicator of our liquidity. Certain items excluded from adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historical costs of depreciable assets. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin should not be construed as an inference that our results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Our computations of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income as determined in accordance with GAAP to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin for the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
     2011     2012     2013         2012             2013      
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated statement of income data:

          

Net (loss) income

   $ (543   $ 11,106      $ 17,984      $ 639      $ 5,179   

Interest expense

     1,815        1,433        1,334        350        1,164   

Depreciation and amortization

     6,000        6,072        6,268        1,616        1,589   

Severance and relocation(1)

     112        181        192        192          

Management fees and expenses(2)

     27        87        2,896        2,099        22   

Professional fees(3)

     389        852        2,957        568        169   

Non-cash compensation expense(4)

     118        132        127        32        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 7,918      $ 19,863      $ 31,758      $ 5,496      $ 8,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     7.9     14.1     19.0     16.6     18.8

 

(1) Represents one-time employment related expenses, including a severance payment to a former executive, and costs to relocate certain departments from California to our Tennessee facility.
(2) Represents management fees and expenses paid pursuant to our management agreement with Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, which will be terminated upon the consummation of this offering. A portion of the management fees in fiscal year 2013 and all of the management fees in the three months ended September 30, 2012 reflect the payment of management fees pursuant to an amendment to the management agreement in July 2012. For more information about the management fees, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”
(3) Represents legal and advisory fees related to our refinancing activities and legal expenses related to our litigation with Pacific Coast Marine Windshields Ltd. and Nautique Boat Company, Inc. For more information about this litigation, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”
(4) Represents equity-based incentives awarded to certain of our employees.

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of performance sport boats, having the #1 market share position in the United States since 2010. Our boats are used for water sports, including water skiing, wakeboarding and wake surfing, as well as general recreational boating. Since inception in 1982, we have been a consistent innovator in the powerboat industry, designing products that appeal to an expanding range of recreational boaters and water sports enthusiasts whose passion for boating and water sports is a key aspect of their lifestyle. We believe many of our innovations, such as our proprietary Surf Gate technology launched in 2012, expand the market for our products by introducing consumers to new and exciting recreational activities. We believe that our boats are increasingly versatile, allowing consumers to use them for a wide range of activities that enhance the experience of a day on the water with family and friends. While there is no guarantee that we will achieve market share growth in the future, we believe that the performance, quality, value and multi-purpose features of our boats position us to achieve our goal of increasing our market share in the expanding recreational boating market.

We sell our boats through a dealer network that we believe is the strongest in the performance sport boat category. As of September 30, 2013, our distribution channel consisted of 116 independent dealers in North America operating 139 locations and 49 independent dealer locations across 36 countries outside of North America. Our boats are the exclusive performance sport boats offered by the majority of our dealers. Additionally, we have an exclusive licensee in Australia that we believe is the largest performance sport boat manufacturer in that country. Our dealer base is an important part of our consumers’ experience, our marketing efforts and our brands. We devote significant time and resources to find, develop and improve the performance of our dealers and believe our dealer network gives us a distinct competitive advantage.

We have undergone significant growth since we were founded in 1982 and began building custom ski boats in a small shop in Merced, California. In 2006, we were acquired by an investor group, including affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC, Horizon Holdings, LLC and then-current management. Beginning in 2009, under the leadership of new management, we implemented several measures designed to improve our cost structure, increase our operating leverage, enhance our product offerings and brands, and strengthen our dealer network. Jack Springer, our Chief Executive Officer, and Wayne Wilson, our Chief Financial Officer, helped lead us successfully through the volume declines experienced during the economic recession. Despite the downturn, we continued to build on our legacy of innovation and invested in product development and process improvements. For example, we:

 

  Ÿ  

introduced the Axis brand in 2009 for consumers seeking a performance sport boat at a more affordable price;

 

56


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

acquired Titan Wake Accessories in 2009 in order to bring tower manufacturing in-house, and subsequently designed and introduced the G3 Tower;

 

  Ÿ  

released the first picklefork bow design under the Malibu brand in 2012 to fill a specific gap within our product portfolio, quickly followed by two additional Malibu picklefork models;

 

  Ÿ  

enhanced our manufacturing efficiencies through process improvements and product engineering, including moving from batch to continuous flow manufacturing; and

 

  Ÿ  

introduced our patented Surf Gate technology in 2012, which allows users to surf on either side of the boat’s wake, generates a better quality surf wave and was the Watersports Industry Association’s Innovation of the Year in 2013.

In addition, we initiated a disciplined process of reviewing, assessing and expanding our dealer network. We grew our dealer network in North America by 33 dealer locations from 2009 to 2013 and also improved the overall performance of our dealers. During this period, we initiated a more disciplined approach of monitoring dealer inventory levels relative to market demand in order to align annual production levels more closely with annual retail sales levels at our dealers. As a result of these collective initiatives, we have a rationalized cost base with a high growth product portfolio that achieved fiscal year 2013 net sales, adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss) of $167.0 million, $31.8 million and $18.0 million, respectively, compared to $140.9 million, $19.9 million and $11.1 million, respectively, for fiscal year 2012 and $100.0 million, $7.9 million and approximately $(543,000), respectively, for fiscal year 2011. For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our net sales, adjusted EBITDA and net income were $43.3 million, $8.2 million and $5.2 million, respectively, an increase of 30.6%, 48.4% and 710.5%, respectively, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in net income for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 was largely attributable to a one-time management fee payment of $2.1 million to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, during the three months ended September 30, 2012. For the definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe that our results of operations and our growth prospects are affected by a number of factors, which we discuss below.

Economic Environment and Consumer Demand

Our product sales are impacted by general economic conditions, which affect the demand for our products, the demand for optional features, the availability of credit for our dealers and retail consumers, and overall consumer confidence. Consumer spending, especially purchases of discretionary items, tends to decline during recessionary periods and tends to increase during expansionary periods. The recreational boating industry was adversely affected by the economic downturn, and is now beginning to recover. IBISWorld projects U.S. powerboat manufacturer sales will grow at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 6.5% between 2012 and 2017. In recent years, the performance sport boat category has grown faster than the overall powerboat market. In 2012, domestic sales of new performance sport boats increased by 13% compared to 2011, while new unit sales of all other powerboats grew 10% over the same period. More recently, for the states reporting registrations for January through September, new unit sales of performance sport boats increased 11% for the nine-month period in 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, while new unit sales of all other powerboats increased 2% over the same period. While there is no guarantee that our market will continue to grow, we expect to benefit from the recovery in the boating industry and from improved consumer confidence levels.

 

57


Table of Contents

New Product Development and Innovation

Our long-term revenue prospects are based in part on our ability to develop new products and technological enhancements that meet the demands of existing and new consumers. Developing and introducing new boat models and features that deliver improved performance and convenience is essential to leveraging the value of our Malibu and Axis brands. By introducing new boat models, we are able to appeal to a new and broader range of consumers and focus on underserved or adjacent segments of the broader powerboat category. We introduced nine new boat models since the beginning of model year 2011. We believe we also are able to capture additional value from the sale of each boat through the introduction of new features, which we believe permits us to raise average selling prices and enhances our margins. We allocate most of our product development costs to new model and feature designs, usually with a specific consumer base and market in mind. We use industry data to analyze our markets and evaluate revenue potential from each major project we undertake. Our product development cycle, or the time from initial concept to volume production, can be up to two years. As a result, our development costs, which may be significant, may not be offset by corresponding new sales during the same periods. Once new designs and technologies become available to our consumers, we typically realize revenue from these products from one year up to 15 years. We may not, however, realize our revenue expectations from each innovation. We believe our close communication with our consumers, dealers and sponsored athletes regarding their future product desires enhances the efficiency of our product development expenditures.

Product Mix

Historically, we have been successful in leveraging our robust product offering and features to enhance our sales growth and gross margins. Our product mix, as it relates to our brands, types of boats and features, not only makes our offerings attractive to consumers but also helps drive higher sales and margins. Typically, we are able to realize higher sales and margins when we sell larger boats compared to our smaller boats, our premium Malibu brand compared to our entry-level Axis brand and our boats that are fully-equipped with optional features. We will strive to continue to develop new features and models and maintain an attractive product mix that optimizes sales growth and margins.

Our Ability to Manage Manufacturing Costs, Sales Cycles and Inventory Levels

Our results of operations are affected by our ability to manage our manufacturing costs effectively and to respond to changing sales cycles. Our product costs vary based on the costs of supplies and raw materials, as well as labor costs. We have implemented various initiatives to reduce our cost base and improve the efficiency of our manufacturing process. For example, we re-engineered the manufacturing process in our Tennessee facility to reduce labor hours per boat produced and the amount of re-work required. We continuously monitor and review our manufacturing processes to identify improvements and create additional efficiencies. We rely on our insights into the market gleaned from dealer inventory levels, industry reports about anticipated demand for our products in the upcoming sales cycle and our own estimates and assumptions in formulating our manufacturing plan for the following fiscal year. Throughout our consumer sales cycle, which reaches its peak from March through August each year, we adjust our manufacturing activities in order to adapt to variability in demand.

Dealer Network, Dealer Financing and Incentives

We rely on our dealer network to distribute and sell our products. We believe we have developed the strongest distribution network in the performance sport boat category. To improve

 

58


Table of Contents

and expand our network and compete effectively for dealers, we regularly monitor and assess the performance of our dealers and evaluate dealer locations and geographic coverage in order to identify potential market opportunities. As a result of management’s strategic initiatives, we have sold an increasing number of units to dealers in new territories in the United States and Canada not previously covered prior to 2009. We intend to continue to add dealers in new territories in the United States as well as internationally, which we believe will result in increased unit sales.

Our dealers are exposed to seasonal variations in consumer demand for boats. As discussed above under “—Our Ability to Manage Manufacturing Costs, Sales Cycles and Inventory Levels,” we address anticipated demand for our products and manage our manufacturing in order to mitigate seasonal variations. We also use our dealer incentive programs to encourage dealers to order in the off-season by providing floor plan financing relief, which typically permits dealers to take delivery of current model year boats between July 1 and April 30 on an interest-free basis for a specified period. We also offer our dealers other incentives, including rebates, seasonal discounts, promotional co-op arrangements and other allowances. We facilitate floor plan financing programs for many of our dealers by entering into repurchase agreements with certain third-party lenders, which enable our dealers, under certain circumstances, to establish lines of credit with the third-party lenders to purchase inventory. Under these floor plan financing programs, a dealer draws on the floor plan facility upon the purchase of our boats and the lender pays the invoice price of the boats. Since July 1, 2010, we have not repurchased any units from lenders. We will continue to review and refine our dealer incentive offerings and monitor any exposures arising under these arrangements.

Components of Results of Operations

Net Sales

We generate revenue from the sale of boats to our dealers. The substantial majority of our net sales are derived from the sale of boats, including optional features included at the time of the initial wholesale purchase of the boat. Net sales consists of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Gross sales from:

 

  Ÿ  

Boat sales —sales of boats to our dealer network. In addition, nearly all of our boat sales include optional feature upgrades purchased by the consumer, such as Surf Gate, which increase the average selling price of our boats;

 

  Ÿ  

Trailers, parts and accessories sales— sales of boat trailers and replacement and aftermarket boat parts and accessories to our dealer network and Australian licensee; and

 

  Ÿ  

Royalty income —licensing fees and royalties that we earn as a result of our contractual relationship with our Australian licensee, which has the exclusive right to manufacture and distribute our products in Australia and New Zealand.

 

  Ÿ  

Net sales are net of:

 

  Ÿ  

Sales returns —primarily contractual repurchases of boats either repossessed by the floor plan financing provider from the dealer or returned by the dealer under our warranty program; and

 

  Ÿ  

Rebates, free flooring and discounts —incentives, including rebates and free flooring, we provide to our dealers based on sales of eligible products. If a dealer meets its annual

 

59


Table of Contents
 

commitment volume as well as other terms of the rebate program, the dealer is entitled to a specified rebate. Dealers who participate in our floor financing program may be entitled to have their flooring costs covered by us to promote dealer orders in the offseason. For more information, see “Business—Dealer Management.”

Cost of Sales

Our cost of sales includes all of the costs to manufacture our products, including raw materials, components, supplies, direct labor and factory overhead. For components and accessories manufactured by third-party vendors, such costs represent the amounts invoiced by the vendors. Shipping costs and depreciation expense related to manufacturing equipment and facilities are also included in cost of sales. Warranty costs associated with the repair or replacement of our boats under warranty are also included in cost of sales.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses include selling and marketing, and general and administrative costs. Each of these items includes personnel and related expenses, supplies, non-manufacturing overhead, third-party professional fees and various other operating expenses. Further, selling and marketing expenditures include the cost of advertising and various promotional sales incentive programs. General and administrative costs include, among other things, product development and engineering expenditures.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consists of interest expense and other income or expense, net. Interest expense consists of interest charged under our credit agreement.

Income Taxes

The LLC is currently taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Therefore, we have not been subject to entity-level federal income taxation, and the members of the LLC pay taxes with respect to their allocable share of our net taxable income. Following the reorganization and this offering, all of the earnings of Malibu Boats, Inc. will be subject to federal income taxation.

We will be subject to U.S. federal and state income tax in multiple jurisdictions. Some of these jurisdictions have higher statutory tax rates than others. Accordingly, our effective tax rates will vary depending on the relative proportion of income in various states, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws.

 

60


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The table below sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented. Our financial results for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the financial results that we will achieve in future periods.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated statement of income data:

          

Net sales

   $ 99,984      $ 140,892      $ 167,012      $ 33,159      $ 43,304   

Cost of sales

     83,730        110,849        123,412        25,291        32,283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,254        30,043        43,600        7,868        11,021   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling and marketing

     3,621        4,071        4,937        1,076        1,432   

General and administrative

     6,194        8,307        14,177        4,512        1,955   

Amortization

     5,178        5,178        5,178        1,294        1,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     1,261        12,487        19,308        986        6,340   

Other expense, net

     (1,804     (1,381     (1,324     (347     (1,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (543   $ 11,106      $ 17,984      $ 639      $ 5,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other data:

          

Unit volume

     1,860        2,482        2,672        550        661   

The following table sets forth our gross profit as well as our operating and other income and expenses and other information for the periods presented, expressed as a percentage of net sales:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
            2011               2012               2013               2012               2013       

Net sales

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of sales

     83.7        78.7        73.9        76.3        74.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16.3        21.3        26.1        23.7        25.5   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling and marketing

     3.6        2.9        3.0        3.2        3.3   

General and administrative

     6.2        5.9        8.5        13.6        4.5   

Amortization

     5.2        3.7        3.1        3.9        3.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     1.3        8.8        11.5        3.0        14.7   

Other expense, net

     (1.8     (1.0     (0.8     (1.0     (2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (0.5 )%      7.8     10.7     2.0     12.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2013 to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2012

Net Sales. Our net sales for the three months ended September 30, 2013 were $43.3 million, reflecting an increase of $10.1 million, or 30.6%, compared to the same period in 2012. Unit volume

 

61


Table of Contents

for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was 661, a 20.2% increase compared to the same period in 2012. The volume increase in 2013 was attributable to strong, continued consumer demand for our boats, bolstered by the introduction of our new models and features. Net sales per unit increased approximately 9% for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, primarily because of increased sales prices on new boat models and increased sales of larger boats, including the Wakesetter 24 MXZ, introduced in fiscal year 2013, and Axis A24, introduced early in fiscal year 2014, as well as increased sales of our Surf Gate system, which became available on the Axis brand during 2013.

Cost of Sales. Our cost of sales increased 27.6% to $32.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in cost of sales resulted primarily from the 20.2% increase in unit volume and higher material cost per unit, driven by increased sales of higher-content boats such as the Wakesetter 24 MXZ.

Gross Profit . For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our gross profit increased 40.1% to $11.0 million compared to the same period during 2012. Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, increased 170 basis points to 25.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. These increases resulted primarily from continued production efficiencies on increased volumes, higher average selling prices driven by price increases and increased sales of larger boats and optional features and continued product cost reduction efforts.

Operating Expenses. Selling and marketing expense increased $0.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 primarily because of increased marketing costs associated with increased sales volumes. General and administrative expense decreased $2.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012, largely attributable to reduced management fees paid to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, in 2012. In light of the economic downturn, Malibu Boats Investor, LLC agreed to eliminate its management fees for the period from July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2012, in order to preserve our cash. Subsequently, we amended the management agreement to make a management fee payment in the amount of $2.1 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012.

Other Expense, Net. Interest expense increased $0.8 million to $1.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was driven by higher debt balances associated with our July 2013 refinancing.

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2013 to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012

Net Sales. Our net sales for fiscal year 2013 were $167.0 million, an increase of $26.1 million, or 18.5%, compared to fiscal year 2012. Unit volume for fiscal year 2013 was 2,672, an 8% increase compared to fiscal year 2012. The volume increase was attributable to increased consumer demand for our products. Net sales per unit increased approximately 10% for fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012, primarily because of increased sales prices on new boat models and the introduction of two new boat models during fiscal year 2013, including our most expensive model, the Wakesetter 24 MXZ, as well as the introduction of our Surf Gate system as an option for consumers of our Malibu boats beginning in fiscal year 2013.

Cost of Sales. For fiscal year 2013, our cost of sales increased 11.3% to $123.4 million compared to fiscal year 2012. The increase in cost of sales resulted primarily from the 8% increase in unit volume and a richer mix of products sold with additional features, offset somewhat by continued realization of labor efficiencies.

 

62


Table of Contents

Gross Profit . For fiscal year 2013, our gross profit increased 45.1% to $43.6 million compared to fiscal year 2012. Our gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, increased 480 basis points to 26.1% for fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012. These increases resulted primarily from continued production efficiencies on increased volumes, higher average selling prices driven by price increases and increased sales of new boat models and optional features, and continued product cost reductions.

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses for fiscal year 2013 increased 38.4% to $24.3 million compared to fiscal year 2012. Operating expenses as a percentage of sales for fiscal year 2013 increased 200 basis points to 14.5% percent compared to fiscal year 2012. The increase in operating expenses for 2013 was primarily attributable to increased general and administrative expense, comprised of payments made pursuant to our management agreement with Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, which will be terminated upon the consummation of this offering, and increased legal expenditures related to ongoing litigation. In addition, dealer incentives and sales expenses increased during fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012 as a result of increased sales.

Other Expense, Net. Interest expense decreased by $0.1 million to $1.3 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $1.4 million in fiscal year 2012. This decrease was a result of lower interest rates on our borrowings, despite our July 2012 refinancing of our credit facilities and subsequent higher average borrowing balances. For more information about the 2012 refinancing of our credit facilities, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2013 to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012—Financing Activities.” We experienced a modest decrease in other income over these periods, driven by a reduction in interest income.

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012 to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011

Net Sales. Our net sales for fiscal year 2012 were $140.9 million, an increase of $40.9 million, or 40.9%, compared to fiscal year 2011. Unit volume for fiscal year 2012 was 2,482, a 33% increase compared to fiscal year 2011. The volume increase was attributable to increased consumer demand for our products, including market growth and market share growth. Net sales per unit increased approximately 6% for fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011, primarily because of increased sales prices on new boat models and the introduction of our Wakesetter 22 MXZ, a larger premium priced model.

Cost of Sales. For fiscal year 2012, our cost of sales increased 32.4% to $110.8 million compared to fiscal year 2011. The increase in cost of sales resulted primarily from the 33% increase in unit volume and a richer mix of products sold with additional features, offset somewhat by continued realization of labor efficiencies.

Gross Profit . For fiscal year 2012, our gross profit increased 84.8% to $30.0 million compared to fiscal year 2011. Our gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, increased 510 basis points to 21.3% for fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011. These increases resulted largely from the impact of new operational management who was able to achieve a combination of increased labor efficiencies, driven by higher volume and line optimization strategies, and decreased materials costs, attributable to reduced waste from enhanced process controls, among other items.

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses for fiscal year 2012 increased 17.1% to $17.6 million compared to fiscal year 2011. Operating expenses as a percentage of sales for fiscal year 2012 decreased 250 basis points to 12.5% compared to fiscal year 2011. The increase in operating expenses for 2012 was broad-based across both general and administrative and selling and marketing expenses, but was primarily driven by increased expenditures on personnel, travel, consulting services and professional fees, including those related to ongoing litigation.

 

63


Table of Contents

Other Expense, Net. Interest expense decreased by $0.4 million to $1.4 million in fiscal year 2012 compared to $1.8 million in fiscal year 2011. This decrease was primarily a result of lower average borrowing balances under our former credit facility.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The table below sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of income data for each of the ten quarters in the period ended September 30, 2013. The unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of income data were prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the quarterly financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period, and the results for any interim period may not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2011
    Sep. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
 
    (In thousands)  

Net sales

  $ 38,428      $ 31,984      $ 33,568      $ 36,263      $ 39,077      $ 33,159      $ 37,818      $ 47,062      $ 48,973      $ 43,304   

Cost of sales

    32,023        25,716        26,730        28,755        29,648        25,291        28,524        34,562        35,035        32,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    6,405        6,268        6,838        7,508        9,429        7,868        9,294        12,500        13,938        11,021   

Operating expenses:

                   

Selling and marketing

    949        1,864        1,059        682        466        1,076        1,194        1,523        1,144        1,432   

General and administrative

    2,179        1,672        1,675        2,247        2,713        4,511        2,641        4,150        2,875        1,955   

Amortization

    1,294        1,294        1,294        1,295        1,295        1,294        1,294        1,295        1,295        1,294   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    4,422        4,830        4,028        4,224        4,474        6,881        5,129        6,968        5,314        4,681   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    1,983        1,438        2,810        3,284        4,955        987        4,165        5,532        8,624        6,340   

Other expense, net

    (422     (372     (352     (301     (356     (346     (398     (332     (248     (1,161
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1,561      $ 1,066      $ 2,458      $ 2,983      $ 4,599      $ 641      $ 3,767      $ 5,200      $ 8,376      $ 5,179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of funds have been cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our credit agreement. Our primary use of funds has been for repayments under our credit arrangements, capital investments and cash distributions to members of the LLC. The following table summarizes the cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Total cash provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 6,613      $ 15,495      $ 25,899      $ 3,021      $ 7,740   

Investment activities

     (1,302     (2,651     (2,878     (314     (878

Financing activities

     (6,154     (7,132     (21,861     (8,601     (18,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash

   $ (843   $ 5,712      $ 1,160      $ (5,894   $ (11,260

On December 19, 2013, the LLC made a tax distribution to its members in the aggregate amount of $3.6 million.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2013 to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2012

Operating Activities. Net cash from operating activities was $7.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to $3.0 million for the same period in 2012, an increase of $4.7 million. The increase in cash from operating activities was primarily attributable to an increase in our cash receipts from sales of recreational and sports boats to our dealer network. Cash receipts increased $9.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012, driven mostly by a 20.2% higher unit sales volume over the same period. Additionally, average sales prices increased for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily attributable to increased sales prices on new boat models and increased sales of larger, higher margin boats, including the Wakesetter 24 MXZ and Axis A24, as well as increased sales of our Surf Gate system, which became available in 2013. Cash payments to suppliers for purchase of raw material and other supplies used in the manufacturing process increased $6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily attributable to increased production levels associated with higher volumes attributable to new models and options offered as well as increased consumption of materials driven by a mix of larger boats. Cash paid for operating expenses decreased by $1.7 million primarily as a result of a one-time payment of $2.1 million for management fees made during the three months ended September 30, 2012. This decrease in cash used for operating expenses was partially offset by increased selling and marketing expenses associated with higher unit sales volumes and roll out of new models. Cash paid for interest increased $0.5 million attributable to our refinancing of the term loan.

Investing Activities . Net cash used for investing activities was $0.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to $0.3 million for the same period in 2012, an increase of $0.6 million. Our cash used for investing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 primarily related to investments in new property and equipment, including molds. Management expects our capital expenditures for fiscal year 2014 to be higher than typical at approximately $5.0 million, an increase from fiscal year 2013 capital expenditures of $2.9 million. This expected increase is primarily driven by investments to expand our Tennessee facility and increase production capacity to accommodate future growth.

 

65


Table of Contents

Financing Activities . Net cash used for financing activities was $18.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to $8.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $9.5 million. Our use of cash from financing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2013 primarily consisted of distributions to members of the LLC, including tax distributions, in the aggregate amount of $57.8 million financed by cash on hand as well as our July 2013 refinancing. Our use of cash from financing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2012 primarily consisted of distributions to members of the LLC, including tax distributions, that were financed by our July 2012 refinancing and cash on hand.

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2013 to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012

Operating Activities. Net cash from operating activities was $25.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, compared to $15.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, an increase of $10.4 million. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in our cash receipts from sales of recreational and sports boats to our dealer network, which for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, increased by $29.6 million over receipts for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012. The increase was driven by a 7.7% higher unit sales volume during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012. Additionally, average sales prices increased for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily attributable to increased sales prices on new boat models and the introduction of new premium-priced models, including the Wakesetter 24 MXZ and Wakesetter 20 MXZ, both of which were introduced in 2013. We also introduced our new Surf Gate system during the same period. Cash payments to suppliers for purchase of raw material and other supplies increased by $12.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily attributable to consumption of these items during the manufacturing process associated with higher production volumes, larger models and additional features. Cash paid for operating expenses increased $6.3 million during fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the same period 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to payments of $2.8 million to our sponsor for management fees, including a one-time payment of $2.1 million, as well as professional fees related to our refinancing activities and legal expenses related to a dispute with a former supplier and increased selling and marketing expense to support higher unit sales volumes.

Investing Activities . Net cash used for investing activities was $2.9 million for fiscal year 2013 compared to $2.7 million for fiscal year 2012. Our cash used for investing activities for fiscal years 2012 and 2013 primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities . Net cash used for financing activities was $21.9 million for fiscal year 2013 compared to $7.1 million for fiscal year 2012. Our financing activities for fiscal year 2013 primarily consisted of distributions to members of the LLC financed by our July 2012 refinancing as well as ongoing tax distributions. The proceeds from the July 2012 refinancing were used to repay existing term and revolving loans that were due August 2012, pay equity distributions of $15.4 million, deferred financing and related fees of $0.7 million and management fees of $2.1 million in connection with the payment of management fees to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, pursuant to an amendment to the management agreement in July 2012. Our financing activities for fiscal year 2012 primarily consisted of principal repayments of a prior credit facility.

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012 to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011

Operating Activities. Net cash from operating activities was $15.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, compared to $6.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, an increase of $8.9 million. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in our cash receipts from sales of recreational and sports boats to our dealer network, which for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, increased by $37.2 million over receipts for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. The increase

 

66


Table of Contents

was driven by a 33.4% higher unit sales volume during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, compared to the same period in 2011. Additionally, average sales prices increased for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, compared to the same period in 2011, primarily attributable to increased sales prices on new premium boat models such as the Wakesetter 22 MXZ. Cash payments to suppliers for purchases of material and other supplies increased $26.7 million from June 30, 2012, as compared to June 30, 2011, primarily attributable to increased consumption associated with higher production volumes. Cash paid for operating expenses increased $1.4 million during fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011. This increase was primarily driven by consulting fees in connection with the implementation of a quality control system and enhancements of our enterprise resource planning system as well as increasing selling and marketing expenses associated with unit sales volumes. Cash paid for interest decreased $0.4 million attributable to lower average loan balances and lower interest rates.

Investing Activities . Net cash used for investing activities was $2.7 million for fiscal year 2012 compared to $1.3 million for fiscal year 2011. Our cash used for investing activities for fiscal years 2011 and 2012 primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities . Net cash used for financing activities was $7.1 million for fiscal year 2012 compared to $6.2 million for fiscal year 2011. Our financing activities for fiscal year 2012 and 2011 primarily consisted of principal repayments of a prior credit facility that was due August 2012.

Loans and Commitments

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions pursuant to a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks led by SunTrust Bank. Borrowings under our credit agreement bear interest at a rate equal to either, at our option, Bank Prime or LIBOR plus the applicable margin, as defined in our credit agreement. As of September 30, 2013, our credit agreement included the following facilities:

 

  Ÿ  

Revolving Credit Facility . We have access to a revolving credit facility from a bank syndicate led by SunTrust Bank in the principal amount of $10 million due on or before July 16, 2018. As of September 30, 2013, we had no outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility.

 

  Ÿ  

Swingline Credit Facility . We received a swingline line of credit from SunTrust Bank in the principal amount of up to $2 million due on or before July 16, 2018. Any amounts drawn under the swingline line of credit reduce the capacity under the revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2013, we had no outstanding balance under the swingline facility.

 

  Ÿ  

Letter of Credit Facility . We have access to a letter of credit from SunTrust Bank in the principal amount of up to $3 million. Any amounts drawn under the letter of credit reduce the capacity under the revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2013, we had no drawn amounts from the line of credit.

 

  Ÿ  

Term Loans . We received a term loan from each of the banks in the syndicate in the aggregate principal amount of $65 million due on or before July 16, 2018. As of September 30, 2013, we had an aggregate total of $64.2 million outstanding under the term loans.

The applicable rate for the term loans was 3.19%, as of September 30, 2013. An increase or decrease of 1.0% in this applicable rate would have resulted in an increase or decrease of $0.3 million in our interest expense for fiscal year 2013.

Our credit agreement permits prepayment without any penalties. Our credit agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, and notice requirements for the

 

67


Table of Contents

occurrence of specific events such as pending or threatened labor disputes, litigation or judgments over a certain amount. Our credit agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants, which, among other things, place limits on our activities and those of our subsidiaries, the incurrence of additional indebtedness and additional liens on property and limit the future payment of dividends or distributions. For example, our credit agreement generally prohibits the LLC, Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Domestic International Sales Corp. from paying dividends or making distributions. Our credit agreement permits, however, distributions based on a member’s allocated taxable income, distributions to fund payments that are required under the tax receivable agreement, payments pursuant to stock option and other benefit plans, dividends and distributions within the loan parties and dividends payable solely in interests of classes of securities. In addition, after June 30, 2014, the LLC may make dividends and distributions of up to $4,000,000 in any fiscal year, subject to compliance with other financial covenants. Our credit agreement specifies permitted liens, permitted investments and permitted debt. Affirmative covenants governing the timing of monthly, quarterly and annual financial reporting are also included in the credit agreement. Our lending arrangements are secured by substantially all of our assets pursuant to a security agreement. As of September, 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants in the credit agreement and security agreement.

Future Liquidity Needs

We believe that our existing cash, credit facilities and cash flows from our operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated future cash needs. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate and the timing and extent of operating expenses.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

As of September 30, 2013, our continuing contractual obligations were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Long-term debt, including interest(1)

   $ 66,235       $ 3,773       $ 12,576       $ 49,886       $   

Notes payable-equipment, including interest

     57         57                           

Operating leases(2)

     30,117         1,877         3,753         3,847         20,640   

Purchase obligations(3)

     15,866         15,866                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 112,275       $ 21,573       $ 16,329       $ 53,733       $ 20,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Because interest rates under our credit agreement are based on LIBOR and are subject to fluctuation, future interest payments have been estimated based on an interest rate of 3.19%, which was the applicable rate for the term loans as of September 30, 2013. For more information about long-term debt, see “—Loans and Commitments.”
(2) We sold our two primary manufacturing and office facilities for a total of $18.3 million in 2008, which resulted in a gain of $0.7 million. Simultaneous with the sale, we entered into an agreement to lease back the buildings for an initial term of 20 years. The net gain of $0.2 million has been deferred and is being amortized in proportion to rent charged over the initial lease term.
(3) As part of the normal course of business, we enter into purchase orders from a variety of suppliers, primarily for raw materials, in order to manage our various operating needs. The majority of the orders are expected to be purchased throughout fiscal year 2014.

Our dealers have arrangements with certain finance companies to provide secured floor plan financing for the purchase of our products. These arrangements indirectly provide liquidity to us by financing dealer purchases of our products, thereby minimizing the use of our working capital in the form of accounts receivable. A majority of our sales are financed under similar arrangements, pursuant to which we receive payment within a few days of shipment of the

 

68


Table of Contents

product. We have agreed to repurchase products repossessed by the finance companies if a dealer defaults on its debt obligations to a finance company and the boat is returned to us, subject to certain limitations. Our financial exposure under these agreements is limited to the difference between the amounts unpaid by the dealer with respect to the repossessed product plus costs of repossession and the amount received on the resale of the repossessed product. No losses have been incurred under these agreements in the past three fiscal years. An adverse change in retail sales, however, could require us to repurchase repossessed units upon an event of default by any of our dealers, subject to the annual limitation.

Seasonality

Our dealers experience seasonality in their business. Retail demand for boats is seasonal, with a significant majority of sales occurring during peak boating season, which coincides with our first and fourth fiscal quarters. In order to minimize the impact of this seasonality on our business, we manage our manufacturing processes and structure dealer incentives to tie our annual volume rebates program to consistent ordering patterns, encouraging dealers to purchase our products throughout the year. In this regard, we offer free flooring incentives to dealers from the beginning of our model year through April 30 of each year. Further, in the event that a dealer does not consistently order units throughout the year, such dealer’s rebate is materially reduced. We also regularly offer off-season retail promotions to our dealers in seasonally slow months, during and ahead of boat shows, to encourage retail demand. As a result of these efforts, our operating results are less sensitive to seasonal variations than retail sales of our products. For fiscal year 2013, our quarterly net sales as a percentage of annual net sales were 19.9%, 22.6%, 28.2% and 29.3% for the first through fourth fiscal quarters, respectively.

Inflation

The market prices of certain materials and components used in manufacturing our products, especially resins that are made with hydrocarbon feedstocks, copper, aluminum and stainless steel, can be volatile. Historically, however, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. Significant increases in inflation, particularly those related to wages and increases in the cost of raw materials, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New boat buyers often finance their purchases. Inflation typically results in higher interest rates that could translate into an increased cost of boat ownership. Should inflation and increased interest rates occur, prospective consumers may choose to forego or delay their purchases or buy a less expensive boat in the event credit is not available to finance their boat purchases.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. These principles require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, expenses and cash flows, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include those related to goodwill, revenue recognition, rebates, equity-based compensation, product repurchases and warranty claims. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, the accounting policies listed below involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to understand and evaluate fully our financial condition and results of operations.

 

69


Table of Contents

Goodwill

Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather are evaluated for potential impairment on an annual basis, as of June 30, unless circumstances indicate the need for impairment testing between the annual tests in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” If this assessment indicates the possibility of impairment, the income approach to test for goodwill impairment would be used unless circumstances indicate that a better estimate of fair value was available. Under the income approach, management calculates the fair value of each reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets including goodwill assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets including goodwill exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then management determines the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. We did not recognize any goodwill impairment charges in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2013.

Revenue Recognition

We generally manufacture products based on specific orders from dealers and often ship completed products only after receiving credit approval from third-party financial institutions or those participating in floor financing programs. Revenue associated with sales to dealers financed through either source is primarily recorded when all of the following conditions have been met:

 

  Ÿ  

an order for a product has been received;

 

  Ÿ  

a common carrier signs the delivery ticket accepting responsibility for the product; and

 

  Ÿ  

the product is removed from our property for delivery.

These conditions are generally met when title passes, which is when boats are shipped to dealers in accordance with shipping terms, which are primarily free on board shipping point.

Dealers generally have no rights to return unsold boats. From time to time, however, we may accept returns in limited circumstances and at our discretion under our warranty policy, which generally limits returns to instances of manufacturing defects. We estimate the costs that may be incurred under our basic limited warranty and record a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product revenue is recognized. We may also be obligated, in the event of default by a dealer, to accept returns of unsold boats under our repurchase commitment to floor financing providers, which are able to obtain such boats through foreclosure. We accrue estimated losses when a loss, due to the default of one of our dealers, is determined to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Refer to Notes 5 and 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information related to our product warranty and repurchase commitment obligations, respectively.

Revenue from boat part sales is recorded as the product is shipped from our location, which is free on board shipping point. Revenue associated with sales of materials, parts, boats or engine products sold under our exclusive manufacturing and distribution agreement with our Australian licensee are recognized under free-on-board port of disembarkment terms, the point at which the risks of ownership and loss pass to the licensee. We also earn royalties from our Australian licensee, which are accrued on a monthly basis based on a percentage of the licensee’s gross sales. Royalties earned are paid to us on a quarterly basis.

Revenue associated with sales to the independent representative responsible for international sales is recognized in accordance with free on board shipping point terms, the point at which the

 

70


Table of Contents

risks of ownership and loss pass to the representative. A fixed percentage discount is earned by the independent representative at the time of shipment to the representative as a reduction in the price of the boat and is recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as a reduction in sales.

Rebates, Promotions, Floor Financing and Incentives

We provide for various structured dealer rebate and sales promotions incentives, which are recognized as a reduction in net sales, at the time of sale to the dealer. Examples of such programs include rebates, seasonal discounts, promotional co-op arrangements and other allowances. Dealer rebates and sales promotion expenses are estimated based on current programs and historical achievement and/or usage rates. Actual results may differ from these estimates if market conditions dictate the need to enhance or reduce sales promotion and incentive programs or if dealer achievement or other items vary from historical trends. Free floor financing incentives are estimated at the time of sale to the dealer based on the expected expense to us over the term of the free flooring period and are recognized as a reduction in sales.

Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-based compensation, which includes profits interests granted to employees pursuant to the LLC’s current limited liability company agreement is accounted for in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation.” The fair value of these awards is based on the value of our LLC Units, which is estimated, on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, or the Black-Scholes model. These awards are subject to the terms of the applicable agreement governing the award, including vesting and repurchase rights at fair market value and adjustment upon separation

For all time-vesting awards granted, stock-based compensation expense is recognized in the statements of operations and amortized using the straight-line attribution method. For awards that contain a liquidity condition, which is satisfied upon occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as a change in control transaction, expense recognition will occur at the time of the qualifying event.

We utilize the Black-Scholes model for estimating fair value of our awards granted. Option valuation models, including the Black-Scholes model, require the input of subjective assumptions, and changes in the assumptions used can materially affect the grant date fair value of an award. These assumptions include the risk-free rate of interest, expected dividend yield, expected volatility and the expected life of the award.

Expected volatility rates are based on historical volatility of the common stock of comparable publicly traded entities and other factors, including adjustments for leverage, due to the lack of historic information regarding the LLC. The expected life of equity-based awards is the period of time for which the equity-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Given the lack of historic exercise data, the expected life is determined using the anticipated liquidity event for the awards.

The risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a period consistent with the expected term of the option in effect at the time of the grant. During fiscal years 2011 and 2012, the LLC did not make distributions to its members and, therefore, we have assumed an expected dividend rate of zero.

Given the absence of an active market for our equity, the exercise price of the equity awards on the date of grant was determined and approved by the board of directors using several factors, including progress and milestones achieved in our business development and performance, general industry and economic trends. In establishing the estimated fair value of our equity, we

 

71


Table of Contents

considered the guidance set forth in American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .”

The table below sets forth the assumptions used for calculating the value of equity-based awards granted during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. No awards were granted during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 or the three months ended September 30, 2012 or 2013.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
     2011    2012

Dividend yield

   0.00%    0.00%

Expected volatility

   100%    75% - 84%

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

   1.41%    0.53% - 0.65%

Expected term (years)

   4.00    4.00

Refer to Note 1 “Equity-Based Compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information related to stock-based compensation.

Repurchase Commitments

In connection with our dealers’ wholesale floor plan financing of boats, we have entered into repurchase agreements with various lending institutions. The repurchase commitment is on an individual unit basis with a term from the date it is financed by the lending institution through payment date by the dealer, generally not exceeding two and a half years. Such agreements are customary in the industry and our exposure to loss under such agreements is limited by the resale value of the inventory which is required to be repurchased. No units were repurchased for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 or the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013.

Product Warranties

We provide a limited warranty for a period of up to three years for our products. Our standard warranties require us or our dealers to repair or replace defective products during the warranty period at no cost to the consumer. We estimate the costs that may be incurred under our basic limited warranty and records as a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product revenue is recognized. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim. We periodically assess the adequacy of the recorded warranty liabilities and adjust the amounts as necessary. We utilize historical trends and analytical tools to assist in determining the appropriate warranty liability.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial condition through adverse changes in financial market prices and rates and inflation. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are primarily exposed to interest rate risks. We manage our exposure to these market risks through regular operating and financing activities. We have also attempted to reduce our market risks through hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps.

 

72


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of performance sport boats, having the #1 market share position in the United States since 2010. Our boats are used for water sports, including water skiing, wakeboarding and wake surfing, as well as general recreational boating. Since inception in 1982, we believe we have been a consistent innovator in the powerboat industry, designing products that appeal to an expanding range of recreational boaters and water sports enthusiasts whose passion for boating and water sports is a key aspect of their lifestyle. We believe many of our innovations, such as our proprietary Surf Gate technology launched in 2012, expand the market for our products by introducing consumers to new and exciting recreational activities. We believe that our boats are increasingly versatile, allowing consumers to use them for a wide range of activities that enhance the experience of a day on the water with family and friends. While there is no guarantee that we will achieve market share growth in the future, we believe that the performance, quality, value and multi-purpose features of our boats position us to achieve our goal of increasing our market share in the expanding recreational boating market.

We sell our high performance boats under two brands—Malibu and Axis. Our flagship Malibu brand boats offer our latest innovations in performance, comfort and convenience, and are designed for consumers seeking a premium boating experience. Retail prices of our Malibu boats typically range from $55,000 to $120,000. We launched our Axis brand of boats in 2009 to appeal to consumers who desire a more affordable product but still demand high performance, functional simplicity and the option to upgrade key features. Retail prices of our Axis boats typically range from $40,000 to $75,000.

All of our boats are built and tested at our corporate headquarters near Knoxville, Tennessee. Our boats are constructed of fiberglass, equipped with inboard propulsion systems and available in a range of sizes and hull designs. We employ experienced product development and engineering teams that enable us to offer a range of models across each of our brands while consistently introducing innovative features in our product offerings. Our engineering team closely collaborates with our manufacturing personnel in order to improve product quality and process efficiencies. The results of this collaboration are reflected in our achievement of an adjusted EBITDA margin of 19.0% and net income of $18.0 million for fiscal year 2013 and receipt of numerous industry awards, including the Watersports Industry Association’s Innovation of the Year in 2010 and 2013. For the definition of adjusted EBITDA margin and a reconciliation to net income, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

We sell our boats through a dealer network that we believe is the strongest in the performance sport boat category. As of September 30, 2013, our distribution channel consisted of 116 independent dealers in North America operating 139 locations in North America and 49 independent dealer locations across 36 countries outside of North America. Our boats are the exclusive performance sport boats offered by the majority of our dealers. Additionally, we have an exclusive licensee in Australia that we believe is the largest performance sport boat manufacturer in that country. Our dealer base is an important part of our consumers’ experience, our marketing efforts and our brands. We devote significant time and resources to find, develop and improve the performance of our dealers and believe our dealer network gives us a distinct competitive advantage.

We have experienced significant growth in net sales and profitability over the last several years. For our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, net sales, adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss) were $167.0 million, $31.8 million and $18.0 million, respectively, compared to $140.9 million,

 

73


Table of Contents

$19.9 million and $11.1 million, respectively, for fiscal year 2012 and $100.0 million, $7.9 million and approximately $(543,000), respectively, for fiscal year 2011. For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our net sales, adjusted EBITDA and net income were $43.3 million, $8.2 million and $5.2 million, an increase of 30.6%, 48.4% and 710.5%, respectively, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in net income for the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012 was largely attributable to a one-time management fee payment of $2.1 million to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, an affiliate, during the three months ended September 30, 2012. For the definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

Our Market Opportunity

During 2012, retail sales of new powerboats in the United States totaled $5.8 billion. Of the powerboat categories defined and tracked by the NMMA, our core market corresponds most directly to the inboard ski/wakeboard category, which we refer to as the performance sport boat category. We believe our addressable market also includes similar and adjacent powerboat categories identified by the NMMA, which totaled over $4 billion of sales in 2012. The following table illustrates the size of our addressable market in units and retail sales for 2012:

 

Powerboat Category

   Unit Sales      Retail Sales  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Outboard

     128,800       $ 2,626   

Sterndrive

     16,500         883   

Performance sport boat

     5,500         375   

Jet boat

     4,500         160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total addressable market

     155,300       $ 4,044   

We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from several trends underway in our addressable market, including:

Improving Macroeconomic Environment Driving Increased Consumer Demand for Boats . Following the economic downturn, the recreational boating industry has grown and is projected to continue to recover. While domestic sales of new performance sport boats in 2012 grew to approximately 5,500 units, they remained 58% below the category’s 2006 sales volume of 13,100. IBISWorld projects that total U.S. powerboat manufacturer sales will grow at a CAGR of 6.5% from 2012 to 2017. While there is no guarantee that these projected growth rates will be achieved in the future, we believe the recreational boating industry has significant opportunity for growth from increased consumer demand and will continue to benefit from improved economic conditions.

Improved Dealer Inventory Positions . Boat manufacturers in our addressable market and industry-wide have been focused on clearing aged inventory from the retail channel over the past few years, driving the current inventory of new boats that are over a year old at dealerships to normalized and healthy levels. If retail sales levels continue to improve, we expect our dealers to place more wholesale orders from us in order to meet this demand. Lower dealer inventory positions also mitigate the potential effects of a decline in retail sales on wholesale volumes.

Increasing Ages of Used Boats Driving New Boat Sales . In 2012, new powerboats accounted for approximately one out of six powerboat sales in the United States compared to an average of approximately one out of four between 2002 and 2008. We believe the shift toward purchasing more used boats during the economic downturn helped cause the average age of powerboats in use

 

74


Table of Contents

to increase from 15 years in 1997 to over 20 years today. As the powerboat industry continues its ongoing recovery and older boats reach the end of their usable lives, we expect consumer purchases of new boats to shift back toward historic levels benefiting new boat manufacturers.

Our Strengths

#1 Market Share Position in Performance Sport Boat Category. We held the number one market share position, based on unit volume, in the United States among manufacturers of performance sport boats for 2010, 2011, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We have grown our U.S. market share from 23.2% in 2008, the year prior to the arrival of our current Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to 30.6% in 2012. The following table reflects our U.S. market share in the performance sport boat category compared to the market share of our competitors for the periods shown:

 

Manufacturer/Brand(s)

   U.S. Market Share in Performance Sport Boat  Category  
   2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Nine  Months
Ended

September 30,
2013
 

Malibu Boats/Malibu and Axis

     23.2     23.5     24.3     28.8     30.6     32.9

MasterCraft Boat Company, LLC/MasterCraft

     23.8        24.6        23.4        24.2        21.7        19.7   

Correct Craft, Inc./Nautique

     15.2        13.9        15.9        14.8        14.5        15.5   

Skier’s Choice, Inc./Supra and Moomba

     16.5        15.6        16.6        15.6        14.7        12.9   

All others

     21.3        22.4        19.8        16.6        18.5        19.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

In addition, our 40.1% market share of performance sport boat exports to international markets in the 12 months ended September 30, 2013 was the highest among U.S. manufacturers.

Performance Sport Boat Category Taking Share. As the recovery in the general economy and overall powerboat industry has continued, the performance sport boat category in which we participate has experienced one of the highest growth rates. New unit sales of performance sport boats in the United States increased by 13% from 2011 to 2012, while new unit sales of all other powerboats in the United States increased 10% over the same period. This trend continued in 2013, as new unit sales of performance sport boats and all other powerboats in the United States increased by 11% and 2%, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We believe this is largely attributable to increased innovation in the features, designs and layouts of performance sport boats, which has improved the performance, functionality and versatility of these boats versus other recreational powerboats, particularly the larger category of sterndrive boats. We believe that we have been at the forefront of product innovation and will continue to appeal to a broader consumer base that values our boats not only for water sports, but also for general recreational boating and leisure activities. We believe that our market-leading position within our expanding category will create continued growth opportunities for us.

 

75


Table of Contents

Poised to Take Advantage of the Performance Sport Boat Market Recovery. With our leading and growing market share in our category, we believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of the ongoing recovery in the powerboat market. While the performance sport boat category grew 13% in 2012, new unit sales remained significantly below historical peaks. As illustrated in the chart below, the 5,500 new units sold in 2012 were 53% below the average annual new unit sales volume of 11,714 observed between 2001 and 2007 and 58% below the 13,100 new units sold in 2006. While there is no guarantee that the market will continue to grow or return to historical sales levels, we believe we are in the early stages of a recovery that presents significant opportunity for growth.

 

LOGO

Even if the performance sport boat market does not reach previous peak levels, we believe that our #1 market share position in a category that is growing faster than the overall powerboat industry, our investments in the Company during and subsequent to the economic downturn, and our innovative product offering should drive superior performance.

Industry-leading Product Design and Innovation. We believe that our innovation in the design of new boat models and new features has been a key to our success, helping us increase our market share within our category and generally broaden the appeal of our products among recreational boaters. As a result of the features we have introduced, we believe that our boats are used for an increasingly wide range of activities and are increasingly easier to use, while maintaining the high performance characteristics that consumers expect. Additionally, by introducing new boat models in a range of price points, sizes, bow and hull designs, and optional performance features, we have enhanced consumers’ ability to select a boat suited to their individual preferences. Our commitment to, and consistency in, developing new boat models and introducing new features are reflected in several notable achievements, including:

 

  Ÿ  

release of our patented Surf Gate technology in 2012, which allows users to surf on either side of the boat’s wake, generates a better quality surf wave and was the Watersports Industry Association’s Innovation of the Year in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

launch of the Axis brand of boats in 2009, designed from the ground up to be an entry-level product, which has already captured a 6.0% share of the U.S. market in our category; and

 

76


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

introduction of the patented Power Wedge in 2006, which gives boaters the ability to customize the size and shape of the boat’s wake with the push of a button.

Strong Dealer Network. We have worked diligently with our dealers to develop the strongest distribution network in the performance sport boat category. We believe that our distribution network of 139 North American dealer locations and 49 international dealer locations allows us to distribute our products more broadly and effectively than our competitors. For fiscal year 2013, our dealers held the #1 market share position for the performance sport boat category in 75 of 133 U.S. markets. We have nominal dealer concentration, with our largest dealer responsible for less than 6.0% of our unit volume and our top ten dealers representing 36.1% of our unit volume in fiscal year 2013. We continually review our geographic coverage to identify opportunities for expansion and improvement, and have added 33 new dealer locations in the past five years to address previously underserved markets. In addition, we have strengthened our dealer network by replacing 36 dealer locations in the past five years, 18 of which were converted from selling one of our competitor’s products.

Highly Recognized Brands . We believe our Malibu and Axis brands are widely recognized in the powerboat industry, which helps us reach a growing number of target consumers. For over 30 years, our Malibu brand has generated a loyal following of recreational boaters and water sports enthusiasts who value the brand’s premium performance and features. Our Axis brand has grown rapidly as consumers have been drawn to its more affordable price point and available optional features. We believe that the appeal of our high performance and innovative products with athletes and enthusiasts contributes to our brand awareness with dealers and with consumers. We are able to build on this brand recognition and support through a series of marketing initiatives coordinated with our dealers or executed directly by us. Many of our marketing efforts are conducted on a grass-roots level domestically and internationally. Key grass-roots initiatives include: production and distribution of water sports videos; online and social marketing; on-the-water events; athlete, tournament and water sport facility sponsorships; and participation and product placement at important industry events. Additionally, our boats, their innovative features, our sponsored athletes and our dealers all frequently win industry awards, which we believe further boosts our brand recognition and reputation for excellence. We believe our marketing strategies and accomplishments enhance our profile in the industry, strengthen our credibility with consumers and dealers and increase the appeal of our brands.

Compelling Margins and Cash Flow. Our adjusted EBITDA margin was 19.0% for fiscal year 2013. For the definition of adjusted EBITDA margin and a reconciliation to net income, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” In recent years, we have implemented a number of initiatives to reduce our cost base and improve the efficiency of our manufacturing process. Re-engineering the manufacturing process in our Tennessee facility has reduced labor hours per boat produced, and close collaboration between our product development and manufacturing teams has improved production throughput and product quality. Further, vertical integration of tower and tower accessory production has allowed us to increase incremental margin per boat sold. As a result of these and other initiatives, adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2013 grew 59.9% on net sales growth of 18.5%, as compared to fiscal year 2012. Our high margins, combined with our low capital expenditure requirements and a highly efficient working capital cycle, allow us to generate significant excess cash flow. We believe our strong cash flow increases our financial stability and provides us with more flexibility to invest in growth initiatives.

Highly Experienced Management Team. Our experienced management team has demonstrated its ability to identify, create and integrate new product innovations, improve financial performance, optimize operations, enhance our distribution model and recruit top

 

77


Table of Contents

industry talent. Our Chief Executive Officer, Jack Springer, joined Malibu Boats in 2009 and has assembled an executive team with strong, complementary talents and experience. This team has led a workforce that we believe has produced superior results, including market share gains, sales growth and profitability improvement in each year since 2009.

Our Strategy

We intend to capitalize on the ongoing recovery in the powerboat market through the following strategies:

Continue to Develop New and Innovative Products in Our Core Markets. We intend to continue developing and introducing new and innovative products—both new boat models to better address a broader range of consumers and new features to deliver better performance, functionality, convenience, comfort and safety to our consumers. We believe that new products and features are important to the growth of our market share, the continued expansion of our category and our ability to maintain attractive margins.

Our product development strategy consists of a two-pronged approach. First, we seek to introduce new boat models to target unaddressed or underserved segments of the performance sport boat category, while also updating and refreshing our existing boat models regularly. For example, we introduced Axis-branded boats starting in 2009 to address the entry-level segment of our category, and we launched the Malibu Wakesetter MXZ product line in 2012 to enter the premium “picklefork” bow design segment of our market. Second, we seek to develop and integrate innovative new features into our boats, such as Surf Gate, Malibu Touch Command and Power Wedge. We intend to continue releasing new products and features multiple times during the year, which we believe enhances our reputation as a leading-edge boat manufacturer and provides us with a competitive advantage.

Capture Additional Share from Adjacent Boating Categories. Our culture of innovation has enabled us to expand the market for our products by attracting consumers from other categories, most notably from the sterndrive category. We intend to continue to enhance the performance, comfort and versatility of our products in order to further target crossover consumers seeking high-performance powerboats for general recreational activity. For example, we believe that one of our newest boat models, the Wakesetter 24MXZ, appeals to a broader range of recreational boaters by offering the performance benefits of our products, including superior drivability and water sports versatility, while also providing greater seating capacity, a roomy, plush interior and extensive storage space to allow an increased number of family and friends to spend time together on the water.

Further Strengthen Our Dealer Network. Our goal is to achieve and maintain leading market share in each of the markets in which we operate. We continually assess our distribution network and take the actions necessary to achieve our goal. We intend to strengthen our current footprint by selectively recruiting market-leading dealers who currently sell our competitors’ products. In addition, we plan to continue expanding our dealer network in certain geographic areas to increase consumer access and service in markets where it makes strategic sense. In the past five years, we have added 33 new dealer locations in the United States and Canada to provide incremental geographic coverage. We believe our targeted initiatives to enhance and grow our dealer network will increase unit sales in the future.

Accelerate International Expansion. Based on our U.S. leadership position, brand recognition, diverse, innovative product offering and distribution strengths, we believe that we are well-positioned to increase our international sales. Our 40.1% market share of performance sport boat exports to international markets in the 12 months ended September 30, 2013 was the highest

 

78


Table of Contents

among U.S. manufacturers. Our unit sales outside of North America, however, represented less than 5.0% of our total sales volume in fiscal year 2013. We believe we will increase our international sales both by promoting our products in developed markets where we have a well-established dealer base, such as Western Europe, and by penetrating new and emerging markets where we expect rising consumer incomes to increase demand for recreational products, such as Asia and South America, although there is no guarantee that our efforts will be successful or that international sales will increase.

We have taken a number of steps to enhance our international presence and our ability to drive sales in developed and emerging markets. Over the past three fiscal years, we added eight new international dealers, bringing our total number of dealer locations to 49 outside of North America. Historically, the majority of our boats have been distributed to international markets through third parties. In 2013, we restructured our agreements with those parties to provide for direct sales coverage of key markets, including Central America, South America, Asia (excluding the Middle East) and most of Africa. In Australia, we work closely with a licensed manufacturer to maintain and grow what we believe is our leading market share position while also pursuing opportunities to improve our unit economics. To better manage and optimize international sales, we have added dedicated company resources and increased our sales and marketing activity, including international dealer meetings, dealer service schools, regional marketing campaigns and promotional visits by water sport athletes.

Our Products and Brands

We design, manufacture and sell performance sport boats that we believe deliver superior performance for water sports, including wakeboarding, water skiing and wake surfing, as well as general recreational boating. We market our boats under two brands:

 

  Ÿ  

Malibu , our flagship brand, dates to our inception in 1982, primarily targeting consumers seeking a premium boating experience and offering our latest innovations in performance, comfort and convenience; and

 

  Ÿ  

Axis , which we launched as a new brand in 2009, targets a younger demographic and provides them with a more affordably priced, entry-level boat that provides high performance, functional simplicity and the option to upgrade key features.

In addition, we offer various accessories and aftermarket parts.

 

79


Table of Contents

Boat Models

We believe our boats are renowned for their performance, design, innovative technology, quality and ability to provide consumers a high-quality boating experience at varying price points. We currently offer a number of performance sport boat models across our two brands, which provide consumers with a variety of options across length, hull type, bow type, horsepower and seating capacity in addition to customizable designs and features available for upgrade across our models. The following table provides an overview of our most popular product offerings by brand:

 

Brand

  Series   Number of
Models
  Lengths   Hull Types   Bow Types   Maximum
Power
  Maximum
Capacity
(persons)
  Retail  Price
Range

(In thousands)
 

Malibu

  Wakesetter   7   20’-25’   Wake,

Cut Diamond,

Diamond

  Traditional,

Picklefork

  555 hp   13-18     $55-$120   

Malibu

  Response   3   20’-21’   Cut Diamond   Traditional   450 hp   8-9     $35-$70   

Axis

  Axis   4   20’-24’   Wake   Traditional,
Picklefork
  450 hp   11-17     $40-$75   

 

  Ÿ  

Malibu Wakesetter. Introduced in 1998, the Wakesetter series is our premium boat series and the top selling series within the performance sport boat category. The Wakesetter series is designed for consumers seeking the highest-performance water sport and boating experience. Wakesetter offers consumers a highly-customizable boat with our most innovative technologies, premium features, newest graphics, color options and interior finishes. Demonstrating Wakesetter’s industry-leading performance and market position, the Wakesetter 23 LSV model was the best-selling boat in the performance sport boat category for fiscal years 2009 through 2013 and the Wakesetter 22 MXZ model was the official performance sport boat of the 2013 Red Bull Wake Open.

 

  Ÿ  

Malibu Response . The Response series, created in 1995, was designed for consumers who desire a high-performance water ski boat. Primarily because of its direct drive engine setup, the Response series produces the smallest wake of any of our boats and is designed to accommodate both professional and recreational skiers by allowing for a range of speeds and line lengths. Demonstrating Response’s reputation for high-performance and quality, the Response TXI model is the boat of choice for Regina Jaquess, the holder of the women’s slalom world record.

 

  Ÿ  

Axis . After the continued success with our Wakesetter series, we identified a market opportunity in entry-level performance sport boats and, in 2009, launched our Axis brand. We designed Axis for consumers who desire a lower price point, but who still demand high performance, functional simplicity and the option to upgrade their boats to have key features such as Surf Gate. The Axis series currently has four available models and we plan to refine these models continually as well as add new ones as we build out the brand. We believe the Axis series successfully provides consumers with a high quality water sport and boating experience at an attractive price, as evidenced by its #6 market position in the performance sport boat category after only four years on the market.

Innovative Features

In addition to the standard features included on all of our boats, we offer consumers the ability to upgrade our base models by adding certain of our full line of innovative features

 

80


Table of Contents

designed to enhance performance, functionality and the overall boating experience. Our innovative features drive our high average selling prices. Some of these include:

 

  Ÿ  

Surf Gate . Introduced in July 2012 and initially patented in September 2013, Surf Gate is available as an optional feature on all Malibu Wakesetter models and Axis brand boats. Surf Gate has revolutionized the increasingly popular sport of wake surfing. Prior to Surf Gate, boaters needed to empty ballast tanks on one side of the boat and shift passengers around to lean the boat to create a larger, more pronounced surf-quality wake. By employing precisely engineered and electronically controlled panels, Surf Gate alleviates this time-consuming and cumbersome process, allowing boaters to easily surf behind an evenly weighted boat without the need to wait for ballast changes. Recent enhancements to Surf Gate have improved upon the system’s actuators, allowing for easier and faster transfer, as well as the installation of an indicator horn and optional light signaling, which alert riders to wave transfers. In 2013, the Watersports Industry Association named Surf Gate as Innovation of the Year.

 

  Ÿ  

Manual Wedge/Power Wedge . Our patented Manual Wedge and Power Wedge allow riders to customize their wakes by simulating up to 1,200 pounds of ballast weight in the transom of their boats. Used in conjunction with Surf Gate, wake surfers are able to customize the size and shape of the wave. The Manual Wedge is available on all Malibu and Axis brand boats. Unlike our Manual Wedge, the Power Wedge, available exclusively on our Malibu line, is fully automated and integrated within the Malibu Touch Command system, increasing functionality and ease-of-use for the driver.

 

  Ÿ  

G3 Tower. Our G3 Towers, available on Malibu brand boats, are fully customizable with speakers, power lights and racks, enhancing the overall style, performance and functionality of our boats. Our G3 Tower can easily be folded down by one person with its weightless, gas spring-assisted design, making the G3 Tower safe and easy to store. We are the only manufacturer of performance sport boats that produces towers in-house, allowing us to control this critical design element of our boats.

 

  Ÿ  

Electronic Dashboard Controls . Every boat in our Wakesetter series is equipped with our MaliView and Malibu Touch Command systems, which function as an electronic command center that enhances the driver’s experience by providing simple and quick control of all systems on board, including the Power Wedge and Surf Gate systems, rider presets, music, lighting and navigation.

We also offer an array of less technological, but nonetheless value-added boat features such as gelcoat upgrades, upholstery upgrades, engine drivetrain enhancements (such as silent exhaust tips, propeller upgrades and closed cooling engine configuration), sound system upgrades, Bimini tops, boat covers and trailers which further increase the level of customization afforded to consumers.

Our Dealer Network

We rely on independent dealers to sell our products. We establish performance criteria that our dealers must meet as part of their dealer agreements to ensure our dealer network remains the strongest in the industry. As a member of our network, dealers in North America may qualify for floor plan financing programs, rebates, seasonal discounts, promotional co-op payments and other allowances. We believe our dealer network is the most extensive in the performance sport boat category. The majority of our dealers, including eight in our top ten markets, are exclusive to Malibu and Axis brand boats within the performance sport boat category, highlighting the commitment of our key dealers to our boats.

 

81


Table of Contents

North America

In North America, we had a total of 139 dealer locations as of September 30, 2013. Of these locations, 16% sell our products exclusively, 60% are multi-line locations that only carry non-competitive brands and products and 24% sell our brands as well as other performance sport boat brands. Approximately 35% of our dealer locations have been with us for over ten years. For fiscal year 2013, our dealers held the #1 market share position for the performance sport boat category in 75 of 133 U.S. markets.

We consistently review our distribution network to identify opportunities to expand our geographic footprint and improve our coverage of the market. Over the past five years, we have added 33 new dealer locations to serve previously underserved markets in North America, and these new dealers have sold over 475 additional units over the last five fiscal years. In addition, we have strengthened our dealer network by replacing 36 dealer locations in the past five years, 18 of which were converted from selling one of our competitor’s products. We believe our outstanding dealer network allows us to distribute our products more efficiently than our competitors.

We do not have a significant concentration of sales among our dealers. For fiscal year 2013, our top ten dealers accounted for 36.1% of our units sold and none of our dealers accounted for more than 6.0% of our total sales volume.

We believe that our strong market position in each region of the United States will help us capitalize on growth opportunities as our industry continues to recover from the economic downturn. In particular, we expect to generate continued growth in the southwestern United States (which includes California), a region that experienced the most pronounced decline in sales of new performance sport boats and where we have our highest regional market share. The following graph provides a comparison of the number of units sold by U.S. geographic region during fiscal year 2006, when the market was generally at its pre-recession peak, and fiscal year 2013, as well as our U.S. market share in the performance sport boat category for fiscal year 2013:

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

International

Less than 5.0% of our unit volume for fiscal year 2013 was generated outside of North America. For these international sales, we rely in part on our relationship with an independent representative with whom we have had a relationship for over 17 years. The independent representative services international dealer arrangements in Europe, the Middle East and South Africa on our behalf and is responsible for certain international dealer relationships, dealer sourcing and account management, which includes order management and customer service support. Under the terms of the agreement with the independent representative, the independent representative purchases boats directly from us at a predetermined percentage discount. These sales are made under the same terms and conditions offered to all dealers, which include, among other things, no right of return except in limited circumstances under our warranty policy. Like sales to our dealers, there are no continuing performance obligations in connection with our sales to the independent representative. Revenue from these sales is recognized in accordance with our customary shipping terms, free on board shipping point. A fixed percentage discount is earned by the independent representative at the time a boat is shipped as a reduction in the price of the boat and is recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as a reduction in sales. In 2013, we restructured our agreement with this representative and our Australian licensee to allow for direct coverage by us of Central America, South America and most of Asia and Africa. In Europe, we had a total of 31 independent dealer locations in 20 countries as of September 30, 2013. In Asia, 12 independent dealer locations marketed our boats in 11 countries as of September 30, 2013. In the rest of the world (other than Australia), we engaged six independent dealer locations in five countries as of September 30, 2013. In Australia, as discussed below, we have a direct relationship with a licensee.

Australia License

Our Malibu and Axis lines have been manufactured and sold in Australia by an exclusive licensee, Malibu Boats Pty Ltd, since 1995. This licensing arrangement has contributed significantly to our large market share in the Australian market, where we believe our brands outsold our most significant competitors at a three-to-one ratio during the 12 months ended September 30, 2013.

We entered into an Exclusive Manufacture and Distribution Agreement with Malibu Boats Pty Ltd. in 2006, as subsequently amended. The agreement has a term of 15 years, with a 15-year automatic renewal period, and is generally terminable for cause with 30 days’ prior notice. Pursuant to the agreement, Malibu Boats Pty Ltd has the exclusive right to manufacture and distribute Malibu and Axis products and spare parts in Australia and New Zealand. We sell to Malibu Boats Pty Ltd certain materials that it requires to manufacture Malibu and Axis products and we also sell complete boats for resale in the covered territory. Further, we have granted a license to Malibu Boats Pty Ltd to display our trademarks and brand names on the products it manufactures under the agreement. We also provide Malibu Boats Pty Ltd with certain marketing assistance. On a quarterly basis, we receive royalties on the gross revenue from the sale of Malibu and Axis products sold by Malibu Boats Pty Ltd. Pursuant to the agreement, Malibu Boats Pty Ltd agrees to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

refrain from selling or distributing any of our competitors’ products;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain design and quality control standards prescribed by us;

 

  Ÿ  

promote and demonstrate Malibu and Axis products to consumers; and

 

  Ÿ  

indemnify us for certain claims.

 

83


Table of Contents

Dealer Management

Our relationship with our dealers is governed through dealer agreements. Each dealer agreement has a finite term lasting between one and three years. Our dealer agreements also are typically terminable without cause by the dealer at any time and by us with 90 days’ prior notice. We may also generally terminate these agreements immediately for cause upon certain events. Pursuant to our dealer agreements, the dealers typically agree to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

represent our products at specified boat shows;

 

  Ÿ  

market our products only to retail end users in a specific geographic territory;

 

  Ÿ  

promote and demonstrate our products to consumers;

 

  Ÿ  

place a specified minimum number of orders of our products during the term of the agreement in exchange for rebate eligibility that varies according to the level of volume they commit to purchase;

 

  Ÿ  

provide us with regular updates regarding the number and type of our products in their inventory;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain a service department to service our products, and perform all appropriate warranty service and repairs; and

 

  Ÿ  

indemnify us for certain claims.

Our dealer network, including all additions, renewals, non-renewals or terminations, is managed by our sales personnel. Our sales team operates using a semi-annual dealer review process involving our senior management team. Each individual dealer is reviewed semi-annually with a broad assessment across multiple key elements, including the dealer’s geographic region, market share and customer service ratings, to identify underperforming dealers for remediation and to manage the transition process when non-renewal or termination is a necessary step.

We have developed a system of financial incentives for our dealers based on customer satisfaction and achievement of best practices. Our dealer incentive program has been refined through nearly 30 years of experience and provides the following key elements:

 

  Ÿ  

Rebates . Our dealers agree to an annual commitment volume that places each dealer into a certain rebate tier and determines its prospective rebate percentage. If a dealer meets its annual commitment volume as well as other terms of the rebate program, the dealer is entitled to the specified rebate. Failure to meet the commitment volume may result in partial or complete forfeiture of the dealer’s rebate.

 

  Ÿ  

Co-op . Dealers of the Malibu product line may earn certain co-op reimbursements upon reaching a specified level of qualifying expenditures.

 

  Ÿ  

Free flooring . Our dealers that take delivery of current model year boats in the offseason, typically July through April, are entitled to have us pay the interest to floor the boat until the earlier of (1) the sale of the unit or (2) a date near the end of the current model year. This program is an additional incentive to encourage dealers to order in the offseason and helps us balance our seasonal production.

Our dealer incentive programs are also structured to promote more evenly distributed ordering throughout the fiscal year, which allows us to achieve better level-loading of our production and

 

84


Table of Contents

thereby generate plant operating efficiencies. In addition, these programs offer further rewards for dealers who are exclusive to Malibu and Axis in our performance sport boat category.

Floor Plan Financing

Our North American dealers often purchase boats through floor plan financing programs with third-party floor plan financing providers. During fiscal year 2013, approximately 80% of our domestic shipments were made pursuant to floor plan financing programs through which our dealers participate. These programs allow dealers to establish lines of credit with third-party lenders to purchase inventory. Under these programs, a dealer draws on the floor plan facility upon the purchase of our boats and the lender pays the invoice price of the boats. As is typical in our industry, we have entered into repurchase agreements with certain floor plan financing providers to our dealers. Under the terms of these arrangements, in the event a lender repossesses a boat from a dealer that has defaulted on its floor financing arrangement and is able to deliver the repossessed boat to us, we are obligated to repurchase the boat from the lender. Our obligation to repurchase such repossessed products for the unpaid balance of our original invoice price for the boat is subject to reduction or limitation based on the age and condition of the boat at the time of repurchase, and in certain cases by an aggregate cap on repurchase obligations associated with a particular floor financing program.

Our exposure under repurchase agreements with third-party lenders is mitigated by our ability to reposition inventory with a new dealer in the event that a repurchase event occurs. The primary cost to us of a repurchase event is any loss on the resale of a repurchased unit, which is often less than 10.0% of the repurchase amount. Since July 1, 2010, we have repurchased zero units under repurchase agreements.

Marketing and Sales

As of September 30, 2013, we employed seven specialized and dedicated sales professionals. We believe that providing a high level of service to our dealers and end consumers is essential to maintaining our excellent reputation. Our sales personnel receive training on the latest Malibu Boats products and technologies, as well as training on our competitors’ products and technologies, and attend trade shows to increase their market knowledge. This training is then passed along to our dealers to ensure a consistent marketing message and leverage our marketing expenditures. We enjoy strong brand awareness, as evidenced by our substantial market share.

Our marketing strategy focuses on strengthening and promoting the Malibu and Axis brands in the recreational boating marketplace. An important element of our marketing strategy involves specialized promotions at competitive water sports events, and individual and team sponsorships. Our leading position in the performance sport boat category is supported by our sponsorship of some of the most prestigious water sports competitions, including the Red Bull Wake Open, Malibu Open and World Wakeboard Association Riders Experience, which we believe positively influences the purchasing habits of enthusiasts and other consumers seeking high-performance products. These events feature the most popular figures in water sports, drawing large audiences of enthusiasts to a variety of sites around the country. Further, we sponsor a team of elite male and female athletes from the professional water sports tours. Team Malibu includes legendary wakeboarders such as Phil Soven, named “King of Wake” at the 2013 Surf Expo, Dallas Friday, winner of the 2004 ESPY for “Best Female Action Sports Athlete,” Raph Derome, winner of WakeWorld.com’s “Rail Rider of the Year” for 2013, and Amber Wing, winner of TransWorld’s “Best Women’s Rider” for 2013. We believe that the performance of our products has been demonstrated by, and our brands benefit from, the success of professional athletes who use our products.

 

85


Table of Contents

In addition to our website and traditional marketing channels, such as print advertising and tradeshows, we maintain an active digital advertising and social media platform, including use of Facebook and Twitter to increase brand awareness, foster loyalty and build a community of users. In addition, we benefit from the various Malibu and Axis user-generated videos and photos that are uploaded to websites including YouTube, Vimeo and Instagram. As strategies and marketing plans are developed for our products, our internal marketing and communications group works to ensure brand cohesion and consistency. We believe that our marketing initiatives, as well as our strategic focus on product innovation, performance and quality attracts aspiring and enthusiast consumers to our brands and products.

Product Development and Engineering

We are strategically and financially committed to innovation, as reflected in our dedicated product development and engineering group and evidenced by our track record of new product introduction. Our product development and engineering group spans both our Tennessee headquarters and our California facility and comprises 11 professionals. These individuals bring to our product development efforts significant expertise across core disciplines, including boat design, computer-aided design, electrical engineering and mechanical engineering. They are responsible for execution of all facets of our new product strategy, including designing new and refreshed boat models and new features, engineering these designs for manufacturing and integrating new features into our boats. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer are actively involved in the product development process and integration into manufacturing.

We take a disciplined approach to the management of our product development strategy. We use a formalized phase gate process, overseen by a dedicated project manager, to develop, evaluate and implement new product ideas for both boat models and innovative features. Application of the phase gate process requires management to establish an overall timeline that is sub-divided into milestones, or “gates,” for product development. Setting milestones at certain intervals in the product development process ensures that each phase of development occurs in an organized manner and enables management to become aware of and address any issues in timely fashion, which facilitates on-time, on-target release of new products with expected return on investment. Extensive testing and coordination with our manufacturing group are important elements of our product development process, which we believe enable us to minimize the risk associated with the release of new products. Our phase gate process also facilitates our introduction of new boat models and features throughout the year, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in the marketplace. Finally, in addition to our process for managing new product introductions in a given fiscal year, we also engage in longer-term product lifecycle and product portfolio planning.

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing efforts are led by our Chief Operating Officer, who brings 30 years of experience in the manufacture of performance sport boats, supported by a workforce of 365 employees as of September 30, 2013. We manufacture all of our boats at our Tennessee facility, and we manufacture towers, tower accessories and stainless steel and aluminum billet at our California facility.

Our boats are built through a continuous flow manufacturing process that encompasses fabrication, assembly, quality management and testing. Each boat is produced over a seven-day cycle that includes the fabrication of the hull and deck through gelcoat application and fiberglass lamination, grinding and hole cutting, installation of components, rigging, finishing, detailing and on-the-water testing. We manufacture certain components and subassemblies for our boats, such as

 

86


Table of Contents

upholstery, stainless steel and aluminum billet and towers. We procure other components, such as engines and electronic controls, from third-party vendors and install them on the boat.

We acquired our tower and tower accessory manufacturing capability in 2009 through the acquisition of certain assets of Titan Wake Accessories, which had been one of our suppliers. Tower-related manufacturing occurs in our Merced-based machine shop, where we use multiple computer-controlled machines to cut all of the aluminum parts required for tower assembly. We are the only performance sport boat company that manufacturers towers in-house. We believe that the vertical integration of these components is a distinct competitive advantage that allows us to control key design elements of our boats and generate higher margins.

We are committed to continuous improvement in our operations, and our efforts in this regard have resulted in higher gross margins. Specifically, we have increased labor efficiency, reduced cost of materials and reduced warranty claims. Our production engineers evaluate and seek to optimize the configuration of our production line given our production volumes and model mix. We use disciplined mold maintenance procedures to maintain the usable life of our molds and to reduce surface defects that would require rework. We have instituted scrap material reduction and recovery processes, both internally and with our supplier base, helping to manage our material costs. Finally, we have implemented a quality management system to ensure that proper procedures and control measures are in place to deliver consistent, high-quality product, especially as our production volumes have increased.

We focus on worker safety in our operations. From July 1, 2012 through September 30, 2013, we recorded 762,094 consecutive man-hours without a lost-time accident in our Tennessee facility, an accomplishment that has reduced workers’ compensation claims and warranty costs, as our most experienced employees continue to remain on the job.

Suppliers

We purchase a wide variety of raw materials from our supplier base, including resins, fiberglass, hydrocarbon feedstocks and steel, as well as product parts and components, such as engines and electronic controls, through a sales order process.

We belong to Independent Boat Buildings, Inc., or IBBI, a 22-member marine purchasing cooperative and sit on its board of directors. Membership in IBBI is limited to top-tier manufacturers and is not only helpful for procuring materials, but also helps us stay abreast of technological developments and industry best practices. Although we purchase certain supplies, such as fiberglass and resins, through the IBBI cooperative agreement, we maintain informal arrangements with third-party suppliers outside of the IBBI agreement for other raw materials and components, which we believe ensures that our boats are constructed using the best available components and raw materials.

We have not experienced any material shortages in any of our raw materials, product parts or components. Temporary shortages, when they do occur, usually involve manufacturers of these products adjusting model mixes, introducing new product lines or limiting production in response to an industry-wide reduction in boat demand.

The most significant component used in manufacturing our boats, based on cost, are engines. We maintain a strong and long-standing relationship with our primary supplier of engines, and we have also developed a relationship with a second supplier from whom we expect to source approximately 10% of our engines for fiscal year 2014. As is typical in our industry, our engine suppliers are marinizers of engines that they procure from larger engine block manufacturers, such as General Motors Corporation.

 

87


Table of Contents

Insurance and Product Warranties

We carry various insurance policies, including policies to cover general products liability, workers’ compensation and other casualty and property risks, to protect against certain risks of loss consistent with the exposures associated with the nature and scope of our operations. Our policies are generally based on our safety record as well as market trends in the insurance industry and are subject to certain deductibles, limits and policy terms and conditions.

We provide limited product warranties, generally covering periods from 12 to 36 months for Malibu brand boats and 12 to 24 months for Axis brand boats. During the warranty period, we reimburse dealers and Malibu Boats authorized service facilities for all or a portion of the cost of repair or replacement performed on the products (mainly composed of parts or accessories provided by us and labor costs incurred by dealers or Malibu Boats authorized service facilities). Some materials, components or parts of the boat that are not covered by our limited product warranties are separately warranted by their manufacturers or suppliers. These other warranties include warranties covering engines and trailers, among other components.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright protection, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our rights in our brand, products and proprietary technology. This is an important part of our business and we intend to continue protecting our intellectual property. We currently hold 13 U.S. patents, with two additional patents in Canada and Australia, and have seven patents pending (12 patent applications are pending in various countries including the United States, Canada, Australia and Europe).

We own 26 registered trademarks in various countries around the world, and we have made applications for four additional registrations. Such trademarks may endure in perpetuity on a country-by-country basis, provided that we comply with all statutory maintenance requirements, including continued use of each trademark in each such country. We currently do not own any registered copyrights.

Competition

The powerboat industry, including the performance sport boat category, is highly competitive for consumers and dealers. Competition affects our ability to succeed in the markets we currently serve and new markets that we may enter in the future. We compete with several large manufacturers that may have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. We compete with large manufacturers who are represented by dealers in the markets in which we now operate and into which we plan to expand. We also compete with a wide variety of small, independent manufacturers. Competition in our industry is based primarily on brand name, price and product performance. For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our industry is characterized by intense competition, which affects our sales and profits.”

Environmental, Safety and Regulatory Matters

Certain materials used in our manufacturing, including the resins used in production of our boats, are toxic, flammable, corrosive or reactive and are classified by the federal and state governments as “hazardous materials.” Control of these substances is regulated by the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and state pollution control agencies. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, standards limit the amount of emissions to which an employee may be exposed without the need for respiratory protection or upgraded plant

 

88


Table of Contents

ventilation. Our facilities are regularly inspected by OSHA and by state and local inspection agencies and departments. We believe that our facilities comply in all material aspects with these regulations. Although capital expenditures related to compliance with environmental laws are expected to increase, we do not currently anticipate any material expenditure will be required to continue to comply with existing environmental or safety regulations in connection with our existing manufacturing facilities.

Powerboats sold in the United States must be manufactured to meet the standards of certification required by the United States Coast Guard. In addition, boats manufactured for sale in the European Community must be certified to meet the European Community’s imported manufactured products standards. These certifications specify standards for the design and construction of powerboats. We believe that all of our boats meet these standards. In addition, safety of recreational boats is subject to federal regulation under the Boat Safety Act of 1971, which requires boat manufacturers to recall products for replacement of parts or components that have demonstrated defects affecting safety. We have instituted recalls for defective component parts produced by certain of our third-party suppliers. None of the recalls has had a material adverse effect on our Company.

The EPA has adopted regulations stipulating that many marine propulsion engines meet an air emission standard that requires fitting a catalytic converter to the engine. These regulations also require, among other things, that engine manufacturers provide a warranty that their engines meet EPA emission standards. The engines used in our products are subject to these regulations. This regulation has increased the cost to manufacture our products.

Employees

We believe we maintain excellent relations with our employees, treating them as business partners and focusing on building careers. As of September 30, 2013, more than 20% of our employees had been with us for ten or more years. As of September 30, 2013, we employed 408 people, 333 of whom work at our facilities in Tennessee, 68 of whom work at our California site and seven who work remotely. As of September 30, 2013, approximately 16% of our employees were salaried and 84% were hourly workers. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and, since our founding in 1982, we have never experienced a labor-related work stoppage. Since 2012, we have engaged an outside consultant to assist with employee training, in order to provide our employees a path for upward mobility and develop leadership skills applicable to their day-to-day responsibilities.

Facilities

Tennessee

Our boats are manufactured and tested on the lake at the site of our 144,000 square-foot primary manufacturing facility located in Loudon, Tennessee. Our primary facility is leased pursuant to a lease agreement that has a term through March 31, 2028, with the option to extend for three additional terms of ten years each. We also lease:

 

  Ÿ  

23,460 square feet of warehouse and office space located in Loudon pursuant to a lease agreement that has a term through December 31, 2014, with an additional renewal term of two years; and

 

  Ÿ  

approximately 20,000 square feet of warehouse space in Lenoir City, Tennessee pursuant to a lease agreement currently in effect for renewable two-month periods through July 31, 2014.

 

89


Table of Contents

We also own 16.7 acres of land in Loudon, Tennessee that is available for future expansion of our operations.

California

We lease a 150,000 square-foot facility in Merced, California pursuant to a lease agreement that has a term through March 31, 2028, with the option to extend for three additional terms of ten years each. Our Merced site houses both our product development team that focus on design innovations as well as our tower and tower accessory manufacturing operations. The components assembled at this site are delivered to our facilities in Tennessee and our Australian partner.

Legal Proceedings

The nature of our business ordinarily results in a certain amount of claims, litigation and legal and administrative proceedings. Although we have developed policies and procedures to minimize the impact of legal noncompliance and other disputes, litigation and regulatory actions present an ongoing risk. Our insurance has deductibles and will likely not cover all litigation or other proceedings or the costs of defense. When and as we determine we have meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against us, we vigorously defend against such claims. We will consider settlement of claims when, in management’s judgment and in consultation with counsel, it is in the best interests of the Company to do so. Although we are not currently involved in any outstanding litigation that we believe, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, we cannot predict the outcome of any pending litigation, and an unfavorable outcome could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

On August 27, 2010, Pacific Coast Marine Windshields Ltd., or PCMW, filed suit against us and certain third parties, including Marine Hardware, Inc., a third-party supplier of windshields to us. PCMW was a significant supplier of windshields to us through 2008, when we sought an alternative vendor of windshields in response to defective product supplied by PCMW. PCMW’s latest amended complaint alleges, among other things, infringement of a design patent and two utility patents related to marine windshields, copyright infringement and misappropriation of trade secrets. We denied any liability arising from the causes of action alleged by PCMW and filed a counter claim alleging PCMW’s infringement of one of our patents, conversion of two of the patents asserted against us, unfair competition and breach of contract. In December 2012, the court granted partial summary judgment in our favor, holding that we did not infringe the design patent asserted against us. While PCMW has appealed the court’s decision, it has dismissed all remaining claims against us, other than the claims of copyright infringement and misappropriation of trade secrets. The remaining matters are stayed pending resolution of PCMW’s appeal. We believe that PCMW’s claims are without merit and intend to vigorously defend the lawsuit at both the trial court and appellate levels.

On October 31, 2013, we filed suit against Nautique Boat Company, Inc., or Nautique, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Tennessee claiming infringement of two of our patents. These patents relate to our proprietary wake surfing technology. This lawsuit is a re-filing of a California patent infringement lawsuit against Nautique that we dismissed without prejudice on October 31, 2013. Nautique filed for declaratory judgment in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, claiming that it has not infringed the patents involved in the suit. In this lawsuit, we allege that Nautique manufactured, used, promoted, offered for sale and sold boats with certain equipment in violation of our patent rights. We intend to vigorously pursue this litigation to enforce our rights in the patented technology.

 

90


Table of Contents

HISTORY AND FORMATION TRANSACTIONS

Company History

In 1982, a group of six friends who shared a common passion for waterskiing decided to start building custom ski boats in a small shop in Merced, California. Robert Alkema founded the Company and chose the Malibu Boats brand name. During our first year of operation, Malibu Boats built two boats per week using a single-hull design and each boat, with its blended gel coat design, had a distinct California flair. Only two years later, we were building over 400 boats per year. By 1988, the California plant was manufacturing at full capacity. To satisfy increased demand, we opened a second plant in Tennessee and by the end of 1988 were building almost 1,000 boats annually. That year also marked the year we received our first Product Excellence award from Powerboat magazine.

Growth continued throughout the early 1990s and, in 1992, we built a new production facility near Knoxville, Tennessee to accommodate increased demand east of the Mississippi. During that time, we became the first boat manufacturer to use computers in our initial boat designs and introduced a new, patented, fiberglass engine chassis system that eliminated vibration and noise associated with the drivetrain.

Water sports evolved in the late 1990s and wakeboarding quickly gained in popularity. To capitalize on this growing trend, we introduced the WakeSetter model and the wakeboarding-focused Manual Wedge feature, which created an enhanced, “rampy” wake without the need for ballast tanks.

In 1999, we sponsored The Malibu Open water ski championships, which quickly became a premier event for slalom, trick and jump waterskiing. Shortly thereafter, the Malibu Just Ride wakeboard series, the first wakeboard-specific event that did not include water skiing, kicked off in the United States in 2001.

By 2003, we had captured the leading market share position in the performance sport boat category.

In 2006, we were acquired by an investor group, including affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC, Horizon Holdings, LLC and then-current management. In 2008 and 2009, we, like almost every manufacturer in the marine industry, experienced significant volume declines as a result of the global recession. In the midst of the recession, in May 2009, Jack Springer took over as our interim Chief Executive Officer and became Chief Executive Officer in February 2010. Wayne Wilson became our Chief Financial Officer in November 2009. In 2011, Ritchie Anderson joined our senior management team as Vice President of Operations and was later named Chief Operating Officer. This highly talented team with complementary skill sets has been instrumental in leading our company out of the recession, achieving #1 market share and developing our strategies for continued growth.

Organizational Structure

Malibu Boats Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 1, 2013 to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC. The certificate of incorporation of Malibu Boats, Inc. authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.” In addition, our certificate of incorporation authorizes shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our

 

91


Table of Contents

board of directors. The board of directors of Malibu Boats, Inc. will include four affiliates of the LLC. We expect that, prior to closing of this offering, five additional directors who are independent under the corporate governance standards under the rules of Nasdaq and the Exchange Act will be appointed to the board of directors. For more information, see “Management—Executive Officers and Directors.”

Following this offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. will remain a holding company with a controlling equity interest in the LLC. Malibu Boats, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and will consolidate the financial results of the LLC. Prior to the closing of the offering, the limited liability company agreement of the LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests currently held by our existing owners with a single new class of LLC Units. The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will provide that it may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of Malibu Boats, Inc., as managing member of the LLC, in its sole discretion without the approval of any other holder of LLC Units, except that no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a holder of LLC Units without the consent of such holder, other than on a pro rata basis with other holders of LLC Units. We and our existing owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they will have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. In addition, pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC, Malibu Boats, Inc., as managing member of the LLC, will have the right to require all members to exchange their LLC Units for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement, subject to the consent of Black Canyon Management LLC and the holders of a majority of outstanding LLC Units other than those held by Malibu Boats, Inc.

 

92


Table of Contents

The following diagram depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering and assumes all the shares offered hereby are sold, including the over-allotment:

 

LOGO

Recapitalization

Immediately prior to the offering, LLC Units will be allocated among our existing owners pursuant to the distribution provisions of the former limited liability company agreement of the LLC based upon the liquidation value of the LLC, assuming it was liquidated at the time of this offering with a value implied by the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this offering. Immediately prior to the offering, there will be                      LLC Units issued and outstanding.

We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Recapitalization.”

Holders of our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common stock will have voting power over Malibu Boats, Inc., the sole managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. In connection with the Recapitalization, Malibu Boats, Inc.

 

93


Table of Contents

will issue to each existing owner, for nominal consideration, one share of Class B Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc., each of which provides its owner with no economic rights but entitles the holder to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of Malibu Boats, Inc. for each LLC Unit held by such holder, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights.” Holders of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

We and the holders of LLC Units will enter into an exchange agreement under which, subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, they (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Offering Transactions

At the time of this offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. intends to purchase newly-issued LLC Units from the LLC and outstanding LLC Units from our existing owners, in each case at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock in this offering. We will only purchase LLC Units from members of senior management, however, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. We will not retain any of the proceeds used to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners. The LLC will bear or reimburse Malibu Boats, Inc. for all of the expenses of this offering, including the underwriters’ fees. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to our named executive officers.

Further, prior to the closing of the offering, two holders of LLC Units will merge with and into two newly-formed subsidiaries of Malibu Boats, Inc. As a result of these mergers, the sole stockholders of each of the two merging entities will receive shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange for shares of capital stock of the merging entities. The two former sole stockholders of the merging entities will be selling stockholders in this offering.

As described above, we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners. In addition, the holders of LLC Units (other than Malibu Boats, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. As a result of both the initial purchase of LLC Units from the existing owners and subsequent purchases or exchanges, Malibu Boats, Inc. will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of the LLC at such time. In addition, the initial purchase of LLC Units from the existing owners and subsequent purchases or exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of the LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Malibu Boats, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment by Malibu Boats, Inc. to our existing owners of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that Malibu Boats, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (1) increases in tax basis and (2) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of Malibu Boats, Inc. and

 

94


Table of Contents

not of the LLC. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In connection with its acquisition of LLC Units, Malibu Boats, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC and, through the LLC, operate our business. Accordingly, although Malibu Boats Inc. will initially have a         % economic interest in the LLC, Malibu Boats, Inc. will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC after the close of this offering. We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Offering Transactions.” As a result of the Offering Transactions:

 

  Ÿ  

the investors in this offering will collectively own                  shares of our Class A Common Stock (or                  shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

Malibu Boats, Inc. will hold                  LLC Units (or                  LLC Units if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders), representing         % of the economic interest in the LLC (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

the selling stockholders will collectively own                  shares of our Class A Common Stock (or                  shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

our existing owners will hold                  LLC Units, representing         % of the economic interest in the LLC (or                  LLC Units, representing         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

the investors in this offering will collectively have         % of the voting power in Malibu Boats, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders);

 

  Ÿ  

the selling stockholders will collectively have         % of the voting power in Malibu Boats, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders); and

 

  Ÿ  

our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B Common Stock, will collectively have         % of the voting power in Malibu Boats, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders).

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow our existing owners to retain their equity ownership in the LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of LLC Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in Malibu Boats, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock. We believe that our existing owners generally will find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our existing owners, like Malibu Boats, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC.

 

95


Table of Contents

As noted above, prior to the closing of the offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners that entitles them to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. The exchange agreement will provide, however, that such exchanges must be for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LLC Units or such lesser amount as we determine to be acceptable. The exchange agreement will also provide that an existing owner will not have the right to exchange LLC Units if Malibu Boats, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Malibu Boats, Inc. to which the existing owner may be subject or any of our written policies. The exchange agreement will also provide that Malibu Boats, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchanges that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that the LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC, Malibu Boats, Inc., as managing member of the LLC, will have the right to require all members to exchange their LLC Units for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement, subject to the consent of Black Canyon Management LLC and the holders of a majority of outstanding LLC Units other than those held by Malibu Boats, Inc.

Our existing owners will also hold shares of Class B Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. Although these shares have no economic rights, they will allow our existing owners to exercise voting power over Malibu Boats, Inc., the managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Under the certificate of incorporation of Malibu Boats, Inc., each holder of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each LLC Unit held by such holders. Accordingly, as our existing owners sell LLC Units to us as part of the Offering Transactions or subsequently exchange LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B Common Stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

Holding Company Structure

Malibu Boats, Inc. will be a holding company with a controlling equity interest in the LLC. As the sole managing member of the LLC, Malibu Boats, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC and, through the LLC, conduct our business.

Malibu Boats, Inc. will consolidate the financial results of the LLC, and the ownership interest of the other members of the LLC will be reflected as a non-controlling interest in Malibu Boats, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC, Malibu Boats, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the members of the LLC and the amount of any such distributions. If Malibu Boats, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of the LLC (including Malibu Boats, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

The holders of LLC Units, including Malibu Boats, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC. Net profits and net losses of the LLC will generally be allocated to its members (including Malibu Boats, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement will provide for cash distributions to the holders of LLC Units if Malibu Boats, Inc. determines that the taxable income of the LLC will give rise to taxable income for its members. In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, we intend to cause the LLC to make cash distributions to the holders of LLC Units for purposes of funding their tax

 

96


Table of Contents

obligations in respect of the income of the LLC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of the LLC allocable to such holder of LLC Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in Los Angeles, California (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). For purposes of determining the taxable income of the LLC, such determination will be made by generally disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any member of the LLC that arises under the tax basis adjustment rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and is attributable to the acquisition by such member of an interest in the LLC in a sale or exchange transaction. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

 

97


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers, directors and persons who are not yet directors but have been appointed and agreed to become directors immediately following the completion of this offering, whom we refer to as our director nominees:

 

Name

   Age   

Principal Position

Jack D. Springer

   53   

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Wayne R. Wilson

   33   

Chief Financial Officer

Ritchie L. Anderson

   48   

Chief Operating Officer

Dan L. Gasper

   51   

Vice President of Product Design

Deborah S. Kent

   49   

Vice President of Human Resources

Michael K. Hooks

   51   

Chairman of the Board and Director

Mark W. Lanigan

   53   

Director

Phillip S. Estes

   54   

Director

James R. Buch

   60   

Director Nominee

Ivar S. Chhina

   51   

Director Nominee

Michael J. Connolly

   48   

Director Nominee

Peter E. Murphy

   51   

Director Nominee

John E. Stokely

   61   

Director Nominee

There are no family relationships between or among any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees. Set forth below is additional information concerning our executive officers, directors and director nominees.

Jack D. Springer, Chief Executive Officer and Director . Mr. Springer was our interim Chief Executive Officer beginning in May 2009 and became our Chief Executive Officer in February 2010. From June 2003 to February 2010, Mr. Springer was a partner and managing director with Qorval, LLC, a private consultancy that provides strategic leadership and executive management across various industries. As a result of his role with Qorval, Mr. Springer has served as Chief Executive Officer at Diamondback Tactical LLLP, a manufacturer of tactical armor systems for federal, state and local law enforcement agencies and defense contractors, as Chief Restructuring Offer of American Plastics, Inc., a thermoform plastics manufacturer for the restaurant and hospitality industry and as interim Chief Executive Officer of Allen White Inc., a furniture manufacturer and wholesaler. While at Qorval, Mr. Springer was also Chief Integration Officer at Nautic Global Group from 2004 to 2007, during which time he was responsible for the integration of two boat manufacturers. Mr. Springer received a B.A. in Accountancy from the University of Texas of the Permian Basin. Based on his perspective and experience as our Chief Executive Officer, as well as his depth of his experience in the boat manufacturing industry and as a chief executive, we believe that Mr. Springer is qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Wayne R. Wilson, Chief Financial Officer . Mr. Wilson has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2009. From September 2008 to November 2009, Mr. Wilson served on the LLC’s executive board. Prior to joining Malibu Boats, Mr. Wilson was a vice president of Black Canyon Capital LLC where he was employed since its founding in 2004. While at Black Canyon Capital, he was responsible for due diligence and execution of numerous acquisitions and financings. Prior to joining Black Canyon Capital, Mr. Wilson was an investment banker at Credit Suisse First Boston,

 

98


Table of Contents

where he gained experience advising and financing companies across a range of industries. Mr. Wilson received a B.A. in Business Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Ritchie L. Anderson, Chief Operating Officer . Mr. Anderson has served as our Chief Operating Officer since September 2013 and joined Malibu Boats in July 2011 as our Vice President of Operations. Prior to joining Malibu Boats, Mr. Anderson was Vice President of Operations at MasterCraft Boat Company, where he spent 28 years in production management. While at MasterCraft, he held various roles in operations that included management responsibility for manufacturing, supply chain, quality, customer service, environmental and safety. Mr. Anderson has 30 years of experience in the boat manufacturing industry.

Dan L. Gasper, Vice President of Product Design . Mr. Gasper has served as our Vice President of Product Design since September 2013. Mr. Gasper joined Malibu in 1988 and has worked in manufacturing, quality, engineering and design. He has been designing our products for nearly 25 years and has led our design efforts for over a decade.

Deborah S. Kent, Vice President of Human Resources . Ms. Kent has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since September 2013 after joining Malibu Boats in January 2011 as our Director of Human Resources. Prior to that, Ms. Kent was Vice President of Human Resources at IdleAire, Inc., a company that provides in-cab services to truckers through centralized systems at truck stops around the United States, where she began serving as the Director of Employment and Employee Relations in 2004. Ms. Kent received a B.S. in Education from East Central University and a M.S. in Adult Education from the University of Central Oklahoma.

Michael K. Hooks, Chairman of the Board and Director . Mr. Hooks has been a director of the LLC since 2006. He was a co-founder and has been a managing director of Black Canyon Capital LLC since 2004. Previously, Mr. Hooks was a co-head of the Los Angeles office of Credit Suisse First Boston and a managing director in the Los Angeles office of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. Mr. Hooks also serves on the boards of directors of JDC Healthcare, Saunders & Associates and TASI Holdings, each of which is a private company. He previously served on the boards of directors of Virgin America, Logan’s Roadhouse and Switchcraft, each of which is a private company, as well as the Supervisory Board of Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology, at the time a public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Hooks received a degree in Economics from Princeton University and an M.B.A. with distinction from the Wharton School of Business. Based on his extensive experience as an investment banker advising companies on their financing and strategic alternatives, his experience as a private equity manager working with companies and their management teams to grow and improve their businesses, and his deep knowledge of Malibu Boats given his seven-year tenure as a board member, we believe Mr. Hooks is qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Mark W. Lanigan, Director . Mr. Lanigan has been a director of the LLC since 2006. He was a co-founder and has been a managing director of Black Canyon Capital LLC since 2004. Mr. Lanigan was formerly a co-head of the Los Angeles office and a member of the Investment Banking Executive Board of Credit Suisse First Boston and head of the Los Angeles office of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. He also serves on the boards of directors of JDC Healthcare and Saunders & Associates, and previously served on the boards of directors of Virgin America and Archway Marketing Services, all of which are private companies. Mr. Lanigan graduated summa cum laude, Phi Beta Kappa with a degree in Economics from Colgate University and received a J.D. degree from Harvard Law School and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Lanigan is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive experience as an investment banker advising companies on their financing and strategic alternatives, his experience as a private equity manager working with companies and their management teams to grow and improve their businesses, and his deep knowledge of Malibu Boats given his seven-year tenure as a board member.

 

99


Table of Contents

Phillip S. Estes, Director . Mr. Estes has been a director of the LLC since 2006. He co-founded Horizon Holdings, LLC, which has acquired 14 companies in the food and beverage and consumer products industries since its formation in 1989. Mr. Estes also serves on the boards of Horizon Food Group, Inc., California Optical Corp., Healthy Food Ingredients, Inc., Modify Industries, Inc. and Bandworks, LLC, all of which are private companies. He has also served on the board of the National Marine Manufacturers Association, a boating industry trade association, since 2007. Prior to founding Horizon Holdings, Mr. Estes was a vice president in the corporate finance department of Drexel Burnham Lambert. He received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. from the University of Oklahoma. Based on his extensive experience investing in and advising manufacturing companies, his deep knowledge of Malibu Boats given his seven-year tenure as a member of our board, his service on the board of the NMMA and his enthusiasm for our business as a life-long active boater, we believe Mr. Estes is qualified to serve on our board.

James R. Buch, Director Nominee . Mr. Buch will become a member of our board of directors prior to the closing of this offering. Since 2012, he has served as president and chief executive officer of Lynx Grills, a manufacturer of grills and outdoor kitchen products for residential consumers. In 2011 and 2012, Mr. Buch was interim president and chief executive officer of Sunbrite TV, a manufacturer of high-definition televisions, and he was a consultant and operating advisor to various private equity and investment firms from 2008 to 2010, assisting businesses on multiple fronts, including growth strategies, restructuring and business model assessment. Mr. Buch has also served and continues to serve on board and advisory councils for a number of private and nonprofit organizations. He received a bachelor’s degree and an M.B.A. from California State University - Fullerton. Based on his extensive leadership and advisory experience with manufacturers of consumer products, we believe Mr. Buch is qualified to serve on our board.

Ivar S. Chhina, Director Nominee . Mr. Chhina will become a member of our board of directors prior to the closing of this offering. Now retired, from 2009 to 2011, he served as the chief financial officer and executive vice president for Recreational Equipment, Inc., a national retailer of recreational equipment and apparel, and previously served on its board from 2006 to 2009, where he was chair of its audit and finance committee as well as board vice chair. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Chhina was chairman and chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief restructuring officer of Interdent, Inc., a health care services company. From 1991 to 2001, Mr. Chhina held senior executive, finance and operational roles with several portfolio companies of Mehta & Company, a private equity firm for which he was an operating partner and is currently a venture partner. Mr. Chhina also serves on the board of Northwestern Management Services LLC, as an advisor to the managing member of JDC Management, LLC, on the board and audit and finance committee of the Pacific Science Center, and as a director and chair of the finance committee of the Washington chapter of The Nature Conservancy, all of which are private companies. Previously, he held executive positions and directorships with several companies and has served on and chaired boards and committees of charitable and educational entities. Mr. Chhina received an M.A. in international policy studies from the Middlebury College Monterey Institute and a dual B.A. in economics and political science from the University of Nevada - Reno. We believe Mr. Chhina is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his knowledge of the recreational products industry and extensive experience advising, operating and directing businesses across multiple industries.

Michael J. Connolly, Director Nominee . Mr. Connolly will become a member of our board of directors prior to the closing of this offering. He is the founder and managing partner of Fourth Street Capital Partners, a private equity partnership specializing in venture capital, middle market growth equity, distressed securities and value-added commercial real estate. In addition, Mr. Connolly is chief executive officer and sole director of Motorini, Inc., which operates a

 

100


Table of Contents

motorcycle dealership and service provider. From 2007 to 2013, he was a partner with Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., a private equity firm. Previously, Mr. Connolly was an investment banker at UBS Securities, LLC and served as managing director and co-head of the Los Angeles investment banking office, and a senior vice president at Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette. He is also on the boards of Cascade Bancorp (Nasdaq: CACB) and FP Holdings, LP, a private company, is a director and member of the compensation, nominating and governance and loan committees of the Bank of the Cascades, and is chair of the advisory board of the Los Angeles Regional Food Bank. He received a bachelor’s degree from the University of California - Berkeley. Based on his extensive experience as an investment banker advising companies on their strategic alternatives and his experience as a private equity manager working with companies and their management teams to grow and improve their businesses, we believe Mr. Connolly is qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Peter E. Murphy, Director Nominee . Mr. Murphy will become a member of our board of directors prior to the closing of this offering. He is the founder and chief executive officer of Wentworth Capital Management, a private investment and venture capital firm focused on media, technology and branded consumer businesses. From 2009 to 2011, he served as president of strategy & development of Caesars Entertainment, where he was responsible for corporate strategy and growth, mergers and acquisitions, corporate development and real estate development around the world. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Murphy served as an operating partner at Apollo Global Management and, prior to that, he spent 18 years in senior executive roles with The Walt Disney Company, including chief strategic officer of Disney and chief financial officer of ABC, Inc. Mr. Murphy is currently a board member and chairman of the audit committee of Tribune Company, chairman of the board of Revel Entertainment and is a board advisor to DECA TV, all of which are currently private companies. He has previously served on the boards of Dial Global and Fisher Communications. Mr. Murphy received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business and a bachelor’s degree, magna cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa, from Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Murphy is qualified to serve on our board because of his long history as an executive and director of national and international companies and experience facilitating international growth and strategy.

John E. Stokely, Director Nominee . Mr. Stokely will become a member of our board of directors prior to the closing of this offering. He has been the lead independent director of Pool Corporation (Nasdaq: POOL) since 2000. In addition, Mr. Stokely was president, chief executive officer and chair of the board of Richfood Holdings, Inc., a food retailer and wholesale grocery distributor, and served as president of JES, Inc., an investment and consulting firm. Mr. Stokely is also a director, governance committee member and audit committee chair for both ACI Worldwide, Inc. (Nasdaq: ACIW) and Imperial Sugar Company. Previously, he also served on the boards and committees of a number of other publicly traded companies, including AMF Bowling, O’Charley’s Inc., Performance Food Group and Nash-Finch Company. Mr. Stokely received a bachelor’s degree from the University of Tennessee. We believe Mr. Stokely is qualified to serve on our board because of his extensive experience as a director of publicly-traded companies engaged in a variety of industries, strategic insights, distribution experience and senior leadership experience.

Our board of directors currently consists of Messrs. Hooks, Lanigan, Springer and Estes. Our five director nominees have been appointed and have agreed to become directors prior to the closing of this offering, at which time the size of our board of directors will be increased to nine directors.

 

101


Table of Contents

Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

The Class I directors will be Messrs. Lanigan, Connolly and Chhina, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

The Class II directors will be Messrs. Estes, Buch and Murphy, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

  Ÿ  

The Class III directors will be Messrs. Springer, Hooks and Stokely, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

We intend to enter into a voting agreement with certain affiliates. Under the voting agreement, Black Canyon Management LLC will be entitled to nominate to our board of directors up to 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. Black Canyon Management LLC nominated Messrs. Hooks and Lanigan to our board of directors pursuant to the voting agreement. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Voting Agreement.”

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our Class A Common Stock will be listed on Nasdaq. Under the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must compose a majority of our board of directors within one year of listing on Nasdaq. In addition, applicable Nasdaq rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of our audit and compensation committees must be independent within the meaning of applicable Nasdaq rules. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Applicable Nasdaq rules also require that director nominees must be selected, or recommended for selection by our board of directors, either by (1) a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors or (2) independent directors constituting a majority of our independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate.

The board of directors has reviewed the independence of our directors, as well as our director nominees who will join the board of directors upon the closing of the offering, based on the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Based on this review, the board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Buch, Chhina, Connolly, Murphy and Stokely is independent within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with Malibu Boats and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock held by each non-employee director. As required under applicable Nasdaq rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present.

Board Committees

Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee and a compensation committee that will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may establish additional committees from time to time, in accordance with our bylaws.

 

102


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Our audit committee will initially be comprised of Messrs. Chhina (chair), Buch and Stokely. In compliance with Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, one member of the audit committee will be independent as of the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a majority of the members of the audit committee will be independent directors within 90 days of the date of effectiveness and all of the members of the audit committee will be independent directors within 12 months of the date of effectiveness.

Our audit committee will oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee will:

 

  Ÿ  

evaluate the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

  Ÿ  

determine the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

review and approve the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;

 

  Ÿ  

discuss with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

approve the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

  Ÿ  

review our critical accounting policies and estimates; and

 

  Ÿ  

annually review the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee will initially be comprised of Messrs. Murphy (chair) and Connolly. In compliance with Nasdaq rules, one member of the compensation committee will be independent at the time of listing on Nasdaq, a majority of the members of the compensation committee will be independent directors within 90 days of listing and all of the members of the compensation committee will be independent directors within 12 months of listing.

Our compensation committee will review and recommend policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee will review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluate the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and make recommendations to the board of directors regarding compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board of directors that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.

 

103


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers. Any waiver of the code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and Nasdaq corporate governance rules.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with applicable Nasdaq corporate governance rules.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information concerning compensation we paid or accrued for the last two years with respect to each of our “Named Executive Officers”—our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers at June 30, 2013 and whose total compensation for fiscal year 2013 exceeded $100,000:

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year
(1)
    Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards

(2)
    Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(3)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
    All Other
Compensation
(4)
    Total  

Jack Springer

    2013      $ 328,077      $      $      $      $ 330,842      $      $ 2,600      $ 661,519   

Chief Executive Officer

    2012        285,577                             245,513               2,600        533,690   

Wayne Wilson

    2013      $ 190,481      $      $      $      $ 161,361      $      $ 19,600      $ 371,442   

Chief Financial Officer

    2012        181,731                             96,571               19,600        297,902   

Ritchie Anderson

    2013      $ 155,308      $      $      $      $ 125,176      $      $ 19,600      $ 300,084   

Chief Operating Officer

    2012        147,116               144,133                             19,600        310,849   

Dan Gasper

    2013      $ 99,423      $      $      $      $ 63,675      $      $ 2,600      $ 165,698   

Vice President of Product Design

    2012        96,554                             22,048               2,600        121,202   

Deborah Kent

    2013      $ 95,926      $      $      $      $ 10,000      $      $      $ 105,926   

Vice President of Human Resources

    2012        91,731               55,310               3,500                      150,541   

 

(1) Reflects fiscal years ended June 30.
(2) Reflects the grant date fair value of Class M Units of the LLC, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For more information, see “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.” These amounts have been determined based on the assumptions described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Equity-Based Compensation.”

 

104


Table of Contents
(3) For Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson, reflects a performance-based cash bonus that was earned pursuant to the executive officer’s existing employment agreement, based on the achievement of corporate and individual goals established by our board of directors. For more information, see “—Existing Employment Agreements.” For Mr. Gasper and Ms. Kent, reflects a performance-based cash bonus that was earned based on the achievement of corporate and individual goals.
(4) For Messrs. Springer, Wilson, Anderson and Gasper, includes $2,600 for use of a company boat and, for Messrs. Wilson and Anderson, also includes $17,000 for an automobile and fuel allowance.

Existing Employment Agreements

Executive employment agreements with Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson in effect during fiscal year 2013 provided for base salary, annual and long-term bonus opportunities and participation in our benefit plans, as described below. In connection with the offering, we will enter into new employment agreements with each of Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson that will replace the existing agreements with these individuals.

Mr. Springer

Our existing employment agreement with Mr. Springer provides for a base salary of $275,000 and a cash incentive bonus of up to $212,500 each year based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals established by our board of directors. Mr. Springer is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans and vacation programs and is provided with the use of a company-owned boat and, at his election, either an automobile allowance or use of a company-owned automobile.

Mr. Wilson

Our existing employment agreement with Mr. Wilson provides for a base salary of $175,000 and a cash incentive bonus of up to 50% of annual base salary each year based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals established by our board of directors. Mr. Wilson is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans and vacation programs and is provided with the use of a company-owned boat and, at his election, either an automobile allowance or use of a company-owned automobile.

Mr. Anderson

Our existing employment agreement with Mr. Anderson provides for a base salary of $150,000 and a cash incentive bonus of up to 40% of annual base salary each year based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals established by our board of directors. Mr. Anderson is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans and vacation programs and is provided with the use of a company-owned boat and, at his election, either an automobile allowance or use of a company-owned automobile.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, 75% of the amount of cash incentive bonuses for each of Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson was based on our achievement of EBITDA thresholds established by our board of directors and 25% of the amount of such cash incentive bonuses were based on the executive’s achievement of personal goals set by our board of directors. For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, our board of directors exercised its discretion to increase the base salaries and cash incentive bonuses for each of Messrs. Anderson, Springer and Wilson to amounts higher than those set forth in the existing employment agreements. The board of directors increased the base salaries because of, among other things, its belief that superior performance for each of fiscal years 2013 and 2012 merited an increase in base compensation. The board of directors based the increased cash incentive bonuses on, among other things, the fact that we exceeded budgeted EBITDA targets for each of fiscal years 2013 and 2012.

 

105


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

Mr. Springer

In connection with the offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Springer. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Springer will be entitled to receive $385,000 in annual base salary and will be eligible for a cash incentive bonus of up to 75% of his annual base salary based upon the achievement of performance criteria established by the compensation committee of our board of directors in its sole discretion. Mr. Springer is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans and vacation programs and will be provided with the use of a company-owned boat and, at his election, either an automobile allowance or use of a company-owned automobile. For information relating to potential payments upon termination of Mr. Springer’s employment, see “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.” Mr. Springer’s employment agreement includes non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions.

Mr. Wilson

In connection with the offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Wilson. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Wilson will be entitled to receive $245,000 in annual base salary and will be eligible for a cash incentive bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based upon meeting performance criteria established by the compensation committee of our board of directors in its sole discretion. Mr. Wilson is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans and vacation programs and will be provided with the use of a company-owned boat and, at his election, either an automobile allowance or use of a company-owned automobile. For information relating to potential payments upon termination of Mr. Wilson’s employment, see “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.” Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement includes non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions.

Mr. Anderson

In connection with the offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Anderson. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Anderson will be entitled to receive $200,000 in annual base salary and will be eligible for a cash incentive bonus of up to 40% of his annual base salary based upon meeting performance criteria established by the compensation committee of our board of directors in its sole discretion. Mr. Anderson is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans and vacation programs and will be provided with the use of a company-owned boat and, at his election, either an automobile allowance or use of a company-owned automobile. For information relating to potential payments upon termination of Mr. Anderson’s employment, see “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.” Mr. Anderson’s employment agreement includes non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Provisions will be included in the employment agreements with each of Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson relating to change in control or separation of service with us, which will provide that, in the event our board of directors terminates the executive’s employment without “cause” or the executive resigns for “good reason,” the executive will be entitled to receive, subject to certain limitations including the executive’s execution of a release, the executive’s annual base salary through the end of the applicable severance period. The “severance period” specified in each employment agreement is either (1) a period of 12 months following the effective date of the release if the executive is terminated without “cause” or terminates his employment for “good

 

106


Table of Contents

reason” after the one-year anniversary of the effective date of the employment agreement, or (2) a period of 12 months following the effective date of the release if the executive is terminated without “cause” or terminates his employment for “good reason” either (A) at any time within six months after a “change in control,” or (B) at any time on or before the one-year anniversary of the effective date of the employment agreement.

“Cause” is generally defined in the employment agreements to mean any of the following occurring during the executive’s employment:

 

  Ÿ  

commission of a knowing, intentional or reckless act or omission constituting theft, forgery, fraud, material dishonesty, misappropriation, breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty, or embezzlement against us;

 

  Ÿ  

conviction or plea of nolo contendre to any felony or to any other crime of moral turpitude;

 

  Ÿ  

knowingly or intentionally causing our financial statements to fail to materially comply with generally accounting principles;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful use or possession of any illegal drug or narcotic while on our premises or while performing the executive’s duties;

 

  Ÿ  

willful refusal to comply with lawful requests made of the executive by our board of directors, which, if curable, is not cured within five days after the executive receives written notice from the board of directors of such willful refusal;

 

  Ÿ  

gross negligence in the performance of the executive’s duties, which, if curable, is not fully cured within 30 days after the executive receives written notice from the board of directors of such gross negligence;

 

  Ÿ  

material violation of our policies, which, if curable, is not fully cured within 30 days after the executive receives written notice from the board of directors of such material violation; or

 

  Ÿ  

a material breach of the employment agreement or another agreement with us, which, if curable, is not fully cured within 30 days after the executive receives written notice from the board of directors of such breach.

“Good reason” is defined in the employment agreements to mean the executive’s resignation from employment after the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

a material diminution in the executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

 

  Ÿ  

a material reduction in the executive’s aggregate compensation unless such reduction is concurrently made to all of our senior management; or

 

  Ÿ  

a material breach of any other material term of the executive’s employment agreement.

In each case, “good reason” will not exist unless our board of directors fails to cure the condition claimed to constitute good reason within 30 days following receipt of written notice from the executive of such condition and, within ten days thereafter, the executive terminates the executive’s employment as a result of such condition.

 

107


Table of Contents

A “change in control” is deemed to occur under the employment agreements if:

 

  Ÿ  

any person or group of persons is or becomes a beneficial owner of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting securities;

 

  Ÿ  

certain individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation of the Company occurs where (1) the beneficial owners of voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the transaction do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity or (2) the directors immediately prior to the transaction do not immediately thereafter constitute a majority of the board of directors of the surviving entity;

 

  Ÿ  

our stockholders approve a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

  Ÿ  

an agreement is consummated for the sale of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity of which at least 50% of the combined voting securities are owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company prior to such sale.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The table below sets forth certain information concerning outstanding equity awards of Class M Units of the LLC as of June 30, 2013, which will be converted into LLC Units upon the consummation of the offering. Holders of Class M Units have the right to participate in distributions by the LLC but do not have voting rights.

 

Name

   Stock Awards  
   Number of Shares or Units of
Stock That Have Not Vested  (1)
     Market Value of Shares or Units of
Stock That Have Not  Vested (2)
 

Jack Springer (3)

     264,141       $ 52,828   

Wayne Wilson (4)

     104,016         20,803   

Ritchie Anderson (5)

     161,363         108,100   

Dan Gasper (6)

     7,818         1,564   

Deborah Kent (7)

     43,000         55,310   

 

(1) Pursuant to the terms of the Class M Units awarded to each of Messrs. Springer, Wilson, Anderson and Gasper and Ms. Kent, distributions from the LLC are payable with respect to such unvested Class M Units as if they are fully vested.
(2) Reflects the grant date fair value of Class M Units, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
(3) All of Mr. Springer’s unvested Class M Units will vest on February 1, 2014.
(4) All of the unvested Class M Units awarded to Mr. Wilson vested on November 9, 2013.
(5) One-third of Mr. Anderson’s unvested Class M Units vested on July 1, 2013 and one-third will vest on each of July 1, 2014 and July 1, 2015.
(6) All of the unvested Class M Units awarded to Mr. Gasper vested on December 2, 2013.
(7) All of Ms. Kent’s unvested Class M Units will vest upon a change in control, as defined in Ms. Kent’s Class M Unit membership unit agreement. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the LLC will clarify that this offering will not be deemed a change in control, as that term is used in the Class M membership unit agreement.

 

108


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Our board of directors have adopted and approved the Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the date this offering becomes effective. The following is a brief summary of the material terms of the Incentive Plan.

Purpose

The purpose of our Incentive Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by strengthening our ability to attract, motivate and retain individuals to serve as employees and directors by providing them with additional incentives to put forth maximum efforts for the success of our business.

Administration

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the Incentive Plan. The compensation committee may delegate some or all of its authority with respect to the Incentive Plan to another committee of directors and may delegate certain limited award grant authority to one or more of our officers. The compensation committee will have the power to, among other actions, (1) select persons eligible to receive awards, (2) determine the number of shares subject to awards, (3) approve form award agreements, (4) determine the terms and conditions of awards, including the price (if any) to paid for the shares or the award, (5) amend outstanding awards and (6) effect cancellations of any or all outstanding awards and substitute in new awards covering the same or different number of shares.

Eligibility

Persons eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan include our employees, consultants, members of our board of directors and other independent contractors. The compensation committee will determine from time to time the participants to whom awards will be granted.

Available Shares

We have initially reserved 1,700,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock for the issuance of awards under the Incentive Plan. The shares we issue under the Incentive Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. Any shares of Class A Common Stock subject to an award that are withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an award or in payment of the purchase price of a stock option will be considered issued under the Incentive Plan.

The number of Class A Common Stock available under the Incentive Plan, the number and kind of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding awards and the exercise or purchase prices are subject to adjustment in the event of recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other distributions with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock, or other changes in corporate structure affecting the Class A Common Stock.

Maximum Awards.

The maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to any stock option to any participant during any calendar year is 340,000 shares. To the extent that the aggregate grant date fair market value of Class A Common Stock with respect to which incentive stock options, or ISOs, are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such options will be treated as nonqualified options, or NSOs.

 

109


Table of Contents

With respect to awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, (1) the maximum number of shares with respect to which stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARS, and other awards (other than performance awards) to the extent they are granted as Section 162(m) awards may be granted during any calendar year to any employee may not exceed 340,000, and (2) the maximum aggregate dollar amount that may be paid in any calendar year to an employee with respect to performance awards may not exceed $2 million.

Incentive Awards

The Incentive Plan authorizes stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent awards and performance awards. A stock option or SAR will expire, or other award will vest, in accordance with the schedule set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Stock Options. The compensation committee may award ISOs or NSOs under the Incentive Plan. Stock options will become vested and exercisable at such times and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the compensation committee at the time of grant, but a stock option will generally not be exercisable for a period of more than ten years after it is granted. The exercise price per share for any stock option will not be less than the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the day the stock option is granted.

SARs. The compensation committee will establish the base price at the time of grant of the SAR but such price will not be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. The compensation committee may specify the price, if any, a participant must pay for shares of restricted stock and the restrictions (which may include, for example, transfer restrictions, performance standards or other incidents of ownership and forfeiture conditions as the compensation committee may determine) imposed on such shares.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit will be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the compensation committee may determine. The vesting period will generally not exceed ten years from the date of grant.

Dividend Equivalent Awards. A dividend equivalent award is a right to receive cash payments determined by reference to dividends declared on the Class A Common Stock from time to time during the term of the award, which will not exceed ten years from the date of issuance of such award. Dividend equivalent awards may be granted independent or in tandem with other awards.

Performance-based Awards.  At the time of grant, the compensation committee will determine the specified amount and the percentage or multiple of the specified amount, one or more performance periods and performance goals to be achieved during the applicable performance periods on which the payment or vesting of a performance-based award is conditioned. No performance based-award will exceed ten years from the date of grant.

Section 162(m) Awards. The Section 162(m) award is designed to satisfy the requirements for deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code (in addition to other awards expressly authorized under the Incentive Plan which may also qualify as performance-based) and may be based on our performance. The business criteria from which performance goals will be established are: (1) return on equity, capital, sales, or assets; (2) revenue; (3) income; (4) cash flow; (5) earnings per share; (6) debt reduction; (7) working capital; (8) total return; (9) expense management; (10) EBITDA; (11) adjusted EBITDA; (12) market share; (13) qualitative objectives; (14) international performance; and (15) attainment of specific strategic objectives. Performance goals may be adjusted to reflect certain changes, including reorganizations, liquidations and capitalization and accounting changes, to the extent permitted by Section 162(m).

 

110


Table of Contents

The compensation committee may grant stock unit awards and permit deferred payment of awards, and may determine the form and timing of payment, vesting and other terms applicable to stock units or deferrals.

Change in Control

Upon a change in control (as defined in the Incentive Plan), outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan may be assumed or substituted on the same terms by the surviving entity. If the surviving entity does not assume or substitute the outstanding awards, then such awards will become fully vested immediately prior to the change in control and, in the case of stock options or SARS, will become immediately exercisable. If the surviving entity assumes outstanding awards, or substitutes awards with similar stock awards, and the employment of a participant is terminated without cause (as defined in the Incentive Plan) or for good reason (as defined in the Incentive Plan) within 18 months after the effective date of the change in control, all awards held by such participant will become fully vested to the extent not previously forfeited and, with respect to stock options and SARs, fully exercisable.

Transfer Restrictions

Subject to certain exceptions, awards under the Incentive Plan are not transferable by the recipient other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and are generally exercisable, during the recipient’s lifetime, only by him or her.

Non-competition

Under the Incentive Plan, participants other than outside directors that receive awards under the Incentive Plan will agree to certain non-competition covenants.

Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may at any time and from time to time and in any respect, amend or modify the Incentive Plan. No amendment or modification of the Incentive Plan will be effective, however, without the consent of our stockholders that would (1) change the class of eligible participants, (2) increase the number of shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance, (3) allow the grant of stock options at an exercise price below fair market value, (4) increase the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be granted pursuant to awards, (5) modify the Incentive Plan to permit the repricing of stock options, or (6) require approval of our stockholders under the listing requirements of Nasdaq or the exchange or trading system through which Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of the amendment. The Incentive Plan will continue until terminated by our board of directors in its sole discretion. No amendment or termination of the Incentive Plan may adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the participant or its permitted transferee.

Director Compensation

Our directors were appointed in connection with our formation in 2013. As a result, they did not receive any compensation for their service as a director for fiscal year 2013. Following this offering, we anticipate that our non-employee directors will initially be compensated with an annual retainer of $125,000. Directors are required to take at least 50% of this retainer in the form of either Class A Common Stock or restricted stock units. A director may, however, elect to take a larger percentage of the retainer in Class A Common Stock or restricted stock units. The chairs of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 in cash. Our independent directors will also be eligible to receive equity-based awards when, as and if determined by the compensation committee.

 

111


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors reviews related party transactions for potential conflict of interest issues. Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related party transaction policy to be effective upon or prior to the completion of this offering to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $100,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us or a related person.

Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement

In connection with the offering, our existing owners, several of whom are directors and/or officers of Malibu Boats, Inc., will execute an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the LLC. As a result of the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, Malibu Boats, Inc. will hold LLC Units in the LLC and will be the sole managing member of the LLC. Accordingly, Malibu Boats, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC and, through the LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business. Holders of LLC Units will generally not have voting rights under the limited liability company agreement.

Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Malibu Boats, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of LLC Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of LLC Units (including Malibu Boats, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective LLC Units.

The holders of LLC Units, including Malibu Boats, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC. Net profits and net losses of the LLC will generally be allocated to holders of LLC Units (including Malibu Boats, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of LLC Units if Malibu Boats, Inc., as the sole managing member of the LLC, determines that the taxable income of the LLC will give rise to taxable income for the holders. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of the LLC allocable to the holders of LLC Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in Los Angeles, California (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). For purposes of determining the taxable income of the LLC, such determination will be made by generally disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any member of the LLC that arises under the tax basis adjustment rules of the Code and is attributable to the acquisition by such member of an interest in the LLC in a sale or exchange transaction. Tax distributions will be made only to the extent all distributions from the LLC for the relevant year were insufficient to cover such tax liabilities.

The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Malibu Boats, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including income tax expenses of Malibu Boats, Inc., will be borne by the LLC.

 

112


Table of Contents

The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will provide that it may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of Malibu Boats, Inc. in its sole discretion without the approval of any other holder of LLC Units, except that no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a holder of LLC Units without the consent of such holder, other than on a pro rata basis with other holders of LLC Units. The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will also provide that, for so long as affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC own at least 5% of the number of LLC Units outstanding after the closing of this offering, the consent of Black Canyon Management LLC will be required for any amendments to the agreement that would (1) reduce the rights of a holder of LLC Units to receive tax distributions, except on a pro rata basis with other holders of LLC Units, (2) preclude or limit the rights of any member to exercise its rights under the exchange agreement, (3) require any member to make a capital contribution, (4) materially increase the obligations of any member under the limited liability company agreement, or (5) result in the LLC being treated as a corporation for tax purposes. If affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC own less than 5% of the number of LLC Units outstanding after the closing of this offering, however, then Black Canyon Management LLC will have the right to assign or transfer the foregoing rights to Horizon Holdings, LLC, provided that affiliates of Horizon Holdings, LLC own at least 5% of the number of LLC Units outstanding after the closing of this offering.

Exchange Agreement

Prior to the closing of the offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with the existing owners of the LLC, several of whom are directors and/or officers of Malibu Boats, Inc. Under the exchange agreement, from and after the date of the closing of the offering, each existing owner (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may generally exchange its LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. Within the 180-day period following the closing of this offering, a holder of LLC Units may only exchange those LLC units for Class A Common Stock if such holder has executed a lock-up agreement. Further, an existing owner will not have the right to exchange LLC Units if Malibu Boats, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Malibu Boats, Inc. to which the existing owner may be subject. As a holder exchanges its LLC Units, Malibu Boats, Inc.’s interest in the LLC will be correspondingly increased. Under the exchange agreement, each existing owner (other than owners that are affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC or Horizon Holdings, LLC) will release Malibu Boats, Inc., the LLC and their respective affiliates, including affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC and Horizon Holdings, LLC, from any and all claims and actions that such owner has arising under or relating to such owner’s ownership of LLC Units.

Tax Receivable Agreement

As described in “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase LLC Units from our existing owners. We will only purchase LLC Units from members of senior management, however, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. In addition, the holders of LLC Units (other than Malibu Boats, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. The LLC intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange or purchase of LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock or cash occurs, which may result in an adjustment to the tax basis of

 

113


Table of Contents

the assets of the LLC at the time of an exchange or purchase of LLC Units. As a result of both this initial purchase of LLC Units from the existing owners and these subsequent purchases or exchanges, Malibu Boats, Inc., which we refer to as the “corporate taxpayer,” will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of the LLC at such time. In addition, the initial purchase of LLC Units from the existing owners and subsequent purchases or exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of the LLC. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the existing tax basis, tax basis increases and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment from time to time by the corporate taxpayer to our existing owners of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that the corporate taxpayer is deemed to realize as a result of (1) increases in tax basis resulting from the purchase or exchange of LLC Units and (2) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of the corporate taxpayer and not of the LLC. For purposes of the agreement, the benefit deemed realized by the corporate taxpayer will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of the corporate taxpayer (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that the corporate taxpayer would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of the LLC as a result of the purchases or exchanges, and had the corporate taxpayer not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless the corporate taxpayer exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or the corporate taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement or there is a change in control, in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if the corporate taxpayer had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of purchases or exchanges —for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of the LLC at the time of each purchase or exchange;

 

  Ÿ  

the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at the time of the purchase or exchange —the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of the LLC is directly related to the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at the time of the purchase or exchange;

 

  Ÿ  

the extent to which such purchases or exchanges are taxable —if an exchange or purchase is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and

 

  Ÿ  

the amount and timing of our income —the corporate taxpayer will be required to pay 85% of the deemed benefits as and when deemed realized. If the corporate taxpayer does not have taxable income, the corporate taxpayer generally will not be required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a

 

114


Table of Contents
 

given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

We expect that the payments that we may make under the agreement may be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the agreement, we expect that future payments under the agreement relating to the purchase by Malibu Boats, Inc. of LLC Units as part of the Offering Transactions to aggregate $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders) over the next 15 years. Future payments to our existing owners in respect of subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if distributions to Malibu Boats, Inc. by the LLC are not sufficient to permit Malibu Boats, Inc. to make payments under the agreement after it has paid taxes. The payments under the agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners’ continued ownership of us.

The effects of the tax receivable agreement on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of our purchase of LLC Units with our proceeds from this offering will be as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

we will record an increase of $         million in deferred tax assets (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders) for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by Malibu Boats, Inc. based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the transaction. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance;

 

  Ÿ  

we will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (1) the increase in tax basis resulting from the purchases or exchanges of LLC Units and (2) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase of $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders) payable to related parties pursuant to the tax receivable agreement; and

 

  Ÿ  

we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital in an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement.

The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

The tax receivable agreement provides that, upon certain mergers, asset sales or other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, we (or our successor) would owe to the existing owners of LLC Units a lump-sum payment equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the tax receivable agreement which would be based on certain assumptions, including a deemed exchange of LLC Units and that we would

 

115


Table of Contents

have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax basis and other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. Decisions made in the course of running our businesses, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales or other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. We are also entitled to an election to terminate the tax receivable agreement, which, if made, would obligate us to make early termination payments to the existing owners. The change of control payment and termination payments could be substantial and may exceed the actual tax benefits that we receive as a result of acquiring LLC Units from existing owners because the amounts of such payments would be calculated assuming that we would have been able to use the potential tax benefits each year for the remainder of the amortization periods applicable to the basis increases, and that tax rates applicable to us would be the same as they were in the year of the termination. An existing owner of LLC Units may also elect to unilaterally terminate the tax receivable agreement with respect to such existing owner, which would obligate us to pay to such existing owner certain payments for tax benefits received through the taxable year of the election.

Payments generally will be due under the tax receivable agreement within five business days following the finalization of the schedule with respect to which the payment obligation is calculated, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of the applicable tax return until such payment due date. Any late payments under the tax receivable agreement generally will accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the agreement.

Voting Agreement

In connection with the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, we intend to enter into a voting agreement with certain affiliates. Under the voting agreement, Black Canyon Management LLC will be entitled to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees equal to (1) 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates and Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson together beneficially own 15% or more of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, and (2) 10% of the total number of directors comprising the board of directors at such time as long as Black Canyon Management LLC and its affiliates and Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson together beneficially own more than 5% but less than 15% of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Black Canyon Management LLC is entitled to nominate pursuant to this formula, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis, taking into account any increase in the size of the board of directors (e.g., one and one-third (1  1 / 3 ) directors equates to two directors). In addition, Black Canyon Management LLC will have the right to remove and replace its director-designees at any time and for any reason and to nominate any individual(s) to fill any such vacancies. Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson will be required to vote any of their LLC Units in favor of the director or directors nominated by Black Canyon Management LLC. After the offering, Black Canyon

 

116


Table of Contents

Management LLC and its affiliates and Messrs. Springer, Wilson and Anderson together will beneficially own         % of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

Management Agreement

Pursuant to a management agreement, dated as of August 7, 2006 and amended in 2009 and 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the LLC agreed to pay to Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, a member of the LLC comprised principally of affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC and Horizon Holdings, LLC, the following, in exchange for management and advisory services:

 

  Ÿ  

reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

a one-time fee equal to $1,250,000 in connection with the LLC’s acquisition of the assets of Malibu Boats West, Inc. in 2006;

 

  Ÿ  

an annual management fee equal to $500,000 payable in quarterly installments from August 6, 2006 through June 30, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

a quarterly management fee equal to $106,000 payable from July 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500 payable from October 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

a one-time fee equal to $2,081,250 relating to the provision of management and advisory services by Malibu Boats Investor, LLC to the LLC during the period from July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2012; and

 

  Ÿ  

an annual management fee equal to $750,000 payable as of each January 1st from January 1, 2013 through the remainder of the management agreement’s term.

The management agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of Malibu Boats Investor, LLC and its affiliates. It is anticipated that we will enter into an agreement with Malibu Boats Investor, LLC that will result in the termination of the management agreement upon the completion of this offering. In connection with that agreement, we will pay Malibu Boats Investor, LLC a one-time termination fee of $3.75 million.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Black Canyon Management LLC and affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC that own LLC Units pursuant to which Black Canyon Management LLC may request registration or inclusion of shares of Class A Common Stock held by affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC in any registration of our Class A Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act. In addition, the agreement provides that, as soon as is practicable after the one-year anniversary of the closing of this offering, we must use all reasonable efforts to cause a resale shelf registration statement to become effective and remain effective until the eighth anniversary of this offering. The agreement will remain in effect until (1) there are no more securities registrable under the agreement outstanding or (2) termination of the agreement by both (A) Black Canyon Management LLC and (B) affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC owning two-thirds of the outstanding LLC Units. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of the LLC will give members that own securities we propose or are required to register with the SEC, pursuant to the registration rights agreement or otherwise, the right to include their securities in such registration, subject to the limitations set forth in the limited liability company agreement.

 

117


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements

For information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, see the section titled “Management—Employment Agreements.”

Directors and Officers Indemnification

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

118


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The tables below set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A Common Stock and of LLC Units by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of Malibu Boats, Inc., (2) each of our directors, director nominees and named executive officers, (3) all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group, and (4) each of the selling stockholders.

The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and of LLC Units outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions. The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and of LLC Units and the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering set forth below is based on shares of our Class A Common Stock and LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions. Beneficial ownership reflected in the table below includes the total shares or units held by the individual and his or her affiliates. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

 

119


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o Malibu Boats, Inc., 5075 Kimberly Way, Loudon, Tennessee 37774.

 

      Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1)   Combined Voting Power (2)(3)
      Prior to the Offering
Transactions
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in Full
  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions (%)
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised (%)
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised
in Full (%)

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Number           %       Number   %   Number   %      

5% Stockholders

                 

Entities affiliated with Black Canyon Capital LLC(4)

                 

Entities affiliated with Horizon Holdings, LLC(5)

                 

Merced OKR, LLC(6)

                 

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers

                 

Jack D. Springer

                 

Wayne R. Wilson

                 

Ritchie L. Anderson

                 

Dan L. Gasper

                 

Deborah S. Kent

                 

Michael K. Hooks(7)

                 

Mark W. Lanigan(8)

                 

Phillip S. Estes(9)

                 

James R. Buch

                 

Ivar S. Chhina

                 

Michael J. Connolly

                 

Peter E. Murphy

                 

John E. Stokely

                 

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers as a Group (13 persons)

                 

 

120


Table of Contents
    LLC Units Beneficially Owned(1)
    Prior to the Offering
Transactions
  After the Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is Not Exercised
  After the Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is Exercised in Full

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Number           %       Number   %   Number   %

5% Stockholders

           

Entities affiliated with Black Canyon Capital LLC(4)

           

Entities affiliated with Horizon Holdings, LLC(5)

           

Merced OKR, LLC(6)

           

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers

           

Jack D. Springer

           

Wayne R. Wilson

           

Ritchie L. Anderson

           

Dan L. Gasper

           

Deborah S. Kent

           

Michael K. Hooks(7)

           

Mark W. Lanigan(8)

           

Phillip S. Estes(9)

           

James R. Buch

           

Ivar S. Chhina

           

Michael J. Connolly

           

Peter E. Murphy

           

John E. Stokely

           

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers as a Group (13 persons)

           

 

* Less than 1.0%.
(1) Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the LLC Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” Beneficial ownership of LLC Units reflected in these tables has not been reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A Common Stock for which such units may be exchanged. Percentage of LLC Units after the Offering Transactions treats LLC Units held by Malibu Boats, Inc. as outstanding.
(2) Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”
(3) Our existing owners will hold shares of our Class B Common Stock. Each holder of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each LLC Unit held by such holder. Accordingly, our existing owners collectively have a number of votes in Malibu Boats, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units that they hold. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(4)

Includes                  LLC Units beneficially owned prior to the offering as follows: (i)                 LLC Units by Black Canyon Direct Investment Fund L.P., or the BC Fund; (ii)                  LLC Units by Black Canyon Investments L.P., or BC Investments; (iii)                  LLC Units by Canyon Value Realization Fund, L.P., or the Canyon Fund; (iv)                  LLC Units by Loudon Partners, LLC, or Loudon Partners; (v)                  LLC Units by The Canyon Value Realization Master Fund, L.P., or the Canyon Master Fund, together with BC-MB GP. BC Investments possesses the voting power and dispositive power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by the BC Fund and, pursuant to an agreement, with respect to the securities beneficially owned by each of the Canyon Fund and the Canyon Master Fund, and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by each of those entities. The BC Fund possesses the voting power and dispositive power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by BC-MB GP and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by BC-MB GP. Black Canyon Investments LLC, or BC GP, is the general partner of BC Investments and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by BC Investments. As a managing member of BC GP, Black Canyon Capital LLC possesses the voting power with respect to the securities that are beneficially owned by BC GP. The investment committee of BC GP, comprised of Messrs. Hooks and Lanigan, both of whom are members of our board of directors, Joshua S. Friedman and Mitchell R. Julis, possesses the dispositive power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by BC GP and, therefore, no individual member of the committee is deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned indirectly by BC GP. As manager of Loudon Partners, Paras Mehta, a managing director of Black Canyon Capital

 

121


Table of Contents
  LLC, possesses the voting power with respect to the securities that are beneficially owned by Loudon Partners. The address for each of the foregoing entities is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 11 th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067, except for Loudon Partners, which has an address of 5075 Kimberly Way, Loudon, Tennessee 37774.
     Prior to the closing of the offering, (i) the BC Fund will contribute the capital stock of BC-Malibu Boats Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the BC Fund, to BC-MB GP and BC-Malibu Boats Inc. will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of BC-MB GP, and (ii) BC-Malibu Boats Inc. and Malibu BLK Inc. a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canyon Master Fund, will merge with and into two newly-formed limited liability company subsidiaries of Malibu Boats, Inc. As a result of these mergers, BC-MB GP will receive and beneficially own                  shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange for shares of capital stock of BC-Malibu Boats Inc. and the Canyon Master Fund will receive and beneficially own                  shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange for shares of capital stock of Malibu BLK Inc. Further, Malibu Boats, Inc. will possess the voting power and dispositive power with respect to the securities that were beneficially owned prior to the mergers by each of BC-Malibu Boats Inc. and Malibu BLK Inc. and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by each of those entities. Therefore, as a result of their beneficial ownership of all of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock prior to the offering, each of BC-MB GP and the Canyon Master Fund may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by Malibu Boats, Inc. After the offering, however, BC-MB GP and the Canyon Master Fund will not possess the voting power or dispositive power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by Malibu Boats, Inc.
(5) Includes                  LLC Units beneficially owned prior to the offering as follows: (i)                  LLC Units by Horizon Holdings, LLC; and (ii)                  LLC Units by Malibu Holdings, L.P. Horizon Holdings, LLC is the general partner of Malibu Holdings, L.P. and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by Malibu Holdings, L.P. Mr. Estes, one of our directors, and James Shorin share the voting power and dispositive power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by Horizon Holdings, LLC and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by Horizon Holdings, LLC. The address of Horizon Holdings, LLC and Malibu Holdings, L.P. is 1 Bush Street, San Francisco, California 94104.
(6) Robert R. Alkema possesses the voting power and dispositive power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by Merced OKR, LLC and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the securities beneficially owned by Merced OKR, LLC. The address of Merced OKR, LLC is 11204 Childs Avenue, Le Grand, California 95333.
(7) As a managing director of Black Canyon Capital LLC and a member of the BC GP investment committee, Mr. Hooks may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by entities affiliated with Black Canyon Capital LLC. Mr. Hooks disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities.
(8) As a managing director of Black Canyon Capital LLC and a member of the BC GP investment committee, Mr. Lanigan may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by entities affiliated with Black Canyon Capital LLC. Mr. Lanigan disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities.
(9) Mr. Estes may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by entities affiliated with Horizon Holdings, LLC. Mr. Estes disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities.

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of the rights of our Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation authorizes shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Our authorized capital stock consists of shares, all with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which:

 

  Ÿ  

100,000,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock;

 

  Ÿ  

25,000,000 shares are designated as Class B Common Stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

25,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common stock will have voting power over Malibu Boats, Inc., the sole managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each share of Class A Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to vote. Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the total number of LLC Units held by such holder multiplied by the exchange rate specified in the exchange agreement with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to vote. Accordingly, the holders of LLC Units collectively have a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units that they hold. Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our Class A and Class B Common Stock vote as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or required by applicable law. Holders of our Class A and Class B Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, or as required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our Class A Common Stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time. Holders of our Class B Common Stock do not have any right to receive dividends.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our Class A Common Stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that

 

123


Table of Contents

are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our Class A Common Stock. Holders of our Class B Common Stock do not have any right to receive a distribution upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs.

Other Rights

Holders of our Class A Common Stock will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our Class A Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those granted to the holders of common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:

 

  Ÿ  

diluting the voting power of the holders of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive dividend payments;

 

  Ÿ  

reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive payments in the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up; and

 

  Ÿ  

delaying, deterring or preventing a change-in-control or other corporate takeover.

Warrants

There are no outstanding warrants to purchase our Class A Common Stock.

Registration Rights

In connection with the offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Black Canyon Management LLC and affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC that own LLC Units pursuant to which Black Canyon Management LLC may request registration or inclusion of shares of Class A Common Stock held by affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC in any registration of our Class A Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act. In addition, the agreement provides that, as soon as is practicable after the one-year anniversary of the closing of this offering, we must use all reasonable efforts to cause a resale shelf registration statement to become effective and remain effective until the eighth anniversary of this offering. The agreement will remain in effect until (1) there are no more securities registrable under the agreement outstanding or (2) termination of the agreement by both (A) Black Canyon Management LLC and (B) affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC owning two-thirds of the outstanding LLC Units. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of the LLC will give members that own securities we propose or are required to register with the SEC, pursuant to the registration rights agreement or otherwise, the right to include their securities in such registration, subject to the limitations set forth in the limited liability company agreement.

 

124


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must generally be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only the chair of the board or a majority of our board of directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require a 66  2 / 3 % stockholder vote for the amendment or repeal of the bylaws or the provisions in our certificate of incorporation relating to the election and classification of directors The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 66  2 / 3 % stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions could have the effect, however, of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by

 

125


Table of Contents
 

the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit or eliminate the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Accordingly, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except with respect to of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. If

 

126


Table of Contents

Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limiting of director liability, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws also provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and shall indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would permit indemnification.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions provided by Delaware law and our governing documents, and may provide additional procedural protection. These agreements will require us, among other things, to:

 

  Ÿ  

indemnify officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise because of their status as officers and directors;

 

  Ÿ  

advance expenses, as incurred, to officers and directors in connection with a legal proceeding subject to limited exceptions; and

 

  Ÿ  

cover officers and directors under any general or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by us.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the SEC is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

In addition, we intend to maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage will be provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “MBUU.”

 

127


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A Common Stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A Common Stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A Common Stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock.

Currently 100 shares of our Class A Common Stock are outstanding and no shares of our Class B Common Stock are outstanding.

Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of                  shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding (or                  shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders). All of the shares of Class A Common Stock will have been sold in this offering and will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our “affiliates.” Under the Securities Act, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that issuer.

In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our existing stockholders, holders of LLC Units may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange LLC Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock or cash (except in the event of a change in control) at our election. In addition, pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC, Malibu Boats, Inc., as managing member of the LLC, will have the right to require all members to exchange their LLC Units for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement, subject to the consent of Black Canyon Management LLC and the holders of a majority of outstanding LLC Units other than those held by Malibu Boats, Inc. After this offering, our existing owners will hold                  LLC Units (or LLC Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders), all of which will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for                  shares of our Class A Common Stock, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or cash (except in the event of a change in control), at our election. The shares of Class A Common Stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. We will enter into a registration rights agreement with Black Canyon Management LLC and affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC that own LLC Units, however, that will require us to register under the Securities Act                  shares of Class A Common Stock. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of the LLC will give members that own securities we propose or are required to register with the SEC, pursuant to the registration rights agreement or otherwise, the right to include their securities in such registration, subject to the limitations set forth in the limited liability company agreement of the LLC. For more information, see “—Registration Rights” and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our Class A Common Stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

128


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the date of this prospectus without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares.

Lock-up Agreements

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of Class A Common Stock (including securities exchangeable or convertible into our Class A Common Stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus (as such period may be extended under certain circumstances), we and they will not, among other things, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A Common Stock. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions. For additional information, see “Underwriting—Lock-up Agreements.”

Registration Rights

In connection with the offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Black Canyon Management LLC and affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC that own LLC Units pursuant to which Black Canyon Management LLC may request registration or inclusion of shares of Class A Common Stock held by affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC in any registration of our Class A Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act. In addition, the agreement provides that, as soon as is practicable after the one-year anniversary of the closing of this offering, we must use all reasonable efforts to cause a resale shelf registration statement to become effective and remain effective until the eighth anniversary of this offering. The agreement will remain in effect until there are no more securities registrable under the agreement outstanding, or upon termination by

 

129


Table of Contents

Black Canyon Management LLC and affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC that own LLC Units holders of two-thirds of the outstanding LLC Units. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of the LLC will give members that own securities we propose or are required to register with the SEC, pursuant to the registration rights agreement or otherwise, the right to include their securities in such registration, subject to the limitations set forth in the limited liability company agreement.

Registration Statements

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our Class A Common Stock subject to equity awards issuable under the Incentive Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. The shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

130


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Code, final, temporary or proposed U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold shares of our Class A Common Stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

partnerships or other pass-through entities;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations;

 

  Ÿ  

passive foreign investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

persons that will hold Class A Common Stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.

Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our Class A Common Stock.

 

131


Table of Contents

If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a collaboration holding shares of our Class A Common Stock should consult its own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

In general, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A Common Stock that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

  Ÿ  

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our Class A Common Stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A Common Stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A Common Stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock and will be treated as described below under “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A Common Stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.

 

132


Table of Contents

If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A Common Stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our Class A Common Stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder maintained in the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A Common Stock, and our Class A Common Stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.

We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

133


Table of Contents

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A Common Stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our Class A Common Stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A Common Stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each, as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is

 

134


Table of Contents

subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each, as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and a recent IRS Notice, withholding under FATCA generally will apply to payments of dividends on our Class A Common Stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our Class A Common Stock.

 

135


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated             , 2014, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase from us and from the selling stockholders the following number of shares of Class A Common Stock:

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A Common Stock subject to acceptance of the shares of Class A Common Stock and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to purchase and accept delivery of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus are subject to approval by their counsel of legal matters and to certain other conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters are obligated to purchase and accept delivery of all of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus, if any are purchased, other than those covered by the option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock described below.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares of Class A Common Stock

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase in whole or in part at any time up to an aggregate of                  additional shares of Class A Common Stock, at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If purchased, these additional shares of Class A Common Stock will be sold by the underwriters on the same terms as those on which the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus are sold.

Commission and Discounts

The underwriters propose to offer shares of Class A Common Stock directly to the public at the public offering price indicated on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $         per share to other dealers. If all of the shares of Class A Common Stock are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the public offering price and the other selling terms.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount that we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Per Class A
Common Stock
     Total Without
Over-Allotment
     Total With
Over-Allotment
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

 

136


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders, severally and not jointly, estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $             million.

The selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against various liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors, our executive officers and substantially all of our existing stockholders have agreed for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to directly or indirectly: (a) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or take any other action, whether through derivative contracts, options or otherwise to reduce their financial risk of holding any of our securities, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or any rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, any securities held or deemed to be beneficially owned by the person or entity without the prior written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC or (b) exercise or seek to exercise or effectuate in any manner any rights of any nature that the person or the entity has or may have hereafter to require us to register under the Securities Act, the sale, transfer or other disposition of any of our securities held or deemed to be beneficially owned by the person or entity, or to otherwise participate as a selling security holder in any manner in any registration by us under the Securities Act. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the securities being offered in this prospectus, (b) exchanges of LLC Units for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exchange agreement, (c) any grant or exercise of options or other similar awards pursuant to the Incentive Plan, (d) any transfer of securities to a person or entity that controls or is controlled by, or is under common control or management with, or is wholly-owned by a stockholder, (e) distributions of securities to limited or general partners, members or stockholders of our existing stockholders, or (f) dispositions of securities to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer or any other transaction, including, without limitation, a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a change in control of the Company, provided that the per share consideration for the securities transferred will be greater than the public offering price per share in this offering. Moreover, in the case of transfer pursuant to (d) or (e) above, any transferee or distribution recipient must agree to be bound by the foregoing restrictions on transfer.

In addition we have agreed that for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will not directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc., and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (a) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock, or sell or grant options with respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock (other than the grant of options pursuant to option plans existing on the date hereof), (b) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such shares of Class A Common Stock, (c) file or cause to be filed a registration statement with respect to the registration of any shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into our Class A Common Stock or any other securities or (d) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

137


Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until this offering is completed, SEC rules may limit the ability of the underwriters and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase shares of Class A Common Stock. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and passive market making. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional Class A Common Stock. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock or purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares of Class A Common Stock to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares of Class A Common Stock compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. The underwriters may also sell shares of Class A Common Stock in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock. The underwriters may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the shares of Class A Common Stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed shares of Class A Common Stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the shares of Class A Common Stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the shares of Class A Common Stock.

In connection with this transaction, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in the shares of Class A Common Stock, prior to the pricing and completion of this offering. Passive market making is permitted by Regulation M of the Securities Act and consists of displaying bids no higher than the bid prices of independent market makers and making purchases at prices no higher than these independent bids and effected in response to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are limited to a specified percentage of the passive market maker’s average daily trading volume in the shares of Class A Common Stock during a specified period and must be discontinued when such limit is reached. Passive market making may cause the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of such transactions.

These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the shares of Class A Common Stock. As a result the price of the shares of Class A Common Stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters without notice at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters of the offering, or by its affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information

 

138


Table of Contents

contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters in their capacity as underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A Common Stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “MBUU.”

Affiliations

The underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, financial advisory and other financial services to us and our affiliates for which it has received, and in the future may receive, advisory or transaction fees, as applicable, plus out-of-pocket expenses of the nature and in amounts customary in the industry for these financial services. In addition to investment banking services that the underwriters and their affiliates provide from time to time, we have banking and brokerage transactions in the ordinary course of business with the underwriter and its affiliates. It is expected that we will continue to use the underwriters and their affiliates for various services in the future.

Conflicts of Interest

SunTrust Bank, an affiliate of SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., one of the underwriters in this offering, is expected to receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering in connection with the repayment of a portion of our credit facilities and term loans. See “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. As required by FINRA Rule 5121, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. will not confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the accountholder.

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of shares of Class A Common Stock are made. Any resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock.

Representations of Purchasers

By purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

  Ÿ  

Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request. the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares of Class A Common Stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;

 

139


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent;

 

  Ÿ  

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under “—Resale Restrictions”; and

 

  Ÿ  

the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the shares of Class A Common Stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares of Class A Common Stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares of Class A Common Stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares of Class A Common Stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares of Class A Common Stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of shares of Class A Common Stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares of Class A Common Stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares of Class A Common Stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriters represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that

 

140


Table of Contents

Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  Ÿ  

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  Ÿ  

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  Ÿ  

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of our shares of Class A Common Stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or the underwriters of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares of Class A Common Stock to the public” in relation to any shares of Class A Common Stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A Common Stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of Class A Common Stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000, or FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of FSMA (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

 

  Ÿ  

it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of Class A Common Stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

141


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Class A Common Stock to be issued in this offering and certain other legal matters with respect to the offering will be passed upon for us by Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis, LLP, Nashville, Tennessee. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York. O’Melveny & Myers LLP is representing the selling stockholders in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our Class A Common Stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A Common Stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

142


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Malibu Boats, Inc. – Audited Balance Sheet

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet

     F-3   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-4   

Malibu Boats, Holdings, LLC – Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

     F-8   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors

Malibu Boats, Inc.

Loudon, Tennessee

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Malibu Boats, Inc. at December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles .

Indianapolis, Indiana

January 6, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Balance Sheet

December 31, 2013

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $ 10   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

  

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding

     1   

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

       

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

   $   

Additional paid-in-capital

     9   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 10   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Notes to Balance Sheet

1. Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of the Company

Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 1, 2013, as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of shares of common stock. The Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). It is expected that following an internal reorganization of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC and the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, the Company will be the sole managing member of and have a controlling interest in Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC. The Company’s only business following the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock will be to act as the sole managing member of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC and, as such, the Company will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC and will consolidate the financial results of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC into the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC was formed in 2006 with the acquisition by an investor group, including affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC, Horizon Holdings, LLC and then-current management. Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC is engaged in the design, engineering, manufacturing and marketing of innovative, high-quality, performance sports boats that are sold through a world-wide network of independent dealers.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Separate statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of this entity.

Stockholder’s Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 150,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), 25,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share. The Company has issued 100 shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange for $10.00, all of which were held by BC-Malibu Boats GP, an affiliate of Black Canyon Capital LLC, at December 31, 2013.

Related Party Transactions

In connection with the filing of its registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC, the Company paid a registration fee of $14,812, which was reimbursed by Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC under terms of the offering.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors

Malibu Boats Holdings , LLC and Subsidiaries

Loudon, Tennessee

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Malibu Boats Holdings , LLC and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Malibu Boats Holdings , LLC and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Indianapolis, Indiana

December 13, 2013

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     June 30,     September 30,
2013
(Unaudited)
    Pro Forma
Malibu Boats,
Inc. as of
September 30,
2013

(Unaudited)
 
     2012     2013      

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash

   $ 14,797      $ 15,957      $ 4,697      $                    

Trade receivables, less allowances of $254, $254 and $286 as of June 30, 2012, 2013 and September 30, 2013, respectively

     7,481        7,642        6,653     

Inventories, net

     9,123        11,639        15,288     

Prepaid expenses

     12        223        418     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     31,413        35,461        27,056     

Property and equipment, net

     4,860        6,648        7,230     

Goodwill

     5,718        5,718        5,718     

Other intangible assets

     22,713        17,535        16,241     

Debt issuance costs, net

     15        531        965     

Deferred tax asset

                       

Other assets

     6        34        9     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 64,725      $ 65,927      $ 57,219      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities

        

Current maturities of long-term debt

     5,160        3,326        3,712     

Accounts payable

     9,853        11,655        13,944     

Accrued expenses

     8,028        10,524        11,426     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     23,041        25,505        29,082     

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback

     156        145        142     

Payable pursuant to tax receivable agreement

                       

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     16,083        20,263        60,531     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     39,280        45,913        89,755     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 13)

        

Equity

        

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized;                  shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

                       

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized;                  shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

                       

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 25,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

                       

Class A Units, 37,000 units authorized, 36,742 units issued and outstanding

     36,777        16,978        (32,759  

Class B Units, 3,885 units authorized, issued and outstanding

     526        (2,417     (7,800 )    

Class M Units, 2,658 units authorized, 915 and 1,421 units issued and outstanding at June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and 1,549 units issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013

     213        (460     (3,069  

Additional paid in capital

                       

Accumulated (deficit) earnings

     (12,071     5,913        11,092     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity (deficit)

     25,445        20,014        (32,536  

Non-controlling interest

                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     25,445        20,014        (32,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 64,725      $ 65,927      $ 57,219      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except per unit and share data)

 

    Historical Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC  
    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months
Ended
September 30,
(Unaudited)
 
    2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  

Net sales

  $ 99,984      $ 140,892      $ 167,012      $ 33,159      $ 43,304   

Cost of sales

    83,730        110,849        123,412        25,291        32,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    16,254        30,043        43,600        7,868        11,021   

Operating expenses:

         

Selling and marketing

    3,621        4,071        4,937        1,076        1,432   

General and administrative

    6,194        8,307        14,177        4,512        1,955   

Amortization

    5,178        5,178        5,178        1,294        1,294   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    1,261        12,487        19,308        986        6,340   

Other income (expense):

         

Other

    11        52        10        3        3   

Interest expense

    (1,815     (1,433     (1,334     (350     (1,164
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense

    (1,804     (1,381     (1,324     (347     (1,161
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (543     11,106        17,984        639        5,179   

Provision for income taxes

                                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (543   $ 11,106      $ 17,984      $ 639      $ 5,179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma consolidated statements of operations information (unaudited):

         

Net income before non-controlling interest and provision for income taxes

      $          $     

Pro forma provision for income taxes (at 34.2% assumed effective tax rate)

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income before income taxes

         

Pro forma net income attributable to non-controlling interest (            % assumed ownership interest not directly attributable to Malibu Boats, Inc.)

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income available to holders of Class A Common Stock

      $          $     
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per unit:

         

Class A Units

  $ (0.01   $ 0.26      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class B Units

  $ (0.01   $ 0.39      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class M Units

  $ (0.01   $ 0.12      $ 0.43      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Diluted (loss) earnings per unit:

         

Class A Units

  $ (0.01   $ 0.25      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class B Units

  $ (0.01   $ 0.39      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Class M Units

  $ (0.01   $ 0.12      $ 0.42      $ 0.02      $ 0.12   

Pro forma net income available to Class A Common Stock per share (unaudited):

         

Basic

    $            $     

Dilutive

    $            $     

Basic weighted average units used in computing (loss) earnings per unit:

         

Class A Units

    37,000        36,875        36,742        36,742        36,742   

Class B Units

    3,885        3,885        3,885        3,885        3,885   

Class M Units

    469        915        1,421        1,042        1,549   

Diluted weighted average units used in computing (loss) earnings per unit:

         

Class A Units

    37,000        36,875        36,742        36,742        36,742   

Class B Units

    3,885        3,885        3,885        3,885        3,885   

Class M Units

    1,125        972        1,421        1,042        1,549   

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares used in computing net income per share (unaudited):

         

Basic

         

Dilutive

         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

(In thousands)

 

    Member Units     Accumulated
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Total
Members’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Class A     Class B     Class M      
    Units     Amount     Units     Amount     Units     Amount      

Balance at June 30, 2010

    37,000      $ 37,000        3,885      $ 526             $      $ (22,634   $ 14,892   

Net loss

                                              (543     (543

Stock based compensation

                                       118               118   

Membership units vested

                                469                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

    37,000        37,000        3,885        526        469        118        (23,177     14,467   

Net income

                                              11,106        11,106   

Stock-based compensation

                                       132               132   

Membership units vested

                                559                        

Repurchase of vested membership units

    (258     (223                   (113     (37            (260
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

    36,742        36,777        3,885        526        915        213        (12,071     25,445   

Net income

                                              17,984        17,984   

Stock-based compensation

                                       127               127   

Membership units vested

                                506                        

Distributions to members

           (19,799            (2,943            (800            (23,542
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

    36,742        16,978        3,885        (2,417     1,421        (460     5,913        20,014   

Net income*

                                              5,179        5,179   

Stock-based compensation*

                                       32               32   

Membership units vested*

                                128                        

Distributions to members*

           (49,737            (5,383            (2,641            (57,761
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013*

    36,742      $ (32,759     3,885      $ (7,800     1,549      $ (3,069   $ 11,092      $ (32,536
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

* Unaudited

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended June 30,     Three Months
Ended
September 30,

(Unaudited)
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  

Operating activities:

          

Net (loss) income

   $ (543   $ 11,106      $ 17,984      $ 639      $ 5,179   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Non-cash compensation expense

     118        132        127        32        32   

Depreciation

     821        895        1,090        322        296   

Loss on sale of equipment

            5                        

Gain on sale-leaseback transaction

     (1     (11     (11     (3     (3

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,178        5,178        5,178        1,294        1,294   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     181        181        148        48        582   

Change in fair value of derivative

                   (28            25   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Trade receivables

     (2     (3,675     (161     1,637        989   

Inventories

     (3,063     944        (2,516     (2,533     (3,649

Prepaid expenses

     (76     145        (211     (405     (195

Accounts payable

     3,123        (1,189     1,802        351        2,289   

Accrued expenses

     877        1,784        2,497        1,639        901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     6,613        15,495        25,899        3,021        7,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,306     (2,651     (2,878     (314     (878

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     4                               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,302     (2,651     (2,878     (314     (878
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Principal payments on long-term borrowings

     (6,154     (6,872     (26,155     (21,042     (24,345

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

                   28,500        28,500        65,000   

Payment of deferred financing costs

                   (664     (664     (1,016

Distributions to members

                   (23,542     (15,395     (57,761

Repurchase of member units

            (260                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (6,154     (7,132     (21,861     (8,601     (18,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in cash

     (843     5,712        1,160        (5,894     (11,260

Cash—Beginning of period

     9,928        9,085        14,797        14,797        15,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—End of period

   $ 9,085      $ 14,797      $ 15,957      $ 8,903      $ 4,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,662      $ 1,241      $ 1,190      $ 78      $ 585   

Assets acquired under notes payable

     232                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

(Dollars in thousands, except per unit data)

1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC (“Malibu Boats” or the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company. The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its subsidiary, Malibu Boats, LLC. Malibu Boats Domestic International Sales Corp. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Malibu Boats, LLC. Malibu Boats, founded in 1982 and headquartered near Knoxville, Tennessee, is engaged in the design, engineering, manufacturing and marketing of innovative, high-quality, performance sports boats that are sold through independent dealers, throughout the United States and Canada, but with consumers worldwide.

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are shown and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Malibu Boats for the year ended June 30, 2013. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position at September 30, 2013 (unaudited) and the results of its operations and the cash flows for the three month period ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited). Operating results for the three months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited) are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending June 30, 2014. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period presentation to conform to the current period presentation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All dollar and unit amounts are presented in thousands, unless otherwise noted.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 for Malibu Boats, Inc. gives effect to the change in capitalization assuming                  shares of Class A Common Stock of Malibu Boats, Inc., par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), are outstanding. Shares of Class A Common Stock issued in the initial public offering of Malibu Boats, Inc. and related net proceeds are excluded from such pro forma information. The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes, net income, net income attributable to non-controlling interests, net income available to holders of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), and basic and diluted weighted average shares for the year ended June 30, 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited) reflect the pro forma non-controlling interest in the income of Malibu Boats, Inc. of             %, a federal income tax rate calculated at an effective rate of 34.2% on the pre-tax income of Malibu Boats, Inc. that is not subject to non-controlling interests. The pro forma number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding takes into account the proposed initial public offering of Class A Common Stock.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to those risks common in manufacture-driven markets, including, but not limited to, competitive forces, dependence on key personnel, consumer demand for its products, the successful protection of its proprietary technologies, compliance with government regulations and the possibility of not being able to obtain additional financing if and when needed.

Concentration of Credit Risk

A majority of the Company’s sales are made pursuant to floor plan financing programs in which the Company participates on behalf of its dealers through a contingent repurchase agreement with various third-party financing institutions. Under these arrangements, a dealer establishes a line of credit with one or more of these third-party lenders for the purchase of dealer boat inventory. When a dealer purchases and takes delivery of a boat pursuant to a floor plan financing arrangement, it draws against its line of credit and the lender pays the invoice cost of the boat directly to the Company within approximately two weeks. For dealers that use local floor plan financing programs or pay cash, the Company may extend credit without collateral under the dealer agreement based on the Company’s evaluation of the dealer’s credit risk and past payment history. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses that it believes are adequate. Refer to Note 1 “Trade Accounts Receivable” for factors considered in determining the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts.

Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. As of June 30, 2013, no highly liquid investments were held and the entire balance consists of traditional cash.

At June 30, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited), substantially all cash on hand was held by one financial institution. This cash on deposit may be, at times, in excess of insurance limits provided by the FDIC.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade receivables are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts on a monthly basis. The allowance for doubtful receivables was $254 at June 30, 2012 and 2013 and $286 at September 30, 2013 (unaudited). Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Trade receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of trade receivables previously written off are recorded when received. A trade receivable is considered to be past due if any portion of the receivable balance is outstanding beyond customer terms.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Inventories

Substantially all inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on the first in, first out (“FIFO”) basis. Manufacturing cost includes materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Unallocated overhead and abnormal costs are expensed as incurred.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment acquired outside of acquisition are stated at cost. When property and equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is accounted for in the statement of operations. Major additions are capitalized; maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to operating expenses as incurred if they do not increase the life or productivity of the related capitalized asset. Depreciation on leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method based on the lesser of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life and depreciation of equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life as follows:

 

     Years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of useful life

or lease term

Machinery and equipment

   3-5

Furniture and fixtures

   3-5

The Company accounts for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” (“ASC Topic 360”). In accordance with ASC Topic 360, long-lived assets to be held are reviewed for events or changes in circumstances that indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company periodically reviews for any indicators and, if indicators are present, tests the carrying value of long-lived assets, assessing their net realizable values based on estimated undiscounted cash flows over their remaining estimated useful lives. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairment charges were recorded for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and for the three months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited) in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill

Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather are evaluated for potential impairment on an annual basis, as of June 30, unless circumstances indicate the need for impairment testing between the annual tests in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” If this assessment indicates the possibility of impairment, the income approach to test for goodwill impairment would be used unless circumstances indicate that a better estimate of fair value was available. Under the income approach, management calculates the fair value of each reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets including goodwill assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets including goodwill exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then management determines the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a

 

F-12


Table of Contents

reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. The Company did not recognize any goodwill impairment charges in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist primarily of dealer relationships, product trade names and legal and contractual rights surrounding a patent. These assets are recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition dates using the income approach. These assets are being amortized using straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives ranging from eight to 15 years.

The estimated useful lives of acquired dealer relationships consider the average length of dealer relationships at the time of acquisition, historical rates of dealer attrition and retention, the Company’s history of renewal and extension of dealer relationships, as well as competitive and economic factors result in a range of useful lives. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s product trade names are based on a number of factors including technological obsolescence and the competitive environment. The estimated useful lives of legal and contractual rights are estimated based on the benefits that the patent provides for its remaining terms unless competitive, technological obsolescence or other factors indicate a shorter life.

Management, assisted by third-party valuation specialists, determines the estimated fair values of separately identifiable intangible assets at the date of acquisition under the income approach. Significant data and assumptions used in the valuations included cost, market and income comparisons, discount rates, royalty rates and management forecasts. Discount rates for each intangible asset were selected based on judgment of relative risk and approximate rates of returns investors in the subject assets might require. The royalty rates were developed using weighted average rates, which were based on projected sales and profits of products sold and management’s assessment of the intangibles’ importance to the sales and profitability of the product. Management provided forecasts of financial data pertaining to assets, liabilities and income statement balances to be utilized in the valuations. While management believes the assumptions, estimates, appraisal methods and ensuing results are appropriate and represent the best evidence of fair value in the circumstances, modification or use of other assumptions or methods could have yielded different results.

The carrying amount of intangible assets are reviewed whenever circumstances arise that indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value of these assets is compared to the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the carrying value is compared to the fair value and this difference is recognized as an impairment loss. There was no impairment loss recognized on intangible assets for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited).

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC Topic 740”). As part of the process of preparing the financial statements, the Company is required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the balance sheet. The Company then assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized based on future taxable income and, to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. To the extent a valuation allowance is established or changed in a period, the Company includes an expense or a benefit within the tax provision.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The members of the Company have elected to be taxed as a limited liability company under the provisions of the federal and state income tax codes. Under these provisions, the members report net income of the Company on their individual income tax returns. As a result, no provision for income taxes is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Net income for financial statement purposes may differ significantly from taxable income attributable to members as a result of differences between the tax basis and the financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities.

The Company has adopted the provisions of the “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” section of the ASC Topic 740. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as the Company has to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision. For the years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), management determined that there were no material uncertain income tax positions.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generally manufactures products based on specific orders from dealers and often ships completed products only after receiving credit approval from financial institutions. Revenue is primarily recorded when all of the following conditions have been met:

 

  Ÿ  

an order for a product has been received;

 

  Ÿ  

a common carrier signs the delivery ticket accepting responsibility for the product; and

 

  Ÿ  

the product is removed from the Company’s property for delivery.

These conditions are generally met when title passes, which is when boats are shipped to dealers in accordance with shipping terms, which are primarily free on board shipping point.

Dealers generally have no rights to return unsold boats. From time to time, however, the Company may accept returns in limited circumstances and at the Company’s discretion under its warranty policy, which generally limits returns to instances of manufacturing defects. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and record as a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product revenue is recognized. The Company may be obligated, in the event of default by a dealer, to accept returns of unsold boats under its repurchase commitment to floor financing providers, who are able to obtain such boats through foreclosure. The Company accrues estimated losses when a loss, due to the default of one of its dealers, is determined to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Refer to Note 5 and Note 13 related to the Company’s product warranty and repurchase commitment obligations, respectively.

Revenue from boat part sales is recorded as the product is shipped from the Company’s location, which is free on board shipping point.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Revenue associated with sales of materials, parts, boats or engine products sold under the Company’s exclusive manufacturing and distribution agreement with its Australian licensee are recognized under free on board port of disembarkment terms, the point at which the risks of ownership and loss pass to the licensee. The Company also earns royalties from its Australian licensee, which are accrued on a monthly basis based on a percentage of the licensee’s gross sales. Royalties earned are paid to the Company on a quarterly basis.

Revenue associated with sales to the independent representative responsible for international sales is recognized in accordance with free on board shipping point terms, the point at which the risks of ownership and loss pass to the representative. A fixed percentage discount is earned by the independent representative at the time of shipment to the representative as a reduction in the price of the boat and is recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as a reduction in sales.

Delivery Costs

Shipping and freight costs are included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Rebates, Promotions, Floor Financing and Incentives

The Company provides for various structured dealer rebate and sales promotions incentives, which are recognized as a reduction in net sales, at the time of sale to the dealer. Examples of such programs include rebates, seasonal discounts, promotional co-op arrangements and other allowances. Dealer rebates and sales promotion expenses are estimated based on current programs and historical achievement and/or usage rates. Actual results may differ from these estimates if market conditions dictate the need to enhance or reduce sales promotion and incentive programs or if dealer achievement or other items vary from historical trends.

Free floor financing incentives includes payments to the lenders providing floor plan financing to the dealers or directly to the dealers themselves. Free floor financing incentives are estimated at the time of sale to the dealer based on the expected expense to the Company over the term of the free flooring period, ending in April each year, and are recognized as a reduction in sales. The Company accounts for both incentive payments directly to dealers and payment to third party lenders in this manner.

Changes in the Company’s accrual for dealer rebates were as follows:

 

     As of June 30,     As of
September 30,
2013
(Unaudited)
 
     2012     2013    

Beginning balance

   $ 1,463      $ 1,801      $ 2,709   

Provision

     3,052        4,261        1,019   

Payments

     (2,714     (3,353     (1,864
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,801      $ 2,709      $ 1,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the Company’s accrual for flooring financing were as follows:

 

     As of June 30,     As of
September 30,
2013
(Unaudited)
 
     2012     2013    

Beginning balance

   $      $      $   

Provision

     2,132        2,413        1,318   

Payments

     (2,132     (2,413     (247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $      $      $ 1,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Accrued Expenses

The Company’s accrued expenses primarily consist of estimates for dealer rebates, promotions, floor financing, and incentives (see above), product warranties (see Note 5) and normal obligations for payroll and interest on the Company’s debt.

Derivative Instruments

The Company follows the guidance set forth in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” which requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether the derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction. As of June 30 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited), the Company had a derivative instrument in the form of an interest rate swap. Refer to Note 7 for additional information.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments for which the Company did not elect the fair value option include accounts receivable, prepaids and other current assets, short-term credit facilities, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments approximate their fair values as a result of their short-term nature or variable interest rates. Variable rate long-term debt issued by the Company was used to extinguish the existing fixed rate subordinated debt during 2013. The carrying value of the Company’s debt approximates fair value. The Company’s financial instruments are not held for trading purposes. Management believes that the carrying values of the financial instruments are reasonable estimates of fair value. See Note 8 for more information.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC Topic 820”) for fair value measurements of financial assets and financial liabilities, and for fair value measurements of nonfinancial items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. In addition to the financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis, certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities are to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with applicable GAAP. This includes items such as nonfinancial assets and liabilities initially measured at fair value in a business combination (but not measured at fair value in subsequent periods) and nonfinancial long-lived asset groups measured at fair value for an impairment assessment. In general, non-financial assets including goodwill, other intangible assets and property and equipment are measured at fair value when there is an indication of impairment and are recorded at fair value only when any impairment is recognized. See Note 8 for more information.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation, which includes profits interests granted to employees and directors pursuant to the Company’s limited liability company agreement entered into on August 7, 2006, as amended (the “LLC Agreement”), in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC Topic 718”). ASC Topic 718 requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that such cost be measured at the grant date fair value of the award.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Repurchase Commitments

In connection with its dealers’ wholesale floor-plan financing of boats, the Company has entered into repurchase agreements with various lending institutions. The repurchase commitment is on an individual unit basis with a term from the date it is financed by the lending institution through payment date by the dealer, generally not exceeding two and a half years. The total amount financed under the floor financing programs with repurchase obligations was $34,500 and $51,800 at June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $49,600 as of September 30, 2013 (unaudited). Such agreements are customary in the industry and the Company’s exposure to loss under such agreements is limited by contractual caps and the resale value of the inventory which is required to be repurchased. No units were repurchased for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 or the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited).

Debt Issuance Costs

In July 2013, deferred financing costs of $1,016 were capitalized with the issuance of the Company’s new revolving credit facility and long-term secured note and are being amortized over the terms of the underlying agreement. See Note 6 for more information. Unamortized debt issuance costs of $531 associated with the Company’s previously existing term note and revolving credit facility were expensed upon extinguishment of the debt. Amortization of deferred financing costs, including those related to the Company’s extinguishment, of $181, $181 and $148 were recorded for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $48 and $582 for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively. Unamortized debt issuance costs were $15 and $531 at June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $965 as of September 30, 2013 (unaudited). These amounts are classified as other assets, net and are amortized over the term of the debt into interest expense using the effective interest method.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses are included in selling and marketing expenses and were not material for fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 or for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011 and February 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to the balance sheet topic of the ASC, which requires entities to disclose both gross and net information about both derivatives and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting agreement. The objective of the disclosure is to facilitate comparison between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). This standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Retrospective presentation for all comparative periods presented is required. The adoption of the standard had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

In July 2012, the FASB issued guidance on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. Under the guidance, testing the decline in the realizable value (impairment) of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill has been simplified. The guidance allows an organization the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. An organization electing to perform a qualitative assessment is no longer required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the organization determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than

 

F-17


Table of Contents

not that the asset is impaired. The guidance is effective for impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. This guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

In September 2011, the FASB updated FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” This update gives an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under IFRS or GAAP. For GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS. ASU 2011-04 is effective for all interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operation or financial condition.

2. Inventories

Inventories, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of June 30,     As of
September 30,
2013

(Unaudited)
 
     2012     2013    

Raw materials

   $ 6,989      $ 7,796      $ 11,360   

Work in progress

     1,043        1,148        1,748   

Finished goods

     2,299        3,151        2,725   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory obsolescence reserve

     (1,208     (456     (545
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net inventory

   $ 9,123      $ 11,639      $ 15,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of June 30,     As of
September 30,
2013

(Unaudited)
 
     2012     2013    

Land

   $ 254      $ 254      $ 254   

Leasehold improvements

     1,085        1,604        1,640   

Machinery and equipment

     5,328        7,320        9,166   

Furniture and fixtures

     1,114        1,379        1,407   

Construction in process

     1,581        1,683        651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9,362        12,240        13,118   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (4,502     (5,592     (5,888
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,860      $ 6,648      $ 7,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense was $821, $895 and $1,090 for fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $322 and $296 for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, substantially all of which was recorded in cost of goods sold.

Sale-Leaseback Transaction

In March 2008, the Company sold its two primary manufacturing and office facilities for a total of $18,250, which resulted in a gain of $726. Expenses incurred related to the sale were $523. Simultaneous with the sale, the Company entered into an agreement to lease back the buildings for an initial term of 20 years. The net gain on this transaction of $203 has been deferred and is being amortized over the initial lease term. For each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, $11 of the realized gain was recognized. For each of the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), $3 of the realized gain was recognized.

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company’s intangible assets and goodwill consisted of the following:

 

     As of June 30, 2012  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
     Useful Life  

Definite-lived intangibles:

          

Dealer relationships

   $ 27,392       $ (20,258   $ 7,134         8 Years   

Patent

     1,386         (684     702         12 Years   

Trade name

     24,567         (9,690     14,877         15 Years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total definite-lived intangibles

     53,345         (30,632     22,713      

Goodwill

     5,718                5,718      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total intangible assets and goodwill

   $ 59,063       $ (30,632   $ 28,431      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
     As of June 30, 2013  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
     Useful Life  

Definite-lived intangibles:

          

Dealer relationships

   $ 27,392       $ (23,683   $ 3,709         8 Years   

Patent

     1,386         (799     587         12 Years   

Trade name

     24,567         (11,328     13,239         15 Years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total definite-lived intangibles

     53,345         (35,810     17,535      

Goodwill

     5,718                5,718      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total intangible assets and goodwill

   $ 59,063       $ (35,810   $ 23,253      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
     As of September 30, 2013 (Unaudited)  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
     Useful Life  

Definite-lived intangibles:

          

Dealer relationships

   $ 27,392       $ (24,539   $ 2,853         8 Years   

Patent

     1,386         (828     558         12 Years   

Trade name

     24,567         (11,737     12,830         15 Years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total definite-lived intangibles

     53,345         (37,104     16,241      

Goodwill

     5,718                5,718      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total intangible assets and goodwill

   $ 59,063       $ (37,104   $ 21,959      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Amortization expense recognized on all amortizable intangibles was $5,178 for each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and $1,294 for each of the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited). As of September 30, 2013 (unaudited), the weighted average useful lives for dealer relationships were 0.9 years, the weighted average useful lives for patents were 4.9 years and the weighted average useful lives for trade names were 7.9 years.

Estimated future amortization expenses were as follows:

 

Years Ending June 30,

   As of June 30, 2013  

2014

   $ 5,177   

2015

     2,039   

2016

     1,753   

2017

     1,753   

2018

     1,753   

Thereafter

     5,060   
  

 

 

 
   $ 17,535   
  

 

 

 

Estimated future amortization expense as of September 30, 2013 (unaudited), for the remainder of fiscal 2014 was $3,883.

5. Product Warranties

The Company provides a limited warranty for a period of up to three years for its products. The Company’s standard warranties require the Company or its dealers to repair or replace defective products during such warranty period at no cost to the consumer. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records as a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product revenue is recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. The Company utilizes historical trends and analytical tools to assist in determining the appropriate warranty liability. Adjustments made to provisional amounts related to prior periods were insignificant as of June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

Changes in the Company’s product warranty liability were as follows:

 

     As of June 30,     As of
September 30,
2013

(Unaudited)
 
     2012     2013    

Beginning balance

   $ 2,400      $ 3,863      $ 5,658   

Provision

     3,572        3,756        886   

Payments

     (2,109     (1,961     (612
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 3,863      $ 5,658      $ 5,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

6. Financing

Outstanding debt consisted of the following:

 

     As of June 30,     As of
September 30,
2013

(Unaudited)
 
     2012     2013    

Short-term debt

      

Notes payable—equipment

   $ 173      $ 76      $ 56   

Current maturities of long-term debt

     4,987        3,250        3,656   

Long-term debt

      

Notes payable—equipment

     76                 

Term loan

                   60,531   

Previous term loan

            20,263          

Previous term loan

     16,007                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     21,243        23,589        64,243   

Less current maturities

     (5,160     (3,326     (3,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt less current maturities

   $ 16,083      $ 20,263      $ 60,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-Term Debt

On March 31, 2011, the Company issued a promissory note to General Electric Capital Corporation in connection with the lease of production equipment for its manufacturing facility. Under the terms of the promissory note, payments of principal and interest are due in monthly installments with a final payment due in May 2014. As of September 30, 2013 (unaudited), the effective interest rate on the note was 7%.

Long-Term Debt

New Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan. On July 16, 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks led by SunTrust Bank that included a revolving credit facility and term loan (the “Credit Agreement”). The proceeds from the Credit Agreement were used to repay the Company’s previously existing revolving credit facility and term loan with the same bank.

The Credit Agreement is comprised of a $10,000 revolving commitment, none of which was outstanding as of September 30, 2013 (unaudited), and a $65,000 term loan commitment, $64,187 of which was outstanding as of September 30, 2013 (unaudited). The revolving credit facility and term loan are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the Company’s option of Bank Prime or London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus the applicable margin, as defined in the Credit Agreement. The term loan is payable in quarterly principal installments of $813 beginning September 30, 2013, increasing to $1,219 on September 30, 2014, increasing to $1,625 on September 30, 2015, increasing to $2,032 on September 30, 2016 and increasing to $2,438 on September 30, 2017 through March 30, 2018, with all unpaid principal due on July 16, 2018. Both the revolving loan commitment and the term loan commitment mature on July 16, 2018. As of September 30, 2013, the effective interest rates on the revolving and term loan commitments were 5.25% and 3.19%, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The Company has a swingline line of credit from SunTrust Bank in the principal amount of up to $2,000 due on or before July 16, 2018. Any amounts drawn under the swingline line of credit reduce the capacity under the revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2013 (unaudited), the Company had no outstanding balance under the swingline facility.

In addition, the Company has the ability to issue letters of credit under its new revolving credit and term loan agreement up to $3,000, none of which was outstanding as of September 30, 2013 (unaudited). This letter of credit availability may be reduced by borrowings under the revolving line of credit. The Company’s access to these letters of credit expires July 16, 2018 with the expiration of access to the revolving commitment.

Previous Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan. On July 11, 2012, the Company entered into a revolving credit and term loan agreement are comprised of a $5,000 revolving commitment and $28,500 term loan commitment with SunTrust Bank which were collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The proceeds from this revolving line of credit and term loan agreement were used to repay previously existing term and revolving loans. Borrowings against the revolving line of credit bore interest at the Company’s option of Bank Prime or LIBOR plus the applicable margin, as defined in the agreement. The Company had the ability to issue letters of credit under this agreement up to $3,000. At June 30, 2013, the effective rate on the previous revolving and term loan commitments were 6.5% and 3.94%, respectively.

The aggregate annual maturities on the line of credit and term loan were as follows:

 

Years Ending June 30,

   As of
June 30,
2013
     As of
September 30,
2013

(Unaudited)
 

2014

   $ 3,326       $ 2,493   

2015

     5,700         4,875   

2016

     5,700         6,500   

2017

     8,863         8,125   

2018

             42,250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,589       $ 64,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan Covenants

The Credit Agreement requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants that include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, and notice requirements for the occurrence of specific events such as pending or threatened labor disputes, litigation or judgments over a certain amount. The Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants, which, among other things, place limits on the Company’s activities and those of its subsidiaries, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional liens on property and limit the future payment of dividends or distributions. The Credit Agreement specifies permitted liens, permitted investments and permitted debt. Affirmative covenants governing the timing of monthly, quarterly and annual financial reporting, are also included in the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Credit Agreement (unaudited).

7. Derivative Instrument

On August 2, 2012, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a notional value of $14,250 which was entered into to hedge the variable rate interest payments on half of the long-

 

F-22


Table of Contents

term debt entered into during July 2012. Under the swap, the Company pays interest on a quarterly basis at a fixed rate of 0.61% and receives interest at a variable rate equal to one-month LIBOR. The notional amount of the swap reduces as mandatory debt principal payments under the Company’s July 2012 credit agreement were scheduled to amortize. The interest rate swap expires on June 30, 2017. Because management had not designated the swap as a hedge, the Company recorded the changes in fair value of the swap of $28 for the year ended June 30, 2013 and $(25) for the three months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited) in interest expense.

8. Fair Value Measurements

In determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, the Company employs a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. As defined in FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the exit price). Financial assets and financial liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value are categorized based on the reliability of inputs to the valuation techniques as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Financial assets and financial liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Financial assets and financial liabilities whose values are based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets; or valuation models whose inputs are observable, directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Financial assets and financial liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect the Company’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in valuing the financial assets and financial liabilities.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities that had recurring fair value measurements were as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
     Total      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

As of June 30, 2012:

           

Cash

   $ 14,797       $ 14,797       $       $   

Derivative instrument

                               
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 14,797       $ 14,797       $       $   

As of June 30, 2013:

           

Cash

   $ 15,957       $ 15,957       $       $   

Derivative instrument

                     28           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 15,957       $ 15,957       $ 28       $   

As of September 30, 2013 (Unaudited):

           

Cash

   $ 4,697       $ 4,697       $       $   

Derivative instrument

                     3           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 4,697       $ 4,697       $ 3       $   

Fair value measurements for the Company’s cash is classified under Level 1 because such measurements are based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets. Fair value measurements of the Company’s interest rate swap are classified under Level 2 because such measurements are based on significant other observable inputs. There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 in fiscal year 2012 or 2013.

The Company’s nonfinancial assets and liabilities that have nonrecurring fair value measurements include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangibles.

In assessing the need for goodwill impairment, management relies on a number of factors, including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, transactions and marketplace data. Accordingly, these fair value measurements fall in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company generally uses projected cash flows, discounted as necessary, to estimate the fair values of property, plant and equipment and intangibles using key inputs such as management’s projections of cash flows on a held-and-used basis (if applicable), management’s projections of cash flows upon disposition and discount rates. Accordingly, these fair value measurements fall in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. These assets and certain liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring (unaudited) basis as part of the Company’s impairment assessments and as circumstances require. The fair value of debt approximates the fair value.

There were no other impairments recorded in connection with tangible and intangible long-lived assets for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 or 2013 and for three months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

9. Dealer Network

As of September 30, 2013 (unaudited), the Company’s distribution channel consisted of 116 independent dealers in North America and 49 independent dealers across 36 countries outside of

 

F-24


Table of Contents

North America. The Company’s boats are the exclusive performance sport boats offered by the majority of its dealers. Additionally, the Company has an exclusive licensee in Australia that management believes is the largest performance sport boat manufacturer in that country.

No single dealer accounted for 10.0% or more of the Company’s unit volume for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013. The Company’s top ten dealers represented 31.8%, 32.7% and 36.1% of the Company’s volume for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

10. Product Liability

The Company is engaged in a business that exposes it to claims for product liability and warranty claims in the event the Company’s products actually or allegedly fail to perform as expected or the use of the Company’s products results, or is alleged to result, in property damage, personal injury or death. Although the Company maintains product and general liability insurance of the types and in the amounts that the Company believes are customary for the industry, the Company is not fully insured against all such potential claims. The Company may have the ability to refer claims to its suppliers and their insurers to pay the costs associated with any claims arising from the suppliers’ products. The Company’s insurance covers such claims that are not adequately covered by a supplier’s insurance and provides for excess secondary coverage above the limits provided by the Company’s suppliers.

The Company may experience legal claims in excess of its insurance coverage or claims that are not covered by insurance, either of which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse determination of material product liability and warranty claims made against the Company could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and harm its reputation. In addition, if any of the Company products are, or are alleged to be, defective, the Company may be required to participate in a recall of that product if the defect or alleged defect relates to safety. These and other claims that the Company faces could be costly to the Company and require substantial management attention.

11. Members’ Equity

The LLC Agreement specifies that ownership interests are comprised of Class A and Class B Units for investors and a series of Class M Units as profits interests. The LLC Agreement sets forth the terms of ownership of the Company’s units and how the profits, losses and gains will be allocated to the capital accounts of its members. The timing and aggregate amount of distributions to unit holders are determined at the sole discretion of the Company’s board of directors. Class A and B Units have voting units, and Class M Units do not have voting rights. Unless specifically agreed, holders of the Company’s ownership interest have no liability for the Company’s obligations.

Units are not transferable, except in limited circumstances as set out in the LLC Agreement.

Class M Units are subject to the terms of the applicable agreement governing the award, including vesting and repurchase rights at fair market value adjustment upon separation.

Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, certain eligible employees may be granted Class M Units. These profits interests may not be resold and unvested units are subject to forfeiture if the recipient’s employment is terminated. Forfeited unvested units are not entitled to future distributions. Under the LLC Agreement, distributions would have been made to the members in the following order of priority:

 

  Ÿ  

first, to the holders of Class B Units in proportion to their respective unrecovered capital contribution until each member’s unrecovered Class B capital is reduced to zero;

 

F-25


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

second, to each holder of Class A and B Units in proportion to their respective relative percentage interests; and

 

  Ÿ  

third, to each holder of Class A, B and M Units in proportion to their respective relative percentage interests, subject to distribution threshold amounts, pursuant to the terms of each corresponding Class M Unit agreement.

In July 2010 and December 2010, certain eligible employees were granted a total of 2,505 restricted and unvested Class M Units. In October 2011, certain eligible employees were granted 215 restricted and unvested Class M Units. These units vest at a rate of 25% annually on various anniversary dates and are exercisable in the event of a change in control transaction. In June 2012, certain eligible employees were granted 387 restricted and unvested Class M Units, which are exercisable in the event of a change in control transaction.

A detail of the Company’s outstanding restricted Class M Units for the year ended June 30, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Total
Units
June 30,
2010
     Units
Granted
     Units
Forfeited/
Repurchased
    Total
Units
June 30,
2011
     Units Vested
Through
June  30,
2011
     Units
Unvested
Through
June 30,
2011
 

Class M Units

             2,505         (449     2,056         469         1,587   

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

   $       $ 0.20       $ 0.20      $ 0.20       $ 0.20       $ 0.20   

A detail of the Company’s outstanding restricted Class M Units for the year ended June 30, 2012 is as follows:

 

     Total
Units
June 30,
2011
     Units
Granted
     Units
Forfeited/
Repurchased
    Total
Units
June 30,
2012
     Units Vested
Through
June 30,
2012
     Units
Unvested
Through
June 30,
2012
 

Class M Units

     2,056         602         (245     2,413         915         1,498   

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

   $ 0.20       $ 1.07       $ 0.16      $ 0.41       $ 0.22       $ 0.53   

A detail of the Company’s outstanding restricted Class M Units for the year ended June 30, 2013 is as follows:

 

     Total
Units
June 30,
2012
     Units
Granted
     Units
Forfeited
     Total
Units
June 30,
2013
     Units Vested
Through
June 30,
2013
     Units
Unvested
Through
June 30,
2013
 

Class M Units

     2,413                         2,413         1,421         992   

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

   $ 0.41                       $ 0.41       $ 0.23       $ 0.68   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

A detail of the Company’s outstanding restricted Class M Units for the three months ended September 30, 2013 is as follows:

 

     Total Units
June 30,
2013
     Units
Granted
(unaudited)
     Units
Forfeited
(unaudited)
    Total
Units
September 30,
2013
(unaudited)
     Units Vested
Through
September 30,
2013
(unaudited)
     Units
Unvested
Through
September 30,
2013

(unaudited)
 

Class M Units

     2,413                 (43     2,370         1,549         821   

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

   $ 0.41               $ 1.29      $ 0.40       $ 0.23       $ 0.72   

The fair value was based on the unit price at the date of grant. Stock compensation expense recognized was $118, $132 and $127 at June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $32 and $32 for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, related to the vesting of the Class M Units. The cash flow effects resulting from restricted unit awards were reflected as noncash operating activities. As of June 30, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited), $797, $670 and $583, respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested, share-based compensation remained.

12. Earnings (Loss) Per Unit

Earnings per unit reflect application of the two-class method. All classes of units participate in distributions based on the distributions priority described in Note 11. Basic earnings per unit is computed by dividing net income available to each class by the weighted average number of units outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per unit is calculated as net income available to each class of members of the Company, divided by the diluted weighted average number of units outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted average number of units is calculated to reflect the potential dilution pursuant to the treasury stock method. Basic and dilutive earnings per unit do not include distributions in excess of net income available to each class, as they were considered to be liquidating distributions, which were not required pursuant to the LLC Agreement or the applicable agreement governing the award.

The basic and diluted loss per unit calculations for the year ended June 30, 2011 were as follows (units in thousands):

 

     Basic Loss per Unit     Diluted Loss per Unit  
     Loss
Allocation(1)
    Weighted
Average
Units
Outstanding
     Loss
per Unit
    Loss
Allocation(1)
    Weighted
Average Units
Outstanding(2)
     Loss
per Unit
 

Class A Units

   $ (486     37,000       $ (0.01   $ (478     37,000       $ (0.01

Class B Units

     (51     3,885         (0.01     (50     3,885         (0.01

Class M Units

     (6     469         (0.01     (15     1,125         (0.01
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net Loss

   $ (543        $ (543     
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

 

 

(1) Net loss attributable to members of the Company is allocated to each class of units based on the distributions priority described in Note 11.
(2) For the year ended June 30, 2011, 169 Class M Units were not included in the computation of diluted loss per unit because their inclusion would have decreased loss per unit.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The basic and diluted earnings per unit calculations for the year ended June 30, 2012 were as follows (units in thousands):

 

     Basic Earnings per Unit      Dilutive Earnings per Unit  
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average
Units
Outstanding
     Earnings
per Unit
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average Units
Outstanding(2)
     Earnings
per Unit
 

Class A Units

   $ 9,472         36,875       $ 0.26       $ 9,377         36,875       $ 0.25   

Class B Units

     1,523         3,885         0.39         1,513         3,885         0.39   

Class M Units

     111         915         0.12         216         1,824         0.12   
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

Net Income

   $ 11,106             $ 11,106         
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

 

(1) Net income attributable to members of the Company is allocated to each class of units based on the distributions priority described in Note 11.
(2) For the year ended June 30, 2012, 300 Class M Units were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per unit because their inclusion would have increased earnings per unit. In addition, 387 Class M Units vest upon a liquidity condition which is satisfied upon occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as a change in control transaction. Because these restricted units had no rights to undistributed earnings, they were excluded from basic and diluted earnings per unit.

The basic and diluted earnings per unit calculations for the year ended June 30, 2013 were as follows (units in thousands):

 

     Basic Earnings per Unit      Dilutive Earnings per Unit  
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average
Units
Outstanding
     Earnings
per Unit
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average Units
Outstanding(2)
     Earnings
per Unit
 

Class A Units

   $ 15,714         36,742       $ 0.43       $ 15,514         36,742       $ 0.42   

Class B Units

     1,662         3,885         0.43         1,640         3,885         0.42   

Class M Units

     608         1,421         0.43         830         1,964         0.42   
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

Net Income

   $ 17,984             $ 17,984         
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

 

(1) Net income attributable to members of the Company is allocated to each class of units based on the distributions priority described in Note 11.
(2) For the year ended June 30, 2013, 387 Class M Units vest upon a liquidity condition which is satisfied upon occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as a change in control transaction. Because these restricted units had no rights to undistributed earnings, they were excluded from basic and diluted earnings per unit.

The basic and diluted earnings per unit calculations for the three months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) were as follows (units in thousands):

 

     Basic Earnings per Unit      Dilutive Earnings per Unit  
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average
Units
Outstanding
     Earnings
per Unit
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average Units
Outstanding(2)
     Earnings
per Unit
 

Class A Units

     563         36,742       $ 0.02         552         36,742       $ 0.02   

Class B Units

     60         3,885         0.02         58         3,885         0.02   

Class M Units

     16         1,042         0.02         29         1,906         0.02   
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

Net Income

   $ 639             $ 639         
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

F-28


Table of Contents

 

 

(1) Net income attributable to members of the Company is allocated to each class of units based on the distributions priority described in Note 11.
(2) For the three months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited), 7 Class M Units were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per unit because their inclusion would have increased earnings per unit. In addition, 387 Class M Units vest upon a liquidity condition which is satisfied upon occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as a change in control transaction. Because these restricted units had no rights to undistributed earnings, they were excluded from basic and diluted earnings per unit.

The basic and diluted earnings per unit calculations for the three months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited) were as follows (units in thousands):

 

     Basic Earnings per Unit      Dilutive Earnings per Unit  
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average
Units
Outstanding
     Earnings
per Unit
     Income
Allocation(1)
     Weighted
Average Units
Outstanding(2)
     Earnings
per Unit
 

Class A Units

   $ 4,512         36,742       $ 0.12       $ 4,469         36,742       $ 0.12   

Class B Units

     477         3,885         0.12         473         3,885         0.12   

Class M Units

     190         1,549         0.12         237         1,949         0.12   
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

Net Income

   $ 5,179             $ 5,179         
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

 

(1) Net income attributable to members of the Company is allocated to each class of units based on the distributions priority described in Note 11.
(2) For the three months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited), 48 Class M Units were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per unit because their inclusion would have increased earnings per unit. In addition, 387 Class M Units vest upon a liquidity condition which is satisfied upon occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as a change in control transaction. Because these restricted units had no rights to undistributed earnings, they were excluded from basic and diluted earnings per unit.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Repurchase Commitments

In connection with its dealers’ wholesale floor-plan financing of boats, the Company has entered into repurchase agreements with various lending institutions. The reserve methodology used to record an estimated expense and loss reserve in each accounting period is based upon an analysis of likely repurchases based on current field inventory and likelihood of repurchase. Subsequent to the inception of the repurchase commitment, the Company evaluates the likelihood of repurchase and adjusts the estimated loss reserve and related income statement account accordingly. This potential loss reserve is presented in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If the Company were obligated to repurchase a significant number of units under any repurchase agreement, its business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Repurchases and subsequent sales are recorded as a revenue transaction. The net difference between the original repurchase price and the resale price is recorded against the loss reserve and presented in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated income statements. Repurchase activity and related reserves were immaterial as of June 30, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist which could result in a loss, but which will only be resolved when future events occur. The Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, assesses such

 

F-29


Table of Contents

contingent liabilities, and such assessments inherently involve an exercise of judgment. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred, the Company accrues for such contingent loss when it can be reasonably estimated. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable but reasonably estimable, or is probable but cannot be estimated, the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, is disclosed. Estimates of potential legal fees and other directly related costs associated with contingencies are not accrued but rather are expensed as incurred. Except as disclosed above, management does not believe there are any pending claims (asserted or unasserted) at June 30, 2012 or 2013 or at September 30, 2013 (unaudited) that will have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Lease Commitments

In connection with a sale-leaseback transaction as of March 2008, the Company now leases its manufacturing and office facilities for $156 per month with periodic inflationary adjustments, plus the payment of property taxes, normal maintenance, and insurance on the property under an agreement which expires March 2028, with three ten-year options to extend, at the Company’s discretion. For more information, see Note 3.

The total rental expense for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $1,771, $1,817 and $1,889, respectively. Rental expense for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited) was $460 and $511, respectively.

The total minimum rental commitments due were as follows:

 

Years Ending June 30,

   As of
June 30,
2013
     As of
September 30,
2013

(Unaudited)
 

2014

   $ 1,914       $ 1,403   

2015

     1,877         1,877   

2016

     1,877         1,877   

2017

     1,877         1,877   

2018

     1,924         1,924   

Thereafter

     21,159         21,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 30,628       $ 30,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Related Party Transactions

On July 11, 2012, the Company reinstated certain payment provisions of a management agreement with an equity sponsor. Under the terms of the management agreement, as amended, the Company agreed to pay a management fee of $1,831 for periods prior to June 30, 2012, $250 for the period July 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 and $750 per annum beginning January 1, 2013, all of which is payable in advance. Total payments associated with the management services for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited) were $0, $0, $2,831, $2,081 and $0, respectively, all of which are recorded as general and administrative expense.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

15. Segment Reporting

The Company operates as one operating segment—the manufacturing, distribution, marketing and sale of performance sport boats. The Company considers an operating segment to be a component of an entity for which discrete financial information is available for such component and the operating results for such segment are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), as defined by FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” to assess performance and allocate Company resources. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer serves as the CODM. The Company relied upon the following factors in determining that it operates as a single operating segment: (i) the similar nature of the products sold by the Company; (ii) the centralized production and management structure of the Company, which supports all marketing, selling and customer service efforts worldwide; and (iii) the consolidated nature of the reports reviewed by the CODM for purposes of assessing the Company’s performance and allocating its resources.

16. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet dates of June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013 through December 13, 2013, the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

On November 1, 2013, the Company granted 1,986 Class M Units to certain members of management subject to the terms of the LLC Agreement, which include among other things, repurchase rights and transferability. Distributions are made to each holder of the Class M Units in proportion to the holder’s ownership percentage, subject to distribution threshold amounts, pursuant to the terms of each individual Class M membership unit agreement. Under these agreements, all the Class M Units will vest either (i) on the six-month anniversary following the occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as a change in control transaction, or (ii) in the event of an initial public offering, one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of September 30, 2013. The fair value of the Class M Units issued on November 1, 2013 was $3,189. The fair value was calculated using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method under which the Company’s enterprise value was estimated at the date of potential future outcomes, such as an initial public offering, strategic sale, staying private or liquidation. In connection with such estimation, each potential outcome is weighted according to the likelihood of such potential future outcome occurring.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS

Unless otherwise noted or indicated by context, the following terms used in this prospectus have the following meanings:

“Hull” refers to the main body of the boat, including the bottom and sides.

“Inboard boat” refers to a boat in which a fixed motor is attached to the inside of the hull, the shaft and propeller are fixed, the propeller is located underneath the boat, and the boat is maneuvered by means of a rudder mounted behind the propeller.

“Jet boat” refers to an inboard boat that is propelled by a water jet instead of a propeller, where water is drawn from under the boat into a pump inside the boat and expelled through a nozzle at the stern of the boat, and the boat is maneuvered by directing the thrust provided by the nozzle.

“Outboard boat” refers to a boat for which the motor and propeller are a single unit that is mounted on the transom of the boat, but are independent of the hull, where the boat is maneuvered by turning the entire motor and directing the thrust provided by the propeller.

“Picklefork bow design” refers to a boat shape characterized by a bow that comes to two forward points on opposite sides of the boat centerline, as opposed to a traditional bow boat with a single forward point on the centerline, whose functions include creating more seating room in the bow of the boat and the potential for a front entry-point between the two forward points.

“Power Wedge” refers to our technology that enables boaters to customize the size and shape of the boat’s wake by maneuvering an electronically controlled foil located at the bottom of the transom of a boat.

“Stern” refers to the rear or aft-most part of a boat.

“Sterndrive boat” refers to an inboard/outboard boat for which a fixed motor is located inside the hull and the rear unit is located outside the hull of the boat producing directional thrust via a propeller.

“Surf Gate” refers to our technology that allows users to surf on either side of the boat’s wake by maneuvering electronically controlled panels located on the outside of the transom of a boat to deflect water traveling past the stern.

“Tower” refers to a part of a boat that is mounted to both sides of the boat and extends above the boat for attaching a towline for wakeboarding behind the boat, allowing wakeboarders to elevate their jumps. Wakeboards, speakers, lighting and other equipment can be mounted on a boat’s tower.

“Transom” refers to the surface that forms the stern of a boat.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LIFE WITHOUT LIMITS


Table of Contents

 

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES                   WELLS FARGO  SECURITIES

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY   

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS

Until                      (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade in Class A Common Stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                    , 2014

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

Information Not Required In Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The table below sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of Class A Common Stock being registered hereby. All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the SEC, FINRA and Nasdaq.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 14,812   

FINRA filing fee

     17,750   

Nasdaq listing fee

     125,000   

Printing expenses

     200,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,250,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     500,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     5,800   

Miscellaneous expenses

     150,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,263,362   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our certificate of incorporation limits or eliminates the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that allow us to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent allowed by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. These documents further provide that we shall pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which such officer or director may be entitled to indemnification in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

In addition to the foregoing provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our officers and directors may be indemnified by us pursuant to Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made by a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We intend to maintain an insurance policy on behalf of our officers and directors against liability asserted against or incurred by such persons in or arising from their capacity as such.

In connection with the sale of Class A Common Stock being registered hereby, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and by our certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On November 1, 2013, we issued 100 shares of Class A Common Stock, par $0.01 per share, to BC-Malibu Boats GP, our sole stockholder. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering. In connection with this offering, these shares of Class A Common Stock will be repurchased from BC-Malibu Boats GP for fair market value and cancelled.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Malibu Boats, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of Malibu Boats, Inc.
  3.3    Certificate of Formation of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC**
  4.1    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate
  4.2    Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate
  5.1    Opinion of Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis, LLP*
10.1    Credit Agreement by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, SunTrust Bank and the other Lenders and Guarantors defined therein, dated July 16, 2013†
10.1.1    First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, SunTrust Bank and the other Lenders and Guarantors defined therein, dated January 3, 2014
10.2    Security Agreement by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, Malibu Boats Domestic International Sales Corp. and SunTrust Bank, dated July 16, 2013**
10.3    Trademark and Patent Security Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and SunTrust Bank, dated July 16, 2013
10.4    ISDA Master Agreement by and between SunTrust Bank and Malibu Boats, LLC, dated July 17, 2012
10.5    Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement by and between SunTrust Bank and Malibu Boats, LLC, dated July 17, 2012
10.6    Confirmation of Swap Transaction by and between SunTrust Bank and Malibu Boats, LLC, dated August 2, 2012†
10.7    Master Lease Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Spirit Master Funding IV, LLC, dated March 31, 2008**
10.8    Sublease by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Spirit Master Funding IV, LLC, dated March 31, 2008**

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.9    Management Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC (f/k/a Malibu Investor, LLC), dated August 7, 2006
10.10    First Amendment and Waiver to Management Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC (f/k/a Malibu Investor, LLC), dated September 29, 2009
10.11    Second Amendment to Management Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, dated July 11, 2012
10.12    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, Inc. and Ritchie Anderson**
10.13    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, Inc. and Jack Springer**
10.14    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, Inc. and Wayne Wilson**
10.15    Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.15.1    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
10.15.2    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
10.15.3    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
10.15.4    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
10.16    Form of Exchange Agreement by and among the Company and Affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC and Horizon Holdings, LLC**
10.16.1    Form of Exchange Agreement by and among the Company and Other Members of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC**
10.17    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement**
10.18    Form of Registration Rights Agreement**
10.19    Form of Indemnification Agreement**
10.20    Form of Voting Agreement**
10.21    Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Ritchie Anderson, dated June 28, 2011
10.22    Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Jack Springer, dated February 1, 2010
10.23    Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Wayne Wilson, dated April 19, 2010
14.1    Code of Business Ethics
21.1    Subsidiaries of Malibu Boats, Inc.
23.1    Consent of McGladrey LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Malibu Boats, Inc.
23.2    Consent of McGladrey LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC
23.3    Consent of Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement)**
99.1    Consent of James R. Buch to be named as a director nominee**
99.2    Consent of Ivar S. Chhina to be named as a director nominee**
99.3    Consent of Michael J. Connolly to be named as a director nominee**

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

99.4    Consent of Peter E. Murphy to be named as a director nominee**
99.5    Consent of John E. Stokely to be named as a director nominee**

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Loudon, State of Tennessee, on January 8, 2014.

 

MALIBU BOATS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jackie D. Springer, Jr.

  Jackie D. Springer, Jr.
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jackie D. Springer, Jr.

Jackie D. Springer, Jr.

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal executive officer)

  January 8, 2014

*

Wayne R. Wilson

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal financial and accounting officer)

  January 8, 2014

/s/ Michael K. Hooks

Michael K. Hooks

   Chairman of the Board and Director   January 8, 2014

*

Mark W. Lanigan

   Director   January 8, 2014

*

Phillip S. Estes

   Director   January 8, 2014

 

* By:

 

/s/ Michael K. Hooks

Michael K. Hooks

Attorney-in-fact

   

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Malibu Boats, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of Malibu Boats, Inc.
  3.3    Certificate of Formation of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC**
  4.1    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate
  4.2    Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate
  5.1    Opinion of Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis, LLP*
10.1    Credit Agreement by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, SunTrust Bank and the other Lenders and Guarantors defined therein, dated July 16, 2013†
10.1.1    First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, SunTrust Bank and the other Lenders and Guarantors defined therein, dated January 3, 2014
10.2    Security Agreement by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, Malibu Boats Domestic International Sales Corp. and SunTrust Bank, dated July 16, 2013**
10.3    Trademark and Patent Security Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and SunTrust Bank, dated July 16, 2013
10.4    ISDA Master Agreement by and between SunTrust Bank and Malibu Boats, LLC, dated July 17, 2012
10.5    Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement by and between SunTrust Bank and Malibu Boats, LLC, dated July 17, 2012
10.6    Confirmation of Swap Transaction by and between SunTrust Bank and Malibu Boats, LLC, dated August 2, 2012†
10.7    Master Lease Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Spirit Master Funding IV, LLC, dated March 31, 2008**
10.8    Sublease by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Spirit Master Funding IV, LLC, dated March 31, 2008**
10.9    Management Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC (f/k/a Malibu Investor, LLC), dated August 7, 2006
10.10    First Amendment and Waiver to Management Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC (f/k/a Malibu Investor, LLC), dated September 29, 2009
10.11    Second Amendment to Management Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, dated July 11, 2012
10.12    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, Inc. and Ritchie Anderson**

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.13    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, Inc. and Jack Springer**
10.14    Form of Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, Inc. and Wayne Wilson**
10.15    Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.15.1    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
10.15.2    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
10.15.3    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
10.15.4    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
10.16    Form of Exchange Agreement by and among the Company and Affiliates of Black Canyon Capital LLC and Horizon Holdings, LLC**
10.16.1    Form of Exchange Agreement by and among the Company and Other Members of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC**
10.17    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement**
10.18    Form of Registration Rights Agreement**
10.19    Form of Indemnification Agreement**
10.20    Form of Voting Agreement**
10.21    Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Ritchie Anderson, dated June 28, 2011
10.22    Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Jack Springer, dated February 1, 2010
10.23    Employment Agreement by and between Malibu Boats, LLC and Wayne Wilson, dated April 19, 2010
14.1    Code of Business Ethics
21.1    Subsidiaries of Malibu Boats, Inc.
23.1    Consent of McGladrey LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Malibu Boats, Inc.
23.2    Consent of McGladrey LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC
23.3    Consent of Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement)**
99.1    Consent of James R. Buch to be named as a director nominee**
99.2    Consent of Ivar S. Chhina to be named as a director nominee**
99.3    Consent of Michael J. Connolly to be named as a director nominee**
99.4    Consent of Peter E. Murphy to be named as a director nominee**
99.5    Consent of John E. Stokely to be named as a director nominee**

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-8

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE 1

NAME

The name of the Corporation is Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE 2

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, in the County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3

PURPOSE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any and all lawful acts or activities for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law as now or hereafter in force (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE 4

CAPITALIZATION

A. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 150,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), (ii) 25,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), and (iii) 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

B. Any of the shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Subject to the limitations and restrictions in this Article 4 set forth, the Board of Directors, by resolution or resolutions, is authorized to create or provide for any such series, and to fix the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, the authority to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, exchange rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking and purchase fund provisions), the redemption price or prices, the dissolution preferences and the rights in respect to any distribution of assets of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting any such series, and the designation thereof, or any of them and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series so created, subsequent to the issue of that series but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

C. There shall be no limitation or restriction on any variation between any of the different series of Preferred Stock as to the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof; and the several series of Preferred Stock may, except as

 

1


hereinafter in this Article 4 otherwise expressly provided, vary in any and all respects as fixed and determined by the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, providing for the issuance of the various series;  provided however , that all shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall have the same designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions.

D. Except as otherwise required by law, or as otherwise fixed by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors with respect to one or more series of Preferred Stock, the entire voting power and all voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Common Stock.

E. Each holder of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however , that to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

F. Each holder of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by such holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) the total number of LLC Units (as defined in the Exchange Agreement dated on or about the date hereof as amended from time to time (the “Exchange Agreement”)), by and among the Corporation and the holders of LLC Units from time to time party thereto), held of record by such holder multiplied by (y) the Exchange Rate (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

G. Except as otherwise required in this Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock).

H. The Corporation shall at all times when any LLC Units shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding LLC Units in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding LLC Units, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock to such number as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

ARTICLE 5

DIVIDENDS; LIQUIDATION; TRANSFERS OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK

A. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, stock of any corporation or property of the Corporation, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine. Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

 

2


B. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

C. In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held by a holder of a LLC Unit, such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation and thereupon shall be retired. Upon any transfer of LLC Units in accordance with the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, as amended, the Corporation shall issue to and register in the name of the transferee of such LLC Units, one share of Class B Common Stock.

ARTICLE 6

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

A. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the law of the State of Delaware or this Certificate of Incorporation.

B. The stockholders are expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of holders of 66  2 3 %   of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE 7

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

B. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the limits specified in the Corporation’s Bylaws or in this Article 7, by the Board of Directors.

C. Each director shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal. Should a vacancy in the Board of Directors occur or be created, the remaining directors (even though less than a quorum) may fill the vacancy for the remaining term of the occurring or created vacancy. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

D. A director of the Corporation may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other members of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), any such director may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of such class or series entitled to vote in the election of such director. For the purposes of this provision, “cause” means an unappealable conviction of a felony, unsound mind, adjudication of bankruptcy, nonacceptance of office or conduct prejudicial to the interests of the Corporation.

E. Subject to the special right of the holders of any class or series of stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation; the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of this

 

3


Certificate of Incorporation; and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation. Each director in each class shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in the third year following the year of their election, with each director in each such class to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

E. No cumulative voting shall be allowed in the election of directors.

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of this Certificate of Incorporation   may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), nor may any provision inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, except that any alteration to, amendment or repeal of, or provision inconsistent with Article 6, 7, 8 or 10 must be approved by the affirmative vote of holders of 66  2 3 % of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE 9

LIMITATION ON PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS; INDEMNIFICATION

A. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, or modification or repeal of, this Article 9 shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal. This Article 9 does not affect the availability of equitable remedies for breach of fiduciary duties.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation shall promptly pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any person described in paragraph A of this Article 9 in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, including appeals, upon presentation of an undertaking on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 9 or otherwise. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in paragraph C of this Article 9, the Corporation shall be required to pay expenses of a person described in such sentence in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) by such person was authorized by the Board. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.

C. If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article 9 is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by any person described in paragraph A of this Article 9 has been received by the Corporation, such person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that such person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

D. To the fullest extent permitted by the law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in Paragraph A of this Article 9 against any liability asserted against such person, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article 9 or otherwise.

 

4


E. The rights of indemnification provided in this Article 9 shall neither be exclusive of, nor be deemed in limitation of, any rights to which any person may otherwise be or become entitled or permitted by contract, this Certificate of Incorporation, the by-laws of the Corporation, vote of stockholders or directors or otherwise, or as a matter of law, both as to actions in such person’s official capacity and actions in any other capacity, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of any person whom the Corporation is obligated to indemnify pursuant to paragraph A of this Article 9 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Article 9 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to, and purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of, persons other than persons described in paragraph B of this Article 9.

F. The provisions of this Article 9 shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before or after its adoption, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or administrators of such person. The provisions of this Article 9 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer (or legal representative thereof) who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article 9 and the relevant provisions of the law of the State of Delaware and other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article 9 shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring prior to such alteration, amendment or repeal, or any action, suit or proceeding then or theretofore existing, or any action, suit or proceeding thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part on any such state of facts, act or omission.

ARTICLE 10

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

A. Subject to the rights of any holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders.

B. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Chair of the Board or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 11

FORUM

Except for (i) actions in which the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware concludes that an indispensable party is not subject to the jurisdiction of the Delaware courts, and (ii) actions in which a federal court has assumed exclusive jurisdiction of a proceeding, any derivative action brought by or on behalf of the Corporation, and any direct action brought by a stockholder against the Corporation or any of its directors or officers, alleging a violation of the DGCL, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or breach of fiduciary duties or other violation of Delaware decisional law relating to the internal affairs of the Corporation, shall be brought in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware, which shall be the sole and exclusive forum for such proceedings; provided, however , that the Corporation may consent to an alternative forum for any such proceedings upon the approval of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 12

INCORPORATOR

The name of the incorporator of the Corporation is David G. Wilson, and his address is 511 Union Street, Suite 2700, Nashville, Tennessee 37219.

 

5


Dated this 1 st day of November, 2013.

 

/s/ David G. Wilson

David G. Wilson, Incorporator

 

6

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may designate that any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place within or outside the State of Delaware or specify solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 2. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on such date and at such time as is specified by the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors to succeed those whose terms expire and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of Article 2.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”). Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to business brought by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, shall be given, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation).

(a) Form of Notice. All such notices shall be delivered in writing or by a form of electronic transmission if receipt thereof has been consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. Subject to the limitations of Section 4(c) of this Article 2, if given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered: (i) by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting

 

1


and (y) the giving of such separate notice; and (iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or entity entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(c) Notice by Electronic Delivery . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder of the Corporation to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process.

Section 5. List of Stockholders . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make available, at least ten days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (or, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place, if any, of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the outstanding voting power of all shares of capital stock entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed. If a quorum is not present, the chair of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time or place. When a specified item of business requires a separate vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a class or series, the holders of a majority of the voting power of such class or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned

 

2


meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than ten days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, all election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and, except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively. For purposes of these Bylaws, a share of capital stock present at a meeting, but for which there is an abstention or as to which a stockholder gives no authority or direction as to a particular proposal or director nominee, shall be counted as present for the purpose of establishing a quorum but shall not be counted as a vote cast. The provisions of this Section 8 will govern with respect to all votes of stockholders except as otherwise provided for in these Bylaws of in the Certificate of Incorporation or by some specific statutory provision, regulation or rule superseding the provisions contained in these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these Bylaws, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

Section 11. Business Brought Before a Meeting of the Stockholders .

(a) Annual Meetings.

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be considered and such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations and other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and must be (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (I) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed or such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time the notice provided for in paragraph (a) of this Section 11 of this Article 2 is delivered to the secretary of the Corporation and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting of stockholders, (II) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (III) complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 11 of this Article 2. The foregoing clause (D) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) at an annual meeting of stockholders. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices

 

3


of the Corporation, not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the prior year, notice by the stockholder must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of the annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the Public Announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no Public Announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a) of this Section 11 of this Article 2 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(ii) A stockholder’s notice providing for the nomination of a person or persons for election as a director or directors of the Corporation shall set forth (A) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made (and for purposes of clauses (II) through (IX) below, including any interests described therein held by any affiliates or associates (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for purposes of these Bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner or by any member of such stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household, in each case as of the date of such stockholder’s notice, which information shall be confirmed or updated, if necessary, by such stockholder and beneficial owner as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such confirmation or update shall be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth business day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth business day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof)) (I) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (II) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) (provided that a person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future) and owned of record by such stockholder or beneficial owner, (III) the class or series, if any, and number of options, warrants, puts, calls, convertible securities, stock appreciation rights, or similar rights, obligations or commitments with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, right, obligation or commitment shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation (each a “ Derivative Security ”), which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by such stockholder or beneficial owner, (IV) any agreement, arrangement, understanding, or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or beneficial owner with respect to any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, or that provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series or capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, (V) a description of any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit (including any performance-based fees) derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares or other securities of the Corporation, (VI) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner has a right to vote any shares or other securities of the Corporation, (VII) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or such

 

4


beneficial owner that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (VIII) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Securities held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or beneficial owner is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, if any, (IX) a description of all agreements, arrangements, and understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner and any other person(s) (including their name(s)) in connection with or related to the ownership or voting of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Securities, (X) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (XI) a statement as to whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to elect such stockholder’s nominees or otherwise to solicit proxies from the stockholders in support of such nomination and (XII) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination, and (B) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (I) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (II) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K (or any successor rule) if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (III) a completed and signed questionnaire regarding the background and qualifications of such person to serve as a director, a copy of which may be obtained upon request to the secretary of the Corporation, (IV) all information with respect to such person that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 11 of this Article 2 if such person were a stockholder or beneficial owner, on whose behalf the nomination was made, submitting a notice providing for the nomination of a person or persons for election as a director or directors of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 11 of this Article 2, and (V) such additional information that the Corporation may reasonably request to determine the eligibility or qualifications of such person to serve as a director or an independent director of the Corporation, or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the qualifications or independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee as a director.

(iii) Other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors, a stockholder’s notice regarding business proposed to be brought before a meeting of stockholders shall set forth (A) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, the information called for by clauses (A)(I) through (A)(IX) of the immediately preceding paragraph (ii) (including any interests described therein held by any affiliates or associates of such stockholder or beneficial owner or by any member of such stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household, in each case as of the date of such stockholder’s notice, which information shall be confirmed or updated, if necessary, by such stockholder and beneficial owner as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten business days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such confirmation or update shall be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth business day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth business day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten business days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof)), (B) a brief description of (I) the business desired to be brought before such meeting, (II) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and (III) any material interest of such stockholder or beneficial owner in such business, including a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner and any other person(s) (including the name(s) of such other person(s)) in

 

5


connection with or related to the proposal of such business by the stockholder, (C) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (I) a statement as to whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal and (II) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (D) if the matter such stockholder proposes to bring before any meeting of stockholders involves an amendment to the Bylaws, the specific wording of such proposed amendment, (E) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business and (F) such additional information that the Corporation may reasonably request regarding such stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, or the business that such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

(iv) The presiding officer of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not properly made or any business was not properly brought before the meeting, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11 of this Article 2; if he or she should so determine, and so declare to the meeting, any such nomination not properly made or any business not properly brought before the meeting, as the case may be, shall not be considered or transacted.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. The notice of such special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time the notice provided for in this paragraph (b) of this Section 11 of this Article 2 is delivered to the Corporation’s secretary and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and (C) complies with the notice procedures set forth in the following sentence of this paragraph (b) of this Section 11 of this Article 2. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 11 of this Article 2 shall be received by the Corporation’s secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of a special meeting or the public announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General .

(i) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of this Article 2 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of this Article 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of this Article 2, if the stockholder (or a

 

6


qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

(ii) For purposes of this section, “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of this Article 2, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11 of this Article 2; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to any nomination or other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 11 of this Article 2.

(iv) Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to (A) affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, or (C) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, except as otherwise required by law, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

Section 13. Conduct of Meetings .

(a) Generally . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chair of the Board or, if he or she is unavailable, by another person designated by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence or disability the chair of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The chair of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when

 

7


the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chair shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time.

(c) Inspectors of Elections . The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to such powers as are herein and in the Certificate of Incorporation expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.

Section 2. Number . The Board of Directors shall consist of such number of members not less than three nor more than 11, the exact number of which within such range shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Election . Members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of such directors.

Section 4. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chair of the Board, if any, or upon the written request of at least a majority of the directors then in office. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 5. Notice of Meetings . Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice shall be required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 5 of this Article 3, in which notice shall be stated the time and place of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) 24 hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by facsimile, email or similar means or (b) five days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission from the director entitled to the notice and filed with the minutes or corporate records.

 

8


Section 6. Waiver of Notice . Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 7. Chair of the Board; Quorum; Required Vote and Adjournment . The Board of Directors may elect, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, a Chair of the Board. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of Chair of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chair of the Board is not present at a meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. A majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Committees . The Board of Directors (a) may, by resolution passed by a majority of the directors then in office, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation and (b) shall during such period of time as any securities of the Corporation are listed on any exchange, by resolution passed by a majority of the directors then in office, designate all committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or as required by the rules and regulations of such exchange, if applicable. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

Section 9. Committee Rules . Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee or as otherwise provided herein or required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Meetings and action of committees of the Board of Directors shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of this Article 3, Sections 4 (regular meetings and special meetings), 5 (notice of meetings), 6 (waiver of notice) and 10 (action by written consent), with such changes in the contest of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members.

Section 10. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent

 

9


thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 11. Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as is convenient. The Chair of the Board, if any, shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as is convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at its discretion, with or without cause.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

Section 6. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, subject in all cases to the orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors.

Section 7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law, and shall have such powers and perform such

 

10


duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe. The Secretary and any Assistant Secretary shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to those positions.

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chair of the Board or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the Corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position.

Section 9. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 10. Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE 5

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, whose facsimile signature has been used on or who has duly affixed a facsimile signature or signatures to any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates, whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon or who duly affixed a facsimile signature or signatures thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or

 

11


certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of shareholders are identical, whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 3. Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by the laws of Delaware.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings which is expressly governed by Section 12 of Article 2 hereof), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 5. Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

Section 2. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc . All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

 

12


Section 3. Contracts . In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to Article 4 hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . Subject to compliance with applicable law (including Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be July 1 to June 30 or such other year as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . The Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of security holders of or with respect to any action of security holders of any other corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other entity in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other entity, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote or act with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 7. Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records . The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, unless and until authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

Section 10. Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 11. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, the provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE 7

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification and Advancement . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in

 

13


any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ ERISA ”), penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 1 of this Article 7 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 1 of this Article 7 shall be a contract right. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ advance of expenses ”); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 of this Article 7 or otherwise. The Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification . Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation or advance of expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and charges) under this Section 2 of this Article 7 shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this Article 7 if required), upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the Corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article 7 is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty days to a written request for indemnity, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this Article 7 if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article 7 shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this Article 7, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an

 

14


advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 7 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation. The procedure for indemnification of other employees and agents for whom indemnification and advancement of expenses is provided pursuant to Section 1 of this Article 7 shall be the same procedure set forth in this Section 2 of this Article 7 for directors or officers, unless otherwise set forth in the action of the Board of Directors providing indemnification and advancement of expenses for such employee or agent.

Section 3. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries . Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “ subsidiary ” for this Article 7) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 5. Reliance . Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this Article 7 in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article 7 shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article 7 that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights to Indemnification . The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article 7 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this Article 7 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article 7 is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article 7 or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

Section 7. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article 7, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article 7 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 8. Savings Clause . If this Article 7 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this Article 7 as to all expense, liability and loss (including

 

15


attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this Article 7 to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article 7 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

16

Exhibit 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC

 

  1. The name of the limited liability company is Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC.

 

  2. The name and address of its registered agent is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC this 6 th day of July, 2006.

 

/s/ Paras Mehta

Paras Mehta
Authorized Person

Exhibit 4.1     

 

Certificate No.    Shares

A [      ]

  

[    ]

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01

CUSIP                 

See reverse for certain definitions

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

[          ]

is the record holder of

[            ]

fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Class A common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of

Malibu Boats, Inc.

(the “Corporation”) transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers this        day of              ,                  .

 

 

     [CORPORATE SEAL]             

 

 
Jack Springer, Chief Executive Officer       Wayne Wilson, Chief Financial Officer


THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM -- as tenants in common

 

TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN -- as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT --

 

 

 

Custodian

 

 

 

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

.

 
  (Cust)                     (Minor)             (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

For value received                          hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto

   
   

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

           
                       
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
    (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)    
                                 
                                 

                                                                                                                    Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                    Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

   
   

Dated:

 

 

   

X

       
   
         

X

       
         

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER

   

SIGNATURES GUARANTEED:

   
   
                               

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

           

Exhibit 4.2     

 

Certificate No.    Shares

B [      ]

  

[    ]

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

Incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01

CUSIP                 

See reverse for certain definitions

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

[          ]

is the record holder of

[            ]

fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of

Malibu Boats, Inc.

(the “Corporation”) transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers this        day of              ,                  .

 

 

     [CORPORATE SEAL]             

 

 
Jack Springer, Chief Executive Officer       Wayne Wilson, Chief Financial Officer


THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM -- as tenants in common

 

TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN -- as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT --

 

 

 

Custodian

 

 

 

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

.

 
  (Cust)                     (Minor)             (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

For value received                          hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto

   
   

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

           
                       
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
    (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)    
                                 
                                 

                                                                                                                    Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                    Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

   
   

Dated:

 

 

   

X

       
   
         

X

       
         

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER

   

SIGNATURES GUARANTEED:

   
   
                               

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

           

Exhibit 10.1

Published Deal CUSIP: 56117EAA9

Revolver CUSIP: 56117EAB7

Term Loan CUSIP: 56117EAC5

 

  [***]: Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request. An unredacted version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of July 16, 2013

among

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,

as the Borrower

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC

as the Parent and a Guarantor

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER IDENTIFIED HEREIN,

as the other Guarantors

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

and

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank

 

 

 

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

     1   

Section 1.1.

 

Definitions.

     1   

Section 1.2.

 

Classifications of Loans and Borrowings.

     28   

Section 1.3.

 

Accounting Terms and Determination.

     28   

Section 1.4.

 

Terms Generally.

     29   

ARTICLE II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS

     29   

Section 2.1.

 

General Description of Facilities.

     29   

Section 2.2.

 

Revolving Loans.

     29   

Section 2.3.

 

Procedure for Revolving Borrowings.

     30   

Section 2.4.

 

Swingline Commitment.

     30   

Section 2.5.

 

Term Loan Commitments.

     31   

Section 2.6.

 

Funding of Borrowings.

     31   

Section 2.7.

 

Interest Elections.

     32   

Section 2.8.

 

Optional Reduction and Termination of Commitments.

     33   

Section 2.9.

 

Repayment of Loans.

     34   

Section 2.10.

 

Evidence of Indebtedness.

     34   

Section 2.11.

 

Optional Prepayments.

     35   

Section 2.12.

 

Mandatory Prepayments.

     35   

Section 2.13.

 

Interest on Loans.

     37   

Section 2.14.

 

Fees.

     38   

Section 2.15.

 

Computation of Interest and Fees.

     39   

Section 2.16.

 

Inability to Determine Interest Rates.

     39   

Section 2.17.

 

Illegality.

     39   

Section 2.18.

 

Increased Costs.

     40   

Section 2.19.

 

Funding Indemnity.

     41   

Section 2.20.

 

Taxes.

     41   

Section 2.21.

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

     45   

Section 2.22.

 

Letters of Credit.

     46   

Section 2.23.

 

Increase of Commitments; Additional Lenders.

     50   

Section 2.24.

 

Mitigation of Obligations.

     52   

Section 2.25.

 

Replacement of Lenders.

     52   

Section 2.26.

 

Reallocation and Cash Collateralization of Defaulting Lender Commitment.

     53   

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     54   

Section 3.1.

 

Conditions To Effectiveness.

     54   

Section 3.2.

 

Each Credit Event.

     56   

Section 3.3.

 

Delivery of Documents.

     57   

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     57   

Section 4.1.

 

Existence; Power.

     57   

Section 4.2.

 

Organizational Power; Authorization.

     58   

Section 4.3.

 

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.

     58   

 

i


Section 4.4.

 

Financial Statements.

     58   

Section 4.5.

 

Litigation and Environmental Matters.

     58   

Section 4.6.

 

Compliance with Laws and Agreements.

     58   

Section 4.7.

 

Investment Company Act, Etc.

     59   

Section 4.8.

 

Taxes.

     59   

Section 4.9.

 

Margin Regulations.

     59   

Section 4.10.

 

ERISA.

     59   

Section 4.11.

 

Ownership of Property; Insurance.

     60   

Section 4.12.

 

Disclosure.

     60   

Section 4.13.

 

Labor Relations.

     61   

Section 4.14.

 

Subsidiaries.

     61   

Section 4.15.

 

Solvency.

     61   

Section 4.16.

 

Deposit and Disbursement Accounts.

     61   

Section 4.17.

 

Collateral Documents.

     61   

Section 4.18.

 

Material Agreements.

     61   

Section 4.19.

 

OFAC.

     61   

Section 4.20.

 

Patriot Act.

     62   

Section 4.21.

 

Fiscal Year.

     62   

ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     62   

Section 5.1.

 

Financial Statements and Other Information.

     62   

Section 5.2.

 

Notices of Material Events.

     63   

Section 5.3.

 

Additional Deliverables.

     64   

Section 5.4.

 

Existence; Conduct of Business.

     64   

Section 5.5.

 

Compliance with Laws, Etc.

     65   

Section 5.6.

 

Payment of Obligations.

     65   

Section 5.7.

 

Books and Records.

     65   

Section 5.8.

 

Visitation, Inspection, Etc.

     65   

Section 5.9.

 

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.

     65   

Section 5.10.

 

Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit.

     65   

Section 5.11.

 

Casualty and Condemnation.

     66   

Section 5.12.

 

Cash Management.

     66   

Section 5.13.

 

Additional Subsidiaries and Collateral.

     66   

Section 5.14.

 

Additional Real Estate; Leased Locations.

     68   

Section 5.15.

 

Further Assurances.

     68   

Section 5.16.

 

Interest Rate Protection.

     68   

ARTICLE VI FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     69   

Section 6.1.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

     69   

Section 6.2.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio.

     69   

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     70   

Section 7.1.

 

Indebtedness.

     70   

Section 7.2.

 

Liens.

     71   

Section 7.3.

 

Fundamental Changes.

     73   

Section 7.4.

 

Investments, Loans, Etc.

     74   

Section 7.5.

 

Restricted Payments.

     75   

 

ii


Section 7.6.

 

Sale of Assets.

     75   

Section 7.7.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.

     76   

Section 7.8.

 

Restrictive Agreements.

     76   

Section 7.9.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

     77   

Section 7.10.

 

Hedging Transactions.

     77   

Section 7.11.

 

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

     77   

Section 7.12.

 

Amendment to Material Documents.

     78   

Section 7.13.

 

Accounting Changes.

     78   

Section 7.14.

 

Government Regulation.

     78   

Section 7.15.

 

Foreign Subsidiary.

     78   

Section 7.16.

 

Sales and Discounts of Accounts Receivable.

     78   

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     78   

Section 8.1.

 

Events of Default.

     78   

Section 8.2.

 

Application of Funds.

     81   

ARTICLE IX THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     82   

Section 9.1.

 

Appointment of Administrative Agent.

     82   

Section 9.2.

 

Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent.

     83   

Section 9.3.

 

Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent.

     83   

Section 9.4.

 

Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent.

     84   

Section 9.5.

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent.

     84   

Section 9.6.

 

The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity.

     84   

Section 9.7.

 

Successor Administrative Agent.

     84   

Section 9.8.

 

Benefits of Article IX.

     85   

Section 9.9.

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

     85   

Section 9.10.

 

Titled Agents.

     86   

Section 9.11.

 

Authorization to Execute other Loan Documents.

     86   

Section 9.12.

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

     86   

Section 9.13.

 

Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations.

     87   

ARTICLE X THE GUARANTY

     87   

Section 10.1.

 

The Guaranty.

     87   

Section 10.2.

 

Obligations Unconditional.

     87   

Section 10.3.

 

Reinstatement.

     88   

Section 10.4.

 

Certain Additional Waivers.

     88   

Section 10.5.

 

Remedies.

     88   

Section 10.6.

 

Rights of Contribution.

     89   

Section 10.7.

 

Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee.

     89   

Section 10.8.

 

Keepwell.

     89   

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     89   

Section 11.1.

 

Notices.

     89   

Section 11.2.

 

Waiver; Amendments.

     91   

Section 11.3.

 

Expenses; Indemnification.

     93   

Section 11.4.

 

Successors and Assigns.

     95   

Section 11.5.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

     98   

 

iii


Section 11.6.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

     99   

Section 11.7.

 

Right of Setoff.

     99   

Section 11.8.

 

Counterparts; Integration.

     100   

Section 11.9.

 

Survival.

     100   

Section 11.10.

 

Severability.

     100   

Section 11.11.

 

Confidentiality.

     100   

Section 11.12.

 

Interest Rate Limitation.

     101   

Section 11.13.

 

Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal.

     101   

Section 11.14.

 

Patriot Act.

     101   

Section 11.15.

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

     101   

Section 11.16.

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

     102   

 

iv


Schedules       

Schedule I

  -     

Commitment Amounts

Schedule 1.01

  -     

Ineligible Assignees

Schedule 4.5

  -     

Environmental Matters

Schedule 4.11(d)

  -     

Real Estate

Schedule 4.15

  -     

Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.16

  -     

Deposit Accounts

Schedule 4.19

  -     

Material Agreements

Schedule 7.1

  -     

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 7.2

  -     

Existing Liens

Schedule 7.4

  -     

Existing Investments

Exhibits       

Exhibit 2.3

  -     

Form of Notice of Revolving Borrowing

Exhibit 2.4

  -     

Form of Notice of Swingline Borrowing

Exhibit 2.7

  -     

Form of Notice of Continuation/Conversion

Exhibit 2.10

  -     

Form of Note

Exhibits 2.20 (1-4)

  -     

Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates

Exhibit 5.1

  -     

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit 5.13

  -     

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit 11.4

  -     

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 16, 2013, by and among MALIBU BOATS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent ”), the other Guarantors (defined herein), the Lenders (defined herein), and SUNTRUST BANK, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (the “ Administrative Agent ”), as issuing bank (the “ Issuing Bank ”) and as swingline lender (the “ Swingline Lender ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders (a) establish a $10,000,000 revolving credit facility in favor of, and (b) make term loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to $65,000,000 to, the Borrower;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender to the extent of their respective Commitments as defined herein, are willing severally to establish the requested revolving credit facility, letter of credit subfacility and the swingline subfacility in favor of and severally to make the term loans to the Borrower;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the other terms defined herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein specified (to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Acquisition ” shall mean (a) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary or shall be merged with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the assets of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) that constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or a division or business unit of such Person.

Additional Commitment Amount ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.23 .

Additional Lender ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.23 .

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) LIBOR for such Interest Period by (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

Administrative Agent ” shall mean SunTrust Bank in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in the form provided by the Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent duly completed by such Lender.


Affiliate ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “Control” shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, either to (i) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of a Person or (ii) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by control or otherwise. The terms “Controlling”, “Controlled by”, and “under common Control with” have the meanings correlative thereto.

Aggregate Revolving Commitments ” shall mean the Revolving Commitments of all the Lenders at any time outstanding. On the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments is $10,000,000.

Agreement ” shall mean this Credit Agreement.

Applicable Lending Office ” shall mean, for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of Loan in the Administrative Questionnaire submitted by such Lender or such other office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and maintained.

Applicable Margin ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to all interest on Term Loans outstanding on any date, interest on all Revolving Loans outstanding on any date or the letter of credit fee, as the case may be, a percentage per annum determined by reference to the applicable Consolidated Leverage Ratio in effect on such date as set forth in the table below; provided , that a change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be effective on the second Business Day after which the Borrower delivers each of the financial statements required by Section 5.1(a ) or ( b ), as applicable, and the Compliance Certificate required by Section 5.1(d ); provided further , that if at any time the Borrower shall have failed to deliver such financial statements and such Compliance Certificate when so required, the Applicable Margin shall be at Level IV as set forth in the table below until the second Business Day after which such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered, at which time the Applicable Margin shall be determined as provided above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Margin from the Closing Date until the second Business Day after which the financial statements and Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2013 are required to be delivered shall be at Level III as set forth in the table below; provided, that, the Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2013 shall evidence the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio after giving pro forma effect to the debt incurred on the Closing Date and the determination of the Applicable Margin for such period shall be based upon such calculations. In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered hereunder is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin based upon the pricing grid set forth in the table below (the “ Accurate Applicable Margin ”) for any period that such financial statement or Compliance Certificate covered, then (i) the Borrower shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct financial statement or Compliance Certificate, as the case may be, for such period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be adjusted such that after giving effect to the corrected financial statements or Compliance Certificate, as the case may be, the Applicable Margin shall be reset to the Accurate Applicable Margin based upon the pricing grid set forth in the table below for such period and (iii) the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such Accurate Applicable Margin for such period. The provisions of this definition shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to Section 2.13(c) or Article VIII .

 

2


Level    Consolidated Leverage Ratio    Eurodollar Loans
and Letter of
Credit Fee
   

Base Rate

Loans

   

Commitment

Fee

 

I

  

<1.50:1.00

     2.50     1.50     0.35

II

  

³ 1.50:1.00 but < 2.00:1.00

     2.75     1.75     0.40

III

  

³ 2.00:1.00 but < 2.50:1.00

     3.00     2.00     0.45

IV

  

³ 2.50:1.00

     3.25     2.25     0.50

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arranger ” shall mean SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.

Asset Sale ” shall mean the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, but excluding (a) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) the sale or disposition for fair market value of obsolete or worn out property or other property not necessary for operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries disposed of in the ordinary course of business; (c) the disposition of property (including the cancellation of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.4 ) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided , that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party then the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party, except to the extent permitted by Section 7.4 ; (d) the disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (e) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others in the ordinary course of business or not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (f) the sale or disposition of cash or Permitted Investments for fair market value in the ordinary course of business and (g) the disposition of shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary in order to qualify members of the governing body of such Subsidiary if required by applicable Law.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.4(b) ) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit 11.4 attached hereto or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.4(b) ).

Audited Financial Statements ” shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

Availability Period shall mean the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

Bank Product Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Bank Product Provider ”.

Bank Product Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, all obligations and other liabilities of any Loan Party to any Bank Product Provider arising with respect to any Bank Products.

 

3


Bank Product Provider ” shall mean any Person that, at the time it provides any Bank Products to any Loan Party, (a) is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender and (b) except when the Bank Product Provider is SunTrust Bank and its Affiliates, has provided prior written notice to the Administrative Agent which has been acknowledged by the Borrower of (x) the existence of such Bank Product, (y) the maximum dollar amount of obligations arising thereunder (the “ Bank Product Amount ”) and (z) the methodology to be used by such parties in determining the obligations under such Bank Product from time to time. In no event shall any Bank Product Provider acting in such capacity be deemed a Lender for purposes hereof to the extent of and as to Bank Products except that each reference to the term “Lender” in Article IX and Section 11.4 shall be deemed to include such Bank Product Provider and in no event shall the approval of any such person in its capacity as Bank Product Provider be required in connection with the release or termination of any security interest or Lien of the Administrative Agent. The Bank Product Amount may be changed from time to time upon written notice to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Bank Product Provider. The Bank Product Amount may not be increased, and no new agreements for Bank Products may be established at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists.

Bank Products ” shall mean any of the following services provided to any Loan Party by any Bank Product Provider: (a) any treasury or other cash management services, including deposit accounts, automated clearing house (ACH) origination and other funds transfer, depository (including cash vault and check deposit), zero balance accounts and sweeps, return items processing, controlled disbursement accounts, positive pay, lockboxes and lockbox accounts, account reconciliation and information reporting, payables outsourcing, payroll processing, trade finance services, investment accounts and securities accounts, and (b) card services, including credit cards (including purchasing cards and commercial cards), prepaid cards, including payroll, stored value and gift cards, merchant services processing, and debit card services.

Base Rate ” shall mean the highest of (a) the rate which the Administrative Agent announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time, (b) the Federal Funds rate, as in effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent (  1 2 %) per annum and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one (1) month, plus one percent (1.00%) per annum (any changes in such rates to be effective as of the date of any change in such rate). The Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. The Administrative Agent may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above, or below the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate.

Base Rate Borrowing ” and “ Base Rate Loan ” when used in reference to any Borrowing refers to whether such Loans or the loan comprising such Borrowing bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

Borrower ” shall have the meaning given in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than (a) a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by Law to close and (b) if such day relates to a Borrowing of, a payment or prepayment of principal or interest on, a conversion of or into, or an Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Loan or a notice with respect to any of the foregoing, any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, without duplication, (i) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Borrower and the Loan Parties that

 

4


are (or would be) set forth on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Loan Parties for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis during such period; provided, that the following shall be excluded from the foregoing: (i) expenditures incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or incurred by the Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition prior to the closing of such Permitted Acquisition; (ii) capital expenditures in respect of the reinvestment of any proceeds in accordance with Section 2.12(a) ; (iii) expenditures made with cash proceeds from any issuances of Capital Stock of any Loan Party or contributions of capital made to the Borrower; or (iv) expenditures made with tenant improvement allowances provided by landlords under leases. For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment or with insurance proceeds shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase price less the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the amount of such proceeds, as the case may be.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person shall mean all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) of real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

Cash Collateralize ” shall mean, in respect of any obligations, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral for such obligations in Dollars, to the Administrative Agent pursuant to documentation in form and substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and “ Cash Collateralization ” and “ Cash Collateral ” have a corresponding meaning).

CFC ” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

CFC Holdco ” shall mean any Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (a) the Sponsors shall cease to own legally or beneficially, directly or indirectly, at least 51% of the voting Capital Stock of the Parent, (b) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Parent cease to be composed of individuals who are Continuing Directors, (c) the Parent shall cease to own legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of the voting Capital Stock of the Borrower or (d) 100% of the voting Capital Stock of any Loan Party (excluding the Parent) ceases to be owned legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly, by another Loan Party, except for any Investment in a Loan Party pursuant to Section 7.4(o) hereof.

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any applicable Law after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any applicable Law after the date of this Agreement, or (c) compliance by any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) or the Issuing Bank (or for purposes of Section 2.18(b ), by the Parent Company of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, if applicable) with any request, guideline or

 

5


directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or Term Loans and when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, a Swingline Commitment or a Term Loan Commitment.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date hereof.

Closing Date Dividend ” means the dividend paid to the members of the Parent within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Date.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.

Collateral ” shall mean a collective reference to all real and personal property with respect to which Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and the holders of the Obligations, are purported to be granted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, and which shall include the Capital Stock of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and all IP Rights of the Loan Parties; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, “Excluded Collateral” as such term is defined in any Collateral Document, shall not constitute Collateral.

Collateral Access Agreement ” shall mean each landlord waiver or bailee agreement granted to, and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to, the Administrative Agent.

Collateral Documents ” shall mean a collective reference to the Security Agreement, any Mortgage and any other security documents executed and delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.11 .

Commitment ” shall mean a Revolving Commitment, a Swingline Commitment or a Term Loan Commitment or any combination thereof (as the context shall permit or require).

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b) .

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq .), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a certificate from the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Borrower in the form of, and containing the certifications set forth in, the certificate attached hereto as Exhibit 5.1 .

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for the Borrower and the Loan Parties for any period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (ii) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and without duplication, (A) Consolidated Interest Expense, (B) income and withholding tax expense determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (C) depreciation and amortization determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,

 

6


(D) fees and expenses paid in connection with the execution, delivery and the performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents, and fees and expenses incurred in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement, (E) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and the Closing Date Dividend, (F) management fees and board expenses, (G) fees, expenses and charges related to litigation in an aggregate amount not to exceed (x) for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 2013, $3,200,000, (y) for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 2014, $2,000,000 and (z) for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 2015, $2,000,000, (H) fees and expenses associated with Acquisitions (including unconsummated Acquisitions) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, and (I) other non-cash charges; provided , however, that pro forma credit shall be given for the Consolidated EBITDA (adjusted as provided herein) of a Person that is acquired in a Permitted Acquisition as if owned on the first day of the applicable period, taking into account, to the extent approved by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, factually supportable and identifiable cost savings, expenses and other customary adjustments directly attributable to such acquisitions.

Consolidated Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean for the Borrower and the Loan Parties for any period, determined on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period minus (b) Unfinanced Cash Capital Expenditures made during such period minus (c) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash during such period minus (d) Permitted Tax Distributions and cash taxes paid during such period minus (e) scheduled principal payments made on Consolidated Total Debt during such period minus (f) voluntary prepayments during such period made on Consolidated Total Debt permitted under Section 7.1(g) or Section 7.1(o) minus (g) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.5(d) during such period minus (h) to the extent elected by the Borrower, cash consideration paid in connection with Permitted Acquisitions during such period in an aggregate amount elected pursuant to this clause (h) not to exceed $15,000,000 during the term of this Agreement minus (i) amounts added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the definition thereof paid in cash during such period minus (j) an amount equal to any increase in Working Capital of the Borrower and the Loan Parties during such period plus (k) an amount equal to any decrease in Working Capital of the Borrower and the Loan Parties during such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, for the Borrower and all Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA minus Unfinanced Cash Capital Expenditures minus cash income Taxes (to the extent added back to Consolidated EBITDA), minus cash dividends and distributions by Parent (other than (x) the Closing Date Dividend and (y) the tax distributions, dividends and other payments paid to the members of the Parent in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement) minus the annual management fee permitted pursuant to Section 7.5(e) and paid in cash during such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges, in each case measured for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date for which financial statements are required to have been delivered under this Agreement.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” shall mean, for the Borrower and the Loan Parties for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash for such period and (b) scheduled principal payments made on Consolidated Total Debt during such period; provided , however , that Consolidated Fixed Charges shall not include any fees and expenses payable by the Loan Parties in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the Closing Date Dividend and the repayment of all amounts due or outstanding under or in respect of, and the termination of, the Existing Credit Agreement.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for the Borrower and the Loan Parties for any period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (a) total interest expense, including without limitation the interest component of any payments in respect of Capital Lease

 

7


Obligations capitalized or expensed during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) plus (b) the net amount payable (or minus the net amount receivable) with respect to Hedging Transactions during such period (whether or not actually paid or received during such period).

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, for the Borrower and all Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA , in each case measured as of the last day of the most recently ended four consecutive Fiscal Quarters for which financial statements are required to have been delivered under this Agreement.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for the Borrower and the Loan Parties for any period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period but excluding therefrom (to the extent otherwise included therein) (a) any extraordinary gains or losses, (b) any gains attributable to write-ups of assets or losses attributable to write-downs of assets (other than the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business), (c) any equity interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the unremitted earnings of any Person that is not a Subsidiary and (d) any income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary on the date that such Person’s assets are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of any date, all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Loan Parties measured on a consolidated basis as of such date, but excluding Indebtedness of the type described in subsection (xi) of the definition thereto.

Continuing Director ” shall mean, with respect to any period, any individuals (A) who were members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower or any Loan Party on the first day of such period, (B) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by either of the Sponsors or the individuals referred to in clause (A) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body, or (C) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by either of the Sponsors or individuals referred to in clauses (A) and (B) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (B) and clause (C), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors).

Contractual Obligation ” of any Person shall mean any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking under which such Person is obligated or by which it or any of the property in which it has an interest is bound.

Current Assets ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, the sum of all assets (other than cash and Permitted Investments or other cash equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Loan Parties as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits.

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Loan Parties as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) accruals of Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding Consolidated Interest Expense that is due and unpaid), (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits and (d) the Closing Date Dividend.

 

8


Default ” shall mean any condition or event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13 ( c ).

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that (a) such Lender has failed for three (3) or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan and/or to make a payment to the Issuing Bank in respect of a Letter of Credit or to the Swingline Lender in respect of a Swingline Loan (each a “ funding obligation ”), (b) such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, or has defaulted on, its obligation to fund generally under any other loan agreement, credit agreement or other financing agreement, (c) such Lender has, for three (3) or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or (d) a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Lender. The Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto a copy of any notice to the Borrower provided for in this definition.

Depository Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.12 .

Dollar(s) ” and the sign “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental investigation and remediation, costs of administrative oversight, fines, natural resource damages, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Loan Party directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) any actual or alleged exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Investor ” means each of the Sponsors and each of the Management Investors.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that for purposes of Title I or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a “single employer” or otherwise aggregated with the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

9


ERISA Event ” shall mean (i) any “reportable event” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Plan (other than an event as to which the PBGC has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified of such event); (ii) any failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance, there being or arising any “unpaid minimum required contribution” or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined or otherwise set forth in Section 4971 of the Code or Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title 1 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or any filing of any request for or receipt of a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or any determination that any Plan is in at-risk status under Title IV of ERISA; (iii) any incurrence by the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan (other than for premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) any institution of proceedings, or the occurrence of an event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds for the institution of proceedings by the PBGC, under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (v) any incurrence by the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or the receipt by the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA; (vi) any receipt by the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or any receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (vii) engaging in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to a Plan; or (viii) any filing of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan if such termination would require material additional contributions in order to be considered a standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041(b) of ERISA, any filing under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan, or the termination of any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA.

Eurodollar ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” shall mean the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental, special or other marginal reserves) expressed as a decimal (rounded upwards to the next 1/100 th of 1%) in effect on any day to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate pursuant to regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities” under Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D. The Eurodollar Reserve Percentage shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Article VIII .

Excluded Account ” shall mean (i) any zero-balance account that sweeps into another Excluded Account, (ii) any payroll account and (iii) any withholding or other fiduciary account.

 

10


Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in determining whether any Guarantor is an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act, the keepwell agreement set forth in Section 10.8 shall be taken into account. If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one Hedging Transaction, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Hedging Transactions for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes shall mean any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the Laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Applicable Lending Office in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.25 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 11, 2012, among the Borrower and SunTrust Bank, as amended to the date hereof.

Existing Master Lease ” means that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, by and between Spirit Master Funding IV, LLC and the Borrower, as amended from time to time.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any intergovernmental agreement between the United States and one or more other governmental authorities that is entered into in order to facilitate compliance with the foregoing.

Federal Funds Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next succeeding Business Day or if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1% of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

 

11


Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain fee letter, dated as of June 13, 2013, executed by SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. and SunTrust Bank and accepted and agreed to by the Borrower.

Fiscal Quarter ” shall mean any fiscal quarter of the Borrower.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean any fiscal year of the Borrower.

Floor Plan Liabilities ” shall mean liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising under floor plan repurchase arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.3 .

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly and including any obligation, direct or indirect, of the guarantor (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (iv) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued in support of such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or Floor Plan Liabilities. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not so stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantors ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Parent, (b) each Subsidiary identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages hereto, (c) each Person that joins as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.13 or otherwise, (d) with respect to (i) any Hedging Obligations between any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) and any Lender-Related Hedge Provider that are permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.10 and any Bank Products Obligations owing by any Loan Party (other than the Borrower), the Borrower and (ii) the payment and performance by each Specified Loan Party of its obligations under its Guaranty with respect to all Swap Obligations, the Borrower, and (e) the successors and permitted assigns of the foregoing.

 

12


Guaranty ” shall mean the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, pursuant to Article X .

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person shall mean any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired under (a) any and all Hedging Transactions, (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Hedging Transactions and (c) any and all renewals, extensions and modifications of any Hedging Transactions and any and all substitutions for any Hedging Transactions.

Hedging Transaction ” of any Person shall mean (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect to any such transaction) now existing or hereafter entered into by such Person that is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, spot transaction, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Incremental Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.23 .

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to Persons identified as an “Incremental Term Loan Lender” in the applicable supplement or joinder in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with their respective successors and assigns, the commitment of such Person to make the Incremental Term Loan hereunder pursuant to such supplement or joinder; provided that, at any time after the funding of the Incremental Term Loan, determination of “Required Lenders” shall include the outstanding principal amount of the Incremental Term Loan.

Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (x) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business; provided that , for purposes of Section 8.1(g ), trade payables overdue by more than one hundred twenty (120) days shall be included in this definition except to the extent that any of such trade payables are being disputed in good faith and by appropriate measures, and (y) any earn-outs, purchase price adjustments for working capital and similar adjustments in respect of any Acquisitions permitted under this Agreement), (iv) all obligations of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement(s) relating to property acquired by such Person, (v) the amount of Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar extensions of credit, (vii) all Guarantees of such Person of the type of Indebtedness

 

13


described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, (viii) all Indebtedness of a third party secured by any Lien on property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (ix) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of such Person at another’s option or upon the occurrence of a condition not solely within the control of such Person, in each case, on or prior to one year after the Maturity Date (other than payments permitted pursuant to Section 7.5) , (x) all Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities and (xi) all Hedging Obligations. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent that the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The term “Indebtedness” shall not include Floor Plan Liabilities.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Ineligible Assignee ” means any Person that, together with its Affiliates, owns more than 5% of any competitor of the Borrower and is identified on Schedule 1.01 , which Schedule may be updated by the Borrower from time to time pursuant to written notice to the Administrative Agent, provided, that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such update.

Information Memorandum ” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated June 2013 relating to the Borrower and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Interest Period shall mean with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, a period of one, two, three or six months; provided, that:

(a) the initial Interest Period for such Borrowing shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of another Type), and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

(b) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period would end on the next preceding Business Day;

(c) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month;

(d) each principal installment of the Term Loans shall have an Interest Period ending on each installment payment date and the remaining principal balance (if any) of the Term Loans shall have an Interest Period determined as set forth above; and

(e) no Interest Period may extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, unless on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans is equal to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of Eurodollar Loans with Interest Periods expiring after such date, and no Interest Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

14


Interim Financial Statements ” shall mean the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, including balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows.

Investments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 .

IP Rights ” shall mean all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses that the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties owns, or possesses the legal right to use.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Bank ” shall mean SunTrust Bank in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.10 executed and delivered by a Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.13 or any other documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose.

Laws ” or “ Law ” shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

LC Commitment ” shall mean that portion of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments that may be used by the Borrower for the issuance of Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount not to exceed $3,000,000.

LC Disbursement ” shall mean a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Documents ” shall mean all applications, agreements and instruments relating to the Letters of Credit but excluding the Letters of Credit.

LC Exposure ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices 1998, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lender Insolvency Event ” shall mean that (a) a Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (b) a Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, custodian or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment, or (c) a Lender or its Parent Company

 

15


has been adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Person or its assets to be, insolvent; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Lender Insolvency Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in or control of a Lender or a Parent Company thereof by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lender-Related Hedge Provider ” shall mean any Person that, at the time it enters into a Hedging Transaction with any Loan Party, (i) is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender and (ii) except when the Lender-Related Hedge Provider is SunTrust Bank and its Affiliates, has provided prior written notice to the Administrative Agent which has been acknowledged by the Borrower of (x) the existence of such Hedging Transaction, and (y) the methodology to be used by such parties in determining the obligations under such Hedging Transaction from time to time. In no event shall any Lender-Related Hedge Provider acting in such capacity be deemed a Lender for purposes hereof to the extent of and as to Hedging Obligations except that each reference to the term “ Lender ” in Article IX and Section 11.4 shall be deemed to include such Lender-Related Hedge Provider. In no event shall the approval of any such Person in its capacity as Lender-Related Hedge Provider be required in connection with the release or termination of any security interest or Lien of the Administrative Agent. No new Hedging Transactions may be established at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists.

Lenders ” shall mean each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto and each Additional Lender that joins this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.23 and their successors and assigns and shall include, where appropriate, the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” shall mean any stand-by letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.22 by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to the LC Commitment.

Letter of Credit Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

LIBOR ” shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available, LIBOR shall be, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Loan comprising part of such borrowing would be offered by the Administrative Agent to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, encumbrance, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, or other arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, the LC Documents, the Fee Letter, all Notices of Borrowing, all Notices of Conversion/Continuation, all Compliance Certificates, all UCC Financing Statements, all stock powers and similar instruments of transfer, any promissory notes issued hereunder and any and all other instruments, agreements, documents and writings executed in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

16


Loan Parties ” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Loans ” shall mean all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Term Loans in the aggregate or any of them, as the context shall require.

Management Agreement ” means [            ]. 1

Management Investors ” shall mean each of the individuals affiliated or employed with the Borrower, together with their heirs and executors, in each case.

Master Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Hedging Transaction.”

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, with respect to any event, act, condition or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or governmental investigation or proceeding), whether singularly or in conjunction with any other event or events, act or acts, condition or conditions, occurrence or occurrences whether or not related, resulting in a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, (a) the business, results of operations, financial condition, assets or liabilities of the Borrower and the Loan Parties taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties to perform any of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender, and the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents or (d) the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

Material Agreements ” shall mean (i) all agreements, indentures or notes governing the terms of any Material Indebtedness, (ii) the employment agreements of Jack Springer, Wayne Wilson and Ritchie Anderson, (iii) any repurchase agreement as amended between Borrower and GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, (iv) any material supply agreement with an engine supplier, (v) existing agreements with Malibu Boats Proprietary Limited and World Wide Nautic and (vi) the Existing Master Lease.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) and Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or in an aggregate committed or outstanding principal amount exceeding $2,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of attributed Indebtedness from Hedging Obligations, the “principal amount” of any Hedging Obligations at any time shall be the Net Mark-to-Market Exposure of such Hedging Obligations.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) July 16, 2018 or (ii) with respect to the Term Loans, the date on which the principal amount of all outstanding Term Loans have been declared or automatically have become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.1 (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt that purport to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, a security interest in the fee interests and/or leasehold interests of any Loan Party in any real property.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute of) the

 

1   Please provide a copy of the Management Agreement.

 

17


Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or an ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or an ERISA Affiliate contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean the aggregate cash or Permitted Investments proceeds received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, Recovery Event or any issuance of Indebtedness or equity securities net of (a) direct costs incurred in connection therewith (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and other reasonable and customary transaction costs, fees and expenses attributable to such transaction and payable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, (b) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof and (c) in the case of any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the amount necessary to retire any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by Section 7.2 (ranking senior to any Lien of the Administrative Agent) on the related property.

Net Mark-to-Market Exposure ” of any Person shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any Hedging Obligation, the excess (if any) of all unrealized losses over all unrealized profits of such Person arising from such Hedging Obligation. “Unrealized losses” shall mean the fair market value of the cost to such Person of replacing the Hedging Transaction giving rise to such Hedging Obligation as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedging Transaction were to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the fair market value of the gain to such Person of replacing such Hedging Transaction as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedging Transaction were to be terminated as of that date).

Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

Non-U.S. Plan ” shall mean any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by the Borrower or one or more of the Loan Parties primarily for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or such of the Loan Parties residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, defined-benefit retirement benefits, or defined-benefit payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Note ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.10(b) .

Notices of Borrowing ” shall mean, collectively, the Notices of Revolving Borrowing and the Notices of Swingline Borrowing.

Notice of Conversion/Continuation ” shall mean the notice given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in respect of the conversion or continuation of an outstanding Borrowing as provided in Section 2.7 ( b ).

Notice of Revolving Borrowing ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.3 .

Notice of Swingline Borrowing ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.4 .

Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, (a) all amounts owing by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) or the Arranger pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit including without limitation, all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), all reimbursement obligations, fees, expenses,

 

18


indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, now existing or hereafter arising hereunder or thereunder, (b) all Hedging Obligations owed by any Loan Party to any Lender-Related Hedge Provider permitted by Section 7.10 , and (c) all Bank Product Obligations, together with all renewals, extensions, modifications or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided , that “Obligations” of a Guarantor shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

OFAC ” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities ” of any Person shall mean (i) any liability of such Person under any sale and leaseback transactions that do not create a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, excluding the Existing Master Lease and any sale and leaseback transactions permitted under Section 7.9, (ii) any Synthetic Lease Obligation or (iii) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such Person; provided that the term “Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities” shall not include Floor Plan Liabilities.

Organizational Documents ” shall mean, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

OSHA ” shall mean the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Other Connection Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.25).

Parent ” shall have the meaning given in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Parent Company ” shall mean, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

Participant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(d ).

 

19


Participant Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(e) .

Patriot Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.14 .

Payment Office ” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308, or such other location as to which the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the Borrower and the other Lenders.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA, and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an Investment consisting of an Acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Acquisition, (b) the property acquired (or the property of the Person acquired) in such Acquisition is used or useful in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries were engaged in on the Closing Date (or a business reasonably related or incidental thereto), (c) in the case of an Acquisition of the Capital Stock of another Person, the board of directors (or other comparable governing body) of such other Person shall have duly approved such Acquisition, (d) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a Pro Forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating that after giving effect to such Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, (x) the Loan Parties would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI recomputed as of the end of the period of the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements under this Agreement; provided that, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for purposes of this clause (x), Consolidated Total Debt of the Borrower shall be deemed to include the aggregate amount of any earn-out obligations, as reasonably estimated by the Borrower in good faith, scheduled to be incurred pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition, and (y) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Loan Parties is at least 0.25 less than the maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio permitted to be maintained under Section 6.2 at such time, (e) the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in each Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as if made as of the date of such Acquisition (after giving effect thereto), except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, (f) immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Borrower shall have at least $5,000,000 of the sum of cash on hand plus availability existing under the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and (g) the subject to the Acquisition has maintained positive EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the preceding twelve months for which financial statements are available ending no more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of such Acquisition.

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.2 .

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States (or by any agency or instrumentality thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) commercial paper having the highest rating, at the time of acquisition thereof, of S&P or Moody’s and in either case maturing within six (6) months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(c) certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money

 

20


market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(e) mutual funds investing solely in any one or more of the Permitted Investments described in clauses (a) through (d) above; and

(f) other marketable debt instruments approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Permitted Subordinated Debt ” shall mean Subordinated Debt which contains terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (including as to subordination to the Obligations) and does not exceed in the aggregate for all Loan Parties an amount equal to $3,000,000; provided that the Loan Parties shall be permitted to incur additional Subordinated Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 solely in connection with the consummation of Permitted Acquisitions.

Permitted Tax Distributions ” shall mean tax distributions by a Loan Party (so long as such Loan Party is treated as a pass-through or disregarded entity) to its members (“Tax Distributions ”) paid quarterly in arrears based on such Loan Party’s good faith estimate of a member’s cumulative, allocated taxable income for a taxable year and the Presumed Tax Rate. Such Tax Distributions from any Loan Party for any taxable year shall not exceed the product of (1) the sum of all Loan Parties taxable income or gain for such taxable year less all items of deduction, loss and the loss equivalent of tax credits for such taxable year, an amount that shall be equal to the Parent’s aggregate “taxable income” (within the meaning of Section 63 of the Code) and (2) the Presumed Tax Rate for such taxable year; provided that for each taxable year subsequent to the Closing Date the Loan Parties shall make a final accounting for Tax Distributions for each taxable year after actual taxable income allocable from the Loan Parties for such taxable year has been determined, and (i) any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions the members received for such taxable year based on such final determination may be distributed to such members, and (ii) any excess in the amount of Tax Distributions made for such taxable year shall be applied to reduce the amount of Tax Distributions to be made for the subsequent taxable year (and, to the extent not covered thereby, for taxable years thereafter) to the full extent thereof.

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.

Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Presumed Tax Rate ” for any taxable year means the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income, earnings (or similar tax) and self-employment tax rate prescribed during such taxable year for an individual or corporation residing in California or in the city of New York (after giving effect to the deductibility of state and local income taxes for federal tax purposes and taking into account the character (e.g., long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or tax-exempt) of the applicable income).

 

21


Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, for purposes of calculating compliance with respect to any test or covenant hereunder (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Excess Cash Flow), compliance with any test or covenant shall be determined after giving effect to (i) any Acquisition, (ii) any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, (iii) any Recovery Event, and (iv) any Asset Sale (including (a) pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to any proposed acquisition, any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness or any Asset Sale, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case as determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, (b) pro forma adjustments determined in good faith by the Borrower that are consented to by the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) arising out of operating and other expense reductions attributable to such transaction being given pro forma effect that (y) have been realized or (z) will be implemented following such transaction and are supportable and quantifiable and are expected to be realized within twelve (12) months following the date of such event and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (1) reduction in personnel expenses, (2) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (3) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (4) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, and (c) such other adjustments as determined in good faith by the Borrower that are consented to by the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)); provided that the aggregate adjustment under clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA during any applicable calculation period, and using, for purposes of determining such compliance, the historical financial statements of all entities or assets so acquired and the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and assuming that (i) all acquisitions that have been consummated during the period, and any Asset Sale and any Indebtedness or other liabilities repaid in connection therewith had been consummated and incurred or repaid as of the first day of the period of four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements under this Agreement, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with such transaction that is not retired in connection with such transaction (x) shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the applicable period and (y) if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination and (iii) income statement items (whether positive or negative) and Capital Expenditures attributable to the Person or property acquired shall be included beginning as of the first day of the applicable period.

Pro Forma Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower containing reasonably detailed calculations of the financial covenants set forth in Article VI recomputed as of the end of the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements under this Agreement after giving effect to the applicable transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

Pro Rata Share ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Commitment of any Lender at any time, a percentage, the numerator of which shall be such Lender’s Commitment (or if such Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure or Term Loan, as applicable), and the denominator of which shall be the sum of such Commitments of all Lenders (or if such Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Revolving Credit Exposure or Term Loans, as applicable, of all Lenders) and (b) with respect to all Commitments of any Lender at any time, the numerator of which shall be the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment (or if such Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure) and Term Loan and the denominator of which shall be the sum of all Lenders’ Revolving Commitments (or if such Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders funded under such Commitments) and Term Loans.

 

22


Qualified ECP Guarantor ” shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Loan Party as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Real Estate ” shall mean all real property owned or leased by the Borrower and any of the Loan Parties.

Real Estate Documents ” shall mean,

(I) with respect to any fee owned interest in real property of a Loan Party with a value in excess of $2,000,000:

(a) a fully executed and notarized Mortgage encumbering the fee interest of such Loan Party in such real property;

(b) ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies issued by a title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to such real property, assuring the Administrative Agent that the Mortgage covering such real property creates a valid and enforceable first priority mortgage lien on such real property, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances, which title insurance policies shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall include such endorsements as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent;

(c) evidence as to (i) whether such real property is in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards (a “ Flood Hazard Property ”) and (ii) if such real property is a Flood Hazard Property, (A) whether the community in which such real property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (B) the applicable Loan Party’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification from the Administrative Agent (1) as to the fact that such real property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (C) copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries evidencing flood insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and naming the Administrative Agent and its successors and/or assigns as sole loss payee on behalf of the Lenders;

(d) if requested by the Administrative Agent, an environmental assessment report, as to such real property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to and from professional firms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(e) if requested by the Administrative Agent, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such real property, and the uses of such real property, are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable zoning Laws (the evidence submitted as to which should include the zoning designation made for such real property, the permitted uses of such real property under such zoning designation and, if available, zoning requirements as to parking, lot size, ingress, egress and building setbacks); and

 

23


(f) an opinion of legal counsel to the Loan Party granting the Mortgage on such real property, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

and (II) with respect to any leasehold interest in real property of a Loan Party with a value in excess of $2,000,000, such estoppel letters, consents and waivers from the landlords on such real property as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, which estoppel letters shall be in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Recipient ” shall mean (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank as applicable.

Recovery Event ” shall mean any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking for public use of, any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.4(c) .

Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation Y ” shall mean Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors or other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or within any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Commitments and the Term Loans at such time or if the Lenders have no Commitments outstanding, then Lenders holding more than 50% of the Revolving Credit Exposure and the Term Loans; provided that (i) if there are only two or three Lenders, Required Lenders shall mean at least two Lenders holding 50% of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Commitments and the Term Loans at such time and (ii) to the extent that any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender and all of its Revolving Commitments, Revolving Credit Exposure and Term Loans shall be excluded for purposes of determining Required Lenders.

Requirement of Law ” for any Person shall mean the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership certificate and agreement, or limited liability company certificate of organization and agreement, as the case may be, and other organizational and governing documents of such Person, and

 

24


any Law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any of the president, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or a vice president of such Person or such other representative of such Person as may be designated in writing by any one of the foregoing with the consent of the Administrative Agent; and, with respect to the financial covenants only, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such Person.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean, for any Person, any dividend or distribution on any class of its Capital Stock, or any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of, any shares of its Capital Stock, any Indebtedness subordinated to the Obligations or any Guarantee thereof or any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock or such Indebtedness, whether now or hereafter outstanding.

Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Schedule I , as such schedule may be amended pursuant to Section 2.23 , or in the case of a Person becoming a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount of the assigned “Revolving Commitment” as provided in the Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Person as an assignee, or the joinder executed by such Person, in each case as such commitment may subsequently be increased or decreased pursuant to terms hereof.

Revolving Commitment Termination Date ” shall mean the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 2.8 or 8.1 .

Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure.

Revolving Loan ” shall mean a loan made by a Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) to the Borrower under its Revolving Commitment, which may either be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

Sanctioned Country ” shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html , or as otherwise published from time to time.

Sanctioned Person ” shall mean (i) a Person named on the list of “ Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons ” maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html , or as otherwise published from time to time, or (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

25


Security Agreement ” shall mean the security and pledge agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, by each of the Loan Parties.

Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including subordinated and contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and liabilities, including subordinated and contingent liabilities as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital; (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (f) such Person does not intend, in any transaction, to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors or any other person to which such Person is or will become, through such transaction, indebted. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.2 hereof.

Specified Loan Party ” shall mean each Loan Party that is, at the time on which the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest under the Loan Documents by such Loan Party becomes effective with respect to a Swap Obligation, a corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity that would not be an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act at such time but for the effect of Section 10.8 .

Sponsors ” shall mean Black Canyon Capital LLC and Horizon Holdings LLC, together with their Affiliates and funds in respect of whose investments they or their Affiliates manage.

Subordinated Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness of any Person subordinated to the repayment of the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Subordinated Debt Documents ” shall mean all indentures, agreements, notes, guaranties and other material agreements governing or evidencing any Permitted Subordinated Debt and all other material documents relating thereto.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power, or in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Subsidiary” hereunder shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

SunTrust Bank ” shall mean SunTrust Bank and its successors.

 

26


Swap Obligations ” means with respect to any Guarantor any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $2,000,000.

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the principal amount of the Swingline Loans in which such Lender is legally obligated either to make a Base Rate Loan or to purchase a participation in accordance with Section 2.4 , which shall equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all outstanding Swingline Loans.

Swingline Lender ” shall mean SunTrust Bank in its capacity as provider of Swingline Loans, or any successor swingline lender hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” shall mean a loan made to the Borrower by the Swingline Lender under the Swingline Commitment.

Synthetic Lease ” shall mean a lease transaction under which the parties intend that (i) the lease will be treated as an “operating lease” by the lessee pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Sections 840-10 & 840-20, as amended and (ii) the lessee will be entitled to various tax and other benefits ordinarily available to owners (as opposed to lessees) of like property.

Synthetic Lease Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the sum of (i) all remaining rental obligations of such Person as lessee under Synthetic Leases which are attributable to principal and, without duplication, (ii) all rental and purchase price payment obligations of such Person under such Synthetic Leases assuming such Person exercises the option to purchase the lease property at the end of the lease term.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax, or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 .

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder on the Closing Date, in a principal amount not exceeding the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Schedule I . The aggregate principal amount of all Lenders’ Term Loan Commitments is $65,000,000.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” shall mean the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended and in effect from time to time.

Type ”, when used in reference to a Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Base Rate.

Unfinanced Cash Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and the Loan Parties during such period in cash, but excluding any such Capital Expenditures financed with Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1 (for the purposes of such calculation, not to exceed $3 million in any applicable twelve-month period) and excluding any such Capital Expenditures that constitute reinvestment of proceeds as permitted under Section 2.12(a) .

 

27


Unfunded Pension Liability ” of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the value of the accumulated plan benefits under the Plan, determined on a plan termination basis in accordance with actuarial assumptions at such time consistent with those prescribed by the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions).

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the respective State of the State of organization of the Borrower and each Loan Party.

United States ” or “ U.S. ” shall mean the United States of America.

U.S. Person ” shall mean any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(g).

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Working Capital ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided, that, increases or decreases in Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

Section 1.2. Classifications of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g. a “Revolving Loan” or “Term Loan”) or by Type (e.g. a “Eurodollar Loan” or “Base Rate Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g. “Revolving Eurodollar Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g. “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g. “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g. “Revolving Eurodollar Borrowing”).

Section 1.3. Accounting Terms and Determination .

(a) Unless otherwise defined or specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited consolidated financial statement of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a ); provided , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI or any covenant for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios

 

28


referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification Section 825-10 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party at “fair value”, as defined therein. Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the Audited Financial Statements for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all calculations of the financial covenants in Article VI (including for purposes of determining the Applicable Rate and any transaction that by the terms of this Agreement requires that any financial covenant contained in Article VI be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis with respect to any Asset Sale, Recovery Event or Acquisition occurring during such period.

Section 1.4. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” means “to but excluding”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as it was originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement and (v) all references to a specific time shall be construed to refer to the time in Atlanta, Georgia, unless otherwise indicated.

ARTICLE II

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS

Section 2.1. General Description of Facilities . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) the Lenders hereby establish in favor of the Borrower a revolving credit facility pursuant to which each Lender severally agrees (to the extent of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.2 , (ii) the Issuing Bank may issue Letters of Credit in accordance with Section   2.22 , (iii) the Swingline Lender may make Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.4 , (iv) each Lender agrees to purchase a participation interest in the Letters of Credit and the Swingline Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided , that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and outstanding LC Exposure exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect from time to time; and (v) each Lender severally agrees to make a Term Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.

Section 2.2. Revolving Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans, ratably in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitments, to the Borrower, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an

 

29


aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (b) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Commitments. During the Availability Period, the Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided , that the Borrower may not borrow or reborrow if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 2.3. Procedure for Revolving Borrowings . The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Revolving Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.3 (a “Notice of Revolving Borrowing”) (x) prior to 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of each Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of each Eurodollar Borrowing. Each Notice of Revolving Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the Type of such Revolving Loan comprising such Borrowing and (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the duration of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto (subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period). Each Revolving Borrowing shall consist of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans or a combination thereof, as the Borrower may request. The aggregate principal amount of each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be not less than $500,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000, and the aggregate principal amount of each Base Rate Borrowing shall not be less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000; provided, that Base Rate Loans made pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section 2.22(d) may be made in lesser amounts as provided therein. At no time shall the total number of Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding at any time exceed eight. Promptly following the receipt of a Notice of Revolving Borrowing in accordance herewith, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Revolving Borrowing.

Section 2.4. Swingline Commitment .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender may, in its reasonable discretion, make Swingline Loans to the Borrower, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the lesser of (i) the Swingline Commitment then in effect and (ii) the difference between the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders; provided , that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. The Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Swingline Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.4 attached hereto (“ Notice of Swingline Borrowing ”) prior to 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of each Swingline Borrowing. Each Notice of Swingline Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the principal amount of such Swingline Loan, (ii) the date of such Swingline Loan (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) the account of the Borrower to which the proceeds of such Swingline Loan should be credited. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of each Notice of Swingline Borrowing. Each Swingline Loan shall accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. The aggregate principal amount of each Swingline Loan shall not be less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $50,000, or such other minimum amounts agreed to by the Swingline Lender and the Borrower. The Swingline Lender will make the proceeds of each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower in Dollars in immediately available funds at the account specified by the Borrower in the applicable Notice of Swingline Borrowing not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

 

30


(c) The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion, may, but in no event no less frequently than once each calendar week shall, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), give a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Base Rate Loans in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of any Swingline Loan. Each Lender will make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender in accordance with Section 2.6 , and such proceeds will be used solely for the repayment of such Swingline Loan.

(d) If for any reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) shall purchase an undivided participating interest in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share thereof on the date that such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. On the date of such required purchase, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participating interest to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender.

(e) Each Lender’s obligation to make a Base Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 ( c ) or to purchase the participating interests pursuant to Section 2.4 ( d ) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have or claim against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (iii) the existence (or alleged existence) of any event or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Swingline Lender by any Lender, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon for each day from the date of demand thereof (i) at the Federal Funds Rate until the second Business Day after such demand and (ii) at the Base Rate at all times thereafter. Until such time as such Lender makes its required payment, the Swingline Lender shall be deemed to continue to have outstanding Swingline Loans in the amount of the unpaid participation for all purposes of the Loan Documents. In addition, such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments made of principal and interest on its Loans and any other amounts due to it hereunder, to the Swingline Lender to fund the amount of such Lender’s participation interest in such Swingline Loans that such Lender failed to fund pursuant to this Section 2.4 , until such amount has been purchased in full.

Section 2.5. Term Loan Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make a single loan (each, a “ Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount equal to the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loans may be, from time to time, Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans or a combination thereof; provided , that on the Closing Date all Term Loans shall be Base Rate Loans. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Borrower and the satisfaction of all conditions precedent pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be deemed to constitute the Borrower’s request to borrow the Term Loans on the Closing Date.

Section 2.6. Funding of Borrowings .

(a) Each Lender will make available each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer in immediately available funds by 11:00 a.m. to the

 

31


Administrative Agent at the Payment Office; provided , that the Swingline Loans will be made as set forth in Section 2.4 . The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts that it receives, in like funds by the close of business on such proposed date, to an account maintained by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent or at the Borrower’s option, by effecting a wire transfer of such amounts to an account designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to 5:00 p.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the date of a Borrowing in which such Lender is to participate that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance on such assumption, may make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender on the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate until the second Business Day after such demand and thereafter at the Base Rate. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest at the rate specified for such Borrowing. Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing hereunder or to prejudice any rights which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

(c) All Revolving Borrowings shall be made by the Lenders on the basis of their respective Pro Rata Shares. No Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligations hereunder, and each Lender shall be obligated to make its Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder.

Section 2.7. Interest Elections .

(a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing into a different Type or to continue such Borrowing, all as provided in this Section 2.7 . The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.7 , the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing that is to be converted or continued, as the case may be, substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.7 attached hereto (a “ Notice of Conversion/Continuation ”) (x) prior to 11:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of a conversion into a Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to a continuation of or conversion into a Eurodollar Borrowing. Each such Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the Borrowing to which such Notice of Conversion/Continuation applies and if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof that are to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing); (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Notice of Conversion/Continuation, which shall be a

 

32


Business Day; (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of “Interest Period”. If any such Notice of Conversion/Continuation requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. The principal amount of any resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the minimum borrowing amount for Eurodollar Borrowings and Base Rate Borrowings set forth in Section 2.3 .

(c) If, on the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing to a Base Rate Borrowing. No Borrowing may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Borrowing if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders have determined in their sole discretion not to permit such conversion or continuation. No conversion of any Eurodollar Loans shall be permitted except on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.

(d) Upon receipt of any Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

Section 2.8. Optional Reduction and Termination of Commitments .

(a) Unless previously terminated, all Revolving Commitments, Swingline Commitments and LC Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. The Term Loan Commitments shall terminate on the Closing Date upon the making of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 .

(b) Upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable, except to the extent conditioned on a refinancing of all or any portion of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments), the Borrower may reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in part or terminate the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in whole; provided , that (i) any partial reduction shall apply to reduce proportionately and permanently the Revolving Commitment of each Lender, (ii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be in an amount of at least $500,000 and any larger multiple of $100,000, and (iii) no such reduction shall be permitted which would reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments to an amount less than the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders. Any such reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Commitments below the principal amount of the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment shall result in a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment.

(c) With the written approval of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may terminate (on a non-ratable basis) the unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting Lender, and in such event the provisions of Section 2.26 will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of any such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts), provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

 

33


Section 2.9. Repayment of Loans .

(a) The outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall be due and payable (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

(b) The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan of such Lender in installments payable on the dates set forth below, with each such installment being in the aggregate principal amount for all Lenders set forth opposite such date below (and on such other date(s) and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement), as such amounts shall be reduced from time to time by optional prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11 and mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.12 :

 

Installment Date

   Aggregate Principal Amount  

September 30, 2013

   $ 812,500   

December 31, 2013

   $ 812,500   

March 30, 2014

   $ 812,500   

June 30, 2014

   $ 812,500   

September 30, 2014

   $ 1,218,750   

December 31, 2014

   $ 1,218,750   

March 31, 2015

   $ 1,218,750   

June 30, 2015

   $ 1,218,750   

September 30, 2015

   $ 1,625,000   

December 31, 2015

   $ 1,625,000   

March 30, 2016

   $ 1,625,000   

June 30, 2016

   $ 1,625,000   

September 30, 2016

   $ 2,031,250   

December 31, 2016

   $ 2,031,250   

March 30, 2017

   $ 2,031,250   

June 30, 2017

   $ 2,031,250   

September 30, 2017

   $ 2,437,500   

December 31, 2017

   $ 2,437,500   

March 30, 2018

   $ 2,437,500   
Maturity Date     
 
Remaining outstanding
principal amount
  
  

provided , that, to the extent not previously paid, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

Section 2.10. Evidence of Indebtedness . (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice appropriate records evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain appropriate records in which shall be recorded (i) the Revolving Commitment and Term Loan Commitment of each Lender, (ii) the amount of each Loan made hereunder by each Lender, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) the date of each continuation thereof pursuant to Section 2.7 , (iv) the date of each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type pursuant to Section 2.7 , (v) the date and amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder in respect of such Loans and (vi) both the date and amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower in

 

34


respect of the Loans and each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. The entries made in such records shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , that the failure or delay of any Lender or the Administrative Agent in maintaining or making entries into any such record or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans (both principal and unpaid accrued interest) of such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement evidences the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and is being executed as a “noteless” credit agreement. However, at the request of any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) at any time, the Borrower agrees that it will prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.10 (a “ Note ”). Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment permitted hereunder) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.11. Optional Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, by giving irrevocable (except to the extent conditioned on a refinancing of all or any portion of the Loans) written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent no later than (i) in the case of prepayment of any Eurodollar Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. not less than three (3) Business Days prior to any such prepayment, (ii) in the case of any prepayment of any Base Rate Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. not less than one Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment, and (iii) in the case of Swingline Borrowings, 11:00 a.m. on the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable (except to the extent conditioned on a refinancing of all or any portion of the Loans) and shall specify the proposed date of such prepayment and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid, which shall be in minimum amounts of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 (or in the aggregate principal amount of the Type of Loans that are prepaid). Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender of the contents thereof and of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any such prepayment. If such notice is given, the aggregate amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date designated in such notice, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount so prepaid in accordance with Section 2.13(d ); provided , that if a Eurodollar Borrowing is prepaid on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay all amounts required pursuant to Section 2.19 . Each partial prepayment of any Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type pursuant to Section 2.2 or in the case of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 . Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied to the aggregate principal outstanding amount of Revolving Borrowings at the discretion of the Borrower, and in the case of a prepayment of a Term Loan Borrowing, to principal installments in the order determined by the Borrower in its sole discretion.

Section 2.12. Mandatory Prepayments .

(a) Subject to the proviso contained in this subsection (a), promptly (and in any event, within three (3) Business Days ) after receipt by the Borrower or any Loan Party of Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, the Borrower shall prepay the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.12(e) in an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to prepay the Obligations with respect to (i) proceeds from the Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business, (ii) proceeds from other Asset Sales permitted under Section 7.6 (other than Section 7.6(i) ) and (iii) proceeds of any sale or disposition by the Borrower or any Loan Party of any of its assets, or proceeds from casualty insurance policies or

 

35


eminent domain, condemnation or similar proceedings that in the case of this clause (iii) are reinvested in assets then used or usable in the business of the Borrower and the Loan Parties within one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt thereof or in which the Borrower or such Loan Party has entered into a commitment to reinvest such proceeds within one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt thereof and such proceeds are reinvested in assets or used or usable in the business of the Borrower and the Loan Parties within two hundred seventy (270) days following receipt thereof; provided , further , that if such 180-day period or 270-day period, as applicable, expires without the Borrower or such Loan Party reinvesting all or any portion of such proceeds, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) thereof, the Borrower or such Loan Party shall prepay the Obligations in an amount equal the amount not used or all such Net Cash Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any proceeds from any casualty insurance policies or eminent domain, condemnation or similar proceedings that are required to be turned over to “Lessor” (as such term is defined in the Existing Master Lease) or otherwise applied pursuant to Article XI of the Existing Master Lease shall not be subject to this Section 2.12 .

(b) No later than the Business Day following the date of receipt by the Borrower or any Loan Party of Net Cash Proceeds of any issuance of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1 ), the Borrower shall prepay the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.12(e) in an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds.

(c) No later than the Business Day following the date of receipt by the Borrower or any Loan Party of Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Capital Stock (including Capital Stock issued as part of a Specified Equity Contribution, but other than (x) Capital Stock issued by a Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Subsidiary or (y) Capital Stock issued by Parent to any Equity Investor, Related Party or pursuant to the stock option plan of Parent), the Borrower shall prepay the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.12(e) in an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds.

(d) Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year commencing with the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 2014, the Borrower shall prepay the Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to (x) 50% of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00:1.0 as of the end of such Fiscal Year, (y) 25% of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00:1.0 but greater than or equal to 1.50:1.0 as of the end of such Fiscal Year and (z) 0% of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than 1.50:1.0 as of the end of such Fiscal Year, in each case minus the aggregate amount of any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans during such Fiscal Year.

(e) Any prepayments made by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) , (b) , (c)  or (d)  above shall be applied as follows: first , to Administrative Agent’s fees and reimbursable expenses then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; second , to all reimbursable expenses of the Lenders and all fees and reimbursable expenses of the Issuing Bank then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, pro rata to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank based on their respective Pro Rata Shares of such fees and expenses; third , to interest and fees then due and payable hereunder, pro rata to the Lenders based on their respective Pro Rata Shares of such interest and fees; fourth , to the principal balance of the Term Loans, until the same shall have been paid in full, pro rata to the Lenders based on their Pro Rata Shares of the Term Loans, and applied pro rata to the principal installments of the Term Loans (except with respect to prepayments made pursuant to Section 6.2 ); fifth , to the principal balance of the Swing Line Loans, until the same shall have been paid in full, to the Swingline Lender, sixth , to the

 

36


principal balance of the Revolving Loans, until the same shall have been paid in full, pro rata to the Lenders based on their respective Revolving Commitments and seventh , to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit in an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon. The Revolving Commitments of the Lenders shall not be permanently reduced by the amount of any prepayments made pursuant to clauses fifth through seventh above, unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Required Revolving Lenders so request.

(f) If at any time the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, as reduced pursuant to Section 2.8 or otherwise, the Borrower shall immediately repay Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans in an amount equal to such excess, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on such excess amount and any amounts due under Section 2.19 . Each prepayment shall be applied first to the Swingline Loans to the full extent thereof, second to the Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof, and finally to Eurodollar Loans to the full extent thereof. If after giving effect to prepayment of all Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans, the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize its reimbursement obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit in an amount equal to such excess plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon.

Section 2.13. Interest on Loans .

(a) The Borrower shall pay interest on (i) each Base Rate Loan at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time and (ii) each Eurodollar Loan at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable Interest Period in effect for such Loan plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(b) The Borrower shall pay interest on each Swingline Loan at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the option of the Required Lenders, and after acceleration the Borrower shall pay interest (“ Default Interest ”) with respect to all Eurodollar Loans at the rate per annum equal to 200 basis points above the otherwise applicable interest rate for such Eurodollar Loans for the then-current Interest Period until the last day of such Interest Period, and thereafter, and with respect to all Base Rate Loans and all other Obligations hereunder (other than Loans), at the rate per annum equal to 200 basis points above the otherwise applicable interest rate for Base Rate Loans.

(d) Interest on the principal amount of all Loans shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are made to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof. Interest on all outstanding Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Interest on all outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and, in the case of any Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each day which occurs every three months after the initial date of such Interest Period, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Interest on any Loan which is converted into a Loan of another Type or which is repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such conversion or on the date of any such repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid) thereof. All Default Interest shall be payable on demand.

 

37


(e) The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of such rate in writing (or by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing). Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.14. Fees .

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times previously agreed upon in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”), which shall accrue at the Applicable Margin with respect to Commitment Fees on the daily amount of the unused Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the Availability Period. For purposes of computing the Commitment Fee with respect to the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall be deemed used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure, but not Swingline Exposure, of such Lender.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, a letter of credit fee with respect to its participation in each Letter of Credit (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”), which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans then in effect on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure attributable to such Letter of Credit during the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the date on which such Letter of Credit expires or is drawn in full (such Letter of Credit Fee shall continue to accrue on any LC Exposure that remains outstanding after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a facing fee, which shall accrue at a rate equal to 0.25% on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure during the Availability Period (or until the date that such Letter of Credit is irrevocably cancelled, whichever is later), as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Required Lenders elect to increase the interest rate on the Loans to the Default Interest pursuant to Section 2.13(c) , the rate per annum used to calculate the letter of credit fee pursuant to clause (i) above shall automatically be increased by 200 basis points.

(d) The Borrower shall pay on the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent and its affiliates all fees in the Fee Letter that are due and payable on the Closing Date. The Borrower shall pay on the Closing Date to the Lenders all upfront fees previously agreed in writing.

(e) Accrued fees under paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date (and if later, the date the Loans and LC Exposure shall be repaid in their entirety); provided further , that any such fees accruing after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be payable on demand.

(f) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender will not be entitled to Commitment Fees during such period pursuant to Section 2.14(b) or Letter of Credit Fees accruing during such period pursuant to Section  2.14(c) (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees), provided that (a) to the extent that a portion of the LC Exposure

 

38


of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to Section 2.26 , such fees that would have accrued for the benefit of such Defaulting Lender will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to such Non-Defaulting Lenders, pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments and (b) to the extent any portion of such LC Exposure cannot be so reallocated, such fees will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to the Issuing Bank. The pro rata payment provisions of Section 2.21 shall automatically be deemed adjusted to reflect the provisions of this subsection (f).

Section 2.15. Computation of Interest and Fees .

Interest hereunder based on the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). All other interest and all fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be made in good faith and, except for manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

Section 2.16. Inability to Determine Interest Rates . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing,

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant interbank market, adequate means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period, or

(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender, as the case may be) of making, funding or maintaining their (or its, as the case may be) Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent shall give written notice (or telephonic notice, promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. Until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Revolving Loans or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended and (ii) all such affected Loans shall be converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto unless the Borrower prepays such Loans in accordance with this Agreement. Unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent at least one (1) Business Day before the date of any Eurodollar Borrowing for which a Notice of Revolving Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation has previously been given that it elects not to borrow, continue or convert to a Eurodollar Borrowing on such date, then such Revolving Borrowing shall be made as, continued as or converted into a Base Rate Borrowing.

Section 2.17. Illegality . If any Change in Law shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund any Eurodollar Loan and such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower and the other Lenders, whereupon until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Revolving Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, shall be suspended. In the case of the making of a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Lender’s Revolving Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan as part of the same Revolving Borrowing for the same Interest Period and if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, such Loan shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan

 

39


either (i) on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Loan to such date or (ii) immediately if such Lender shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loan to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affected Lender shall, prior to giving such notice to the Administrative Agent, designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation would avoid the need for giving such notice and if such designation would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

Section 2.18. Increased Costs .

If any Change in Law shall:

(a) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Adjusted LIBO Rate hereunder against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

(b) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes and (B) Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(c) impose on any Lender or on the Issuing Bank or the eurodollar interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or any Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or any participation therein;

and the result of either of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining a Eurodollar Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in or issuing any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then the Borrower shall promptly pay, upon written notice from and demand by such Lender on the Borrower (with a copy of such notice and demand to the Administrative Agent), to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such notice and demand, additional amount or amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(d) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that on or after the date of this Agreement any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital (or on the capital of the Parent Company of such Lender or Issuing Bank) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Parent Company of such Lender or Issuing Bank could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies or the policies of the Parent Company of such Lender or Issuing Bank with respect to capital adequacy) then, from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower of written demand by such Lender (with a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Parent Company of such Lender or the Issuing Bank for any such reduction suffered.

(e) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Parent Company of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.18 shall be

 

40


delivered to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay any such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such amount or amounts within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof.

(f) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.18 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate any Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise or such increased costs or reductions and the Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

Section 2.19. Funding Indemnity . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of a Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion or continuation of a Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (c) the failure by the Borrower to borrow, prepay, convert or continue any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any applicable notice (regardless of whether such notice is withdrawn or revoked), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender, within ten (10) days after written demand from such Lender, for any loss, cost or expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan if such event had not occurred at the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Loan for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan) over (B) the amount of interest that would accrue on the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan for the same period if the Adjusted LIBO Rate were set on the date such Eurodollar Loan was prepaid or converted or the date on which the Borrower failed to borrow, convert or continue such Eurodollar Loan. A certificate as to any additional amount payable under this Section 2.19 submitted to the Borrower by any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

Section 2.20. Taxes .

(a) For purposes of this Section 2.20 , the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable Law” includes FATCA. For purposes of subsection (g) of this Section 2.20 , the term “Lender” also includes any successor Administrative Agent.

(b) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making such deduction or withholding (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20 ) the applicable Recipient shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

41


(c) In addition, the Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes(including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.20 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability and the calculation thereof delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.4(e) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (d).

(f) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20(e) , such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.20(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

42


(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits”, “other income” or other applicable article of such tax treaty;

(iv) properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI,

(v) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.20-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(vi) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, properly completed and duly executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.20-2 or Exhibit 2.20-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.20-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(A) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of

 

43


copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(B) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(h) If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

44


Section 2.21. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.18 , 2.19 or 2.20 , or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon on the date when due, in immediately available funds, free and clear of any defenses, rights of set-off, counterclaim, or withholding or deduction of taxes. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.18 , 2.19 and 2.20 and 11.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be made payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied: first , to Administrative Agent’s fees and reimbursable expenses then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; second , to all reimbursable expenses of the Lenders and all fees and reimbursable expenses of the Issuing Bank then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, pro rata to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank based on their respective pro rata shares of such fees and expenses; third , to interest and fees then due and payable hereunder, pro rata to the Lenders based on their respective pro rata shares of such interest and fees; and fourth , to the payment of principal of the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans that would result in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Credit Exposure, Term Loans and accrued interest and fees thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender with respect to its Revolving Credit Exposure or Term Loans, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Credit Exposure and Term Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Credit Exposure and Term Loans; provided , that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Credit Exposure and Term Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

45


(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount or amounts due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any amount paid by the Borrower for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, reimbursement of LC Disbursements, indemnity payments or other amounts) will be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account until the Revolving Commitment Termination Date at which time the funds in such account will be applied by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, in the following order of priority: first to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, second to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender under this Agreement, third to the payment of interest due and payable to the Lenders hereunder that are not Defaulting Lenders, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such interest then due and payable to them, fourth to the payment of fees then due and payable to the Lenders hereunder that are not Defaulting Lenders, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such fees then due and payable to them, fifth to pay principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due and payable to the Lenders hereunder that are not Defaulting Lenders, ratably in accordance with the amounts thereof then due and payable to them, sixth to the ratable payment of other amounts then due and payable to the Lenders hereunder that are not Defaulting Lenders, and seventh to pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

Section 2.22. Letters of Credit .

(a) During the Availability Period, the Issuing Bank, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders pursuant to Section 2.22(d ) and 2.22(e) , may, in its sole discretion, issue, at the request of the Borrower, Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; provided , that (i) each Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of (A) the date one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (B) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date; (ii) each Letter of Credit shall be in a stated amount of at least $5,000; and (iii) the Borrower may not request any Letter of Credit, if, after giving effect to such issuance (A) the aggregate LC Exposure would exceed the LC Commitment or (B) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments. Each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Bank without recourse a participation in each Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on the date of issuance with

 

46


respect to all other Letters of Credit. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the Revolving Commitment of each Lender by an amount equal to the amount of such participation.

(b) To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or any amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall give the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of such issuance specifying the date (which shall be a Business Day) such Letter of Credit is to be issued (or amended, extended or renewed, as the case may be), the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. In addition to the satisfaction of the conditions in Article III , the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or any amendment which increases the amount of such Letter of Credit) will be subject to the further conditions that such Letter of Credit shall be in such form and contain such terms as the Issuing Bank shall approve and that the Borrower shall have executed and delivered any additional applications, agreements and instruments relating to such Letter of Credit as the Issuing Bank shall reasonably require; provided , that in the event of any conflict between such applications, agreements or instruments and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

(c) At least two Business Days prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received such notice and if not, the Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Issuing Bank has received notice from the Administrative Agent on or before 5:00 p.m. the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Issuing Bank is to issue the requested Letter of Credit (1) directing the Issuing Bank not to issue the Letter of Credit because such issuance is not then permitted hereunder because of the limitations set forth in Section 2.22(a ) or that one or more conditions specified in Article III are not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue such Letter of Credit in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices.

(d) The Issuing Bank shall examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit promptly following its receipt thereof. The Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make a LC Disbursement thereunder; provided , that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to such LC Disbursement. The Borrower shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursements paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such drawing, without presentment, demand or other formalities of any kind. Unless the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which such drawing is honored that the Borrower intends to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing in funds other than from the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have timely given a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders to make a Base Rate Borrowing on the date on which such drawing is honored in an exact amount due to the Issuing Bank; provided , that for purposes solely of such Borrowing, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 hereof shall not be applicable. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3 , and each Lender shall make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.6 . The proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for such LC Disbursement .

 

47


(e) If for any reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Issuing Bank) shall be obligated to fund the participation that such Lender purchased pursuant to subsection (a) in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such LC Disbursement on and as of the date which such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. Each Lender’s obligation to fund its participation shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have against the Issuing Bank or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower or any other Lender, (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. On the date that such participation is required to be funded, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank. Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Bank has received from any such Lender the funds for its participation in a LC Disbursement, the Issuing Bank (or the Administrative Agent on its behalf) receives any payment on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment; provided , that if such payment is required to be returned for any reason to the Borrower or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or similar official in any bankruptcy proceeding, such Lender will return to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank any portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank to it.

(f) To the extent that any Lender shall fail to pay any amount required to be paid pursuant to paragraphs (d) or (e) of this Section on the due date therefor, such Lender shall pay interest to the Issuing Bank (through the Administrative Agent) on such amount from such due date to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate; provided , that if such Lender shall fail to make such payment to the Issuing Bank within three (3) Business Days of such due date, then, retroactively to the due date, such Lender shall be obligated to pay interest on such amount at the rate set forth in Section 2.13(d) .

(g) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding that its reimbursement obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit be Cash Collateralized pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon; provided , that such obligation to Cash Collateralize the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Letters of Credit shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or notice of any kind, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Section 8.1 . Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as Cash Collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. The Borrower agrees to execute any documents and/or certificates to effectuate the intent of this paragraph. Other than

 

48


any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest and profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it had not been reimbursed and to the extent so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, with the consent of the Required Lenders, be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If the Borrower is required to Cash Collateralize its reimbursement obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit as a result of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such cash collateral so posted (to the extent not so applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(h) Upon the request of any Lender, but no more frequently than quarterly, the Issuing Bank shall deliver (through the Administrative Agent) to each Lender and the Borrower a report describing the aggregate Letters of Credit then outstanding. Upon the request of any Lender from time to time, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to such Lender any other information reasonably requested by such Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit then outstanding.

(i) The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of any of the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement;

(ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or transferee may be acting), any Lender (including the Issuing Bank) or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document to the Issuing Bank that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.22 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder; or

(vi) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default.

Neither the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders nor any Related Party of any of the foregoing shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or

 

49


transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to above), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided , that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any actual direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect (including claims for lost profits or other consequential damages), or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise due care when determining whether drafts or other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree, that in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised due care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(j) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable Laws, (i) each standby Letter of Credit shall be governed by the “International Standby Practices 1998” (ISP98) (or such later revision as may be published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice on any date any Letter of Credit may be issued), (ii) each documentary Letter of Credit shall be governed by the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (or such later revision as may be published by the International Chamber of Commerce on any date any Letter of Credit may be issued) and (iii) the Borrower shall specify the foregoing in each letter of credit application submitted for the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

Section 2.23. Increase of Commitments; Additional Lenders .

(a) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower would be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI after giving effect thereto, from time to time after the Closing Date, Borrower may, upon at least 30 days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly provide a copy of such notice to each Lender), propose to increase the Aggregate Revolving Commitments or to establish one or more new additional term loans (each, an “ Incremental Term Loan ”) by an amount not to exceed $30,000,000 (the amount of any such increase or the principal amount of any such Incremental Term Loan, the “ Additional Commitment Amount ”) and in a minimum amount of at least $3,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000. With respect to any increase in the Aggregate Revolving Commitments or any Incremental Term Loans, each Lender shall have the right for a period of 15 days following receipt of such notice, to elect by written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to increase its Revolving Commitment or provide Incremental Term Loans by a principal amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Additional Commitment Amount. With respect to any Incremental Term Loan, (x) the final maturity date shall be no earlier than the latest Maturity Date for any then existing Term Loan, (y) the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loan shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of any then existing Term Loan and (z) the Applicable Margin for the Incremental Term Loan shall not be more than 75 basis points (0.75%) more than the Applicable

 

50


Margin with respect to any then existing Term Loan, unless the Applicable Margin for any then existing Term Loan is increased to the Applicable Margin for the Incremental Term Loan minus 75 basis points (0.75%). No Lender (or any successor thereto) shall have any obligation to increase its Revolving Commitment or its other obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or provide any Incremental Term Loan Commitment, and any decision by a Lender to increase its Revolving Commitment or provide any Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall be made in its sole discretion independently from any other Lender. If any Lender shall fail to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing about whether it will increase its Revolving Commitment or provide any Incremental Term Loan Commitment within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice, such Lender shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Revolving Commitment or provide any Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

(b) If any Lender shall not elect to increase its Revolving Commitment or to provide any Incremental Term Loan Commitment pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 2.23 , the Borrower may designate another bank or other financial institution (which may be, but need not be, one or more of the existing Lenders) which at the time agrees to, in the case of any such Person that is an existing Lender, increase its Revolving Commitment and/or provide an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, and in the case of any other such Person (an “ Additional Lender ”), become a party to this Agreement; provided , however , that any new bank or financial institution must be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which acceptance will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The sum of the increases in the Revolving Commitments and/or the principal amount of Incremental Term Loans of the existing Lenders pursuant to this subsection (b) plus the Revolving Commitments and/or the principal amount of Incremental Term Loans of the Additional Lenders shall not in the aggregate exceed the unsubscribed amount of the Additional Commitment Amount.

(c) An increase in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments or the establishment of any Incremental Term Loan pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall become effective upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of a supplement or joinder in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent executed by the Borrower, by each Additional Lender and by each other Lender providing an increased Revolving Commitment or Incremental Term Loan Commitment, setting forth the new Commitments of such Lenders and setting forth the agreement of each Additional Lender to become a party to this Agreement and to be bound by all the terms and provisions hereof and such evidence of appropriate corporate authorization on the part of the Borrower with respect to the increase in the Revolving Commitments and/or Incremental Term Loan and such opinions of counsel for the Borrower with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(d) Upon the acceptance of any such supplement or joinder by the Administrative Agent, the Commitments shall automatically be increased by the amount of the Commitments added through such supplement or joinder and Schedule I shall automatically be deemed amended to reflect the Commitments of all Lenders after giving effect to the addition of such Commitments.

(e) Upon any increase in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.23 that is not pro rata among all Lenders, (x) within five (5) Business Days, in the case of any Base Rate Loans then outstanding, and at the end of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, in the case of any Eurodollar Loans then outstanding, the Borrower shall prepay such Loans in their entirety and, to the extent the Borrower elects to do so and subject to the conditions specified in Article III , the Borrower shall reborrow Loans from the Lenders in proportion to their respective Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such increase, until such time as all outstanding Loans are held by the Lenders in proportion to their

 

51


respective Commitments after giving effect to such increase and (y) effective upon such increase, the amount of the participations held by each Lender in each Letter of Credit then outstanding shall be adjusted automatically such that, after giving effect to such adjustments, the Lenders shall hold participations in each such Letter of Credit in proportion to their respective Revolving Commitments.

Section 2.24. Mitigation of Obligations. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.18 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the sole judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable under Section 2.18 or Section 2.20 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with such designation or assignment.

Section 2.25. Replacement of Lenders . If (a) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.18 , (b) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority of the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 , (c) any Lender notifies the Borrower and Administrative Agent that it is unable to fund Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Sections 2.16 or 2.17 , (d) a Lender (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) does not consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document that has been approved by the Required Lenders as provided in Section 11.2(b) but requires unanimous consent of all the Lenders or all the Lenders directly affected thereby (as applicable) or (e) if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 11.4(b ) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender); provided , that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Loans owed to it, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (in the case of such outstanding principal and accrued interest) and from the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of a claim for compensation under Section 2.18 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Law and (v) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Non-Consenting Lender’s failure to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document, the applicable assignee consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination; provided that the failure by such Non-Consenting Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Non-Consenting Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and outstanding Loans pursuant to this Section 2.25 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Acceptance. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

52


Section 2.26. Reallocation and Cash Collateralization of Defaulting Lender Commitment .

(a) If a Revolving Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

(i) the LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender will, subject to the limitation in the first proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the day such Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments (calculated as if the Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment was reduced to zero and each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment had been increased proportionately); provided that (a) the sum of each Non-Defaulting Lender’s total Revolving Credit Exposure may not in any event exceed the Revolving Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (b) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender; and

(ii) to the extent that any portion (the “ unreallocated portion ”) of the LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure of any Defaulting Lender cannot be reallocated pursuant to clause (i) for any reason the Borrower will, not later than two (2) Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender), (A) Cash Collateralize the obligations of the Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in respect of such LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure, as the case may be, in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the unreallocated portion of the LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender, (B) in the case of such Swingline Exposure, prepay and/or Cash Collateralize in full the unreallocated portion thereof, or (C) make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender.

(b) If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender agree in writing in their discretion that any Defaulting Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, the LC Exposure and the Swingline Exposure of the other Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment, and such Lender will purchase at par such portion of outstanding Revolving Loans of the other Lenders and/or make such other adjustments as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Exposure of the Lenders to be on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender (and such Revolving Credit Exposure of each Lender will automatically be adjusted on a prospective basis to reflect the foregoing). If any cash collateral has been posted with respect to the LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will promptly return such cash collateral to the Borrower; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

53


ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

Section 3.1. Conditions To Effectiveness . This Agreement and the obligations of the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall be effective upon satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) Loan Documents . Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a counterpart of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents signed by or on behalf of each party hereto or thereto or written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of such signed signature page) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such party is a party.

(b) Organizational Documents; Resolutions and Certificates. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of:

(i) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party, attaching and certifying copies of such Loan Party’s Organizational Documents and resolutions of its board of directors (or equivalent governing body), authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and certifying the name, title and true signature of each officer of such Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; and

(ii) certified copies of the articles or certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization or limited partnership, or other registered organizational documents of each Loan Party, together with certificates of good standing or existence, as may be available from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party and California and Tennessee.

(c) Opinions of Counsel . Favorable written opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders, and covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated therein in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Officer’s Closing Certificate . A certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that after giving effect to the funding of the Term Loans and any Revolving Loans, and the payment of the Closing Date Dividend, on the Closing Date (i) the conditions specified in Sections 3.2(a) , (b)  and (c)  are satisfied as of the Closing Date, (ii) the Borrower has as at least $8,000,000 of availability under the Revolving Commitments and (iii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.25 to 1.00.

(e) Sources and Uses . A duly executed funds disbursement agreement, together with a report setting forth the sources and uses of the proceeds hereof.

(f) Required Consents and Approvals . The Loan Parties shall have received all consents (including Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance and other necessary governmental consents, if applicable), approvals, authorizations, registrations and filings and orders required or advisable to be made or obtained under any applicable Law, the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or by any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party, in connection with the execution, delivery,

 

54


performance, validity and enforceability of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings and orders shall be in full force and effect in all material respects and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired, and no investigation or inquiry by any governmental authority regarding the Loan Documents or any other transaction being financed with the proceeds thereof shall be ongoing.

(g) Solvency . A certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer or treasurer of each Loan Party, confirming that each Loan Party is Solvent before and after giving effect to the funding of the Term Loans and any Revolving Loans on the Closing Date and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated herein.

(h) Insurance . Certificates of insurance issued on behalf of insurers of the Loan Parties, describing in reasonable detail the types and amounts of insurance (property and liability) maintained by the Loan Parties.

(i) Collateral Access Agreements . Receipt by the Administrative Agent of Collateral Access Agreements with respect to (i) the Master Lease Agreement and (ii) the lease agreement for that certain property located at 155 Natalie Boulevard, Loudon, Tennessee, 37774.

(j) Personal Property Collateral .

(i) Searches of Uniform Commercial Code filings in the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party and each other jurisdiction where each Loan Party owns real property;

(ii) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral;

(iii) All certificates evidencing any certificated Capital Stock pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any pledge agreement, together with duly executed in blank, undated stock powers attached thereto (unless, with respect to the pledged Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary, such stock powers are deemed unnecessary by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion under the Law of the jurisdiction of organization of such Person);

(iv) Searches of ownership of, and Liens on, United States registered intellectual property owned by each Loan Party in the appropriate governmental offices; and

(v) Duly executed notices of grant of security interest in the form required by any security agreement as are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the United States registered intellectual property owned by the Loan Parties (if and to the extent perfection may be achieved in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office by such filings).

(k) Refinancing of Existing Indebtedness . Copies of duly executed payoff letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, executed by each of the Borrower’s existing lenders or the agent thereof under the Existing Credit Agreement, together with (A) evidence of payment of such existing Indebtedness, (B) UCC-3 or other appropriate

 

55


termination statements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, releasing all liens of any existing lenders upon any of the personal property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (C) cancellations and releases, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, releasing all liens of any existing lenders upon any of the real property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (D) any other releases, terminations or other documents reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to evidence the payoff of Indebtedness owed to any existing lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement.

(l) Patriot Act; Anti-Money Laundering Laws . Provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “ know your customer ” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

(m) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the Audited Financial Statements, (ii) the Interim Financial Statements and (iii) audited consolidated balance sheet of the Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

(n) Material Indebtedness . Copies of all agreements, indentures or notes governing the terms of any Material Indebtedness.

(o) Closing Date Dividend . The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Closing Date Dividend does not exceed an amount equal to the sum of (i) $65,000,000 (net of (x) fees and expenses required to be paid on the Closing Date and (y) any amounts required to refinance the Existing Credit Agreement) plus (ii) any cash on hand of the Borrower and the Loan Parties in excess of $3,000,000 as of such date.

(p) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent shall have received payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including without limitation reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Arranger (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder, under any other Loan Document and under any agreement with the Administrative Agent or the Arranger.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 3.1 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 3.1 , each Lender that has signed this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 3.2. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

56


(b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, all representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects, on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit, in each case before and after giving effect thereto) except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(c) since June 30, 2012, there shall have been no change which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) the Borrower shall have delivered the required Notice of Borrowing;

(e) if a request is made by the Borrower for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, certificates or information as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders; provided that any such additional documents, certificates or information may be required only if the circumstances reasonably support such request by the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, as applicable; and

(f) if any Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender at the time of any request by the Borrower of a Borrowing of a Swingline Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit, as applicable, set forth in this Section 3.2 , the Issuing Bank will not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit and the Swingline Lender will not be required to make any Swingline Loans, unless they are satisfied that 100% of the related LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure is fully covered or eliminated pursuant to Section 2.26 .

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.2 .

Section 3.3. Delivery of Documents . All of the Loan Documents, certificates, legal opinions and other documents and papers referred to in this Article III , unless otherwise specified, shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the Lenders and in sufficient counterparts or copies for each of the Lenders and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender as follows:

Section 4.1. Existence; Power . The Borrower and each of the Loan Parties (i) are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) have all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority to carry on their respective business as now conducted, and (iii) are duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where a failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

57


Section 4.2. Organizational Power; Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are within such Loan Party’s organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational and, if required, shareholder, partner or member action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms.

Section 4.3. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any action by, any Governmental Authority, except those as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except for filings necessary to perfect or maintain perfection of the Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties or any judgment, order or ruling of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective assets, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, except Liens (if any) created under the Loan Documents.

Section 4.4. Financial Statements . The Borrower has furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (a) the Audited Financial Statements and (b) the Interim Financial Statements. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and the Loan Parties as of such dates and the consolidated results of operations for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii). Since June 30, 2012, there have been no changes with respect to the Borrower and the Loan Parties which have had or could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.5. Litigation and Environmental Matters .

(a) No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrators or Governmental Authorities is pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties (i) that could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) which in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) Except for the matters set forth on Schedule 4.5 , neither the Borrower nor any of the Loan Parties (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability, except, in the case of clauses (i) through (iv) that could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.6. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . The Borrower and each of the Loan Parties is in compliance with (a) all Requirements of Law and all judgments, decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority and (b) all indentures, agreements or other instruments binding upon it or its properties, except where non-compliance, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

58


Section 4.7. Investment Company Act, Etc. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Loan Parties is (a) an “investment company” or is “controlled” by an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and in effect from time to time, or (b) otherwise subject to any other regulatory scheme limiting its ability to incur debt or requiring any approval or consent from, or registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority in connection therewith.

Section 4.8. Taxes . The Borrower and the Loan Parties and each other Affiliate for whose taxes the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties could reasonably become liable have timely filed or caused to be filed all Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns that are required to be filed by them, and have paid all federal and other material taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any assessments made against it or its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority, except where the same are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and the Loan Parties in respect of such taxes are adequate, and no tax liabilities that could be materially in excess of the amount so provided are anticipated.

Section 4.9. Margin Regulations . None of the proceeds of any of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly, for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Loan Parties is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock”.

Section 4.10. ERISA . Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code (including, without limitation, the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, (ii) each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code either has a remaining period of time to apply for or has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service, and nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise adversely affect such qualification), (iii) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (iv) there exists no Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Plan, (v) as of the date hereof, none of the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan, (vi) there are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Plan, (vii) the Borrower, each of the Loan Parties and each ERISA Affiliate have made all contributions to or under each Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, by the terms of such Plan or Multiemployer Plan, respectively, or by any contract or agreement requiring contributions to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (viii) no Plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA has applied for or received an extension of any amortization period within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA, (ix) none of

 

59


the Borrower, any of the Loan Parties or any ERISA Affiliate have ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4068(a) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions, (x) each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, (xi) all contributions required to be made with respect to a Non-U.S. Plan have been timely made and (xii) the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan that is required to be funded, determined as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of reasonable actuarial assumptions, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities.

Section 4.11. Ownership of Property; Insurance .

(a) Each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to the operation of its business, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower referred to in Section 4.4 or purported to have been acquired by the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are material to the business or operations of the Borrower and the Loan Parties are valid and subsisting and are in full force.

(b) Each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties owns, or is licensed or otherwise has the right to use, all of its or such Loan Parties patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property, and the use thereof by the Borrower and the Loan Parties does not infringe on the rights of any other Person, except to the extent that could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The properties of the Borrower and the Loan Parties are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or any applicable Loan Party operates.

(d) As of the Closing Date, (i) all Real Estate owned in fee by the Borrower and the Loan Parties and (ii) Real Estate leased by the Borrower and the Loan Parties is depicted on Schedule 4.11(d) .

Section 4.12. Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the Closing Date all agreements, instruments, and corporate or other restrictions to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that, in any such case, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Information Memorandum nor any of the reports (including, without limitation, all reports that the Borrower is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission), financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the negotiation or syndication of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by any other information so furnished), taken as a whole, as of the Closing Date contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

60


Section 4.13. Labor Relations . There are no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes or grievances against the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, and no significant unfair labor practice charges or grievances are pending against the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against any of them before any Governmental Authority, except in any such case, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties pursuant to the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.14. Subsidiaries . Schedule 4.14 sets forth the name of, the ownership interest of the applicable Loan Party in, the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of, and the type of each Subsidiary of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Loan Party, in each case as of the Closing Date.

Section 4.15. Solvency . After giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Loans under this Agreement, each Loan Party is Solvent.

Section 4.16. Deposit and Disbursement Accounts . Schedule 4.16 lists, as of the Closing Date, all banks and other financial institutions at which any Loan Party maintains deposit accounts, lockbox accounts, disbursement accounts, investment accounts or other similar accounts, and correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each financial institution, the name in which the account is held, the type of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

Section 4.17. Collateral Documents . The Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein), and when UCC financing statements are filed in the appropriate offices, such shall constitute a fully perfected Lien (to the extent that such Lien may be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement) on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.2 . When the certificates evidencing all Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents are delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, together with appropriate stock powers or other similar instruments of transfer duly executed in blank, the Liens in such Capital Stock shall be fully perfected first priority security interests, perfected by “control” as defined in the UCC.

Section 4.18. Material Agreements . As of the Closing Date, all Material Agreements of the Borrower and the Loan Parties are described on Schedule 4.19 , and each such Material Agreement is in full force and effect in all material respects. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower does not have any knowledge of any pending amendments or threatened termination of any of the Material Agreements. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has delivered to Administrative Agent a true, complete and correct copy of each Material Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements, modifications, assignments and all other documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith).

Section 4.19. OFAC . No Loan Party (a) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or

 

61


Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (b) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2, or (c) is a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.

Section 4.20. Patriot Act . Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the Uniting And Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate Tools Required To Intercept And Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001). No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

Section 4.21. Fiscal Year . The Loan Parties have the same Fiscal Year.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder, any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding (other than contingent indemnification obligations or expense reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

Section 5.1. Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent will deliver to each Lender:

(a) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Loan Parties, a copy of the annual audited report for such Fiscal Year for the Borrower and the Loan Parties, containing a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Loan Parties as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows (together with all footnotes thereto) of the Borrower and the Loan Parties for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and reported on by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP or other independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, exception or explanation and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations of the Borrower and the Loan Parties for such Fiscal Year on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;

(b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Loan Parties, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Loan Parties as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and the Loan Parties for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year;

 

62


(c) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Loan Parties as of the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and the Loan Parties for such month and the then elapsed portion of such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding month of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year;

(d) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section, (other than the financial statements for the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year delivered pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section), a Compliance Certificate signed by the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether there exists a Default or Event of Default on the date of such certificate and, if a Default or an Event of Default then exists, specifying the details thereof and the action which the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail calculations demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI , and (iii) specifying any change in the identity of the Loan Parties as of the end of such Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter from the Loan Parties identified to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the Closing Date or as of the most recent Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter, as the case may be, and (iv) stating whether any change in GAAP or the application thereof has occurred since the date of the mostly recently delivered audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and the Loan Parties to the extent that such change has an effect on the financial statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate;

(e) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained any knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any Default or Event of Default under Article VI hereof (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines);

(f) within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, forecasts and a pro forma budget for the succeeding Fiscal Year, containing an income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flow;

(g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the results of operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request.

Section 5.2. Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent will furnish to each Lender) prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or any material development in, any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, affecting the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

63


(c) the occurrence of any event or any other development by which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties (i) fails to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) becomes subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) receives notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, or (iv) becomes aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred that could result in liability to the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining to any ERISA Event and any notices received by the Borrower, such Loan Party or such ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental agency with respect thereto;

(e) the occurrence of any event of default, or the receipt by the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties of any written notice of an alleged default or event of default, with respect to any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties;

(f) any material amendment or modification to any Material Agreement (together with a copy thereof), and prompt notice of any termination, expiration or loss of any Material Agreement that, in each case, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a reduction in revenue or Consolidated EBITDA of the Loan Parties of ten percent (10%) or more on a consolidated basis from the prior Fiscal Year; and

(g) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.3. Additional Deliverables . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent will furnish to each Lender) the following:

(a) promptly and in any event at least twenty (20) days prior thereto (or such shorter period of time acceptable to the Administrative Agent), notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (ii) in any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records or any office or facility at which Collateral with a value in excess of $1,000,000 owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility), (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or legal structure, (iv) in any Loan Party’s federal taxpayer identification number or organizational number, or (v) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization; and

(b) as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, a copy of any environmental report or site assessment obtained by or for the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties after the Closing Date on any Real Estate subsequently owned by the Loan Parties.

Each notice or other document delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice or other document and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.4. Existence; Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Loan Parties to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and maintain in full force

 

64


and effect its legal existence and its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; provided that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.3 or the sale or other disposition of assets permitted under Section 7.6 .

Section 5.5. Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Loan Parties to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any Governmental Authority applicable to its business and properties, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, ERISA and OSHA, except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.6. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Loan Parties to, pay and discharge at or before maturity all of its material obligations and liabilities (including, without limitation, all federal and other material taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, levies and all other claims that could result in a statutory Lien) before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (b) the Borrower or such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, or (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.7. Books and Records . The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Loan Parties to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower in conformity with GAAP in all material respects.

Section 5.8. Visitation, Inspection, Etc. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Loan Parties to, permit any representative of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable request, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine its books and records and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers and with its independent certified public accountants, during normal business hours and as often as Administrative Agent or such Lender may reasonably request after reasonable prior notice to the Borrower; provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no prior notice shall be required; provided , further , if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall only be responsible for reimbursing costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 5.8 no more than (1) time per Fiscal Year.

Section 5.9. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance . The Borrower will, and will cause each the Loan Parties to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Borrower (i) insurance with respect to its properties and business, and the properties and business of the Loan Parties, against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations and (ii) all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Collateral Documents, and will, upon request of the Administrative Agent at reasonable intervals a certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by the Borrower and the Loan Parties in accordance with this Section, and (c) at all times shall name the Administrative Agent as additional insured on all liability policies of the Borrower and the Loan Parties and as loss payee (pursuant to a loss payee endorsement reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent) on all casualty and property insurance policies of the Borrower and the Loan Parties.

Section 5.10. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Term Loan: (a) to finance the Closing Date Dividend and (b) to cause all indebtedness owed under the

 

65


Existing Credit Agreement to be repaid in full and to cause all existing Liens (other than Permitted Liens) to be released. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans to finance Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions, working capital needs, and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Loan Parties. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that would violate any rule or regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X. All Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes.

Section 5.11. Casualty and Condemnation . The Borrower (a) will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of any Collateral or the commencement of any action or preceding for the taking of any material portion of any Collateral under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding and (b) will ensure that the net cash proceeds of any such event (whether in the form of insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or otherwise) are collected and applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

Section 5.12. Cash Management . The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Loan Parties to:

(a) except for Excluded Accounts, maintain all cash management and treasury business with the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, all deposit accounts, disbursement accounts, investment accounts and lockbox accounts (each such deposit account, disbursement account, investment account and lockbox account, a “ Depository Account ”); each Depository Account shall be a cash collateral account, with all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such account securing payment of the Obligations, and, except for the Excluded Accounts, in which the Borrower and any Loan Party shall have granted a first priority Lien to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.2 hereof, perfected either automatically or under the UCC;

(b) deposit promptly, and in any event no later than ten (10) Business Days after the date of receipt thereof, all cash, checks, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting payments made in respect of any and all accounts and other Collateral into a Depository Account; and

(c) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, cause all payments constituting proceeds of accounts or other Collateral to be directed into lockbox accounts under agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Section 5.13. Additional Subsidiaries and Collateral .

(a) In the event that, subsequent to the Closing Date, any Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary, whether pursuant to formation, acquisition or otherwise, (x) the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and (y) within thirty (30) days after such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary, the Borrower shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary (i) to become a new Guarantor and to grant Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent in all of its personal property by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.13 or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and authorizing and delivering, at the request of the Administrative Agent, such UCC financing statements or similar instruments required by the Administrative Agent to perfect the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, and granted under any of the Loan Documents, provided that no Domestic Subsidiary that is a CFC Holdo shall be required to become a Guarantor hereunder,

 

66


(b) to grant Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, in all fee ownership interests in Real Estate with a value in excess of $2,000,000 per individual property by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent such Real Estate Documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require, and (iii) to deliver all such other documentation (including, without limitation, certified organizational documents, resolutions, lien searches, title insurance policies, surveys, environmental reports and legal opinions) and to take all such other actions as such Subsidiary would have been required to deliver and take pursuant to Section 3.1 if such Subsidiary had been a Loan Party on the Closing Date or that such Subsidiary would be required to deliver pursuant to Section 5.13 with respect to any Real Estate with a value in excess of $2,000,000 per individual property. In addition, within thirty (30) days after the date any Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Loan Party to (i) pledge all of the Capital Stock of such Domestic Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, as security for the Obligations by executing and delivering such documentation as reasonably required by Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, provided that the pledge of the Capital Stock of a Domestic Subsidiary that is a CFC Holdco shall be limited to 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Capital Stock and 100% of the issued and outstanding non-voting Capital Stock of such Domestic Subsidiary, and (ii) to the extent certificated, deliver the original certificates evidencing such pledged Capital Stock to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, together with appropriate powers executed in blank.

(c) In the event that, subsequent to the Closing Date, any Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary, whether pursuant to formation, acquisition or otherwise, (x) the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and (y) to the extent such Foreign Subsidiary is owned directly by any Loan Party, within sixty (60) days after such Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary or, if the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion that the Borrower is working in good faith, such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall permit, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Loan Party to (i) pledge all of the Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary (provided that, the pledge of the voting Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary shall be limited to 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary) to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, as security for the Obligations pursuant to a pledge agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) to the extent certificated, deliver the original certificates evidencing such pledged Capital Stock to the Administrative Agent, together with appropriate powers executed in blank and (iii) deliver all such other documentation (including, without limitation, certified organizational documents, resolutions, lien searches and legal opinions) and to take all such other actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(d) No Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor or grant any Lien pursuant to Section 5.13(a) .

(e) The Borrower agrees that, following the delivery of any Collateral Documents required to be executed and delivered by this Section, the Administrative Agent shall have a valid and enforceable, first priority perfected Lien on the property required to be pledged pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section (to the extent that such Lien can be perfected by execution, delivery and/or recording of the Collateral Documents or UCC financing statements, or possession of such Collateral), free and clear of all Liens other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.2 . All actions to be taken pursuant to this Section shall be at the expense of the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, and shall be taken to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.

 

67


Section 5.14. Additional Real Estate; Leased Locations .

(a) To the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, if any Loan Party proposes to acquire a fee ownership interest in Real Estate after the Closing with a value in excess of $2,000,000 per individual property, it shall at the time of such acquisition provide to the Administrative Agent all Real Estate Documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent granting the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, a first priority Lien on such Real Estate (subject to Permitted Encumbrances), together with all environmental audits and reports, title insurance policies, real property surveys (if requested), flood zone reports, evidence of compliance with zoning and building laws, environmental indemnities, legal opinions, supplemental casualty and flood insurance and other documents, instruments and agreements reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) To the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, if any Loan Party proposes to lease any Real Estate and maintain Collateral thereon in excess of $2,000,000 per individual property, it shall provide to the Administrative Agent a copy of such lease and a Collateral Access Agreement from the landlord of such leased property or the bailee with respect to any warehouse or other location where such books, records or Collateral will be stored or located, which agreement or letter shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent; provided that if such Loan Party is unable to deliver any such Collateral Access Agreement after using its commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the Administrative Agent may waive the foregoing requirement in its reasonable discretion.

Section 5.15. Further Assurances . The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages and other documents), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Borrower also agrees to provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents.

Section 5.16. Interest Rate Protection . As promptly as practicable, and in any event commencing within 90 days after the Closing Date, the Borrower will maintain in effect at all times one or more Hedging Transactions on such terms and with such parties as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the effect of which shall be to fix or limit the interest cost to the Borrower with respect to at least 50% of all floating rate Indebtedness constituting Term Loans (as reduced by the scheduled amortization thereof) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

Section 5.17. Post-Closing Obligations.

Within 30 days of the Closing Date, or such later date as agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have received endorsements to the insurance policies of the Loan Parties, naming the Administrative Agent as additional insured on liability policies and lender loss payee on property and casualty policies.

 

68


ARTICLE VI

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder, any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding (other than contingent indemnification obligations or expense reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

Section 6.1. Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Borrower and the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis will maintain, as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending on June 30, 2013, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than:

 

Fiscal Quarter

  

Consolidated Fixed Charge

Coverage Ratio

Each Fiscal Quarter ending on or

prior to June 30, 2014

   1.15:1.0

Each Fiscal Quarter ending on or after

September 30, 2014

   1.25:1.0

Section 6.2. Consolidated Leverage Ratio . The Borrower and the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis will maintain, as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending on June 30, 2013, a Consolidated Leverage Ratio of not greater than:

 

Fiscal Quarter

  

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

Each Fiscal Quarter ending

prior to June 30, 2014

   2.75:1.0

Each Fiscal Quarter ending on or after

June 30, 2014 and prior to

June 30, 2015

   2.50:1.0

Each Fiscal Quarter ending on or after

June 30, 2015 and prior to

June 30, 2016

   2.25:1.0

Each Fiscal Quarter ending on or after

June 30, 2016

   2.00:1.0

For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 any cash equity contribution made to the Parent that is promptly contributed to the Borrower after the end of any Fiscal Quarter after the Closing Date and on or prior to the day that is 15 days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such Fiscal Quarter will, at the request of the Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of determining compliance with such financial covenants at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and applicable subsequent periods which include such Fiscal Quarter (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”); provided that , (u) the cash equity contribution received by Borrower from the Parent shall be paid first to the Term Loan in inverse order of maturity and upon payment in full of the Term Loan to the Revolving Loan, (v) during the term of this

 

69


Agreement and so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or unpaid, no more than an aggregate amount equal to $5,000,000 in Specified Equity Contributions may be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the purpose of determining compliance with such financial covenants, (w) Specified Equity Contributions in consecutive Fiscal Quarters may not be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the purpose of determining compliance with such financial covenants, (x) in each four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period, there shall be at least two Fiscal Quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (y) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no more than 125% of the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants specified above, and (z) no more than three (3) Specified Equity Contributions shall be made during the term of this Agreement. The Borrower shall, on or prior to the making of any Specified Equity Contribution, give the Administrative Agent a written notice identifying the aggregate amount of such Specified Equity Contribution to be used to cure and remedy any breach of any financial covenants in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 applicable to such Fiscal Quarter.

 

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder, any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding (other than contingent indemnification obligations or expense reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

Section 7.1. Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness created pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Loan Parties existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.1 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (immediately prior to giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement) or shorten the maturity or the weighted average life thereof;

(c) Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to any Loan Party and of any Loan Party owing to the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(d) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Loan Party and by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(e) Permitted Subordinated Debt;

(f) Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 7.10 ;

(g) Purchase money indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations of the Borrower and the Loan Parties (including any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the date of this Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 of new Indebtedness in any one Fiscal Year, and not to exceed $6,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(h) Earn-outs, indemnification obligations, purchase price adjustments, non-compete obligations and similar adjustments in respect of Permitted Acquisitions or other asset sales permitted hereunder;

 

70


(i) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties with respect to surety, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business (including surety or similar bonds issued in connection with the stay of a proceeding of the type described in Section 8.1 (1)) ;

(j) Indebtedness owed to any Person (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of such Person) providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is promptly extinguished;

(l) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(m) unsecured Indebtedness incurred in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, and other like services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness does not remain outstanding for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days;

(n) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability or other insurance to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the period in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness is outstanding only during the period covered by the insurance (not to exceed one year of premiums for any single insurance policy);

(o) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or an entity merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date and Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets, which Indebtedness in each case exists at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation or amalgamation and is not created in contemplation of such event and where such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation is permitted by this Agreement; provided the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (p) does not exceed $2,000,000 million at any time outstanding;

(p) Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.4 ; and

(q) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Section 7.2. Liens . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or property now owned or hereafter acquired, except any of the foregoing (each a “ Permitted Encumbrance ”):

(a) Liens securing the Obligations;

 

71


(b) Liens listed in Schedule 7.2 and existing on the date of this Agreement and any replacement Liens (covering the same or a lesser scope of Collateral) in respect of replacement Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1 ;

(c) purchase money Liens and Liens in respect of Capital Lease Obligations or on acquired Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(g) ;

(d) Liens imposed by law for taxes or other governmental charges not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

(e) statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens imposed by law in the ordinary course of business for amounts not more than forty-five (45) days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and provided that, if delinquent for more than forty-five (45) days, adequate reserves have been set aside with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP;

(f) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

(g) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business on the unearned portion of insurance premiums securing the financing of insurance premiums;

(h) deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade contracts, governmental contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(i) judgment and attachment liens not giving rise to an Event of Default or Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

(j) customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or common law of banks or other financial institutions where the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties maintains deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(k) leases, subleases or licenses granted to others (in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) and associated negative pledges not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business or operations of any Loan Party;

(l) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor under any lease or license permitted by this Agreement;

(m) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower and the Loan Parties taken as a whole; and

 

72


(n) Liens on the Real Estate subject to any of the Real Estate Documents identified in any applicable ALTA title policy received by the Administrative Agent (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) relating to such Real Estate;

(o) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(q) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements;

(s) Liens on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(o) ;

(t) other Liens not specifically listed above in a principal amount not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding; and

(u) extensions, renewals, or replacements of any Lien referred to in subsections (a) through (s) of this Section; provided that the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased and that any such extension, renewal or replacement is limited to the assets originally encumbered thereby.

Section 7.3. Fundamental Changes .

(a) Excluding Permitted Acquisitions, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, make any Acquisitions, merge into or consolidate into any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (in a single transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or all or substantially all of the stock of any of the Loan Parties (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or liquidate or dissolve; provided that if, at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) the Borrower or any Loan Party may merge with a Person if the Borrower (or such Loan Party if the Borrower is not a party to such merger) is the surviving Person, (ii) any Loan Party may merge into another Loan Party, so long as the Borrower and Parent are at all times surviving entities, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower or to the Parent, and (iv) any Loan Party (other than the Borrower or the Parent) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided , further , that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Borrower or Parent immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 7.4 .

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and the Loan Parties on the date hereof and businesses or lines of business incidental or reasonably related thereto.

 

73


Section 7.4. Investments, Loans, Etc. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Borrower or Parent prior to such merger) any Capital Stock, evidence of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant, or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person (all of the foregoing being collectively called “ Investments ”), or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person that constitute a business unit, except:

(a) Investments (other than Permitted Investments) existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.4 (including Investments in the Loan Parties);

(b) Permitted Investments;

(c) Guarantees by the Borrower and the Loan Parties constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1 and Liens permitted by Section 7.2 or other Guarantees by the Borrower and the Loan Parties of other obligations not constituting Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Investments made by the Borrower in or to the Loan Parties and by any Loan Party to the Borrower or in or to another Loan Party;

(e) Investments made by the Borrower or any Loan Party in Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount invested from the date hereof not to exceed $2,000,000;

(f) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses of the Loan Parties for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(g) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate amount of all such loans and advances does not exceed $200,000 at any time outstanding;

(h) Investments received in connection with the disposition of any asset permitted under Section 7.6 ;

(i) Hedging Transactions permitted by Section 7.10 ;

(j) Investments permitted under Section 7.3 , including Permitted Acquisitions and Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Loan Party or consolidates or merges with a Loan Party (including in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) in connection with a transaction permitted hereby so long as such Investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Loan Party or of such consolidation of merger;

(k) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business to customers of the Loan Parties and advances made in connection with the purchase of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

74


(m) Receivables, security deposits or other trade payables owing to any Loan Party if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

(n) deposit accounts; and

(o) other Investments which in the aggregate do not exceed $2,500,000.

Section 7.5. Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) the Closing Date Dividend;

(b) dividends payable by the Borrower or Parent or another Loan Party solely in interests of any class of its Capital Stock (other than Capital Stock constituting Indebtedness);

(c) the Parent may purchase fractional shares of its capital stock arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or mergers, consolidations or other acquisitions and pay cash in lieu of fractional shares upon the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for capital stock of Parent;

(d) the Parent may (x) purchase stock or stock options of the Parent from present or former officers, directors or employees of any Loan Party or (y) make payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans approved by the Parent’s board of directors for directors, officers or employees of the Loan Parties, in each case, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(e) payments of Permitted Subordinated Debt permitted under Section 7.11 ;

(f) payments to the members of the Parent pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(g) Permitted Tax Distributions;

(h) Restricted Payments by any Subsidiary to any Loan Party; and

(i) other Restricted Payments by Parent not to exceed $4,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year, provided : (i) that no such dividends may be made until after June 30, 2014, and (ii) no such dividends may be made unless after giving effect thereto, (x) the minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 1.25 to 1.00 and (y) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is 0.50 less than the maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio permitted to be maintained under Section 6.2 at such time.

Section 7.6. Sale of Assets . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, business or property or, in the case of any Loan Party, any shares of such Loan Party’s Capital Stock, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to any Person other than the Borrower or the Parent (or to qualify directors if required by applicable law), except:

(a) the sale or other disposition of obsolete or worn out property or other property not necessary for operations disposed of in the ordinary course of business (including the lapse of registered patents, trademarks and other intellectual property of the Loan Parties to the extent not economically desirable in the conduct of their businesses);

 

75


(b) the sale of inventory and Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under Section 7.2 , Section 7.3 , Section 7.4 or Section 7.5 ;

(c) sales, assignments, transfers and other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof consistent in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of financing;

(d) leases or subleases entered into in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole;

(e) licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property or software in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of the Loan Parties;

(f) dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of any Loan Party;

(g) in order to resolve disputes that occur in the ordinary course of business, any Loan Party may discount or otherwise compromise for less than the face value thereof, notes or accounts receivable;

(h) sales or other dispositions of assets and property by the Borrower to any other Loan Party or by any Loan Party to the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(i) the sale or other disposition of Real Estate acquired in a Permitted Acquisition; and

(j) the sale or other disposition of such assets in an aggregate amount not to exceed $350,000 in any twelve (12) month period ending on the date of determination thereof.

Section 7.7. Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except:

(a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Loan Party than could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from unrelated third parties;

(b) transactions between or among the Borrower, the Parent and any Subsidiary not involving any other Affiliates;

(c) equity contributions to, and the issuance of Capital Stock by, Parent; and

(d) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.5 .

Section 7.8. Restrictive Agreements . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement that prohibits,

 

76


restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties to create, incur or permit any Lien upon any of its assets or properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or (b) the ability of any of the Loan Parties (other than the Parent) to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to its Capital Stock, to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or to transfer all or substantially all of its property or assets to the Borrower or any other Loan Party thereof; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the permitted sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) clause (a) shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions and conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, and (iv) clause (a) shall not apply to customary provisions in leases restricting the assignment thereof.

Section 7.9. Sale and Leaseback Transactions . Other than the Existing Master Lease and other than any sale and leaseback transaction (i) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that was entered into prior to such Permitted Acquisition or in connection therewith or (ii) of any real estate acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred .

Section 7.10. Hedging Transactions . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, enter into any Hedging Transaction, other than (a) Hedging Transactions required by Section 5.16, and (b) Hedging Transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities. Solely for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower acknowledges that a Hedging Transaction entered into for speculative purposes or of a speculative nature (which shall be deemed to include any Hedging Transaction under which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is or may become obliged to make any payment (i) in connection with the purchase by any third party of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness, or (ii) as a result of changes in the market value of any Capital Stock) is not a Hedging Transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks.

Section 7.11. Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness .

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Loan Parties to (i) prepay, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire for value any Permitted Subordinated Debt, or (ii) make any principal, interest or other payments on any Permitted Subordinated Debt that, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), is not expressly permitted by the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt Documents.

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Loan Parties to, agree to or permit any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any Subordinated Debt Document if the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver is to (i) increase the yield on such Permitted Subordinated Debt or change (to earlier dates) the dates upon which principal and interest are due thereon; (ii) alter the redemption, prepayment or subordination provisions thereof; (iii) alter the covenants and events of default in a manner that would make such provisions more onerous or restrictive to the Borrower or any such Loan Party; or (iv) otherwise increase the obligations of the Borrower or any Loan Party in respect of such Permitted Subordinated Debt or confer additional rights upon the holders thereof which individually or in the aggregate would be adverse in any material respect to the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties or to the Lenders.

 

77


Section 7.12. Amendment to Material Documents . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights under its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents, the Existing Master Lease or any agreement governing Material Indebtedness, except in any manner that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.13. Accounting Changes . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change the fiscal year of the Borrower or of any of the Loan Parties.

Section 7.14. Government Regulation . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties to, (a) be or become subject at any time to any law, regulation or list of any Governmental Authority of the United States (including, without limitation, the OFAC list) that prohibits or limits the Lenders from making any advance or extension of credit to the Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with the Loan Parties, or (b) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of the identity of the Loan Parties as may be requested by any Lender at any time to enable such Lender to verify the identity of the Loan Parties or to comply with any applicable law or regulation, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the Patriot Act at 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.

Section 7.15. Foreign Subsidiary . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Loan Parties, to create or acquire a Foreign Subsidiary without giving the Administrative Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice (or such shorter period of time acceptable to the Administrative Agent) of such creation or acquisition; provided that in the event a Foreign Subsidiary is created or acquired: (i) neither the Borrower nor any Loan Party shall be permitted to transfer any material amount of their respective assets or properties to such Foreign Subsidiary except as permitted under Section 7.4 , and (ii) no portion of the Loans shall be used directly or indirectly, in the business or operations of such Foreign Subsidiary except as permitted under Section 7.4 .

Section 7.16. Sales and Discounts of Accounts Receivable . The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any Loan Party to sell or discount any Accounts Receivable outside the ordinary course of business.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 8.1. Events of Default . If any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur:

(a) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or of any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement or make any payment under Section 2.22(a) or shall fail to make when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment or otherwise; or

(b) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount payable under clause (a) of this Section 8.1 or an amount related to a Bank Product Obligation) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days; or

 

78


(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including the Schedules attached hereto and thereto), or in any amendments or modifications hereof or waivers hereunder, or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document submitted to Administrative Agent or the Lenders by any Loan Party or any representative of any Loan Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect (other than any representation or warranty that is expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall prove to be incorrect in any respect) when made or deemed made or submitted; or

(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.1 , 5.2(a) , or 5.4 (with respect to the Borrower’s legal existence) or Article VI or VII ; or

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (d) above) or any other Loan Document or related to any Bank Product Obligation, and such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (i) any officer of any Loan Party becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to any Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

(f) subject to any applicable notice or grace periods, any default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Subordinated Debt Documents or any Subordinated Debt Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or the validity or enforceability thereof is disaffirmed by or on behalf of any subordinated lender party thereto, or any Obligations fail to constitute “Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the applicable Subordinated Debt Document, or all or any part of the Permitted Subordinated Debt is accelerated, is declared to be due and payable, or is required to be prepaid or redeemed, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption); or

(g) the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) shall fail to pay any principal of, or premium or interest on, any Material Indebtedness that is outstanding, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument evidencing or governing such Indebtedness; or any other default or event of default of any Loan Party shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any Material Indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any Material Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption); or

(h) the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties shall (i) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in subsection (i) of this Section, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other

 

79


similar official for the Borrower or any such Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(i) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties or their respective debts, or any substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or (ii) the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties or for a substantial part of its assets, and in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall remain undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or

(j) the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties shall become unable to pay, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due; or

(k) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Borrower and the Loan Parties in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,000,000; or

(l) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties, and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (ii) there shall be a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(m) any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties that could reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(n) a Change in Control shall occur or exist; or

(o) any provision of the Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on, or enforceable against, any Loan Party, or any Loan Party shall so state in writing, or any Loan Party shall seek to terminate its obligation under the Guaranty or any Collateral Document in any manner not otherwise permitted hereunder or under the Collateral Documents; or

(p) any Lien purported to be created under any Collateral Document shall fail or cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Collateral Documents; or

(q) a default by a Loan Party exists under the Existing Master Lease which default causes the landlord thereunder to seek termination of the Existing Master Lease or to remove the Borrower from possession of the leased premises; provided, however, no Event of Default shall be deemed to exist: (i) so long as the Borrower is contesting or defending the claim made by such landlord in good faith and pursuant to reasonable efforts diligently pursued, or (ii) as a result of the termination of the Existing Master Lease due to “Partial Condemnation”, “Casualty” or “Total Condemnation”, in each case, as such terms are defined in the Existing Master Lease.

 

80


then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section 8.1 ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the written request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, whereupon the Commitment of each Lender shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest on the Loans, and all other Obligations owing hereunder, to be, whereupon the same shall become, due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, (iii) exercise all remedies contained in any other Loan Document, and (iv) exercise any other remedies available at Law or in equity; and that, if an Event of Default specified in either clause (h) or (i) shall occur, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon, and all fees, and all other Obligations shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Section 8.2. Application of Funds .

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.1 (or immediately after an Event of Default specified in either clause (h) or (i) of Section 8.1 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

(a) first , to the reimbursable expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with such sale or other realization upon the Collateral, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(b) second , to the fees and other reimbursable expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(c) third , to all reimbursable expenses, if any, of the Lenders then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(d) fourth , to the fees due and payable under Sections 2.14(b) and (c)  of this Agreement and interest then due and payable under the terms of this Agreement, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(e) fifth , to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (allocated pro rata among the Term Loan Lenders in respect of their Pro Rata Shares), to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans, the LC Exposure, the Net Mark-to-Market Exposure (to the extent secured by Liens) and the Bank Product Obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, until the same shall have been paid in full, allocated pro rata among any Lender, any Lender-Related Hedge Provider and any Bank Product Provider, based on their respective Pro Rata Shares of the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, LC Exposure, Net Mark-to-Market Exposure (to the extent secured by Liens) and Bank Product Obligations;

(f) sixth , to additional cash collateral for the aggregate amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit until the aggregate amount of all cash collateral held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement is equal to 102% of the LC Exposure after giving effect to the foregoing clause fifth; and

(g) to the extent any proceeds remain, to the Borrower or other parties lawfully entitled thereto.

 

81


All amounts allocated pursuant to the foregoing clauses third through sixth to the Lenders as a result of amounts owed to the Lenders under the Loan Documents shall be allocated among, and distributed to, the Lenders pro rata based on their respective Pro Rata Shares; provided , that all amounts allocated to that portion of the LC Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit pursuant to clause fifth and sixth shall be distributed to the Administrative Agent, rather than to the Lenders, and held by the Administrative Agent in an account in the name of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Loan Lenders as cash collateral for the LC Exposure, such account to be administered in accordance with Section 2.22(g) .

Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations may be excluded from the application described above without any liability to the Administrative Agent, if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Lender-Related Hedge Provider or Bank Product Provider. Each Lender-Related Hedge Provider and Bank Product Provider not a party to this Credit Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1. Appointment of Administrative Agent .

(a) Each Lender and each Issuing Bank irrevocably appoints SunTrust Bank as the Administrative Agent and authorizes it to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with all such actions and powers that are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or through any one or more sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent or attorney-in-fact may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions set forth in this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent or attorney-in-fact and the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent, any such sub-agent and any such attorney-in-fact and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent and all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 11.3(c) , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “administrative agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(b) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith and the Issuing Bank shall have all the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit

 

82


issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the application and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article included the Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuing Bank.

Section 9.2. Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except those discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.2 ), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it, its sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.2 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof (which notice shall include an express reference to such event being a “Default” or “Event of Default” hereunder) is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or any Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements, or other terms and conditions set forth in any Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower) concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

Section 9.3. Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent . Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking of any action under or based on this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

83


Section 9.4. Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent . If the Administrative Agent shall request instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any action or actions (including the failure to act) in connection with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such act, unless and until it shall have received instructions from such Lenders; and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders where required by the terms of this Agreement.

Section 9.5. Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 9.6. The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity . The bank serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and any other Loan Document in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent; and the terms “Lenders”, “Required Lenders”, “holders of Notes”, or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the bank serving as the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. The bank acting as the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefore to the Lenders.

Section 9.7. Successor Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent, subject to the approval by the Borrower provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist at such time. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the Laws of the United States or any state thereof or a bank which maintains an office in the United States, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.

(b) Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this

 

84


Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If within 45 days after written notice is given of the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation under this Section 9.7 no successor Administrative Agent shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment, then on such 45 th day (i) the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective, (ii) the retiring Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such Collateral until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (iii) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 11.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its representatives and agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or not taken by any of them while it was serving as the Administrative Agent.

(c) In addition to the foregoing, if a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, and if any Default or Event of Default has arisen from a failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 2.26(a) , then the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, resign as Issuing Bank or as Swingline Lender, as the case may be, effective at the close of business Atlanta, Georgia time on a date specified in such notice (which date may not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date of such notice); provided that such resignation by the Issuing Bank will have no effect on the validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit then outstanding or on the obligations of the Borrower or any Lender under this Agreement with respect to any such outstanding Letter of Credit or otherwise to the Issuing Bank; and provided , further , that such resignation of the Swingline Lender will have no effect on its rights in respect of any outstanding Swingline Loans or on the obligations of the Borrower or any Lender under this Agreement with respect to any such outstanding Swingline Loan.

Section 9.8. Benefits of Article IX . None of the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower (other than the second sentence of Section 9.7(a) and Section 9.7(c) ) or of any Person other than Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Accordingly, neither the Borrower (other than the second sentence of Section 9.7(a) and Section 9.7(c) ) nor any Person other than Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and their respective successors and permitted assigns) shall be entitled to rely upon, or to raise as a defense, the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lenders to comply with the provisions of this Article IX .

Section 9.9. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

(a) In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or like proceeding or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or any Revolving Credit Exposure shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans or Revolving Credit Exposure and all other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the

 

85


Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent under Section 11.3 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

(b) any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 11.3 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

Section 9.10. Titled Agents . Each Lender and each Loan Party hereby agrees that any Documentation Agent or Syndication Agent designated hereunder shall have no duties or obligations under any Loan Documents to any Lender or any Loan Party.

Section 9.11. Authorization to Execute other Loan Documents . Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of all Lenders all Loan Documents other than this Agreement.

Section 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders and the Issuing Bank irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its reasonable discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination or expiration of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted, (y) all Hedging Obligations or Bank Product Obligations that are not then due and payable and (z) the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made)), (ii) that is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) as approved in accordance with Section 11.2 ;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.2(d); and

(c) to release any guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty and Security Agreement if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

 

86


Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any guarantor from its obligations under this Agreement, pursuant to this Section 9.12 .

Section 9.13. Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations . No Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender that holds any Hedging Obligation or any Bank Product Obligation that obtains the benefits of Section 8.2 or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Lender or Affiliate of a Lender that holds such Hedging Obligation or such Bank Product Obligation, as the case may be. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Hedging Obligations or Bank Product Obligations in the case of a Maturity Date.

ARTICLE X

THE GUARANTY

Section 10.1. The Guaranty . Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantees to the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Affiliate of a Lender that enters into Bank Products or a Hedging Transaction with the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and each other holder of the Obligations as hereinafter provided, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment of the Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. The Guarantors hereby further agree that if any of the Obligations is not paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents or the other documents relating to the Obligations, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under applicable Debtor Relief Laws.

Section 10.2. Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 10.1 are joint and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or other documents relating to the Obligations, or any substitution, release, impairment or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 10.2 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor

 

87


shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrower or any other Guarantor for amounts paid under this Article X until such time as the Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments have expired or terminated. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents or any other document relating to the Obligations shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under any of the Loan Documents or any other document relating to the Obligations shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Obligations or any security therefor shall be released, impaired or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(d) any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any other holder of the Obligations as security for any of the Obligations shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

(e) any of the Obligations shall be determined to be void or voidable (including for the benefit of any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims of any Person (including any creditor of any Guarantor).

With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any other holder of the Obligations exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Loan Documents or any other document relating to the Obligations or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations.

Section 10.3. Reinstatement . The obligations of each Guarantor under this Article X shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Obligations, whether as a result of any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each other holder of the Obligations on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such holder of the Obligations in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any Debtor Relief Law.

Section 10.4. Certain Additional Waivers . Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of recourse to security for the Obligations, except through the exercise of rights of subrogation pursuant to Section 10.2 and through the exercise of rights of contribution pursuant to Section 10.6 .

Section 10.5. Remedies . The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other holders of the Obligations, on the other hand, the Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as

 

88


specified in Section 8.1 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances specified in Section 8.1 ) for purposes of Section 10.1 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or the Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 10.1 . The Guarantors acknowledge and agree that their obligations hereunder are secured in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents and that the holders of the Obligations may exercise their remedies thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 10.6. Rights of Contribution . The Guarantors agree among themselves that, in connection with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have contribution rights against the other Guarantors as permitted under applicable Law. Such contribution rights shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantors under the Loan Documents and no Guarantor shall exercise such rights of contribution until the Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations or expense reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) and the Commitments have terminated.

Section 10.7. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee . The guarantee in this Article X is a guaranty of payment and not of collection, is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to the Obligations whenever arising.

Section 10.8. Keepwell . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Specified Loan Party to honor all of such Specified Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 10.8 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 10.8 or otherwise under this Agreement voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 10.8 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 10.8 constitute, and this Section 10.8 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Notices .

(a) Written Notices . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications to any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

To any Loan Party:    Malibu Boats, LLC
   c/o Black Canyon Capital
   2000 Avenue of the Stars, 11th Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90067
   Attention: Paras Mehta
   Telecopy Number: (310) 272-1801
   AND
   5075 Kimberly Way
   Loudon, TN 37774
   Attn: Wayne Wilson
   Telecopy Number: (865) 458-5478

 

89


With a copy to:    O’Melveny & Myers LLP
   400 S. Hope Street, 18 th Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attention: Thomas W. Baxter
To the Administrative Agent:    SunTrust Bank
   3333 Peachtree Rd., 7 th Floor
   Mail Code – GA-ATL-0244
   Atlanta, Georgia 30326
   Attention: Johnathan Best
   Facsimile: (404) 439-7390
With a copy to:    SunTrust Bank
   303 Peachtree Street, N.E./25 th Floor
   Atlanta, Georgia 30308
   Attention: Mr. Doug Weltz
   Facsimile: (404) 221-2001
To the Issuing Bank:    SunTrust Bank
   25 Park Place, N.E./Mail Code 3706
   16 th Floor
   Atlanta, Georgia 30303
   Attention: Standby Letter of Credit Dept.
   Facsimile: (404) 588-8129
To the Swingline Lender:    SunTrust Bank
   303 Peachtree Street, N.E./25 th Floor
   Atlanta, Georgia 30308
   Attention: Mr. Doug Weltz
   Facsimile: (404) 221-2001
To any other Lender:    To the address or facsimile number, set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire or the Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Lender.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mail or if delivered, upon delivery; provided, that notices delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall not be effective until actually received by such Person at its address specified in this Section 11.1 .

 

90


Any agreement of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders herein to receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Borrower. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Borrower to give such notice and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall not have any liability to the Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice. The obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to be contained in any such telephonic or facsimile notice.

(b) Electronic Communications .

(i) Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II unless such Lender, the Issuing Bank, as applicable, and Administrative Agent have agreed to receive notices under such Section by electronic communication and have agreed to the procedures governing such communications. The Administrative Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

Section 11.2. Waiver; Amendments .

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or any other Loan Document, and no course of dealing between any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent or any Lender, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 11.2 , and then such waiver or consent shall be

 

91


effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.

(b) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Fee Letters), nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , that

(i) no amendment or waiver shall:

(A) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;

(B) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders) and (y) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (B))

(C) postpone the date fixed for any payment (excluding any mandatory prepayments) of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

(D) change Section 2.21(b) or (c)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby or change the provisions of Section 8.2 , without the written consent of each Lender;

(E) change any of the provisions of this Section 11.2 or the definition of “ Required Lenders ” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender;

(F) release the Borrower without the consent of each Lender, or, release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or limit the liability of all or substantially all of the Guarantors under any Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent such release is expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement; or

(G) release all or substantially all Collateral (if any) securing any of the Obligations, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent

 

92


such release is expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or agree to subordinate any Lien in such Collateral to any other creditor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

provided further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of such Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended, and amounts payable to such Lender hereunder may not be permanently reduced without the consent of such Lender (other than reductions in fees and interest in which such reduction does not disproportionately affect such Lender); (ii) this Agreement may be amended and restated without the consent of any Lender (but with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) if, upon giving effect to such amendment and restatement, such Lender shall no longer be a party to this Agreement (as so amended and restated), the Commitments of such Lender shall have terminated (but such Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18 , 2.19 , 2.20 and 11.3 ), such Lender shall have no other commitment or other obligation hereunder and shall have been paid in full all principal, interest and other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement; (iii) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein; and (iv) the Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow a Loan Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on all of the Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, on its behalf, and without further consent, to enter into amendments or modifications to this Agreement (including, without limitation, amendments to this Section 11.2 and/or Section 2.21 ) or any of the Loan Documents or to enter into additional Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems appropriate in order to effectuate the terms of any amendment which extends the Maturity Date of any Loans with respect to fewer than all of the Lenders (including any terms therein which provide for higher interest rate and/or fees to be each Lender agreeing to extend its maturity date); provided that such amendment has been approved by the Required Lenders and each Lender required to approve such amendment pursuant to Section 11.2(b)(i)(C) .

Section 11.3. Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and their Affiliates , including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and their Affiliates, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be consummated), including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and their Affiliates, (ii) all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel and the allocated cost of inside counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 11.3 , or in connection with the Loans made or any Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such documented out-of- pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

93


(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the Issuing Bank, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties and related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all reasonable fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any actual or alleged Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through Syndtrak or any other Internet or intranet website, except as a result of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable judgment. This Section 11.3(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under clauses (a) or (b) hereof, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided , that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified payment, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, and without derogating the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnity under this Section, the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Indemnitees on the other hand, shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any of the others, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to actual or direct damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this

 

94


Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated therein, any Loan or any Letter of Credit or the use of proceeds thereof.

(e) All amounts due under this Section 11.3 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

Section 11.4. Successors and Assigns .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (g) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments, Loans, and other Revolving Credit Exposure at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments, Loans and other Revolving Credit Exposure at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000 and in minimum increments of $1,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans, other Revolving Credit Exposure or the Commitments assigned.

 

95


(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided , that, the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for (x) assignments to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund and (y) assignments by Defaulting Lenders; and

(C) the consent of the Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding), and the consent of the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Commitments.

(iv) Assignment and Acceptance . The parties to each assignment shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance, (B) a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 , (C) an Administrative Questionnaire unless the assignee is already a Lender and (D) the documents required under Section 2.20 if such assignee is a Foreign Lender.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) any Ineligible Assignee or (C) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (C) .

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 11.4 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections  2.18 , 2.19 , 2.20 and 11.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such

 

96


Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section 11.4 . If the consent of the Borrower to an assignment is required hereunder (including a consent to an assignment which does not meet the minimum assignment thresholds specified above), the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent ten (10) Business Days after the date notice thereof has actually been delivered by the assigning Lender (through the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower, unless such consent is expressly refused by the Borrower prior to such tenth Business Day.

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Atlanta, Georgia a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or a Defaulting Lender) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(e) Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver with respect to the following to the extent affecting such Participant: (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.21(b) or (c)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section 11.4 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender; (vi) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or limit the liability of all or substantially all of the Guarantors under any Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender except to the extent such release is expressly provided under the terms of this Agreement; or (vii) release all or substantially all Collateral (if any) securing any of the Obligations. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of

 

97


Sections 2.18 , 2.19 , and 2.20 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.20(g) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(g) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 11.4 ; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.24 and 2.25 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section 11.4 ; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.18 or 2.20 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower to effectuate the provision of Section 2.25 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.21 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

Section 11.5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the Law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof except for Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law) of the State of New York.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and of Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York county and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such District Court or New York state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in

 

98


any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding described in paragraph (b) of this Section 11.5 and brought in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 11.5 . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to the service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 11.1 . Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 11.6. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 11.7. Right of Setoff . In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall have the right, at any time or from time to time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply against all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) of the Borrower at any time held or other obligations at any time owing by such Lender and the Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations held by such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, irrespective of whether such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have made demand hereunder and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower after any such set-off and any application made by such Lender and the Issuing Bank, as the case may be; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to apply all amounts collected from any such set-off to the Obligations before applying such amounts to any other Indebtedness or other obligations owed by the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries to such Lender or Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.7 , if at any time any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates maintains one or more deposit accounts for the Borrower or any other Loan Party into which Medicare and/or Medicaid receivables are deposited, such Person shall waive the right of setoff set forth herein.

 

99


Section 11.8. Counterparts; Integration . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement, the Fee Letter, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreement(s) relating to any fees payable to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and thereto and their affiliates regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matters. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement and any other Loan Document by facsimile transmission or by any other electronic imaging means, shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other Loan Document.

Section 11.9. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any Loan Party herein, in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.18 , 2.19 , 2.20 , and 10.3 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. All representations and warranties made herein, in the Loan Documents, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit.

Section 11.10. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.11. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality of any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, to the extent designated in writing as confidential and provided to it by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except that such information may be disclosed (i) to any Related Party of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any such Lender including without limitation accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential on substantially the same terms as provided herein), (ii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iv) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than as a result

 

100


of a breach of this Section 11.11 , or which becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vii) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 11.11 , to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, or (B) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (viii) any rating agency, (ix) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization, or (x) with the consent of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of any information as provided for in this Section 11.11 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord its own confidential information. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section and those of any other Contractual Obligation entered into with any Loan Party (whether or not a Loan Document), the terms of this Section shall govern.

Section 11.12. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which may be treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest (the “ Maximum Rate” ) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by a Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 11.12 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment (to the extent permitted by applicable Law), shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 11.13. Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal. Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that neither it nor any other Loan Party is required to affix its corporate seal to this Agreement or any other Loan Document pursuant to any Requirement of Law, agrees that this Agreement is delivered by Borrower under seal and waives any shortening of the statute of limitations that may result from not affixing the corporate seal to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents.

Section 11.14. Patriot Act . Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, provide to the extent commercially reasonable, such information and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.

Section 11.15. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding that that: (i) (A) the services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial

 

101


transactions between Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate, and (C) Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any obligation to Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and each of the Administrative Agent and Lenders has no obligation to disclose any of such interests to Borrower , any other Loan Party of any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive and release, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and each Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 11.16. Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(remainder of page left intentionally blank)

 

102


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:   MALIBU BOATS, LLC,
  as the Borrower
  By:  

/s/ Paras Mehta

  Name:   Paras Mehta
  Title:   Secretary
PARENT:   MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC,
  as the Parent and a Guarantor
  By:  

/s/ Paras Mehta

  Name:   Paras Mehta
  Title:   Secretary
GUARANTORS:   MALIBU BOATS DOMESTIC INTERNATIONAL SALES CORP.
  By:  

/s/ Wayne Wilson

  Name:   Wayne Wilson
  Title:   Secretary and Treasurer


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:  

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Administrative Agent, as Issuing Bank, as Swingline Lender and as a Lender

  By:  

/s/ Carle A. Felton III

  Name:   Carle A. Felton III
  Title:   Director


LENDERS:   FIRST TENNESSEE BANK, N.A.
  By:  

/s/ Robert P. Masengill

  Name:   Robert P. Masengill
  Title:   Senior Vice President - Corporate Banking
  UNION BANK, N.A.
  By:  

/s/ Carlos Cruz

  Name:   Carlos Cruz
  Title:   Vice President
  UNITED COMMUNITY BANK
  By:  

/s/ Charles D. Chamberlain

  Name:   Charles D. Chamberlain
  Title:   Senior Vice President


SCHEDULE I

COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

 

LENDER

   REVOLVING
COMMITMENT
     PRO RATA
SHARE OF
AGGREGATE
REVOLVING
COMMITMENTS
    TERM LOAN
COMMITMENT
     PRO RATA
SHARE OF
AGGREGATE
TERM LOAN
COMMITMENTS
 

SunTrust Bank

   $ 4,000,000.00         40.000000000   $ 26,000,000.00         40.000000000

First Tennessee Bank, N.A.

   $ 2,666,666.67         26.666666700   $ 17,333,333.33         26.666666662

Union Bank, N.A.

   $ 2,666,666.67         26.666666700   $ 17,333,333.33         26.666666662

United Community Bank

   $ 666,666.66         6.666666600   $ 4,333,333.34         6.666666677

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000.00         100.000000000   $ 65,000,000.00         100.000000000

 

1


SCHEDULE 1.1

INELIGIBLE ASSIGNEES

 

1. Wayzata Investment Partners LLC

 

2. Platinum Equity LLC

 

2


SCHEDULE 4.5

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.

 

3


SCHEDULE 4.11

REAL ESTATE

Malibu Boats, LLC owns approximately 16 acres of land located at the corner of Natalie Blvd. and Jaime Drive in Loudon, Tennessee.

Malibu Boats, LLC leases real estate at the following locations:

 

    One Malibu Court, Merced, California 95340

 

    5075 Kimberly Way, Loudon, Tennessee 37774

 

    155 Natalie Boulevard, Loudon, Tennessee 37774

 

    5901 Lenoir City, Loudon, Tennessee 37771

 

4


SCHEDULE 4.14

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Loan Party

   Entity Type    Jurisdiction of
Organization
   Owner    Ownership
Interest

Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC

   Limited liability company    Delaware    See below    See below

Malibu Boats, LLC

   Limited liability company    Delaware    Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC    100%

Malibu Boats Domestic International Sales Corp.

   Corporation    Delaware    Malibu Boats, LLC    100%

Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC

Ownership Interests (as of June 30, 2013)

 

           TOTAL  

BC-Malibu Boats GP

     4.02     1,730,919.08   

Canyon Value Realization Fund, L.P.

     0.46     196,480.04   

Malibu BLK Inc

     3.19     1,371,029.62   

Malibu Holdings, LP

     0.60     257,997.38   

Merced OKR, LLC

     8.22     3,536,080.76   

Malibu Boats Investor, LLC

     68.86     29,637,000.00   

Loudon Partners, LLC

     2.66     1,145,599.49   

Horizon Holdings, LLC

     0.53     229,119.88   

Singer, Paul

     1.35     582,318.75   

Woods, Randy

     0.23     100,000.00   

Childres, Douglas

     0.64     276,112.50   

Clothier, Steven

     0.26     110,445.00   

Banks, Robin

     0.26     110,445.00   

Verna, Heidi

     0.26     110,445.00   

Evans, Chris

     0.17     73,630.00   

Gasper, Dan

     0.71     307,383.46   

Gaines, Paul

     0.57     245,906.77   

Bennett, Barry

     0.48     204,922.30   

Farmer, Dan

     0.29     122,953.38   

Bryant, David

     0.19     81,968.92   

Farmer, Lani

     0.19     81,968.92   

Kelley, Dennis

     0.19     81,968.92   

Livesay, Stephen

     0.19     81,968.92   

Smith, Mitch

     0.19     81,968.92   

Jack Springer

     2.45     1,056,564.00   

Wayne Wilson

     0.97     416,065.00   

 

5


Adam Mccall

     0.48     206,987.00   

Ritchie Anderson

     0.50     215,150.00   

Davenport, Scott

     0.20     86,000.00   

Little, Lynn

     0.20     86,000.00   

Kent, Debbie

     0.10     43,000.00   

Ward, Greg

     0.10     43,000.00   

Castle, Michelle

     0.10     43,000.00   

Dugger, Corey

     0.10     43,000.00   

True, Peggy

     0.10     43,000.00   

TOTAL

     100     43,040,399.01   

 

6


SCHEDULE 4.16

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Grantor

   Type of Account    Name and
Address of Bank
   Account Number

Malibu Boats LLC

   Checking    SunTrust Bank

Knoxville TN

865-560-5888

   [***]

Malibu Boats Domestic International Sales Corp

   Checking    SunTrust Bank
Knoxville TN

865-560-5888

   [***]

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

7


SCHEDULE 4.19

MATERIAL AGREEMENTS

 

1. The Existing Master Lease

 

2. Employment Agreement, entered into February 1, 2010, by and between the Borrower and Jack Springer

 

3. Employment Agreement, entered into April 19, 2010, by and between the Borrower and Wayne Wilson

 

4. Employment Agreement, entered into June 28, 2011, by and between the Borrower and Ritchie Anderson

 

5. Amended and Restated Vendor Agreement, dated August 4, 2006, by and between GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation and the Borrower, as amended to the date hereof

 

6. Master Distributor Agreement, effective January 1, 2011, by and between the Borrower and KBL International, Inc.

 

7. Exclusive Manufacture and Distribution Agreement, executed June 13, 2006, by and between the Borrower (as successor in interest to Malibu Boats West Inc.) and Malibu Boats Pty Ltd and Deed of Variation, executed May 29, 2013, by and between the Borrower and Malibu Boats PTY Ltd

 

8


SCHEDULE 7.1

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

 

1. Machine Lease with General Electric Capital Corporation pursuant to Lease Number 8497344-001.

 

2. Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement and existing Hedging Transaction with SunTrust Bank, each of which will be repaid in full on the Closing Date.

 

9


SCHEDULE 7.2

EXISTING LIENS

 

1. Uniform commercial code termination statements will be filed on the Closing Date to release certain Liens in favor of SunTrust Bank, as Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

2. Uniform commercial code financing statement No. 20090939667, filed on March 25, 2009, naming Malibu Boats, LLC as Debtor and Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc. as Secured Party.

 

3. Uniform commercial code financing statement No. 20111434128, filed on April 16, 2011, naming Malibu Boats, LLC as Debtor and General Electric Capital Corporation as Secured Party.

 

10


SCHEDULE 7.4

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

 

1. Certificate No. 36 representing 1,000 shares of voting common stock of Independent Boat Builders, Inc. issued in favor of Malibu Boats, LLC.

 

11


Exhibit 2.3

[FORM OF] NOTICE OF REVOLVING BORROWING

[Date]

SunTrust Bank

Agency Services

303 Peachtree Street, N.E./25th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attention: Mr. Doug Weltz

Facsimile: (404) 221-2001

To Whom It May Concern:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013 (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Malibu Boats, LLC, as Borrower, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, as Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement. This notice constitutes a Notice of Revolving Borrowing. The Borrower hereby requests a Revolving Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in connection therewith such Borrower specifies the following information with respect to the Revolving Borrowing requested hereby:

(A) Aggregate principal amount of Revolving Borrowing 2 :

(B) Date of Revolving Borrowing (which is a Business Day):

(C) Type of Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing 3 :

(D) [For Eurodollar Borrowings only] Interest Period 4 :

(E) Location and number of such Borrower’s account to which proceeds of such Revolving Borrowing are to be disbursed:

[SIGNATURE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

2   Not less than $500,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000 for Eurodollar Borrowings, and not less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000 for Base Rate Borrowings.
3   Base Rate Borrowing, Eurodollar Borrowing or a combination thereof.
4   Which must comply with the definition of “Interest Period” and end not later than the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.


The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions specified in Section 3.2(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement are satisfied.

 

Very truly yours,

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit 2.4

[FORM OF] NOTICE OF SWINGLINE BORROWING

[Date]

SunTrust Bank

Agency Services

303 Peachtree Street, N.E./25th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attention: Mr. Doug Weltz

Facsimile: (404) 221-2001

To Whom It May Concern:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013 (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Malibu Boats, LLC, as Borrower, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, as Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement. This notice constitutes a Notice of Swingline Borrowing. The Borrower hereby requests a Swingline Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in connection therewith the Borrower specifies the following information with respect to the Swingline Borrowing requested hereby:

(A) Aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loan 1 :

(B) Date of Swingline Loan (which is a Business Day):

(C) Account of the Borrower to which the proceeds of such Swingline Loan should be credited:

[SIGNATURE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

1   Not less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $50,000.


The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions specified in Section 3.2(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement are satisfied.

 

Very truly yours,

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit 2.7

[FORM OF] NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION

[Date]

SunTrust Bank

Agency Services

303 Peachtree Street, N.E./25th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attention: Mr. Doug Weltz

Facsimile: (404) 221-2001

To Whom It May Concern:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013 (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Malibu Boats, LLC, as Borrower, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, as Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement. This notice constitutes a Notice of Continuation/Conversion. The Borrower hereby requests a continuation or conversion under the Credit Agreement, and in connection therewith such Borrower specifies the following information with respect to the continuation or conversion requested hereby:

(A) Aggregate principal amount of the Borrowing to be continued or converted 1 :

(B) Date of continuation or conversion (which is a Business Day):

(C) Type of Loans comprising such Borrowing 2 :

(D) [For Eurodollar Borrowings only] Interest Period 3 :

[SIGNATURE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

1   Not less than $500,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000 for Eurodollar Borrowings, and not less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000 for Base Rate Borrowings.
2   Base Rate Borrowing or Eurodollar Borrowing.
3   Which must comply with the definition of “Interest Period” and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, end not later than the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.


The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions specified in Section 3.2(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement are satisfied.

 

Very truly yours,

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit 2.10

[FORM OF] NOTE

            ,         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MALIBU BOATS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                      or registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of July 16, 2013 among the Borrower, the Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Payment Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[SIGNATURE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

1


EXHIBIT 2.20-1

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of July 16, 2013 among the Borrower, the Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

2


EXHIBIT 2.20-2

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of July 16, 2013 among the Borrower, the Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

Date:                  , 20[    ]


EXHIBIT 2.20-3

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of July 16, 2013 among the Borrower, the Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

Date:                 , 20[    ]


EXHIBIT 2.20-4

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of July 16, 2013 among the Borrower, the Parent, the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

Date:                 , 20[    ]


Exhibit 5.1

[FORM OF] COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

In connection with the terms of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2013 (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Malibu Boats, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent ”), the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, the undersigned certifies that the following information is true and correct, in all material respects, as of the date of this Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal [Quarter][Year] ended             , 20    :

Capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

[ Use the following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements. ]

1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the audited annual financial statements required by Section 5.1(a) of the Credit Agreement for the Fiscal Year ending [            ] together with the audit report of an independent public accountant of nationally recognized standing required by such section.

[ Use the following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements. ]

1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the unaudited financial statements required by Section 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement for the Fiscal Quarter ending [            ,         ] .

[ Use the following paragraphs as applicable. ]

2. [No][A] Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. [ If a Default or Event of Default, then specify the details thereof and the action which the Borrower has taken or proposes to take. ]

3. Set forth on Schedule 2 are detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI of the Credit Agreement.

4. There has been [no][a] change in the identity of the Loan Parties since [            ,        ] 9 . [ If any change in the identity of the Loan Parties has occurred, please specify the such change. ]

5. There has been [no][a] change in GAAP or the application thereof since [            ,         ] 8 . [ If any change in GAAP has occurred, please specify the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying this certificate. ]

[SIGNATURE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 

9   For the first Compliance Certificate delivered under the Credit Agreement, insert the Closing Date. For all subsequent Compliance Certificates delivered under the Credit Agreement, insert the date of the most recent Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter, as the case may be.


The foregoing is true and correct, in all material respects, as of the date hereof.

Dated as of             ,         .

 

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Schedule 2

 

1.    Consolidated Leverage Ratio   
  

(a)

   Consolidated Total Debt of the Borrower and the Loan Parties:    $                
  

(b)

   Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and the Loan Parties:   
      (i)    Consolidated Net Income:    $     
  

To the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and without duplication:

  
      (ii)    Consolidated Interest Expense    $     
      (iii)    income and withholding tax expense determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP:    $     
      (iv)    depreciation and amortization expense determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP:    $     
      (v)    fees and expenses paid in connection with the execution, delivery and the performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents and fees and expenses incurred in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement:    $     
      (vi)    fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and the Closing Date Dividend:    $     
      (vii)    management fees and board expenses:    $     
      (viii)    fees, expenses and charges related to litigation in an aggregate amount not to exceed (x) for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 2013, $3,200,000, (y) for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 2014, $2,000,000 and (z) for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 2015, $2,000,000:    $     


      (ix)    fees and expenses associated with Acquisitions (including unconsummated Acquisitions) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any Fiscal Year :    $                
      (x)    other non-cash charges:    $     
      (xi)    Consolidated EBITDA:   
         [sum of (i) + (ii) + (iii) + (iv) + (v) + (vi) + (vii) + (viii) + (ix) + (x) above] 10    $     
  

(c)

   Consolidated Leverage Ratio   
      [(a)/(b)(xi)]              :1.0   
2.    Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio   
  

(a)

   (i)    Consolidated EBITDA   
         (1(b)(xi) above) :    $     
      (ii)    Unfinanced Cash Capital Expenditures    $     
      (iii)    cash income Taxes (to the extent added back to Consolidated EBITDA):    $     
      (iv)    cash dividends and distributions by Parent (other than (x) the Closing Date Dividend and (y) the tax distributions, dividends and other payments paid to the members of the Parent in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement)    $     
      (v)    annual management fee permitted pursuant to Section 7.5(e) of the Credit Agreement and paid in cash during such period:    $     
      (vi)    Sum of (i) – (ii) – (iii) – (iv) – (v):    $     
  

(b)

   Consolidated Fixed Charges 11   
      (i)    Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash for such period:    $     

 

10   Pro forma credit shall be given for the Consolidated EBITDA (adjusted as provided in the Credit Agreement) of a Person that is acquired in a Permitted Acquisition as if owned on the first day of the applicable period, taking into account, to the extent approved by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, factually supportable and identifiable cost savings, expenses and other customary adjustments directly attributable to such acquisitions.
11   Consolidated Fixed Charges shall not include any fees and expenses payable by the Loan Parties in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the Closing Date Dividend and the repayment of all amounts due or outstanding under or in respect of, and the termination of, the Existing Credit Agreement.


      (ii)    scheduled principal payments made on Consolidated Total Debt for such period:    $     
      (iii)    Consolidated Fixed Charges   
         [sum of (i) + (ii) above] :    $     
   (c)    Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio   
      [(a)(vi)/(b)(iii)]:              :1.0   


Exhibit 5.13

[FORM OF] JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of             ,         , is by and between                     , a                      (the “ New Subsidiary ”), and SunTrust Bank, in its capacity as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013 (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent ”), the other Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The Loan Parties are required by Section 5.13(a) of the Credit Agreement to cause the New Subsidiary to become a “Guarantor”. Accordingly, the New Subsidiary hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent as follows:

1. The New Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the New Subsidiary will be deemed to be a party to the Credit Agreement and a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and shall have all of the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement. The New Subsidiary hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions applicable to the Guarantors contained in the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 1 , the New Subsidiary hereby, jointly and severally together with the other Guarantors, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Affiliate of a Lender that enters into Bank Products or Hedging Transactions with a Borrower or any Subsidiary, and each other holder of the Obligations, as provided in Article X of the Credit Agreement, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment of the Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof.

2. The New Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, such New Subsidiary will be deemed to be a party to the Security Agreement and a “Debtor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement, and shall have all the obligations of a Debtor thereunder as if it had executed the Security Agreement. The New Subsidiary hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Security Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 2 , to secure the prompt payment and performance in full when due, whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise, of the Indebtedness (as defined in Section 2 of the Security Agreement), the New Subsidiary hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and a right of set off against any and all right, title and interest of the Subsidiary in and to the Collateral (as such term is defined in Section 1 of the Security Agreement) of such New Subsidiary.

3. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that:

(i) Set forth on Schedule 1 is a list of all real property located in the United States that is owned or leased by the New Subsidiary as of the date hereof.

(ii) Set forth on Schedule 2 is the chief executive office, U.S. tax payer identification number and organizational identification number of the New Subsidiary as of the date hereof.

(iii) The exact legal name and state of organization of the New Subsidiary is as set forth on the signature pages hereto.


(iv) Except as set forth on Schedule 3 , the New Subsidiary has not during the five years preceding the date hereof (A) changed its legal name, (B) changed its state of formation, or (C) been party to a merger, consolidation or other change in structure.

4. The address of the New Subsidiary for purposes of all notices and other communications is the address set forth for the Borrower in Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement.

5. The New Subsidiary hereby waives acceptance by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the guaranty by the New Subsidiary under Article X of the Credit Agreement.

6. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the state of New York.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officers, and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NEW SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Acknowledged and accepted:
SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit 11.4

[FORM OF] ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

This Assignment and Acceptance (the “ Assignment and Acceptance ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased and extended from time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Acceptance as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including but not limited to contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i)  and (ii)  above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:   

 

  
2.    Assignee:   

 

  
      [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ] 1 ]
3.    Borrower:    Malibu Boats, LLC
4.    Administrative Agent:    SunTrust Bank, in its capacity as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5.    Credit Agreement:    Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013 among the Borrower, the Parent, the other Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender.

 

1   Select if applicable.


6.    Assigned Interest:   

 

Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans for all
Lenders

   Amount of Commitment/
Loans Assigned
     Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans 2
 

$            

   $                          

$

   $               

$

   $               

Effective Date:                  , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Acceptance are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Title:  
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Title:  

 

2   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

2


[Consented to and] 3 Accepted:

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Title:
[Consented to:] 4

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,

as Borrower

By:  

 

  Title:

 

3   To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
4   To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

3


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Domestic Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Acceptance is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee, and (vi) it is not an Ineligible Assignee and it does not own more than 5% of any competitor of the Borrower; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.


3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Acceptance shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Acceptance by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the state of New York.

 

2

Exhibit 10.1.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND CONSENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND CONSENT, dated as of January 3, 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Malibu Boats, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Parent as guarantors (the “ Guarantors ”), the several banks and other financial institutions and lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), and SunTrust Bank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (the “ Administrative Agent ”), as issuing bank (the “ Issuing Bank ”) and as swingline lender (the “ Swingline Lender ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. The Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

B. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders consent to a one-time distribution to the shareholders of the Parent in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 (the “ Pre-IPO Distribution ”).

C. The Borrower has also requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement.

D. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders have agreed to do so, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Consent . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders hereby agree that the Loan Parties shall be permitted to make the Pre-IPO Distribution, payable with cash on hand, on or prior to January 31, 2014, notwithstanding that such distribution is not permitted by Section 7.5 of the Credit Agreement.

2. Amendments to Credit Agreement . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The definition of “Change in Control” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) at any time prior to an Initial Public Offering, (a) the Sponsors shall cease to own legally or beneficially, directly or indirectly, at least 51% of the voting Capital Stock of the Parent, (b) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Parent cease to be composed of individuals who are Continuing Directors, (c) the Parent shall cease to own legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of the voting Capital Stock of the Borrower or (d) 100% of the voting Capital Stock of any Loan Party (excluding the Parent) ceases to be owned legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly, by another Loan Party, except for any Investment in a Loan Party pursuant to Section 7.4(o) hereof; or


(ii) at any time after an Initial Public Offering, (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding the Sponsor and any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “option right”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the Capital Stock of the Parent entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Parent on a fully diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right), (b) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election, appointment or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election, appointment or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election, appointment or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election, appointment or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial appointment or nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors), (c) the Parent shall cease to own legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of the voting Capital Stock of the Borrower or (d) 100% of the voting Capital Stock of any Loan Party (excluding the Parent) ceases to be owned legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly, by another Loan Party, except for any Investment in a Loan Party pursuant to Section 7.4(o) hereof.

(b) The definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, for the Borrower and all Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA minus (i) Unfinanced Cash Capital Expenditures minus (ii) cash income Taxes (to the extent added back to Consolidated EBITDA), minus (iii) cash dividends and distributions by Parent (other than (x) the Closing Date Dividend, (y) the tax distributions, dividends and other payments paid to the members of the Parent in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and (z) after an Initial Public Offering has occurred, the Pre-IPO Distribution) minus (iv) the annual management fee permitted pursuant to Section 7.5(f)(i) and paid in cash during such period plus (v) so long as there are no Revolving Loans outstanding on the date of an Initial Public Offering, the termination fee permitted pursuant to Section 7.5(f)(ii) and paid in cash during such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges, in each case measured for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date for which financial statements are required to have been delivered under this Agreement.

 

2


(c) The definition of “Permitted Tax Distributions in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

Permitted Tax Distributions ” shall mean (a) tax distributions by a Loan Party (so long as such Loan Party is treated as a pass through or disregarded entity) to its members (“ Tax Distributions ”) paid quarterly in arrears based on such Loan Party’s good faith estimate of a member’s cumulative, allocated taxable income for a taxable year and the Presumed Tax Rate. Such Tax Distributions from any Loan Party for any taxable year shall not exceed the product of (1) the sum of all Loan Parties taxable income or gain for such taxable year less all items of deduction, loss and the loss equivalent of tax credits for such taxable year, an amount that shall be equal to the Parent’s aggregate “taxable income” (within the meaning of Section 63 of the Code) and (2) the Presumed Tax Rate for such taxable year; provided that for each taxable year subsequent to the Closing Date the Loan Parties shall make a final accounting for Tax Distributions for each taxable year after actual taxable income allocable from the Loan Parties for such taxable year has been determined, and (i) any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions the members received for such taxable year based on such final determination may be distributed to such members, and (ii) any excess in the amount of Tax Distributions made for such taxable year shall be applied to reduce the amount of Tax Distributions to be made for the subsequent taxable year (and, to the extent not covered thereby, for taxable years thereafter) to the full extent thereof and (b) in the event of an Initial Public Offering, (i) Tax Distributions described in clause (a) above; taking into account, for the avoidance of doubt, the effect of any tax basis adjustment under Sections 734 or 743 of the Code and any other tax benefit accruing to the resulting public company (“ PubCo ”) as a result of payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivables Agreement for such taxable year, (ii) additional distributions by Borrower to Parent and by Parent to PubCo sufficient for PubCo to satisfy its obligation to make tax benefit payments pursuant to the Tax Receivables Agreement and (iii) any tax distributions or tax benefit payments permitted to be made by the Parent to its respective shareholders pursuant to that certain draft Amended and Restated Operating Agreement delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and attached hereto as Exhibit 7.12 , with such changes that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean underwritten primary public offering of the common stock of Malibu Boats, Inc. (a) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in conjunction with a secondary public offering) and (b) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $75,000,000.

Pre-IPO Distribution ” shall mean a one-time cash distribution to the shareholders of the Parent in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000.

PubCo ” means the public company resulting from any Initial Public Offering.

 

3


Tax Receivables Agreement ” shall mean that certain Tax Receivables Agreement in form and substance similar to the draft Tax Receivables Agreement delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1 , with such changes that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Section 7.5(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

“(f) (i) payments to the members of the Parent pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 in any Fiscal Year, and (ii) if an Initial Public Offering has occurred, payment of the termination fee under the Management Agreement;

(f) Section 7.7 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to add the following subsection (e) at the end of such section:

“(e) at any time after an Initial Public Offering, the Loan Parties may pay the expenses of PubCo, as set forth in the Parent’s amended operating agreement (the form of which is attached as Exhibit 7.12 hereto).”

(g) Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to add the following proviso at the end of such section:

“provided, that, in the event of an Initial Public Offering, the Parent may be permitted to amend its operating agreement and other organizational documents in form and substance similar to that draft operating agreement that has been delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and is attached hereto as Exhibit 7.12 , with such changes as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect”

3. Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Agreement executed by the Loan Parties, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; and

(b) receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) a fee equal to 5 basis points (.05%) on the aggregate Commitment of each Lender that executes this Agreement, payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of each such Lender and (ii) all other fees and expenses due and owing in connection with this Agreement.

4. Incorporation of Agreement . Except as specifically modified herein, the terms of the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, or constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of the Loan Documents.

5. Representations of the Loan Parties . Each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) No Default or Event of Default exists under the Loan Documents on and as of the date hereof.

 

4


(b) It has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other documents delivered by it in connection herewith.

(c) This Agreement and each other document delivered by it in connection herewith has been duly executed and delivered by such Person and constitutes such Person’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(d) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by such Person of this Agreement other than the Second Lien Lenders.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other document delivered by it in connection herewith does not (i) violate, contravene or conflict with any provision of its organizational documents or (ii) violate, contravene or conflict with any material Requirement of Law applicable to it or any of its Subsidiaries.

(f) After giving effect to this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all materials respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of such date except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date.

6. Loan Party Reaffirmation . Each Loan Party hereby (a) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) affirms all of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (c) agrees that this Agreement and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge such Loan Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

7. Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto agrees to execute and deliver, or to cause to be executed and delivered, all such instruments as may reasonably be requested to effectuate the intent and purposes, and to carry out the terms, of this Agreement.

8. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and the rights and benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No other Person shall have or be entitled to assert rights or benefits under this Agreement.

9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . The governing law, jurisdiction, consent to service of process and waiver of jury trial provisions set forth in Sections 11.5 and 11.6 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, mutatis mutandis .

10. Entirety . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties.

 

5


11. Expenses . Upon demand therefor, the Loan Parties shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including without limitation the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) in connection with or related to the negotiation, drafting, and execution of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

12. Miscellaneous

(a) This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, the Lenders and their respective successors and permitted assigns. It is the intent of the undersigned Lenders that any third party acquiring any such Lender’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement shall, with respect to such Lender’s portion of the Loan, be subject to, and bound by, the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

(c) Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

(e) This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic means shall be effective as an original.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:    

MALIBU BOATS, LLC,

as the Borrower

    By:  

/s/ Wayne Wilson

    Name:   Wayne Wilson
    Title:   CFO
PARENT:    

MALIBU BOATS HOLDINGS, LLC,

as the Parent and a Guarantor

    By:  

/s/ Paras Mehta

    Name:   Paras Mehta
    Title:   Secretary
GUARANTORS:     MALIBU BOATS DOMESTIC INTERNATIONAL SALES CORP.
    By:  

/s/ Wayne Wilson

    Name:   Wayne Wilson
    Title:   Secretary
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:    

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender and as a Lender

    By:  

/s/ Julian Collier

    Name:   Julian Collier
    Title:   Director

 

MALIBU BOATS, LLC

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


LENDERS:  

UNION BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

 

/s/ Michael Ball

  Name: Michael Ball
  Title: Vice President

 

MALIBU BOATS, LLC

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT 1.1


EXHIBIT 7.12

Exhibit 10.3

TRADEMARK AND PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Trademark and Patent Security Agreement (this “ Trademark and Patent Security Agreement ”), dated July 16, 2013, by MALIBU BOATS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Debtor ”), entered into in favor of SUNTRUST BANK, a Georgia state banking corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Secured Party ”) as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, pursuant to the agreement titled Security Agreement and dated as of the date hereof (the “ Security Agreement ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Debtor is party to the Security Agreement in favor of the Secured Party, for the benefit of the holders of Indebtedness, pursuant to which the Debtor is required to execute and deliver this Trademark and Patent Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Lenders to extend certain credit described in the Security Agreement, the Debtor hereby agrees with the Secured Party as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark and Patent Collateral. The Debtor hereby pledges and grants to the Secured Party, for the benefit of the holders of the Indebtedness, a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of the Debtor (collectively, the “ Trademark and Patent Collateral ”):

(a) Presently existing and hereafter arising trademarks and patents of the Debtor, including, without limitation, those listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto;

(b) all goodwill associated with the business conducted by Debtor in connection with and symbolized by the trademarks owned by Debtor; and

(c) all proceeds, license rights, royalties, rights to payment, accounts receivable, payment intangibles, proceeds from any litigation, indemnity or warranty with respect to any and all of the foregoing.

Section 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark and Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Secured Party, for the benefit of the holders of the Indebtedness, pursuant to the Security Agreement, and the Debtor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Secured Party with respect to the security interest in the Trademark and Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark and Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Secured Party shall otherwise determine.

Section 4. Termination. Upon the full payment and performance of the Indebtedness (other than unmatured indemnification obligations), upon written request of the Debtor, the Secured Party shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Debtor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks and Patents under this Trademark and Patent Security Agreement.

 

1


THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

-SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS-

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Debtor has caused this Trademark and Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized offer as of the date first set forth above.

 

DEBTOR :
MALIBU BOATS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paras Mehta

Name:   Paras Mehta
Title:   Secretary

 

Accepted and Agreed:
SECURED PARTY :
SUNTRUST BANK
By:  

/s/ Carle A. Felton III

Name:   Carle A. Felton III
Title:   Director


SCHEDULE I

U.S. Patents

Issued Patents

 

Title

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

WAKE TOWER    D678168    03/19/13
WAKE TOWER    D666135    08/28/12
WAKE TOWERS AND METHODS OF USE AND MANUFACTURE THEREOF    8171874    05/08/12
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DAMPENING RUDDER VIBRATION    8171870    05/08/12
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING WAKE    7140318    11/28/06
WINDSHIELD EDGE ASSEMBLY AND METHOD    6647915    11/18/03

Pending Application

 

Title

  

Appl. No.

  

Filing Date

WAKE TOWERS AND METHODS OF USE AND MANUFACTURE THEREOF   

13463613

20120279432

   02/26/10


U.S. Trademarks

Registered Marks

 

Mark

  

Reg. No.

  

Reg. Date

SURF GATE and Design    4284081    01/29/13
M and Design    4332860    05/07/13
MALIBU BOATS and Design    4329376    04/30/13
TXI    4186116    08/07/12
MXZ    4256428    12/11/12
AXIS and Design    3928212    03/08/11
AXIS    3928211    03/08/11
RESPONSE    3106853    06/20/06
WAKESETTER    3109324    06/27/06
MALIBU    2976242    07/26/05
AXIS WAKE RESEARCH    3782040    04/27/10
SUNSCAPE    2464630    06/26/01
Design only    1941229    12/12/95
FLIGHTCRAFT    1636091    02/26/91
MALIBU    1603623    06/26/90

Pending Application

 

Mark

  

Appl. No.

  

Filing Date

MONSOON    85905379    04/16/13

Exhibit 10.4

(Local Currency—Single Jurisdiction)

 

LOGO

International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of July 17, 2012

SUNTRUST BANK and MALIBU BOATS, LLC

have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this Master Agreement (the “Master Agreement”), which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties confirming those Transactions.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:—

 

1. Interpretation

(a) Definitions . The terms defined in Section 12 and in the Schedule will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b) Inconsistency . In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement (including the Schedule), such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c) Single Agreement . All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

 

2. Obligations

(a) General Conditions.

(i) Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

(iii) Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other applicable condition precedent specified in this Agreement.


Copyright © 1992 by International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

Second Printing

 

  2  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


(b) Change of Account . Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the scheduled date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c) Netting . If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable:—

(i) in the same currency; and

(ii) in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by whom the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of such Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or a Confirmation by specifying that subparagraph (ii) above will not apply to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election, together with the starting date (in which case subparagraph (ii) above will not, or will cease to, apply to such Transactions from such date). This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of branches or offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d) Default Interest; Other Amounts. Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party that defaults in the performance of any payment obligation will, to the extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6(c), be required to pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as such overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment, at the Default Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. If, prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will compensate the other party on demand if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

3. Representations

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into) that:—

(a) Basic Representations .

(i) Status . It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii) Powers . It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance;

(iii) No Violation or Conflict . Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

 

  3  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


(iv) Consents . All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v) Obligations Binding . Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

(b) Absence of Certain Events . No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c) Absence of Litigation . There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any of its Affiliates any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d) Accuracy of Specified Information . All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

 

4. Agreements

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party:—

(a) Furnish Specified Information . It will deliver to the other party any forms, documents or certificates specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b) Maintain Authorizations . It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c) Comply with Laws . It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

 

5. Events of Default and Termination Events

(a) Events of Default . The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party:—

(i) Failure to Pay or Deliver . Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii) Breach of Agreement . Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4(a)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied on or before the thirtieth day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

 

  4  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


(iii) Credit Support Default .

(1) Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2) the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in either case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3) the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document;

(iv) Misrepresentation . A representation made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v) Default under Specified Transaction . The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (1) defaults under a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, there occurs a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction, (2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment, delivery or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or such default continues for at least three Local Business Days if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period) or (3) disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, a Specified Transaction (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(vi) Cross Default . If “Cross Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of (1) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments, before it would otherwise have been due and payable or (2) a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount under such agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period);

(vii) Bankruptcy . The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:—

(1) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or

 

  5  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

(viii) Merger Without Assumption . The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer:—

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party to this Agreement; or

(2) the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Termination Events . The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes an Illegality if the event is specified in (i) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to (ii) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to (iii) below:—

(i) Illegality . Due to the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law after the date on which a Transaction is entered into, or due to the promulgation of, or any change in, the interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of any applicable law after such date, it becomes unlawful (other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section 4(b)) for such party (which will be the Affected Party):—

(1) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2) to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any contingent or other obligation which the party (or such Credit Support Provider) has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction;

(ii) Credit Event Upon Merger . If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, such party (“X”), any Credit Support Provider of X or any applicable Specified Entity of X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) but the creditworthiness of the resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than that of X, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity, as the case may be, immediately prior to such action (and, in such event, X or its successor or transferee, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party); or

 

  6  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


(iii) Additional Termination Event . If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties shall be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c) Event of Default and Illegality . If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Event of Default also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality and will not constitute an Event of Default.

 

6. Early Termination

(a) Right to Terminate Following Event of Default . If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the “Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the “Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b) Right to Terminate Following Termination Event .

(i) Notice . If a Termination Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction and will also give such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii) Two Affected Parties . If an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice thereof is given under Section 6(b)(i) on action to avoid that Termination Event.

(iii) Right to Terminate . If:—

(1) an agreement under Section 6(b)(ii) has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(2) an Illegality other than that referred to in Section 6(b)(ii), a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs,

either party in the case of an Illegality, any Affected Party in the case of an Additional Termination Event if there is more than one Affected Party, or the party which is not the Affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party and provided that the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

(c) Effect of Designation .

(i) If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or (b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

 

  7  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


(ii) Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date shall be determined pursuant to Section 6(e).

(d) Calculations .

(i) Statement. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including all relevant quotations and specifying any amount payable under Section 6(e)) and (2) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation obtained in determining a Market Quotation, the records of the party obtaining such quotation will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation.

(ii) Payment Date. An amount calculated as being due in respect of any Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default) and on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event). Such amount will be paid together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest thereon (before as well as after judgment), from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date such amount is paid, at the Applicable Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Payments on Early Termination. If an Early Termination Date occurs, the following provisions shall apply based on the parties’ election in the Schedule of a payment measure, either “Market Quotation” or “Loss,” and a payment method, either the “First Method” or the “Second Method.” If the parties fail to designate a payment measure or payment method in the Schedule, it will be deemed that “Market Quotation” or the “Second Method,” as the case may be, shall apply. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off.

(i) Events of Default. If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default:—

(1) First Method and Market Quotation. If the First Method and Market Quotation apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party the excess, if a positive number, of (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party over (B) the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party.

(2) First Method and Loss. If the First Method and Loss apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party, if a positive number, the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement.

(3) Second Method and Market Quotation. If the Second Method and Market Quotation apply, an amount will be payable equal to (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (B) the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(4) Second Method and Loss. If the Second Method and Loss apply, an amount will be payable equal to the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

 

  8  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


(ii) Termination Events. If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event:—

(1) One Affected Party. If there is one Affected Party, the amount payable will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i)(3), if Market Quotation applies, or Section 6(e)(i)(4), if Loss applies, except that, in either case, references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and the party which is not the Affected Party, respectively, and, if Loss applies and fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, Loss shall be calculated in respect of all Terminated Transactions.

(2) Two Affected Parties. If there are two Affected Parties:—

(A) if Market Quotation applies, each party will determine a Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, and an amount will be payable equal to (I) the sum of (a) one-half of the difference between the Settlement Amount of the party with the higher Settlement Amount (“X”) and the Settlement Amount of the party with the lower Settlement Amount (“Y”) and (b) the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (II) the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y; and

(B) if Loss applies, each party will determine its Loss in respect of this Agreement (or, if fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, in respect of all Terminated Transactions) and an amount will be payable equal to one-half of the difference between the Loss of the party with the higher Loss (“X”) and the Loss of the party with the lower Loss (“Y”).

If the amount payable is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of that amount to Y.

(iii) Adjustment for Bankruptcy. In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because “Automatic Early Termination” applies in respect of a party, the amount determined under this Section 6(e) will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv) Pre-Estimate. The parties agree that if Market Quotation applies an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of such losses.

 

7. Transfer

Neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that:—

(a) a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b) a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under Section 6(e).

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section will be void.

 

  9  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


8. Miscellaneous

(a) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings with respect thereto.

(b) Amendments . No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c) Survival of Obligations. Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d) Remedies Cumulative. Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

(e) Counterparts and Confirmations .

(i) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii) The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation shall be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex or electronic message constitutes a Confirmation.

(f) No Waiver of Rights. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g) Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

 

9. Expenses

A Defaulting Party will, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

 

10. Notices

(a) Effectiveness. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner set forth below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated:—

(i) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii) if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;

 

  10  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


(iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);

(iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted; or

(v) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is received,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery ) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b) Change of Addresses. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.

 

11. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b) Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:—

(i) submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, or to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York; and

(ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.

Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (outside, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982 or any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c) Waiver of Immunities. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction, order for specific performance or for recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

 

12. Definitions

As used in this Agreement:—

“Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

 

  11  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


“Affected Transactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

“Affiliate” means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

“Applicable Rate” means:—

(a) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(b) in respect of an obligation to pay an amount under Section 6(e) of either party from and after the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable, the Default Rate;

(c) in respect of all other obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(d) in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorization, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

“Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

“Defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iii).

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

“Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“law” includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation and “lawful” and “unlawful” will be construed accordingly.

“Local Business Day” means, subject to the Schedule, a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), in the place(s) specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) in relation to any other payment, in the place where the relevant account is located, (c) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), in the city specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (d) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

“Loss” means, with respect to this Agreement or one or more Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and a party, an amount that party reasonably determines in good faith to be its total losses and costs (or gain, in which case expressed as a negative number) in connection with this Agreement or that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, including any loss of bargain, cost of funding or, at the election of such party but without duplication, loss or cost incurred as a result of its terminating, liquidating, obtaining or

 

  12  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


reestablishing any hedge or related trading position (or any gain resulting from any of them). Loss includes losses and costs (or gains) in respect of any payment or delivery required to have been made (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) on or before the relevant Early Termination Date and not made, except, so as to avoid duplication, if Section 6(e)(i)(1) or (3) or 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) applies. Loss does not include a party’s legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to under Section 9. A party will determine its Loss as of the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if that is not reasonably practicable, as of the earliest date thereafter as is reasonably practicable. A party may (but need not) determine its Loss by reference to quotations of relevant rates or prices from one or more leading dealers in the relevant markets.

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions and a party making the determination, an amount determined on the basis of quotations from Reference Market-makers. Each quotation will be for an amount, if any, that would be paid to such party (expressed as a negative number) or by such party (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between such party (taking into account any existing Credit Support Document with respect to the obligations of such party) and the quoting Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the “Replacement Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date. For this purpose, Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included. The Replacement Transaction would be subject to such documentation as such party and the Reference Market-maker may, in good faith, agree. The party making the determination (or its agent) will request each Reference Market-maker to provide its quotation to the extent reasonably practicable as of the same day and time (without regard to different time zones) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Early Termination Date. The day and time as of which those quotations are to be obtained will be selected in good faith by the party obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), and, if each party is so obliged, after consultation with the other. If more than three quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, without regard to the quotations having the highest and lowest values. If exactly three such quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the quotation remaining after disregarding the highest and lowest quotations. For this purpose, if more than one quotation has the same highest value or lowest value, then one of such quotations shall be disregarded. If fewer than three quotations are provided, it will be deemed that the Market Quotation in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions cannot be determined.

“Non-default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the Non-defaulting Party (as certified by it) if it were to fund the relevant amount.

“Non-defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Reference Market-makers” means four leading dealers in the relevant market selected by the party determining a Market Quotation in good faith (a) from among dealers of the highest credit standing which satisfy all the criteria that such party applies generally at the time in deciding whether to offer or to make an extension of credit and (b) to the extent practicable, from among such dealers having an office in the same city.

“Scheduled Payment Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

“Set-off” means set-off, offset, combination of accounts, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which the payer of an amount under Section 6 is entitled or subject (whether arising under this Agreement, another contract, applicable law or otherwise) that is exercised by, or imposed on, such payer.

 

  13  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


“Settlement Amount” means, with respect to a party and any Early Termination Date, the sum of:—

(a) the Market Quotations (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation is determined; and

(b) such party’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation cannot be determined or would not (in the reasonable belief of the party making the determination) produce a commercially reasonable result.

“Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

“Specified Transaction” means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is a rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

“Terminated Transactions” means with respect to any Early Termination Date (a) if resulting from a Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (b) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions (in either case) in effect immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date (or, if “Automatic Early Termination” applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date).

“Termination Event” means an Illegality or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

“Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date and (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in each case together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest, in the currency of such amounts, from (and including) the date such amounts or obligations were or would have been required to have been paid or performed to (but excluding) such Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Rate. Such amounts of interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above shall be reasonably determined by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it shall be the average of the fair market values reasonably determined by both parties.

 

  14  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

 

SUNTRUST BANK     MALIBU BOATS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Tracy T. Moore

    By:  

/s/ Wayne Wilson

  Tracy T. Moore     Name:   Wayne Wilson
  Vice President     Title:   CFO
Dated:  

 

    Dated:  

8/2/2012

 

  15  

ISDA ® 1992

Second Printing

Exhibit 10.5

(Local Currency—Single Jurisdiction)

SCHEDULE

to the

1992 ISDA Master Agreement

dated as of July 17, 2012, between

 

 

SUNTRUST BANK

(“Party A”)

  and  

MALIBU BOATS, LLC

(“Party B”)

 

 

Part 1. Termination Provisions.

 

(a) “Specified Entity” means, in relation to Party A, not applicable and, in relation to Party B, for the purposes of Sections 5(a)(v), (vi), and (vii), and Section 5(b)(ii) of this Agreement, any Affiliate of Party B.

 

(b) “Specified Transaction” will have the meaning specified in Section 12 of this Agreement.

 

(c) The “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply to Party A and Party B.

“Specified Indebtedness” will have the meaning specified in Section 12 of this Agreement, but, with respect to Party A, will not include indebtedness in respect of deposits received in the ordinary course of its banking business.

“Threshold Amount” means, for purposes of Section 5(a)(vi) of this Agreement (a) with respect to Party A, an amount equal to three percent (3%) of its Shareholders’ Equity and (b) with respect to Party B, an amount equal to $0.00.

“Shareholders’ Equity” means with respect to any entity, at any time, the sum (as shown in the most recent annual audited financial statements of such entity) of (i) its capital stock (including preferred stock) outstanding, taken at par value, (ii) its capital surplus and (iii) its retained earnings, minus (iv) treasury stock, each to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

“Loan Agreement” means any existing or future agreement or instrument relating to any loan, extension of credit or financial accommodation (i) from Party A (or any of its Affiliates) to Party B (whether or not anyone else is a party thereto), (ii) from the lenders(s) party thereto, other than Party A, that Party B wholly or partially hedges with a Transaction, or (iii) that is designated as a “Loan Agreement” in a Confirmation.

 

(d) The “Credit Event Upon Merger” provisions of Section 5(b)(ii) will apply to Party A and Party B.

 

(e) The “Automatic Early Termination” provision of Section 6(a) will not apply to either Party A or Party B.

 

1


(f) Payments on Early Termination. For the purpose of Section 6(e) of this Agreement:-

 

  (i) Loss will apply.

 

  (ii) The Second Method will apply.

(g) Additional Termination Event will apply. Each of the following will constitute an Additional Termination Event:

 

  (i) if the indebtedness under the Loan Agreement is (for whatever reason, in whatever manner) repaid in part (except with respect to any scheduled amortization) or in full;

 

  (ii) if Party A is no longer a party to the Loan Agreement (to which it was at one time a party);

For the purpose of the foregoing Additional Termination Event(s), the sole Affected Party will be Party B and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

 

Part 2. Agreement to Deliver Documents.

For the purpose of Section 4(a) of this Agreement, each party agrees to deliver the following documents, as applicable:

 

Party required to
deliver document

  

Form/Document/Certificate

 

Date by which to be
delivered

  

Covered by
Section 3(d)
Representation

Party A and Party B    Certified copies of all corporate or partnership authorizations, as the case may be, and any other documents with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, any Confirmation and any Credit Support Document   Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement or otherwise upon request    Yes
Party A and Party B    Certificate of authority and specimen signatures of individuals executing this Agreement, any Confirmation and any Credit Support Document   Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement or otherwise upon request    Yes
Party B    The Credit Support Document(s), if any, listed in Part 3 of this Schedule   Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement    Yes

 

2


Party required to
deliver document

  

Form/Document/Certificate

 

Date by which to be
delivered

  

Covered by
Section 3(d)
Representation

Party B    Any such document as Party A may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement, including with respect to the condition, financial or otherwise, of Party B’s operations   Within one Local Business Day of a request therefor by Party A    No

 

Part 3. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Notices .

 

  (i) Notice Details. For purposes of Section 10(a) of this Agreement:

The address for notice or communication to Party A is:

SunTrust Bank

Financial Risk Management, Operations

3333 Peachtree Road, N.E.

11th Floor, Center Code 3913

Atlanta, GA 30326

Tel: 404-926-5821

Fax: 404-926-5826

E-mail: DerivOps@SunTrust.com

The address for notice or communication to Party B is:

Malibu Boats, LLC

Attn: CFO

5075 Kimberly Way

Loudon, TN 37774

Tel: 865-458-7239

 

  (ii) Amendment of Section 10 (Notices). Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement is hereby amended by adding the words “or its delivery is attempted” at the end thereof.

 

(b) Calculation Agent . The Calculation Agent is Party A.

 

(c) Credit Support Provider .

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party A: Not applicable.

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party B: The party, as of any particular time, whose undertakings or assets under the Credit Support Document secure the timely performance of Party B’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

3


(d) Credit Support Document .

Credit Support Document means in relation to Party A: Not applicable.

Credit Support Document means in relation to Party B: Any guaranty, letter of credit, credit agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge agreement, assignment agreement, investment agreement, surety bond, or other credit enhancement device, or any combination thereof issued to secure or otherwise support the timely performance of Party B’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, any amendments, supplements, restatements, or other modifications, or any substitutions or replacements thereto to which Party A has consented in writing.

 

(e) Governing Law . Section 11(a) of this Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“(a) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to choice of law doctrine, but giving effect to Section 5-1401 of New York’s General Obligations Law.”

 

(f) Jurisdiction . Section 11(b) of this Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“(b) Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:—

 

  (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Federal and/or state court located in the State of Georgia (including without limitation the Business Case Division of the Fulton County Superior Court, if applicable) and any appellate court from any thereof; and

 

  (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.”

 

Part 4. Other Provisions.

 

(a) Section 3(a) of this Agreement is amended by (i) deleting the word “and” at the end of clause (iv); (ii) replacing the period at the end of clause (v) with a semicolon and (iii) inserting the following additional representations:

“(vi) Eligible Contract Participant. It is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and any rules thereunder, each as amended from time to time;

(vii) Line of Business. It has entered into the Transaction for the purposes of managing its borrowings or investments, hedging its underlying assets or liabilities or in connection with its line of business;

 

4


(viii) Individually Negotiated. This Agreement and each Transaction is subject to individual negotiation by each party; and

(ix) No Trading Facilities. Neither this Agreement nor any Transaction will be executed or traded on a “trading facility” within the meaning of Section 1a(33) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.”

 

(b) Section 3 is hereby amended by adding the following section (e) at the end thereof:

 

  “(e) Relationship Between Parties. Each party represents to the other party and will be deemed to represent to the other party on the date on which it enters into a Transaction that (absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction):-

(i) Non-Reliance. It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction; it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction. Further, such party has not received from the other party any assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.

(ii) Evaluation and Understanding. It is capable of evaluating and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the financial and other risks of that Transaction.

(iii) Status of Parties. THE OTHER PARTY IS NOT ACTING AS AN AGENT, FIDUCIARY OR ADVISOR FOR IT IN respect OF THAT TRANSACTION.”

 

(c) Recording of Conversations . Each party (i) consents to the monitoring or recording, at any time and from time to time, by the other party of any and all communications between officers or employees of the parties, (ii) waives any further notice of such monitoring or recording, and (iii) agrees to notify (and, if required by law, obtain the consent of) its officers and employees with respect to such monitoring or recording.

 

(d) Set Off. Section 6 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following new subsection 6(f):

“(f) Set-Off . Any amount payable hereunder (“Early Termination Amount”), in circumstances where an Event of Default has occurred with respect to the Defaulting Party or a Termination Event has occurred pursuant to Section 5(b)(ii) (Credit Event Upon Merger) or Section 5(b)(iii) (Additional Termination Event) with respect to the Affected Party (in either case, “Party X”), will, at the option of the Non-defaulting Party or the party that is not the Affected Party (“Party Y”), and without prior notice to Party X, be reduced by its set off against any other amounts (“Other Amounts”) payable by X to Y or its affiliates (where the Early Termination Amount is payable by Y to X) or by Y or its affiliates to X (where the Early Termination Amount is payable by X to Y) (whether or not arising under this Agreement, whether matured or unmatured, whether or not contingent and irrespective of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the sum or obligation). To the extent that any Other Amounts are so set off, those Other Amounts will be discharged promptly and in all respects. Party Y will give notice to Party X of any set off effected under this Section 6(f).

 

5


For this purpose, either the Early Termination Amount or the Other Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) may be converted at Party Y’s option into the currency in which the other set off amount is denominated at the rate of exchange at which Party Y would be able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.

If an obligation is unascertained, Party Y may in good faith estimate that obligation and set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.

This provision shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).”

 

(e) USA PATRIOT ACT Notice. Party A hereby notifies Party B that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001, and hereinafter referred to as the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Party B, which information includes the name and address of Party B, and such other information as will allow Party A to identify Party B in accordance with the Act.

 

(f) Debit and Credit Authorization. Party B hereby authorizes Party A to debit and credit the account specified in the Confirmation (or otherwise notified from Party B to Party A) for all payments owing by Party B to Party A or by Party A to Party B, respectively, in respect of all Transactions hereunder including, for the avoidance of doubt, payments owing pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 6(e) of this Agreement.

 

(g) FDIC . Party B acknowledges that Transactions are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

(h) Party B Acknowledgments .

(i) Independent Obligations. Although Party B may be entering into one or more Transactions under this Agreement to hedge the interest expense of, or other risk associated with, an existing or future loan or other financing, including under any Loan Agreement (each, a “ Loan ”), Party B hereby acknowledges that this Agreement and each Transaction are independent obligations of Party B separate from any obligations Party B may have with respect to any such Loan and therefore:

(A) each party’s obligations under this Agreement and any Transaction shall not be contingent on whether any Loan is obtained, extended or renewed;

(B) subject to the following paragraph, any repayment, acceleration, satisfaction, discharge or release of, and any amendment, modification or waiver with respect to, any Loan, whether in whole or in part, at any time, shall not in any way affect either party’s obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction;

(C) payments that become due under this Agreement and any Transaction shall become due whether or not (1) the Notional Amount of any Transaction at any time is different from the principal amount of any Loan, (2) the Termination Date of any Transaction occurs before or after the maturity date of any Loan, or (3) any other terms of any Loan differ from the terms of this Agreement or any Transaction;

 

6


(D) nothing in this Agreement (including any Confirmation) is or shall be construed as a commitment to lend;

(E) nothing in this Agreement (including any Confirmation) is or shall be construed as a prepayment penalty, charge or premium for purposes of any Loan, nor shall any terms of any Loan be deemed a waiver of or otherwise impair any right under this Agreement or any Transaction, including any right to receive payment of any amount due; and

(F) if Party B at any time receives from Party A (or any of its affiliates) any payoff statement or any written statement regarding any Loan, nothing in such statement shall be deemed to apply to this Agreement or any Transaction except as otherwise expressly provided in that statement and then only to the extent so provided.

Nothing in the preceding paragraph above shall be construed as impairing or limiting: any set-off rights; any cross default, credit support default, termination or other provisions contained in this Agreement (including any Confirmation) to the extent such provisions refer to any repayment or acceleration of any Loan; any rights or obligations under any credit support documents; or any obligations of Party B under any covenant incorporated into this Agreement by reference from any loan or other financing agreement.

(ii) Obligations Upon Early Termination of Transaction(s) . Party B hereby acknowledges that:

(A) the terms under which any Transaction may be terminated early are set forth in this Agreement (including any Confirmation) and any early termination of a Transaction other than pursuant to this Agreement (including any Confirmation) shall be subject to mutual agreement of the parties, the terms of which may require one party to pay to the other an amount based upon market conditions at the time of such early termination; and

(B) if at any time any existing or future collateral or other credit support secures or otherwise supports both this Agreement (and any Transaction hereunder) and any Loan (whether this Agreement or any Transaction hereunder is specifically identified in the collateral or other credit support documents or instead is referred to generically), Party A (or its agent) shall not be obligated to release such collateral or other credit support, and such collateral or other credit support shall continue to secure or otherwise support Party B’s obligations under this Agreement (and any Transaction hereunder), until such time as all obligations of Party B hereunder are completely satisfied notwithstanding any repayment, acceleration, discharge or release of any Loan.

 

7


Please confirm your agreement to the terms of the foregoing Schedule by signing below.

 

SUNTRUST BANK     MALIBU BOATS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Tracy T. Moore

    By:  

/s/ Wayne Wilson

Name:   Tracy T. Moore     Name:   Wayne Wilson
Title:   Vice President     Title:   CFO

 

8

[***]: Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request. An unredacted version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

LOGO

August 2, 2012

Confirmation of Swap Transaction

THIS LETTER AGREEMENT SHOULD BE REVIEWED, EXECUTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED PERSON(S), AND RETURNED IMMEDIATELY

VIA EMAIL OR BY FAX TO 404-926-5827

Wayne Wilson

CFO

Malibu Boats, LLC

5075 Kimberly Way

Loudon, TN 37774

Ph#: 865-458-7239

Email: waynew@malibuboats.com

REF: 167125

The purpose of this Confirmation is to set forth the terms and conditions of the Swap Transaction entered into between SunTrust Bank and Malibu Boats, LLC (“Counterparty”) on the Trade Date specified below. This communication constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Agreement specified below.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2006 Definitions, as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (the “Definitions”), are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between the Definitions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern. This Confirmation supplements, forms a part of, and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement between SunTrust Bank and the Counterparty, dated as of July 17, 2012, and as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “Agreement”). All provisions contained in, or incorporated by reference into, the Agreement will govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.


1. The terms of the particular Swap Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

 

Notional Amount:

See attached Schedule A

 

Trade Date:

August 2, 2012

 

Effective Date:

July 11, 2012

 

Termination Date:

June 30, 2017, with adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day Convention

 

Business Days:

New York

 

Calculation Agent:

SunTrust Bank

 

Fixed Amounts:

 

Fixed Rate Payer:

Counterparty

 

Fixed Rate Payer Payment Dates:

The last day of each September, December, March and June, commencing September 28, 2012, through and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day convention

 

Fixed Rate:

0.61000% per annum

 

Fixed Rate Day Count Fraction:

Actual/360

 

Adjustment to Period End Dates:

Applicable

 

Floating Amounts:

 

Floating Rate Payer:

SunTrust bank

 

Floating Rate Payer Period End Dates:

The last day of each month, commencing July 31, 2012, through and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day convention

 

Floating Rate Payer Payment Dates:

The last day of each September, December, March and June, commencing September 28, 2012, through and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day convention

 

Floating Rate for Initial Calculation Period:

0.24875% per annum

 

Floating Rate Day Count Fraction:

Actual/360


Designated Maturity:

1 month

 

Floating Rate Option:

USD-LIBOR-BBA

 

Spread:

Inapplicable

 

Adjustment to Period End Dates:

Applicable

 

Compounding:

Inapplicable

 

Reset Dates:

The last day of each month

 

2. Other Provisions

 

(a) Relationship Between the Parties . Each party hereto represents to the other as of the Trade Date that (absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for this Swap Transaction):

 

  (i) Non-Reliance . It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into this Swap Transaction and as to whether this Swap Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into this Swap Transaction, it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of this Swap Transaction will not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into this Swap Transaction. No communication (written or oral) received from the other party will be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of this Swap Transaction.

 

  (ii) Assessment and Understanding . It is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of this Swap Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of this Swap Transaction. Status of Parties . The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to it in respect of this Swap Transaction.

 

(b) Customer Identification : To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money-laundering activities, federal law requires SunTrust Bank to obtain, verify, and record certain identifying information about its customers. The Counterparty will need to provide to SunTrust Bank its legal name, physical address, date of birth, If applicable, and other identifying information, including identifying documents, to assist in this verification process.


3. Counterparty Acknowledgements . Counterparty hereby acknowledges the following in connection with this Swap Transaction:

 

(a) Swap Transaction Is an Independent Contract . The payments due by Counterparty under this Swap Transaction shall be due on their respective due dates whether or not: (a) there exists at any time a commitment for any Financing or any such commitment expires or terminates, (b) any closing of any Financing takes place or is postponed, delayed or terminated, (c) any advance is made, outstanding or repaid in connection with any Financing, either before, on or after the Effective Date, (d) circumstances and market conditions change such that Counterparty ceases to have any need for, or is unable to obtain, any Financing or extend current financing; or (e) the principal amount of any Financing is less or more than the Notional Amount of this Swap Transaction, the term of any Financing is shorter or longer than the Term of this Swap Transaction, or any other terms of any Financing differ from the terms of this Swap Transaction. “Financing” means any loan or other extension of credit from SunTrust Bank (or any other entity) to Counterparty (or any other entity). Counterparty acknowledges that the decision to extend Financing is in the sole discretion of SunTrust Bank or any other entity, as the case may be, and this Transaction creates no obligation to extend Financing, nor is it evidence of an intent to extend financing.

 

(b) Obligations Upon Early Termination of Swap Transaction . Any obligations of Counterparty in respect of the termination of this Swap Transaction upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Termination Event (including any Additional Termination Event) or otherwise pursuant to the Agreement or by the mutual agreement of the parties (each, an “Early Termination Event”), shall be due and payable by Counterparty whether any Early Termination Event occurs before, on or after the Effective Date. Upon the occurrence of an Early Termination Event, a payment will be due by one party to the other as calculated and payable pursuant to the terms of the Agreement which will include the relevant party’s losses or costs incurred or gains realized in replacing or providing the economic equivalent of this Swap Transaction at or about the time of such early termination which, in turn, will reflect then current market rates.

 

4. Account Details noted below are to be used for electronic funds transfer payments orders and instructions for payments to SunTrust or to the Counterparty.

Payments to SunTrust:

SunTrust Bank

ABA# [***]

FBO: [***]

Account# [***]

Attn: Financial Risk Management, Operations

Payments to Counterparty:

Please advise us your settlement instructions.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Counterparty shall ensure the accuracy of its payment orders and electronic funds instructions. If the payment orders and instructions inconsistently describe the beneficiary, beneficiary’s bank, or any intermediary bank by name and number, payment might be made by the intermediary of beneficiary’s bank on basis of the number even if the number identifies a person or bank other than the named beneficiary or bank. Counterparty shall be responsible for any loss associated with such inconsistency.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of the Swap Transaction by signing this Confirmation and immediately returning all its pages via email or by fax (without a cover sheet) to 404-926-5827.

 

   

Accepted and Confirmed as of

date first above written:

SunTrust Bank     Malibu Boats, LLC
By:   /s/ Rafeek Ghafur     By:   /s/ Wayne Wilson
 

Name: Rafeek Ghafur

Title: Vice President

     

Name: Wayne Wilson

Title: Chief Executive Officer


SCHEDULE A

 

Period Begin Dates

 

Period End Dates

 

Notional Amount

July 11, 2012

  September 28, 2012   14,250,000.00

September 28, 2012

  December 31, 2012   13,626,562.50

December 31, 2012

  March 29, 2013   13,003,125.00

March 29, 2013

  June 28, 2013   12,379,687.50

June 28, 2013

  September 30, 2013   11,756,250.00

September 30, 2013

  December 31, 2013   11,132,812.50

December 31, 2013

  March 31, 2014   10,509,375.00

March 31, 2014

  June 30, 2014     9,885,937.50

June 30, 2014

  September 30, 2014     9,262,500.00

September 30, 2014

  December 31, 2014     8,550,000.00

December 31, 2014

  March 31, 2015     7,837,500.00

March 31, 2015

  June 30, 2015     7,125,000.00

June 30, 2015

  September 30, 2015     6,412,500.00

September 30, 2015

  December 31, 2015     5,700,000.00

December 31, 2015

  March 31, 2016     4,987,500.00

March 31, 2016

  June 30, 2016     4,275,000.00

June 30, 2016

  September 30, 2016     3,562,500.00

September 30, 2016

  December 30, 2016     2,850,000.00

December 30, 2016

  March 31, 2017     2,137,500.00

March 31, 2017

  June 30, 2017     1,425,000.00

Exhibit 10.9

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 7, 2006 by and between Malibu Boats, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Malibu Investor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”).

 

A. The Company is an indirect subsidiary of Parent.

 

B. The Company desires to engage Parent to provide certain management and advisory services to the Company, and Parent desires to provide such services, on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

C. The Company has been formed for the purpose of acquiring the business operated by Malibu Boats West, Inc., a California corporation (such transaction being referred to as the “ Acquisition ”), pursuant to the Agreement of Purchase and Sale of even date herewith by and among Malibu Boats West, Inc., the Company, and certain individuals (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”).

 

D. The parties desire to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Services . Parent agrees that, during Term (as defined below), it will provide the Company with financial, managerial and operational advice on an as-needed basis in connection with the Company’s business and operations.

 

2. Payment of Fees and Expenses . The Company hereby agrees to pay to Parent (or a member or affiliate of Parent designated by Parent):

 

  a. a fee (the “ Deal Fee ”) in the amount of US $1,250,000 payable at the closing of the Acquisition for advice related to the structuring of the Acquisition.

 

  b. the reimbursement of all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, costs and expenses of lenders, legal counsel, investment bankers, environmental consultants, due diligence advisors, consultants, accountants and other advisors) incurred by Parent in connection with the Acquisition, either for itself or on behalf of the Company, such fees and expenses payable by the Company at such closing of the Acquisition or, if the Acquisition is not consummated, promptly after the time the Company has abandoned the Acquisition.

 

  c.

a management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) in the amount of US $500,000 per annum throughout the Term, payable by the Company quarterly in advance on the last business day of each of December, March, June and September, the first such payment to be made at the closing of the Acquisition for the period from such


  closing through the last business day of September, in exchange for the services provided to the Company by Parent pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement; provided that, to the extent that an event of default or restriction under the credit agreement entered into as part of the Acquisition causes the Company to be prohibited from paying any amounts owed under this Section 2(c) , the Company will use reasonable efforts to cure such event of default, obtain bank waivers and take other reasonable steps as may be necessary to cause its ability to make such payments to be reinstated, whereupon the Company will promptly pay to Parent all such amounts to the extent not paid in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 2(c) , together with interest at the rate of 8% per annum, compounding quarterly in each case from the date on which any such amount would have been payable (absent the deferral arrangement established in this proviso) through the date such amount is actually paid.

 

  d. the reimbursement of all out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Parent in connection with its providing of services hereunder throughout the Term.

Each payment made pursuant to this Section 2 shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available U.S. funds to the account specified in writing by Parent.

 

3. Term and Termination.

 

  a. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, unless and until terminated in accordance with this Section 3 (the “ Term ”).

 

  b. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual consent of the parties. Either party may terminate this Agreement following a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the other party and a failure to cure such breach within 30 days following written notice thereof to the breaching party.

 

  c. Regardless of any such termination, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 4 below, (ii) any and all accrued and unpaid obligations of the Company owed under Section 2 above and (iii) the provisions of Section 5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

 

4.

Indemnification . In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each of Parent, each member thereof, each fund affiliated with each such member, and each of their respective partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to (i) the Acquisition (except for liability of such Indemnitees under Article 6 of the Acquisition Agreement), (ii) the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or existence of this

 

2


  Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (including but not limited to any indemnification obligations assumed or incurred by any Indemnitee to or on behalf of Seller, or any of its accountants or other representatives, agents or affiliates), or (iii) the rendering of services by Indemnitee under this Agreement, except in any case for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising on account of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law; provided , however , that the foregoing indemnity provisions of this Section 4 are not intended and shall not be construed to provide to the Indemnitees an independent right to recover from the Company or its subsidiaries for losses incurred as a result of investments made by any of the Indemnitees in the Company as a right. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

5. Miscellaneous.

 

  a. Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  b. Assignment . Except as provided below, no party shall have the right to assign this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent may assign all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder to any affiliate thereof which provides services similar to those called for by this Agreement and which is controlled at least 50% by, or under at least 50% common control with, Parent, in which event Parent shall be released of all of its rights and obligations hereunder.

 

  c. Amendment; Waiver . No amendment or waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement shall be effective, unless in writing and executed by each party hereto. No waiver on any one occasion shall extend to or effect or be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. No course of dealing of any person nor any delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute an amendment of this Agreement or a waiver of any right or remedy of any party hereto. Regardless of the foregoing, without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Units of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC (excluding the Units held by Parent), the Management Fee payable under this Agreement shall not be increased to an amount exceeding $750,000 per year; provided that the Management Fee may be increased up to $750,000 per year without such consent.

 

  d. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior communication or agreement with respect thereto.

 

3


  e. Notices . All notices, elections or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered (a) in person, (b) by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) by a generally recognized courier or messenger service that provides written acknowledgement of receipt by the addressee, or (d) by facsimile or other generally accepted means of electronic transmission with a verification of delivery. Notices are deemed delivered when actually delivered to the address for notices. Notices must be given to parties at the address set forth on the signature page hereto, although any party may furnish, from time to time, other addresses for notices to it.

 

  f. Severability . If in any judicial or arbitral proceedings a court or arbitrator shall refuse to enforce any provision of this Agreement, then such unenforceable provision shall be deemed eliminated from this Agreement for the purpose of such proceedings to the extent necessary to permit the remaining provisions to be enforced. To the full extent, however, that the provisions of any applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived to the end that this Agreement be deemed to be valid and binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms, and if any provision hereof shall be found to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be construed by limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with and possible under applicable law.

 

  g. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. A facsimile signature page shall be deemed an original signature page.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written by its officer or representative thereunto duly authorized.

 

Company:

    Malibu Boats, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Michael Hooks

    Name:   Michael Hooks
    Its:   President
    Address:   c/o Black Canyon Capital LLC
      9665 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 888
      Beverly Hills, CA 90212

Parent:

    Malibu Investors, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Michael Hooks

    Name:   Michael Hooks
    Its:   Authorized Officer
    Address:   c/o Black Canyon Capital LLC
      9665 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 888
      Beverly Hills, CA 90212
      and
      c/o Horizon Holdings, LLC
      Three Embarcadero Centre,
      23 rd Floor
      San Francisco, CA 94111-4026
      Attention: Phil Estes
      with a copy (for purposes of notices) to:
      O’Melveny & Myers LLP
      1999 Avenue of the Stars,
      Suite 700
      Los Angeles, CA 90067
      Attention: Eric Zabinski, Esq.
      and
      Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
      405 Howard Street
      San Francisco, CA 941.05
      Attention: John Seegal, Esq.

S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ANAGEMENT A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.10

Exhibit A

Amendment To The

Management Agreement

MALIBU BOATS, LLC

FIRST AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is effective as of September 29, 2009 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), and entered into by and between Malibu Boats, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as Malibu Investor, LLC, the “ Parent ”), and is made with reference to the Management Agreement dated as of August 7, 2006 (the “ Management Agreement ”), by and between Company and Parent. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Management Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company is the borrower under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 7, 2006 (the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Company, Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed on the signature pages thereof as the lenders (the “ Lenders ”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “ Agent ”), and the other signatories parties thereto;

WHEREAS , the Company is in default under the Credit Agreement and desires to enter into an Amendment No. 1 and Waiver to the Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement Amendment ”) in order to remedy the defaults, among other things; and

WHEREAS , the Agent and Required Lenders have required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement Amendment that the Company amend the Management Agreement as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. AMENDMENTS TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

A. Amendment to Section 2: Payments of Fees and Expenses . Section 2 of the Management Agreement is hereby amended by the following:

 

  (i) clause (c) is deleted in its entirety; and

 

  (ii) clause (d) is renumbered as clause (c).


B. Amendment to Section 3: Term and Termination . Section 3(c) of the Management Agreement is hereby amended by the following:

 

  (i) clause (ii) is deleted in its entirety; and

 

  (ii) clause (iii) is renumbered as clause (ii).

 

Section 2. WAIVERS

A. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Parent hereby waives any and all accrued and unpaid obligations of the Company owed under Section 2(c) of the Management Agreement prior to the Amendment Effective Date.

B. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 5(c) of the Management Agreement, the waivers set forth above shall be limited precisely as written, in each case in the manner and to the extent described above, and nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any other Section of the Management Agreement in any other instance, or any other term, provision or condition of the Management Agreement or any other instrument or agreement referred to therein.

 

Section 3. MISCELLANEOUS

A. All other terms of the Management Agreement hereby remain in full force and effect except as specifically modified by this Amendment.

B. Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

C. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

D. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

Company:
MALIBU BOATS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paras Mehta

Name:   Paras Mehta
Title:   Secretary
Parent:
MALIBU BOATS INVESTOR, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Hooks

Name:   Michael Hooks
Title:   Authorized Officer

 

3

Exhibit 10.11

MALIBU BOATS, LLC

SECOND AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Second Amendment ”) is effective as of July 11, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), and entered into by and between Malibu Boats,’ LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Malibu Boats Investor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as Malibu Investor, LLC) (“ Parent ”), and is made with reference to the Management Agreement dated as of August 7, 2006, by and between the Company and Parent (the “ Management Agreement ”), as previously amended by that certain First Amendment and Waiver to Management Agreement dated effective as of September 29, 2009 (the “ First Amendment ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Management Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Parent has provided and will continue to provide certain management and advisory services to the Company under the Management Agreement and the Company has benefited and will benefit therefrom.

WHEREAS , (i) at the time the parties entered into the First Amendment, the Company was in default under its Credit Agreement dated as of August 7, 2006, as amended (the “Credit Agreement”), (ii) to remedy that default it was necessary for the Company to secure an amendment to the Credit Agreement from the lenders thereunder, (iii) as a condition to agreeing to and entering into such amendment, the lenders required the Company to agree to the First Amendment, and (iv) the First Amendment was entered into solely to secure the lenders’ agreement to amend the Credit Agreement, for the sole benefit of the lenders, and for no other purpose or intended beneficiary.

WHEREAS , the Company and Parent desire to, effective immediately, reinstate the Management Fee as originally contemplated by the Management Agreement, and, effective as of January 1, 2013, increase the amount of the Management Fee from $500,000 per year to $750,000 per year.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties intending to be legally bound hereto agree as follows:

 

  Section 1. Amendments To Management Agreement .

A. Amendment to Section 2 : Payments of Fees and Expenses. Section 2 of the Management Agreement is hereby amended by the following:

 

  (i) clause (c) is relettered as clause (d); and


  (ii) the following is added as clause (c):

“a management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) in the amount of (i) US$1,831,250 with respect to the period July 1, 2008 through June 30, 2012, payable by the Company in a single payment on July 12, 2012, (ii) US$250,000 with respect to the period July 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, payable by the Company in a single payment of $250,000 on July 12, 2012 and (iii) US$750,000 per annum from January 1, 2013 through the remainder of the Term, payable by the Company in advance on the first business day of each calendar year, in exchange for the services provided to the Company by Parent pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement; provided that, to the extent that an event of default or restriction under any credit agreement entered into by the Company or any agreement entered into by the Company as a condition to obtaining a lender consent under any such credit agreement causes the Company to be prohibited from paying any amounts owed under this Section 2(c), the Company will use reasonable efforts to cure such event of default, obtain bank waivers and take other reasonable steps as may be necessary to cause its ability to make such payments to be reinstated, whereupon the Company will promptly pay to Parent all such amounts to the extent not paid in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 2(c), together with interest at the rate of 8% per annum, compounding quarterly in each case from the date on which any such amount would have been payable (absent the deferral arrangement established in this proviso) through the date such amount is actually paid. The amount of the Management Fee shall not be increased without the prior written consent of HH.”

B. Amendment to Section 3: Term and Termination. Section 3(c) of the Management Agreement is hereby amended by the following:

 

  (i) clause (ii) is renumbered as clause (iii); and

 

  (ii) the following is added as clause (ii):

“any and all accrued and unpaid obligations of the Company owed under Section 2 above”


  Section 2. Miscellaneous .

A. All other terms of the Management Agreement, as previously amended by the First Amendment, hereby remain in full force and effect except as specifically modified by this Second Amendment.

B. Section and subsection headings in this Second Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Second Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

C. THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE.

D. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

Company:
MALIBU BOATS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paras Mehta

Name:  

Paras Mehta

Title:  

Secretary

Parent:
MALIBU BOATS INVESTOR, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Hooks

Name:  

Michael Hooks

Title:  

Authorized Officer

Exhibit 10.15

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Effective January 1, 2014


MALIBU BOATS, INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Table of Contents

 

1.    Purpose of the Plan      1   
2.    Definitions      1   
3.    Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan      5   
   3.1.    Number of Shares      5   
   3.2.    Limits      5   
   3.3.    Adjustments      5   
   3.4.    Character of Shares      6   
4.    Administration; Eligibility      6   
   4.1.    Committee Members      6   
   4.2.    Discretionary Authority      6   
   4.3.    Changes to Awards      6   
   4.4.    Eligibility      7   
5.    Terms and Conditions of All Awards      7   
   5.1.    Rights as Stockholder      7   
   5.2.    Issuance and Delivery of Shares      7   
   5.3.    Section 83(b) Election      8   
   5.4.    Grants to Outside Directors      8   
   5.5.    Noncompetition      9   
6.    Stock Options      10   
   6.1.    Grant of Option      10   
   6.2.    Exercise Price      10   
   6.3.    Vesting; Term of Option      10   
   6.4.    Option Exercise; Withholding      10   
   6.5.    Limited Transferability of Non-qualified Options      10   
   6.6.    Additional Rules for Incentive Stock Options      11   
   6.7.    Restrictions on Transfer of Stock      11   
   6.8.    Restrictions on Repricing of Options      11   
   6.9.    Director Options      12   
7.    Stock Appreciation Rights      12   
   7.1.    Grant of SARs      12   
   7.2.    Payment of SARs      12   
   7.3.    Restrictions on Repricing of Stock Appreciation Rights      12   
8.    Restricted Stock Award      13   
   8.1.    Grant of Restricted Stock Awards      13   
   8.2    Vesting Requirements      13   

 

i


9.    Restricted Stock Units      13   
   9.1.    Grant of Restricted Stock Units      13   
   9.2.    Payment of Restricted Stock Units      13   
10.    Dividend Equivalent Award      13   
   10.1.    Grant of Dividend Equivalent Awards      13   
   10.2.    Payment of Dividend Equivalent Awards      13   
11    Performance Awards      14   
   11.1.    Grant of Performance Awards      14   
   11.2.    Payment of Performance Awards      14   
12.    Section 162(m) Awards      14   
   12.1.    In General      14   
   12.2.    Performance Goals      14   
13.    Change in Control      14   
   13.1.    Effect of Change in Control      14   
   13.2.    Definition of Change in Control      16   
14.    Award Agreements      17   
   14.1.    Form of Agreement      17   
   14.2.    Forfeiture Events      17   
15.    General Provisions      17   
   15.1.    No Assignment or Transfer; Beneficiaries      17   
   15.2.    Deferrals of Payment      18   
   15.3.    Employment or Service      18   
   15.4.    Tax Withholding      18   
   15.5.    Unfunded Plan      18   
   15.6.    Other Compensation and Benefit Plans      18   
   15.7.    Plan Binding on Transferees      19   
   15.8.    Construction and Interpretation      19   
   15.9.    Severability      19   
   15.10.    Governing Law      19   
   15.11    Section 409A Tax Compliance      19   
16.    Termination and Amendment      19   
   16.1.    Termination      19   
   16.2.    Amendment      19   

 

ii


MALIBU BOATS, INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby establishes and adopts the Malibu Boats, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of January 1, 2014.

 

1. Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by strengthening the Company’s ability to attract, motivate, and retain individuals to serve as employees and directors of the Company and on whose judgment, initiative, and efforts the financial success and growth of the business of the Company largely depend; to offer such individuals additional incentives to put forth maximum efforts for the success of the business; and to afford them an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through stock ownership and other rights.

 

2. Definitions

Wherever the following capitalized terms are used in this Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below:

(a) “Annual Retainer” shall mean the annual fee earned by an Outside Director for his or her service on the Board, which shall not include committee chair fees and meeting fees.

(b) “Award” means an award of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Dividend Equivalent Award, or Performance Award under the Plan.

(c) “Award Agreement” means an agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award granted to a Participant.

(d) “Beneficial Owner” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Board Term” means each Board year beginning on the date of an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders and ending on the date immediately preceding the next annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders; provided, however, that the initial Board Term shall commence on the first business day following the date of the closing of the initial public offering of Common Stock and end on the date immediately preceding the 2015 annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, and the applicable Annual Retainer for such initial Board Term shall be prorated accordingly.

(g) “Change in Control” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13 hereof.

(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1


(i) “Committee” means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, the term “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan. If the applicable Board shall so direct, designated members of the applicable Committee shall act as a separate subcommittee, which shall administer the Plan as to all Section 162(m) Awards. In such event, all references herein to the applicable Committee relating to Section 162(m) Awards shall be considered to refer only to the applicable separate subcommittee.

(j) “Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock of the Company.

(k) “Company” means Malibu Boats, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its predecessors.

(l) “Covered Business” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.5 hereof.

(m) “Date of Grant” means the date on which an Award under the Plan is made by the Committee, or such later date as the Committee may specify to be the effective date of the Award.

(n) “Dividend Equivalent Award” means an Award under Section 10 hereof entitling the Participant to receive payments with respect to dividends declared on the Common Stock.

(o) “Election Notice” means a written election, in such form as the Committee shall prescribe, submitted by an Outside Director to the Company electing to receive an additional portion of the Outside Director’s Annual Retainer in the form of Common Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan.

(p) “Eligible Person” means any employee, consultant, director, or other independent contractor of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(q) “Employee” means any person who is employed as a common-law employee.

(r) “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock as of a given date shall mean the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC or any successor thereto on the trading day immediately preceding the date as of which the Fair Market Value is to be determined, or, in the absence of any reported sales of Shares on such date, on the first preceding date on which any such sale shall have been reported (in either case, as reported in the Wall Street Journal). If the Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC or any successor thereto on the date as of which Fair Market Value is to be determined, the Committee shall in good faith determine the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate.

(s) “Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase Common Stock that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(t) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an option to purchase Common Stock that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(u) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option granted under Section 6 hereof.

 

2


(v) “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an Employee of the Company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

(w) “Participant” means any Eligible Person who holds an outstanding Award under the Plan.

(x) “Performance Award” means an Award of cash incentives granted pursuant to Section 11 which will be paid to the Participant upon the achievement of such performance goals as the Committee shall establish.

(y) “Performance Goal” means any one or more of the following performance goals, intended by the Committee to constitute objective goals for purposes of section 162(m) of the Code, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit or affiliate, either individually, alternatively, or in combination, and measured either quarterly, annually, or cumulatively over a period of quarters or years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous quarters’ or years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee in the Award:

 

  (i) Return on equity, capital, sales, or assets;

 

  (ii) Revenue;

 

  (iii) Income (net, pre-tax, and/or operating);

 

  (iv) Cash flow (including operating cash flow, free cash flow, discounted return on investment and cash flow in excess of cost of capital);

 

  (v) Earnings per share;

 

  (vi) Debt reduction;

 

  (vii) Working capital;

 

  (viii) Total return;

 

  (ix) Expense management;

 

  (x) EBITDA;

 

  (xi) Adjusted EBITDA;

 

  (xii) Market share;

 

  (xiii) Quality objectives;

 

  (xiv) International performance; and

 

  (xv) Attainment of specific strategic objectives.

 

3


As and to the extent permitted by section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, in the event of a change in corporate capitalization, a corporate transaction or a complete or partial corporate liquidation; a natural disaster or other significant unforeseen event that materially impacts the operation of the Company; any extraordinary gain or loss or other event that is treated for accounting purposes as an extraordinary item under generally accepted accounting principles; or any material change in tax law, accounting policies or practices, or other such laws or items that affect the Company or the Performance Goals, then, to the extent any of the foregoing events was not anticipated at the time the Performance Goals were established, the Committee may make appropriate adjustments to the Performance Goals so as to neutralize the effect of such event(s) on the applicable Award.

(z) “Performance Period” means, with respect to a Section 162(m) Award, a period of time within which the Performance Goals relating to such Award are to be measured. The Performance Period will be established by the Committee at the time the Award is granted.

(aa) “Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

(bb) “Plan” means the Malibu Boats, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan as set forth herein, as it may be amended from time to time.

(cc) “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award under Section 8 hereof entitling a Participant to shares of Common Stock that are nontransferable and subject to forfeiture until specific conditions established by the Committee are satisfied.

(dd) “Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award under Section 9 hereof entitling a Participant to a payment of Common Stock at the completion of a vesting or performance period.

(ee) “Section 162(m) Award” means any Award that is intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exemption under section 162(m) of the Code.

(ff) “Separation from Service” means the date the Participant is no longer providing services (or such services are significantly reduced) to the Company as determined in a manner that would be treated as a separation from service under the default provisions of Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(h).

(gg) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award under Section 7 hereof entitling a Participant to receive an amount, representing the difference between the base price per share of the right and the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise.

(hh) “Subsidiary” means an entity (whether or not a corporation) that is wholly or majority owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or any other affiliate of the Company that is so designated, from time to time, by the Committee; provided, however, that with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the term “Subsidiary” shall include only an entity that qualifies under section 424(f) of the Code as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company.

(ii) “Termination Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.5 hereof.

 

4


3. Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan

3.1. Number of Shares .

(a) Subject to the following provisions of this Section 3, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan is 1,700,000 shares of Common Stock.

(b) Shares of Company Stock subject to an Award that are forfeited, cancelled, expired, exchanged for different compensation, or settled in cash (in whole or in part) shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, cancelation, expiration, exchange, or cash settlement, again be available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award that are withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award or in payment of the purchase price of an Option shall be considered issued under the Plan.

(c) No Award may be granted if the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered in connection with such Award exceeds the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available under this Plan minus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in settlement of or related to then-outstanding Awards.

3.2 Limits .

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted as Options to any Participant during any calendar year shall be limited to 340,000 shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 hereof). To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all stock incentive plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000 (or the amount specified in section 422 of the Code), determined as of the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted, such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Options (taking Incentive Stock Options into account in the order in which they were granted).

(b) To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, for compensation to be treated as qualified performance-based compensation, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which (a) Options, (b) Stock Appreciation Rights, and (c) other Awards (other than Performance Awards) to the extent they are granted as Section 162(m) Awards may be granted during any calendar year to any employee may not exceed 340,000. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, for compensation to be treated as qualified performance-based compensation, the maximum aggregate dollar amount that may be paid in any calendar year to an employee with respect to Performance Awards may not exceed $2,000,000.

3.3 Adjustments . In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other distribution with respect to the shares of Common Stock, or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common Stock, the Committee shall, in the manner and to the extent that it deems appropriate and equitable to the Participants and consistent with the terms of this Plan, cause an adjustment to be made in (i) the maximum number and kind of shares provided in Section 3.1 hereof or otherwise in this Plan, (ii) the

 

5


number and kind of shares of Common Stock, share units, or other rights subject to then outstanding Awards, (iii) the price for each share or unit or other right subject to then outstanding Awards, and (iv) any other terms of an Award that are affected by the event; provided, however, that no such adjustment or other substitution shall be made if it would cause the Plan or an Award to fail to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, any such adjustments shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 424(a) of the Code and, with respect to Section 162(m) Awards, to the extent considered advisable by the Committee, in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code.

3.4 Character of Shares . The shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the Plan will be made available from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company.

 

4. Administration; Eligibility

4.1. Committee Members . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have such powers and authority as may be necessary or appropriate for the Committee to carry out its functions as described in the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith by the Committee with respect to the Plan or any Award thereunder.

4.2. Discretionary Authority . Subject to the express limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority in its discretion to determine the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards may be granted; the number of shares, units or other rights subject to each Award; the exercise, base or purchase price of an Award (if any); the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable; the performance criteria, performance goals and other conditions of an Award; the duration of the Award; and all other terms of the Award. The Committee shall also have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements; to make all factual determinations under the Plan; and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for Plan administration. The Committee may prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan. All interpretations, determinations, and actions by the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, including section 162(m) of the Code, or the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (or such other principal securities exchange on which the shares of Company Stock are traded, the Committee may by resolution authorize one or more officers of the Company or a committee of officers of the Company the right to grant Awards to Employees who are not subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and determine the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards.

4.3. Changes to Awards . The Committee shall have the authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to effect, at any time and from time to time, (i) the cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards and the grant in substitution therefor of new Awards covering the same or different numbers of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise or base price which may be the same as or different than the exercise or base price of the cancelled Awards; provided, however, that, as provided in Section 6.8, the Committee may not lower the exercise price of an Option that has been granted hereunder, nor replace or regrant the Option through cancellation without stockholder approval, or (ii) the amendment of the terms of any and all outstanding Awards; provided, however, that no such action by the Committee may adversely impair the rights of a Participant (or any permitted transferee) under any outstanding Award

 

6


without the consent of the Participant (or transferee). The Committee may in its discretion accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Award at any time or on the basis of any specified event.

4.4 Eligibility . All Eligible Persons are eligible to be designated by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options can be granted only to Employees of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

5. Terms and Conditions of All Awards.

5.1. Rights as Stockholder . Unless otherwise stated in an Award Agreement, a Participant will at the time an Award is granted have all rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock that are transferred pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award. A Participant shall not have stockholder rights with respect to Options, SARs, or Restricted Stock Units until shares of Common Stock are transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of an Option or SAR or according to the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Except as provided in Section 3.3 hereof, no adjustment or other provision shall be made for dividends or other stockholder rights until a Participant has become a stockholder with respect to an Award, except to the extent that the Award Agreement is a Dividend Equivalent Award, or otherwise provides for dividend payments or similar economic benefits; provided, however, that such rights shall be forfeited with respect to any portion of a Restricted Stock Award that does not vest.

5.2. Issuance and Delivery of Shares . Shares of Common Stock that are transferred or become transferable pursuant to an Award shall be issued as specified in this Section, but subject to the restrictions specified herein and/or in an Award Agreement.

(a) Date of Issuance . Shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to an Award shall be delivered to Participants by the Company (or its transfer agent) as soon as administratively feasible after (i) a Participant receives a Restricted Stock Award, the exercise of an Option or SAR, or the date or event specified in the Award Agreement as the payment date for Restricted Stock Units payable in shares of Common Stock, and (ii) all conditions for transfer of Stock specified in an Award have occurred; provided, however, that the Company may condition the delivery of shares on the Participant’s execution of any applicable stockholder agreement or agreement described in paragraph (d) of this Section that the Company requires at the time of exercise; and provided further that the Company may delay the delivery of Common Stock until all restrictions specified in an Award have lapsed and the Common Stock is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.

(b) Transfer Restrictions . Common Stock granted under any Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred, assigned or subject to any encumbrance, pledge, or charge until all applicable restrictions are removed or have expired, unless otherwise allowed by the Committee. The Committee may require the Participant to enter into an escrow agreement providing that the certificates representing the shares granted or sold under the Award will remain in the physical custody of the Company or an escrow holder until all restrictions are removed or have expired. The Committee may also require that shares subject to an Award be listed in “book” form and not certificated until vested. Failure to satisfy any applicable restrictions shall result in the subject shares of the Award being forfeited and returned to the Company, with any purchase price paid by the Participant to be refunded, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. The Committee may require that certificates representing the shares granted under an Award bear a legend making appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed.

 

7


(c) Securities Law Compliance . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Award shall be exercisable, no Common Stock shall be issued, no certificates for shares of Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all federal or state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules of all securities exchanges or self-regulatory organizations on which the Company’s shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence shares of Stock issued pursuant to this Plan may bear such legends and statements as the Committee upon advice of counsel may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal or state laws and regulations.

(d) Representations by Participants . As a condition to the receipt of or the transfer of Common Stock pursuant to an Award, the Company may require a Participant to represent and warrant at the time that the shares are being acquired only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares. At the option of the Company, a stop transfer order against any shares of stock may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that the stock may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred unless an opinion of counsel was provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) and stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation may be stamped on the stock certificate in order to assure exemption from registration. The Committee may also require such other action or agreement by the Participants as may from time to time be necessary to comply with federal or state securities laws. This provision shall not obligate the Company or any Subsidiary to undertake registration of options or stock hereunder.

5.3 Section 83(b) Election . The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Award is conditioned upon the Participant’s making, or refraining from making, an election with respect to the Award under section 83(b) of the Code. Irrespective of whether an Award is so conditioned, if a Participant makes an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the Code with respect to a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall be required to promptly file a copy of such election with the Company.

5.4. Grants to Outside Directors .

(a) Annual Retainer . Fifty percent (50%) of the Annual Retainer may be paid to each Outside Director in shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 hereof) of Common Stock or Restricted Stock Units representing a Fair Market Value of fifty percent (50%) of the Annual Retainer, as determined by the Board.

(b) Share Election . Up to an additional fifty percent (50%) of the Annual Retainer may be paid in lieu of cash to each Outside Director who files an Election Notice in accordance with subsection (c) below in shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 hereof) of Common Stock or Restricted Stock Units representing a Fair Market Value of such percentage of the Annual Retainer, as determined by the Board.

(c) Transfer . Shares of Common Stock or Restricted Stock Units issuable to an Outside Director pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) shall be granted to such Outside Director as of the first business day of the applicable Board Term and shall be for a number of shares of Common Stock or Restricted Stock Units determined by dividing (i) the amount of the Annual Retainer that would have been payable to the Outside Director in cash in the absence of his or her Election Notice, by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the day on which the Annual Retainer is payable to the Outside Director; provided, however, that during

 

8


the Board Term in which occurs an initial public offering of Common Stock, the divisor in (c)(ii) above shall be the initial public offering price of a share of Common Stock. In addition, each such Outside Director may be credited with dividend equivalents on Common Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted under this Section 5.4 at the time of any payment of dividends to stockholders, as determined by the Board. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to any Award to Outside Directors or the formula pursuant to which such number shall be determined, the type or types of Awards, the date of grant and the vesting, expiration and other terms applicable to such Awards shall be specified from time to time by the Board, subject to the terms of this Plan.

(d) Initial Election Notice . An Outside Director choosing to receive Common Stock or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall file an Election Notice with the Company, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee and the Company’s insider trading policy. Unless stated otherwise in an Election Notice that is authorized by the Committee, an Election Notice shall continue in effect at the end of each Board Term and apply to each succeeding Board Term unless the Outside Director changes or revokes his or her election prior the beginning of a succeeding election year.

(e) Revised Election Notice . Except to the extent that the Company is permitted and elects to give earlier effect to an Outside Director’s modification or revocation to his or her Election Notice in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, an Outside Director’s Election Notice, once effective with respect to a calendar year, may not be revoked or modified with respect to the Outside Director’s Annual Retainer for that calendar year. An Outside Director may revoke or modify his or her then current Election Notice by filing a revised Election Notice in accordance with subsection (c) above. However, except to the extent that the Company is permitted and elects to give earlier effect to an Outside Director’s revised election in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the revised Share Election will become effective on January 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year during which the revised Election Notice is received by the Company, or as soon thereafter as is administratively practicable. An Outside Director’s revised Election Notice, once effective, shall remain in effect until again modified by the Outside Director or otherwise revoked in accordance with the provisions hereof.

5.5. Noncompetition . As partial consideration for the grant of an Award, a Participant (other than an Outside Director) shall agree that for a period of time beginning with the date of an Award Agreement and ending on the later of (i) one (1) year following the date of grant or (ii) one (1) year following termination of employment with the Company or any of its affiliates for any reason (the “Termination Date”), the Participant shall not directly or indirectly, for himself or another person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, as an owner, partner, participant of a joint venture, trustee, proprietor, stockholder, member, manager, director, officer, employee, independent contractor, capital investor, lender, consultant, advisor or otherwise, or by lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used in connection with, or otherwise participating in or allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be used in connection with, or operate, develop or own any interest in (other than the ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the equity securities of a publicly-traded company), or be employed by or consult with, any business or entity that competes with the business of the Company (the “Covered Business”), without prior approval of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Covered Business shall include, but not be limited to, any business or entity that designs, manufactures, or markets any type of boat or watercraft, or components thereof, regardless of physical location of such business activity.

 

9


6. Stock Options

6.1. Grant of Option . An Option may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee; provided, however, that only Employees of the Company or a Subsidiary may be granted Incentive Stock Options. Subject to the applicable provisions of section 422 of the Code, each Option shall be designated, in the discretion of the Committee, as an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option at the time of grant.

6.2. Exercise Price . The exercise price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the exercise price per share under an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

6.3. Vesting; Term of Option . The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall prescribe the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, an Option or portion thereof shall become vested and exercisable, and may accelerate the exercisability of any Option at any time. The period during which a vested Option may be exercised shall be ten years from the Date of Grant, unless a shorter exercise period is specified by the Committee in an Award, subject to such limitations as may apply under an Award relating to the termination of a Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

6.4. Option Exercise; Withholding . Subject to such terms and conditions as shall be specified in an Award, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the term thereof by written notice to the Company, together with payment of the aggregate exercise price therefor. Payment of the exercise price shall be made (i) in cash or by cash equivalent, (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock acceptable to the Committee, valued at the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of exercise, (iii) at the discretion of the Committee, by a delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order (or similar instruction) with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price (conditioned upon the payment of such net proceeds), (iv) at the discretion of the Committee, by a combination of the methods described above, or (v) by such other method as may be approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award. As an additional condition to the exercise of any Award, the Participant shall at the time of exercise pay to the Company the full amount of any and all applicable income tax and employment tax amounts required to be withheld in connection with such exercise, payable under such of the methods described above for the payment of the exercise price of the Options as may be approved by the Committee.

6.5. Limited Transferability of Nonqualified Options . All Options shall be nontransferable except (i) upon the Participant’s death, by the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution or (ii) in the case Nonqualified Stock Options only, on a case-by-case basis as may be approved by the Committee in its discretion, in accordance with the terms provided below. An Award Agreement for a Nonqualified Stock Option may provide that the Participant shall be permitted to, during his or her lifetime and subject to the prior approval of the Committee at the time of proposed transfer, transfer all or part of the Option to the Participant’s family member (as defined in the Award Agreement in a manner consistent with the requirements for registration on SEC Form S-8, if applicable). Any such transfer shall be subject to the condition that it is made by the Participant for estate planning, tax planning,

 

10


donative purposes or pursuant to a domestic relations order, and no consideration (other than nominal consideration) is received by the Participant therefor. The transfer of a Nonqualified Stock Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may in its discretion impose from time to time, including a condition that the portion of the Option to be transferred be vested and exercisable by the Participant at the time of the transfer. Subsequent transfers of an Option shall be prohibited other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution upon the death of the transferee.

6.6. Additional Rules for Incentive Stock Options .

(a) Termination of Employment . An Award of an Incentive Stock Option may provide that such Option may be exercised not later than three months following termination of employment of the Participant with the Company and all Subsidiaries, subject to special rules relating to death and disability, as and to the extent determined by the Committee to be appropriate with regard to the requirements of section 422 of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(b) Other Terms and Conditions; Nontransferability . Any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as are deemed necessary or desirable by the Committee, which terms, together with the terms of this Plan, shall be intended and interpreted to cause such Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under section 422 of the Code. Such terms shall include, if applicable, limitations on Incentive Stock Options granted to 10% owners of the Company. Unless otherwise stated in an Award Agreement, an Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option to the extent that certain requirements applicable to “incentive stock options” under the Code are not be satisfied. An Incentive Stock Option shall by its terms be nontransferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant.

(c) Disqualifying Dispositions . If shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within two years following the Date of Grant or one year following the transfer of such shares to the Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Committee may reasonably require.

6.7. Restrictions on Transfer of Stock . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, impose in any Award of an Option restrictions on the transferability of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of such Option. If any such restrictions are imposed, the Committee may require the Participant to enter into an escrow agreement providing that the certificates representing the shares subject to such transfer restrictions will remain in the physical custody of an escrow holder until such restrictions are removed or have expired. The Committee may require that certificates representing the shares subject to such restrictions bear a legend making appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed. Subject to any restrictions imposed in accordance with this Section 6.7, the Participant will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to any such shares acquired upon an Option exercise, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto.

6.8. Restrictions on Repricing of Options . With respect to an Option that has been granted hereunder, the exercise price may not be lowered, nor may the Option be replaced (including replacement with cash) or regranted through cancellation without stockholder approval.

 

11


6.9. Director Options . If a Participant who is an Outside Director has a Separation from Service as the result of death or Disability while he or she is an Outside Director, the Participant, or if applicable, the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant (or the person or persons to whom an Option shall have been validly transferred) shall have the right, during the period ending six months after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service on account of his or her death or Disability (subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 hereof concerning the maximum term of an Option), to exercise the Option to the extent that it was exercisable at the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service (except as otherwise provided in an Agreement) and shall not have been previously exercised. In addition, if a Participant’s service as an Outside Director shall be terminated for any reason other than death or Disability, the Participant shall have the right, during the period ending ninety days after such termination (subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 hereof concerning the maximum term of an Option), to exercise the Option to the extent that it was exercisable on the date of such termination of service and shall not have been previously exercised. For purposes of this Section 6.9, “Disability” means an Outside Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

7. Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1. Grant of SARs . A Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Eligible Person is an Award in the form of a right to receive, upon surrender of the right but without other payment, an amount based on the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock over a base price established for the Award, exercisable at such time or times and upon conditions as may be approved by the Committee. Each SAR will be based on a number of shares of Common Stock, and the limitations specified in Section 3.1 will be calculated by reference to the number of shares covered by each SAR. The base price of an SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by the SAR on the Date of Grant. The period for exercise will be determined by the Committee but shall not be for a period that exceeds ten years after the Date of Grant.

7.2. Payment of SARs . An SAR will entitle the holder, upon exercise of the SAR, to receive payment of an amount determined by multiplying: (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the base price of such SAR, by (ii) the number of shares as to which such SAR is exercised. Payment of the amount determined under the foregoing shall be made (x) in shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or (y) cash, but only to the extent specified in an SAR Award by the Committee in its sole discretion, and provided that such cash payments are determined to be permissible for purposes of deferral of compensation under section 409A of the Code. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares counted against the shares available under the Plan shall be the full number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the percentage of the SAR actually exercised, regardless of the number of shares actually used to settle such SAR upon exercise.

7.3. Restrictions on Repricing of Stock Appreciation Rights . With respect to an SAR that has been granted hereunder, the base price may not be lowered, nor may the SAR be replaced (including replacement with cash) or regranted through cancellation without stockholder approval.

 

12


8. Restricted Stock Award

8.1. Grant of Restricted Stock Awards . An Award of Restricted Stock to a Participant represents shares of Common Stock that are issued subject to such restrictions on transfer and other incidents of ownership and such forfeiture conditions as the Committee may determine. The Committee may, in connection with any Restricted Stock Award, require the payment of a specified purchase price.

8.2. Vesting Requirements . The restrictions imposed on shares granted under a Restricted Stock Award shall lapse in accordance with the vesting requirements specified by the Committee in the Award Agreement. Such vesting requirements may be based on the continued service of the Participant with the Company or its Subsidiaries for a specified time period or periods, provided that any such restriction shall not be scheduled to lapse in its entirety earlier than the first anniversary of the Date of Grant. Such vesting requirements may also be based on the attainment of specified business goals or measures established by the Committee. Except for Section 162(m) Awards, the performance criteria upon which the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award is conditioned shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

9. Restricted Stock Units

9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units . A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award to receive a number of shares of Common Stock upon the achievement of performance or other conditions that are stated in the Award. A Restricted Stock Unit shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall determine. On the Date of Grant, the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the installment or other vesting period of the Restricted Stock Unit, and/or performance conditions, and the maximum value of the Restricted Stock Unit, if any. No vesting period shall exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant. A Restricted Stock Unit may be granted, at the discretion of the Committee, together with a Dividend Equivalent Award covering the same number of shares. Except for Section 162(m) Awards, the performance criteria, if any, upon which the vesting of an Option is conditioned shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

9.2. Payment of Restricted Stock Units . A Participant shall be entitled to payment on the vesting date or dates provided in an Award and shall receive shares of Common Stock as Restricted Stock Units become vested, as stated in the terms of the Award.

 

10. Dividend Equivalent Award

10.1. Grant of Dividend Equivalent Awards . A Dividend Equivalent Award granted to a Participant is an Award in the form of a right to receive cash payments determined by reference to dividends declared on the Common Stock from time to time during the term of the Award, which shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant. Dividend Equivalent Awards may be granted on a stand-alone basis or in tandem with other Awards. Dividend Equivalent Awards granted on a tandem basis shall expire at the time the underlying Award is exercised or otherwise becomes payable to the Participant, or expires.

10.2. Payment of Dividend Equivalent Awards . Dividend Equivalent Awards shall be payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock, valued at their Fair Market Value on either the date the related dividends are declared or the date the Dividend Equivalent Awards are paid to a Participant, as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalent Awards shall be payable to a Participant as soon as practicable following the time dividends are declared and paid with respect to the Common Stock, or at such later date as the Committee shall specify in the Award Agreement.

 

13


11. Performance Awards

11.1. Grant of Performance Awards . A Performance Award shall entitle a Participant to receive, at a specified future date or event, payment of an amount equal to all or a portion of a percentage or multiple of a specified amount determined by the Committee. At the time of grant, the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the specified amount and the percentage or multiple of the specified amount, one or more performance periods and performance goals to be achieved during the applicable performance periods on which the payment or vesting of a Performance Award is conditioned, and such other terms, provisions, and restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee may also provide for an alternate percentage or multiple under certain specified conditions. No performance period shall exceed ten years from the Date of Grant. The performance goals applicable to a Performance Award that is not a Section 162(m) Award may be subject to such later revisions as the Committee shall deem appropriate to reflect significant unforeseen events, such as changes in law, accounting practices or unusual or nonrecurring items or occurrences; provided, however, that the Committee shall not have the discretion to increase the amount payable under a Performance Award that would otherwise be due upon the attainment of the performance goals stated in the Award Agreement.

11.2. Payment of Performance Awards . At the end of the performance period, the Committee shall determine the extent to which performance goals have been attained, or a degree of achievement between minimum and maximum levels, in order to establish the level of payment to be made, if any. The Committee shall have the right to reduce or eliminate the amount that is payable under a Performance Award, except as provided otherwise in the applicable Award Agreement. Payment of a Performance Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement.

 

12. Section 162(m) Awards

12.1 In General . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant any Award granted under this Plan as a Section 162(m) Award that is subject to this Section 12. The Committee shall comply with all applicable requirements under Code Section 162(m) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in granting and settling such Award.

12.2 Performance Goals . Performance Goals attributable to any Section 162(m) Award shall be established before twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period has elapsed, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the first day of a Performance Period. At the time any Performance Goals are established, the outcome as to whether the Performance Goals will be met must be substantially uncertain. If any Performance Goals are established as a condition to vesting or settlement of an Award, the Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable Performance goals were in fact satisfied before such Award is vested or settled, as applicable.

 

13. Change in Control

13.1. Effect of Change in Control . Unless stated otherwise in an Award Agreement, the provisions of this Section 13.1 will apply to outstanding Awards at the time of a Change in Control to the extent of rights under such Awards that have not been previously forfeited. The

 

14


surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, may assume any Awards outstanding under the Plan or substitute similar equity and incentive awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this Section 13) for those outstanding under the Plan.

(a) In the event that any surviving entity or acquiring entity in a Change in Control, or affiliate of such entity, does not assume such Awards and does not substitute similar awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then (i) all Awards outstanding shall, immediately prior to the Change in Control event, become fully vested to the extent not previously forfeited and, with respect to Options and SARs, fully exercisable, and (ii) any Options or SARs that are not exercised shall be terminated upon the completion of the transaction that is the Change in Control event.

(b) In the event that any surviving entity or acquiring entity in a Change in Control, or affiliate of such entity, assumes Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time of the Change in Control, or substitutes Awards with similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this Section 13 for those outstanding under the Plan), and the employment of a Participant is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason within 18 months after the effective date of the Change in Control event, all Awards held by such Participant shall become fully vested to the extent not previously forfeited and, with respect to Options and SARs, fully exercisable. The terms “Cause” and “Good Reason” shall have the same meanings as the same or similar terms in any written employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or Subsidiary or as specified in an Award Agreement. In the absence of such a written agreement, such terms shall be defined as follows for purposes of this Section 13:

(1) “Cause” means the Participant’s involuntary termination of employment due to: (i) a knowing, intentional or reckless act or omission that constitutes theft, forgery, fraud, material dishonesty, misappropriation, breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty, or embezzlement against the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities; (ii) conviction, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere, of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) knowingly or intentionally causing the Company’s financial statements to fail to materially comply with generally accepted accounting principles; (iv) unlawful use by the Participant (including being under the influence) or possession of any illegal drug or narcotic while on Company premises or while performing the Participant’s duties and responsibilities; (iv) willful refusal to comply with lawful requests made by the Board, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from the Board detailing such willful refusal; (v) gross negligence in the performance of Participant’s job duties, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure) is not fully cured within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Board detailing such gross negligence; (vi) a material violation of one or more Company policies, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure) is not fully cured by the Participant within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Board detailing such violation(s) of Company policy; and/or (vii) a material breach of an Award Agreement or any other agreement with the Company, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure) is not fully cured by the Participant within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Board detailing such breach of the agreement with the Company.

 

15


(2) “Good Reason” means the Participant’s resignation from employment after the occurrence of any of the following (without the Participant’s prior written consent): (i) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (ii) a material reduction in the aggregate compensation provided to the Participant unless such reduction is concurrently made to all of the Company’s similarly situated employees, or (iii) a material breach of any other material term of an Award Agreement; provided, however, that any such condition shall not constitute “Good Reason” unless the Participant provides written notice to the Company of the condition claimed to constitute Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such condition and, thereafter, the Board fails to cure such “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such written notice from the Participant, and within ten (10) days thereafter, the Participant terminates his employment for “Good Reason.”

13.2. Definition of Change in Control . For purposes hereof, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon any of the following:

(a) any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provisions thereto (excluding a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company then outstanding voting securities (excluding any Person or any group of Persons who, on the date of the closing of the initial public offering of Common Stock, is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities); or

(b) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Company then serving: individuals who, on the date of the closing of the initial public offering of Common Stock, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to an election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date of the closing of the initial public offering of Common Stock or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (b); or

(c) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or

 

16


(d) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) and clause (c) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

14. Award Agreements

14.1. Form of Agreement . Each Award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in a form approved by the Committee setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock, units or other rights (as applicable) subject to the Award, the exercise, base, or purchase price (if any) of the Award, the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable, the duration of the Award, and in the case of Performance Awards, the applicable performance criteria and goals. The Award Agreement shall also set forth other material terms and conditions applicable to the Award as determined by the Committee consistent with the limitations of this Plan. Award Agreements evidencing Awards that are Section 162(m) Awards shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable requirements of section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of section 422 of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the failure to issue an Award Agreement shall not invalidate an Award

14.2. Forfeiture Events . Unless otherwise specified by the Board or in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be forfeited by such Participant and subject to recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events shall include, but shall not be limited to, termination of employment for cause, violation of material Company or Subsidiary policies, breach of noncompetition (as described in Section 5.5), confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

15. General Provisions

15.1. No Assignment or Transfer; Beneficiaries . Except as provided in Section 6.5 hereof, Awards under the Plan shall not be assignable or transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of a Participant, the Award shall be exercised only by such Participant or by his guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Participant shall have the right to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall be entitled to any rights, payments or other specified under an Award following the Participant’s death.

 

17


15.2. Deferrals of Payment . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Committee may permit a Participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or delivery of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be due to the Participant by virtue of the exercise of a right or the satisfaction of vesting or other conditions with respect to an Award. If any such deferral is to be permitted by the Committee, the Committee shall establish the rules and procedures relating to such deferral, including, without limitation, the period of time in advance of payment when an election to defer may be made, the time period of the deferral and the events that would result in payment of the deferred amount, the interest or other earnings attributable to the deferral and the method of funding, if any, attributable to the deferred amount. Such deferrals are also subject to any additional requirements of section 409A of the Code.

15.3. Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan, in the grant of any Award or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Eligible Person the right to continue in the capacity in which he is employed by, or otherwise serves, the Company or any Subsidiary.

15.4. Tax Withholding . Upon any taxable event that occurs with respect to the grant, exercise or lapse of restrictions with respect to an Award, or otherwise, the Participant shall, upon notification of the amount due and as a condition to exercise of an Award, pay to the Company amounts necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local withholding tax requirements or shall otherwise make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for such requirements. Generally, such withholding requirements shall not apply to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, or to a disqualifying disposition of Stock that is acquired with an Incentive Stock Option, unless the Committee gives the Participant notice that withholding described in this Section is required. The Award Agreement may specify the manner in which the withholding obligation shall be satisfied with respect to the particular type of Award.

15.5. Unfunded Plan . The adoption of this Plan and any setting aside of cash amounts or shares of Common Stock by the Company with which to discharge its obligations hereunder shall not be deemed to create a trust or other funded arrangement. The benefits provided under this Plan shall be a general, unsecured obligation of the Company payable solely from the general assets of the Company, and neither a Participant nor the Participant’s permitted transferees or estate shall have any interest in any assets of the Company by virtue of this Plan, except as a general unsecured creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to implement or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, to discharge its obligations under the Plan.

15.6. Other Compensation and Benefit Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other equity-based incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan preclude the Company from establishing any other forms of equity-based incentive or other compensation for employees of the Company or any Subsidiary. The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such Participant are determined, including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically provided by the terms of such plan.

 

18


15.7. Plan Binding on Transferees . The Plan shall be binding upon the Company, its transferees and assigns, and the Participant, his executor, administrator and permitted transferees and beneficiaries.

15.8. Construction and Interpretation . Whenever used herein, nouns in the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine gender. Headings of Articles and Sections hereof are inserted for convenience and reference and constitute no part of the Plan.

15.9. Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

15.10. Governing Law . The validity and construction of this Plan and of the Award Agreements shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

15.11. Section 409A Tax Compliance . This Section 15.11 applies solely to those payments, if any, hereunder that constitute deferred compensation as described in section 409A of the Code.

(a) Notwithstanding the applicable provisions of this Plan regarding timing of distribution of payments: (i) to the extent any distribution is to a “specified employee” (as defined under section 409A of the Code) and to the extent such applicable provisions of section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder require a delay of such distributions by a six-month period after the date of such Participant’s separation from service with the Company, no such distribution shall be made prior to the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s separation from service with the Company, and (ii) any such delayed payments shall be paid to the Participant in a single lump sum within five business days after the end of the six-month delay.

(b) To the extent that an amount is payable upon an event involving an Participant’s cessation of services, such payment(s) shall not be made unless such event constitutes a “Separation from Service” pursuant to the default definition in section 1.409A-1(h) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations.

(c) To the extent of any compliance issues under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the Plan shall be construed in such a manner so as to comply with the requirements of such provision so as to avoid any adverse tax consequences to the Participant.

 

16. Termination and Amendment

16.1 Termination . The Plan shall continue until terminated by the Board in its sole discretion. No termination of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the Participant or the permitted transferee of the Award.

16.2 Amendment . The Board may at any time and from time to time and in any respect, amend or modify the Plan; provided , however , that no amendment or modification of the Plan shall be effective without the consent of the Company’s stockholders that would (i) change the class of Eligible Persons under the Plan, (ii) increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof, (iii)

 

19


allow the grant of Options at an exercise price below Fair Market Value, (iv) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted pursuant to Awards in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof, (v) modify the terms of Section 6.8 hereof to permit Option repricing, or (vi) require approval of the Company’s stockholders under the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market or the exchange or trading system through which Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of the amendment. No amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the Participant or permitted transferee of the Award.

 

20


EXECUTION PAGE

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned officer of the Company has duly executed this Malibu Boats, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan on this the     day of             ,         , but to be effective as provided herein.

 

MALIBU BOATS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

21

Exhibit 10.15.1

MALIBU BOATS, INC

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                     , 20            , by and between Malibu Boats, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Participant”) in connection with the grant of an option under the Malibu Boats, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). As further explained in Paragraph 9, this Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of section 422 of the Code, and shall be so construed.

The Company has established the Plan by action of its board of directors. The Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Common Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Agreement to govern the terms of the Option granted by the Company pursuant to the authority specified under the Plan:

1. Grant of Option; Vesting . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and herein, the Company grants to the Participant an Option to purchase from the Company [            ] shares of Common Stock at a price of [$            ] per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 of the Plan. The term of this Option commences on [                    , 20        ] (the “Grant Date”) and will expire on [                    , 20        ] (the “Expiration Date”), unless it expires sooner pursuant to Paragraph 6. This Option will vest and become exercisable as follows:

 

On and After

  

Number of Shares Vested

[1 st Anniversary of Grant Date]    [25%] Shares
[2 nd Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares
[3 rd Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares
[4 th Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares

2. Notice of Exercise . This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to the number of whole shares of Common Stock that can be purchased at the times described in Paragraph 1, by written notice to the Company at the address provided in Paragraph 12 on a form (which may be supplied by the Company) that:

(a) Specifies the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and the exercise price;

(b) Contains evidence satisfactory to the Committee that the person exercising this Option is the Participant or has the right to exercise; and

(c) Is accompanied by payment of the exercise price in accordance with the Plan and payment or arrangement for the payment of any required federal, state and local withholding taxes that are due in connection with the exercise.

3. Transfer and Exercise of Option . Except for transfers pursuant to a will or the laws of descent and distribution, this Option is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of this Option or any interest herein during his or her lifetime. As used


herein, “disposition” means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant’s lifetime or upon or after the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment, except a transfer by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph is void.

4. Status of Participant . The Participant shall not be deemed a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to him or her. The Company is not required to issue shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of this Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and such shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed.

5. No Effect on Capital Structure . This Option shall not affect the right of the Company or any Affiliate to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

6. Expiration of Option . In general, the right to purchase Common Stock under this Option shall expire on the Expiration Date specified in Paragraph 1. However, this Option shall expire sooner in the circumstances described in this Paragraph.

(a) Termination of Employment . If the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates for any reason other than death or disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and the Participant does not thereupon become an employee of the Company or another of its Affiliates, this Option shall thereon terminate, except that this Option may be exercised by the Participant, to the extent otherwise then exercisable, for a period of three months from the date of termination of employment or until the Expiration Date specified in Paragraph 1, whichever period is shorter.

(a) Disability . If the Participant as an employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or independent advisor ceases to provide services to the Company or one of its Affiliates by reason of disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Participant shall have the right for a period of six months after the date of such termination of the provision of services or until the Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter, to exercise this Option with respect to all shares available for purchase hereunder, including the portion of this Option that has not yet become exercisable pursuant to Paragraph 1 on the date of such termination. Thereafter, this Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

(b) Death . If the Participant dies, this Option shall be exercisable by the Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees for a period of six months after the date of the Participant’s death, or until the Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter, with respect to all shares available for purchase hereunder, including that portion of this Option that has not yet become exercisable pursuant to Paragraph 1 on the date of the Participant’s death. Thereafter, this Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

2


7. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy which may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

8. Restrictions on Shares . Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option may be subject to certain restrictions. As a condition to the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Option, the Participant must execute and agree to be bound by any stockholders’ agreement that is executed by other stockholders of the Company.

9. Incentive Stock Option Qualification . This Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of section 422 of the Code, and shall be so construed; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as a representation, guarantee or other undertaking on the part of the Company that this Option is or will be determined to be an Incentive Option. However, if any portion of this Option is deemed not to be an Incentive Option because the $100,000 annual limit on incentive stock options under section 422(d) of the Code is exceeded, or otherwise, the portion of this Option which cannot be treated as an Incentive Option shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Option. In such an event, the Participant shall be subject to the tax withholding provision of Section 6.4 of the Plan for the portion of this Option which is not an Incentive Option, and all other Plan provisions that apply to Nonqualified Options.

10. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . Except to the extent that a portion of this Option is treated as a Nonqualified Option pursuant to Paragraph 9, the Participant shall notify the Company of his or her intent to dispose of any of the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to this Option within two years from the date of the grant of the Option and one year from the date of exercise of the Option, and promptly after such disposition the Participant shall notify the Company of the number of shares of Common Stock disposed of, the dates of acquisition and disposition of such shares, and the consideration, if any, received on such disposition. If, in connection with any such disposition, the Company becomes liable for withholding taxes and has no amounts owing the Participant with which to discharge its withholding obligation, the Participant shall indemnify the Company against any penalties it may incur through its inability to apply amounts owing the Participant in discharge of its withholding obligation. Nothing in this Paragraph shall give the Participant any right to dispose of shares of Common Stock in a manner that is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, the Plan, or any stock transfer restriction agreement entered into by the Participant.

11. Plan Controls . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of this Agreement and as the Plan is amended from time to time. A copy of the Plan, and all amendments thereto, is attached hereto as Exhibit A, or has been previously provided to the Participant, and is made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise. Capitalized terms used herein, if not defined, shall have the meaning as set forth in the Plan, except where the context otherwise requires. The terms “Article” or “Section” generally refer to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term “Paragraph” shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

12. Notice . Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered or sent by mail. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered on the date which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address which such person has theretofore specified by written notice

 

3


delivered in accordance herewith. The Company or Participant may change, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices. Notices delivered to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

Malibu Boats, Inc.

Attn: [                    ]

1 Malibu Ct.

Merced, CA 95341

Notices to the Participant shall be hand-delivered to the Participant on the premises of the Company or its Affiliates, or mailed to the last address shown on the records of the Company.

13. Information Confidential .

(a) As partial consideration for granting of this Option, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

(b) The Company shall own all right, title, and interest to all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations, and improvements developed or created by the Participant, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of the Participant’s employment that: (i) are reasonably related to the Company’s business; (ii) involve the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (iii) result from any work performed by the Participant for the Company; or (iv) incorporate any of the Confidential Information (as defined below) (collectively, “Inventions”). The Participant shall immediately and confidentially communicate a description of any Inventions to the Company and to no other party at any time, and if the Company so desires, the Participant shall execute all documents and instruments and do all things as may be requested by the Company in order to forever vest all right, title and interest in such Inventions solely in the Company and to obtain such letters of patent, copyrights, registrations or other protections as the Company may, from time to time, desire. In addition, the Participant hereby assigns to the Company all right, title and interest of the Participant in and to any present Inventions made, devised, created, invented or discovered, in whole or in part, by the Participant.

(c) On the Grant Date and at all times thereafter, the Participant shall hold inviolate and keep secret all non-public documents, materials, knowledge or other confidential business or technical information of any nature whatsoever that the Company has maintained as confidential and that has been disclosed to or developed by him or to which he had access as a result of his association with the Company (“Confidential Information”). Such Confidential Information shall include non-public technical and business information, including, but not limited to, inventions, research and development, engineering, products, designs, manufacture, methods, systems, improvements, trade secrets, formulas, processes, marketing, merchandising, selling, licensing, servicing, pricing, investors, personnel information (including skills, compensation, experience and performance), customer lists and preferences, records, financial information, manuals and/or business plans and strategies. The Participant agrees that all Confidential Information shall remain the sole and absolute property of the Company, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means. On the Grant Date and at all times thereafter, the Participant shall not use, disclose, disseminate, publish,

 

4


reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, except for the purpose of performing services on behalf of the Company. Upon the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Participant shall (i) not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means; (ii) return to the Company all property that belongs to or is owned by the Company (including any computer, cell phone, personal digital assistant, keys, security cards, etc.); and (iii) return to the Company all documents, records, compositions, articles, devices, equipment, electronic storage devices and other items that disclose or embody Confidential Information, including all copies or specimens thereof (including electronic copies), whether prepared by him or by others, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means.

14. Noncompetition . As partial consideration for the grant of an Award, the Participant agrees that for a period of time beginning with the date of an Award Agreement and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Participant’s Termination Date, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly, for himself or another person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, as an owner, partner, participant of a joint venture, trustee, proprietor, stockholder, member, manager, director, officer, employee, independent contractor, capital investor, lender, consultant, advisor or otherwise, or by lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used in connection with, or otherwise participating in or allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be used in connection with, or operate, develop or own any interest in (other than the ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the equity securities of a publicly-traded company), or be employed by or consult with, any business or entity that competes with the business of the Company (the “Covered Business”), without prior approval of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Covered Business” shall include, but not be limited to, any business or entity that designs, manufactures, or markets any type of boat or watercraft, or components thereof, regardless of physical location of such business activity. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Termination Date” shall mean the date of termination of employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason.

15. Nonsolicitation. As partial consideration for the grant of this Award, the Participant agrees that for a period of time beginning with the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the Termination Date, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a) solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate their employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries;

(b) make any defamatory public statement concerning the financial performance, products, services, the Board or management personnel of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, or the Participant’s employment. Nothing in this Section 8(b) shall prohibit the Participant from providing truthful testimony in any legal, administrative or regulatory proceeding and the Participant may at all times respond truthfully to a lawfully-issued subpoena, court order or governmental inquiry or as otherwise may be required by law, provided, however, that upon receiving such lawfully-issued subpoena or court order, the Participant shall promptly provide, if allowed by applicable law or regulation, reasonable written notice to Company and cooperate with the Company to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of any proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, and the privacy rights of any employee or director; or

 

5


(c) use or disclose the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to induce, attempt to induce or knowingly encourage any Customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries to divert any business or income from the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, or to stop or alter the manner in which they are then doing business with the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries. The term “Customer” shall mean any individual or business firm that is, or within the prior eighteen (18) months was, a customer or client of the Company, whether or not such business was actively solicited by the Participant on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries during the Participant’s employment.

16. Governing Law . Except as is otherwise provided in the Plan, where applicable, the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and the Participant has set his hand hereto on the day and year first above written.

 

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

[Name]

 

 

6


EXHIBIT A

MALIBU BOATS, INC. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Exhibit 10.15.2

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                                   , 20    , by and between Malibu Boats, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Participant”) in connection with the grant of a nonqualified option under the Malibu Boats Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

The Company has established the Plan by action of its Board. The Participant is providing services to the Company or an Affiliate, and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Agreement to govern the terms of the Option granted by the Company pursuant to the authority specified under the Plan:

1. Grant of Option; Vesting . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and herein, the Company grants to the Participant an Option to purchase from the Company [            ] shares of Class D Common Stock (“Stock”) at a price of [$                    ] per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3. of the Plan. The term of this Option commences on                                  , 20     (the “Grant Date”) and will expire on tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”), unless it expires sooner pursuant to Paragraph 6. This Option will vest and become exercisable as follows:

 

On and After

  

Number of Shares Vested

[1 st Anniversary of Grant Date]    [25%] Shares
[2 nd Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares
[3 rd Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares
[4 th Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares

2. Notice of Exercise . This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to the number of whole shares of Stock that can be purchased at the times described in Paragraph 1, by written notice to the Company at the address provided in Paragraph 12 on a form (which may be supplied by the Company) which:

(a) Specifies the number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased and the exercise price;

(b) Contains evidence satisfactory to the Committee that the person exercising this Option is the Participant or has the right to exercise; and

(c) Is accompanied by payment of the exercise price in accordance with the Plan and payment or arrangement for the payment of any required federal, state and local withholding taxes that are due in connection with the exercise.

3. Transfer and Exercise of Option . Except for transfers pursuant to a will or the laws of descent and distribution, this Option is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of this Option or any interest herein during his or her lifetime. As used herein, “disposition” means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant’s lifetime or


upon or after the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment, except a transfer by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph is void.

4. Status of Participant . The Participant shall not be deemed a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Stock subject to this Option, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to him or her. The Company is not required to issue shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and such shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Stock may then be listed.

5. No Effect on Capital Structure . This Option shall not affect the right of the Company or any Affiliate to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

6. Expiration of Option . In general, the right to purchase Stock under this Option shall expire on the Expiration Date specified in Paragraph 1. However, this Option shall expire sooner in the circumstances described in this Paragraph.

(a) Termination . If the Participant’s provision of services to the Company in his or her capacity as an employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or independent advisor is terminated for any reason other than death or disability, and the Participant does not thereupon become an employee of the Company or another of its Affiliates, this Option shall thereon terminate, except that this Option may be exercised by the Participant, to the extent otherwise then exercisable, for a period of three months from the date of termination of the provision of services or until the Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter.

(b) Disability . If the Participant as an employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or independent advisor ceases to provide services to the Company or one of its Affiliates by reason of disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Participant shall have the right for a period of six months after the date of such termination of the provision of services or until the Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter, to exercise this Option with respect to all shares available for purchase hereunder, including the portion of this Option that has not yet become exercisable pursuant to Paragraph 1 on the date of such termination. Thereafter, this Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

(c) Death . If the Participant dies, this Option shall be exercisable by the Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees for a period of six months after the date of the Participant’s death, or until the Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter, with respect to all shares available for purchase hereunder, including that portion of this Option that has not yet become exercisable pursuant to Paragraph 1 on the date of the Participant’s death. Thereafter, this Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

7. Repurchase Provisions . Except as otherwise provided herein, and subject to any additional obligations or restrictions imposed by the Stockholder’s Agreement, in the event the Participant ceases to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates for any reason (a “Termination”), then any Stock acquired pursuant to this Option (whether held by Participant or one or more of his or her transferees (collectively, the “Holders”)) will be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 7 (the “Repurchase Provision”).

 

2


(a) In the event of a Termination without Cause or Termination for Good Reason, death or disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Board shall use its best efforts to cause the Company to offer to purchase all shares of Stock at the Fair Market Value of such shares from the Holders by delivering written notice (the “Repurchase Notice”) to the Holders within 90 days after the later of (i) the date of termination of service or (ii) the date of exercise of the Option (the “Company Notice Date”). The Repurchase Notice shall set forth the determination of Fair Market Value and the time and place of the closing of the transaction. The Holders shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of the Repurchase Notice to elect by notice in writing whether to accept or reject the offer to acquire the Stock. If the Holders decline the offer made by the Company, the Holders have the right to sell the Stock to a third party, which transfer is subject to the consent of the Board, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such sale is at a price no lower than the price offered by the Company for such shares and the Holders and purchaser comply with the Stockholders Agreement.

(b) The closing of the purchase of the Stock pursuant to this Paragraph 7 shall take place on the date designated by the Company in the Repurchase Notice, which date shall not be more than 30 days nor less than five business days after the delivery of the Repurchase Notice. Unless the terms of any instrument evidencing such indebtedness expressly so provide to the contrary, the Company will pay for the Stock to be purchased by it pursuant to the Repurchase Provision by first offsetting amounts outstanding under any bona fide debts owed by Participant to the Company; upon full repayment of such bona fide debts, the Company will make payment by certified check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, or (ii) in the event that the Board determines that a cash payment would in any material respect breach, violate or constitute a default under any statute, regulation, or material contract or agreement to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, and the Board and the Company have not been able to remove or otherwise resolve any such impediments or restrictions to a cash payment despite their best good faith efforts (to include revaluing of the Company’s assets and the use of dividends or other transfers of funds from one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company to enable such repurchases), then, at the Participant’s option, by retention of the Stock until the repurchase can be effected or by delivery of a subordinated note payable in equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the closing of such purchase and accruing interest at the primary lending rate announced from time to time by Bank of America plus three percent (which shall be payable upon payment of the principal amount of such note plus accrued interest, which note shall be prepayable in full or in part at any time without penalty or premium). If the Participant retains the Stock, the Participant shall be free to sell such shares to a third party reasonably acceptable to the Company, provided that such sale is at a price no lower than the price offered by the Company for such shares and the Participant complies with the Company’s Stockholders Agreement.

(c) If the Participant’s services are terminated by the Company for Cause or by Participant without Good Reason, the repurchase provisions of Paragraph 7(a) apply except that the repurchase price for any other shares of Stock will be the lower of the Participant’s exercise price therefor or the Fair Market Value on the date of repurchase.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Stock by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Stock hereunder which the Company is otherwise entitled or required to make, the Company and the Board shall use its best good faith efforts to remove and/or resolve any such restrictions (to include revaluing of the Company’s assets and the use of dividends or other transfers of funds from one or more of the Company’s Affiliates to the Company to enable such repurchases), and the Company shall make such repurchases promptly after it is permitted to do so under such restrictions.

 

3


(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) dishonesty, fraud, or any act involving moral turpitude on the Participant’s part in connection with the performance of his or her duties which is materially detrimental to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (ii) being charged (by indictment, information or otherwise) with any criminal violation of any law or regulation pertaining to health care and/or pharmaceutical services and products (including, without limitation, laws and regulations pertaining to reimbursement or coverage by the Medicare program, any state Medicaid program or any other governmental health care program or by third-party payors, laws prohibiting kickbacks or false claims, and laws prohibiting fraud or abuse or fraudulent or abusive activities), (iii) the Participant’s willful and repeated refusal to follow lawful directives of the Board in a manner that is materially detrimental to the Company, (iv) the Participant’s intentional or gross neglect of the performance of his or her duties to the Company, (v) the Participant’s misappropriation of any corporate opportunity, provided the Participant’s pursuit or referral of an opportunity shall not be improper or misappropriation if (A) the Participant first presents an opportunity to the Company and the Company does not express an interest in pursuing it within thirty (30) days or (B) the Board authorizes the Participant to pursue or refer an opportunity to another person or entity, (vi) the Participant’s conviction of a felony, (vii) a material breach by the Participant of this Agreement; provided, Cause shall not exist unless and until (1) the Participant receives written notice from the Board stating the Board’s intent to terminate Participant’s services and such written notice includes a reasonably detailed explanation of the reasons for such intent and states the subsection of the Cause definition that the Board believes to be present, (2) in the circumstances described in clauses (i), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vii), the Participant shall have fifteen (15) days to cure the alleged default after written notice by the Board, (3) the Participant may address the Board at a duly-scheduled meeting of the Board, and shall be able to bring counsel if the Board chooses to have counsel present at such meeting, at which Company counsel shall be present at such meeting and (4) the Board votes to authorize a termination for Cause.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean (i) any material reduction in the Participant’s pay or benefits or failure to provide any compensation or benefit to which the Participant is entitled other than in connection with a Company-wide reduction in pay or benefits, (ii) any relocation of Participant’s primary work site by more than twenty (20) miles from both Participant’s prior primary work site and Participant’s primary residence, (iii) a material diminution of the Participant’s duties, responsibilities or title, or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, that in the circumstances described in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) the Company shall have fifteen (15) days to cure the default after delivery written notice by the Participant, such written notice to state the nature of the issue and subsection of the Good Reason definition that the Participant believes to be present; and provided, further, that a termination resulting from a Change of Control shall not constitute Good Reason if the Participant is offered continuing services on substantially similar terms with substantially similar duties, responsibilities and title as those contained in this Agreement by the surviving corporation or purchaser of the Company’s property or assets.

8. Restrictions on Transfer of Stock .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, and subject to any additional obligations or restrictions imposed by the Stockholders Agreement, the Participant and the Holders may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of any interest in any shares of Stock acquired hereunder. These restrictions will not apply with respect to (i) transfers pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution or (ii) transfers among Participant’s Family Group; provided that such restrictions will continue to be applicable to the Stock after

 

4


any such transfer and, as a precondition to the effectiveness of such transfer, the Company has received the written agreement of the transferees of such Stock to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and any Stockholders Agreement. The restrictions on the transfer of Stock will continue with respect to each share of Stock until the consummation of a Public Sale or a Sale of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Company is conducting a Qualified Public Offering or a Public Sale and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that the number of securities proposed to be sold by the Participant or the Holders exceeds the amount that can be sold in such offering without having an adverse effect on the marketability of such offering, including, without limitation, the price at which such securities can be sold, then the Participant and the Holders agree to only sell that number of securities as is advised by the managing underwriter. In addition, if the Company is undergoing a leveraged recapitalization or debt offering, the Participant and the Holders agree that they will not sell any of their securities during such offering without the approval of the managing underwriter for such recapitalization or offering, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Public Sale” means any sale pursuant to an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) approved by the Board. In addition, “Qualified Public Offering” means an underwritten offering registered under the Securities Act, of newly issued or outstanding equity interests in the Company, which, when combined with any prior registered offerings, yields aggregate net proceeds to the Company and/or the holders thereof of at least $50,000,000. “Sale of the Company” shall mean either (i) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the acquisition, other than from Company, by any person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), excluding for this purpose any of the shareholders of the Company as of the Closing, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company; provided , however , a sale of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of at least 90% of the voting stock of the Company held by Black Canyon Capital, LLC, collectively, in one or more transactions in connection with or following an underwritten initial public offering of the equity securities of the Company, as the case may be, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, shall also be deemed to be a “Sale of the Company.” “Family Group” means the Participant’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), any trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and/or the Participant’s spouse and/or descendants (whether natural or adopted) and any retirement plan for the Participant.

9. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy which may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

10. Restrictions on Shares . In addition to the restrictions contained herein and in the Plan, as a condition to the issuance of Stock upon the exercise of this Option, the Participant must execute and agree to be bound by any stockholders’ agreement that is executed by other stockholders of the Company.

 

5


11. Plan Controls . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of this Agreement and as the Plan is amended from time to time. A copy of the Plan, and all amendments thereto, is attached hereto as Exhibit A, or has been previously provided to the Participant, and is made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise. Capitalized terms used herein, if not defined, shall have the meaning as set forth in the Plan, except where the context otherwise requires. The terms “Article” or “Section” generally refer to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term “Paragraph” shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

12. Notice . Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered or sent by mail. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered on the date which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address which such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. The Company or Participant may change, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices. Notices delivered to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

Malibu Boats, Inc.

Attn: [                    ]

1 Malibu Ct.

Merced, CA 95341

Notices to the Participant shall be hand-delivered to the Participant on the premises of the Company or its Affiliates, or mailed to the last address shown on the records of the Company.

13. Information Confidential .

(a) As partial consideration for granting of this Option, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

(b) The Company shall own all right, title, and interest to all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations, and improvements developed or created by the Participant, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of the Participant’s employment that: (i) are reasonably related to the Company’s business; (ii) involve the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (iii) result from any work performed by the Participant for the Company; or (iv) incorporate any of the Confidential Information (as defined below) (collectively, “Inventions”). The Participant shall immediately and confidentially communicate a description of any Inventions to the Company and to no other party at any time, and if the Company so desires, the Participant shall execute all documents and instruments and do all things as may be requested by the Company in order to forever vest all right, title and interest in such Inventions solely in the Company and to obtain such letters of patent, copyrights, registrations or other protections as the Company may, from time to time, desire. In addition, the Participant hereby assigns to the Company all right, title and interest of the Participant in and to any present Inventions made, devised, created, invented or discovered, in whole or in part, by the Participant.

 

6


(c) On the Grant Date and at all times thereafter, the Participant shall hold inviolate and keep secret all non-public documents, materials, knowledge or other confidential business or technical information of any nature whatsoever that the Company has maintained as confidential and that has been disclosed to or developed by him or to which he had access as a result of his association with the Company (“Confidential Information”). Such Confidential Information shall include non-public technical and business information, including, but not limited to, inventions, research and development, engineering, products, designs, manufacture, methods, systems, improvements, trade secrets, formulas, processes, marketing, merchandising, selling, licensing, servicing, pricing, investors, personnel information (including skills, compensation, experience and performance), customer lists and preferences, records, financial information, manuals and/or business plans and strategies. The Participant agrees that all Confidential Information shall remain the sole and absolute property of the Company, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means. On the Grant Date and at all times thereafter, the Participant shall not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, except for the purpose of performing services on behalf of the Company. Upon the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Participant shall (i) not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means; (ii) return to the Company all property that belongs to or is owned by the Company (including any computer, cell phone, personal digital assistant, keys, security cards, etc.); and (iii) return to the Company all documents, records, compositions, articles, devices, equipment, electronic storage devices and other items that disclose or embody Confidential Information, including all copies or specimens thereof (including electronic copies), whether prepared by him or by others, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means.

14. Noncompetition . As partial consideration for the grant of an Award, a Participant (other than an Outside Director) shall agree that for a period of time beginning with the date of an Award Agreement and ending on the later of (i) one (1) year following the date of grant or (ii) one (1) year following termination of employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason (the “Termination Date”), the Participant shall not directly or indirectly, for himself or another person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, as an owner, partner, participant of a joint venture, trustee, proprietor, stockholder, member, manager, director, officer, employee, independent contractor, capital investor, lender, consultant, advisor or otherwise, or by lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used in connection with, or otherwise participating in or allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be used in connection with, or operate, develop or own any interest in (other than the ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the equity securities of a publicly-traded company), or be employed by or consult with, any business or entity that competes with the business of the Company (the “Covered Business”), without prior approval of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Covered Business shall include, but not be limited to, any business or entity that designs, manufactures, or markets any type of boat or watercraft, or components thereof, regardless of physical location of such business activity.

 

7


15. Nonsolicitation . As partial consideration for the grant of this Award, the Participant agrees that for a period of time beginning with the date hereof and ending on the later of (i) three (3) years following the Grant Date or (ii) three years following the Termination Date, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a) solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate their employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries;

(b) make any defamatory public statement concerning the financial performance, products, services, the Board or management personnel of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, or the Participant’s employment. Nothing in this Section 15(b) shall prohibit the Participant from providing truthful testimony in any legal, administrative or regulatory proceeding and the Participant may at all times respond truthfully to a lawfully-issued subpoena, court order or governmental inquiry or as otherwise may be required by law, provided, however, that upon receiving such lawfully-issued subpoena or court order, the Participant shall promptly provide, if allowed by applicable law or regulation, reasonable written notice to Company and cooperate with the Company to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of any proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, and the privacy rights of any employee or director; or

(c) use or disclose the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to induce, attempt to induce or knowingly encourage any Customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries to divert any business or income from the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, or to stop or alter the manner in which they are then doing business with the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries. The term “Customer” shall mean any individual or business firm that is, or within the prior eighteen (18) months was, a customer or client of the Company, whether or not such business was actively solicited by the Participant on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries during the Participant’s employment.

16. Governing Law . Except as is otherwise provided in the Plan, where applicable, the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and the Participant has set his hand hereto on the day and year first above written.

 

MALIBU BOATS, INC.
By:    
Title:    
PARTICIPANT

 

[Name]

 

9


EXHIBIT A

MALIBU BOATS, INC. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Exhibit 10.15.3

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                              , 20        (the “Grant Date”), by and between Malibu Boats, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and                     (the “Participant”), in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock under the Malibu Boats, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

The Company has established the Plan by action of its board of directors. The Participant has been granted an Award of Restricted Stock that is described herein.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Agreement to govern the terms of this Award:

1. Award of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and herein, the Company grants to the Participant an Award of [            ] shares of Restricted Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 of the Plan. These shares are subject to forfeiture in the event of the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate prior to the vesting of such shares, as specified herein.

2. Transfer of Award . Except for transfers pursuant to a will or the laws of descent and distribution, this Award is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of the shares of Restricted Stock described herein, or any interest herein, prior to the dates that such shares become vested in accordance with Paragraph 3. As used herein, “disposition” means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant’s lifetime or upon or after the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment, except a transfer by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph is void.

3. Vesting of Award . The Restricted Stock Award will vest as follows:

 

On and After

  

Number of Shares Vested

[1 st Anniversary of Grant Date]    [25%] Shares
[2 nd Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares
[3 rd Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares
[4 th Anniversary of Grant Date]    Additional [25%] Shares

4. Termination .

(a) On the date that a Participant’s provision of services to the Company or an Affiliate in his or her capacity as an employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or independent advisor ceases for any reason other than death or disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and the Participant does not thereupon provide services to the Company or any Affiliate, the Participant will forfeit all shares of Restricted Stock which have not yet become vested in accordance with the schedule set forth in Paragraph 3.


(b) On the date that a Participant’s provision of services to the Company or an Affiliate in his or her capacity as an employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or independent advisor ceases by reason of death or disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code), all restrictions described herein shall be removed and all risks of forfeiture shall lapse on the Restricted Stock, without regard to the vesting schedule set forth in Paragraph 3, other than those restrictions described in the Plan.

5. Status of Participant . Except for the restrictions described in this Agreement and the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by this Agreement, including the right to exercise voting rights with respect thereto, subject to the restrictions in Paragraph 2 and the following restrictions: (i) the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the appropriate number of shares of stock subject to this Award until such shares become vested and transferable, all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and such shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the stock of the Company may then be listed; (ii) no dividends or other distributions payable with respect to a share of stock subject to this Award shall be paid until and unless such share becomes vested and transferable, with such dividends or other distributions to be accumulated, without interest, by the Company (the “Accumulated Dividends”); and (iii) shares of stock subject to this Award and any Accumulated Dividends with respect to such shares shall be forfeited and all rights of the Participant to such shares and Accumulated Dividends shall terminate, without further obligation on the part of the Company, unless such shares of Restricted Stock become vested pursuant to Paragraph 3 hereof. Any certificates representing the shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Agreement shall be issued in the Participant’s name; however, until vested, the certificates for such shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company and shall not be transferred except in accordance with the provisions hereof. In the event the Company effects a recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or other event described in Section 3.3 of the Plan, the shares of stock received by the Participant with respect to this Award (or any shares of stock issued in substitution thereof) shall be subject to identical restrictions and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

6. Tax Withholding . In addition to the withholding provisions of the Plan, each Participant shall give the Company notice of any election filed by the Participant under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. A sample section 83(b) election form and related instructions are attached as Exhibit B. At the time at which any Restricted Stock becomes vested, the Company shall not deliver or otherwise make such shares available to the Participant until the Participant pays to the Company in cash (or any other form acceptable to the Committee) any amount necessary to enable the Company to remit to the appropriate governmental entity or entities on behalf of the Participant the amount required to be withheld from the Participant’s wages with respect to such transaction. The Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due the Participant taxes required to be withheld with respect to Restricted Stock.

7. No Effect on Capital Structure . This Award shall not affect the right of the Company or any Affiliate to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

8. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

 

2


9. Plan Controls . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of this Agreement and as the Plan is amended from time to time. A copy of the Plan, and all amendments thereto, is attached hereto as Exhibit A, or has been previously provided to the Participant, and is made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, the defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires. The terms “Article” or “Section” generally refer to provisions within the Plan. The term “Paragraph” generally refers to a provision of this Agreement.

10. Notice . Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered or sent by mail or a delivery service that is approved by the Company. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered on the date which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address identified in this Paragraph. The Company or Participant may change, by written notice to the other, the address specified for receiving notices. Notices delivered to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

Malibu Boats, Inc.

Attn: [                    ]

1 Malibu Ct.

Merced, CA 95341

Notices to the Participant shall be hand-delivered to the Participant on the premises of the Company or its Affiliates, or mailed to the last address shown on the records of the Company.

11. Information Confidential .

(a) As partial consideration for the grant of this Award, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

(b) The Company shall own all right, title, and interest to all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations, and improvements developed or created by the Participant, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of the Participant’s employment that: (i) are reasonably related to the Company’s business; (ii) involve the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (iii) result from any work performed by the Participant for the Company; or (iv) incorporate any of the Confidential Information (as defined below) (collectively, “Inventions”). The Participant shall immediately and confidentially communicate a description of any Inventions to the Company and to no other party at any time, and if the Company so desires, the Participant shall execute all documents and instruments and do all things as may be requested by the Company in order to forever vest all right, title and interest in such Inventions solely in the Company and to obtain such letters of patent, copyrights, registrations or other protections as the Company may, from time to time, desire. In addition, the Participant hereby assigns to the Company all right, title and interest of the Participant in and to any present Inventions made, devised, created, invented or discovered, in whole or in part, by the Participant.

 

3


(c) On the Grant Date and at all times thereafter, the Participant shall hold inviolate and keep secret all non-public documents, materials, knowledge or other confidential business or technical information of any nature whatsoever that the Company has maintained as confidential and that has been disclosed to or developed by him or to which he had access as a result of his association with the Company (“Confidential Information”). Such Confidential Information shall include non-public technical and business information, including, but not limited to, inventions, research and development, engineering, products, designs, manufacture, methods, systems, improvements, trade secrets, formulas, processes, marketing, merchandising, selling, licensing, servicing, pricing, investors, personnel information (including skills, compensation, experience and performance), customer lists and preferences, records, financial information, manuals and/or business plans and strategies. The Participant agrees that all Confidential Information shall remain the sole and absolute property of the Company, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means. On the Grant Date and at all times thereafter, the Participant shall not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, except for the purpose of performing services on behalf of the Company. Upon the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Participant shall (i) not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means; (ii) return to the Company all property that belongs to or is owned by the Company (including any computer, cell phone, personal digital assistant, keys, security cards, etc.); and (iii) return to the Company all documents, records, compositions, articles, devices, equipment, electronic storage devices and other items that disclose or embody Confidential Information, including all copies or specimens thereof (including electronic copies), whether prepared by him or by others, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means.

12. Noncompetition . As partial consideration for the grant of an Award, a Participant (other than an Outside Director) shall agree that for a period of time beginning with the date of an Award Agreement and ending on the later of (i) one (1) year following the date of grant or (ii) one (1) year following termination of employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason (the “Termination Date”), the Participant shall not directly or indirectly, for himself or another person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, as an owner, partner, participant of a joint venture, trustee, proprietor, stockholder, member, manager, director, officer, employee, independent contractor, capital investor, lender, consultant, advisor or otherwise, or by lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used in connection with, or otherwise participating in or allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be used in connection with, or operate, develop or own any interest in (other than the ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the equity securities of a publicly-traded company), or be employed by or consult with, any business or entity that competes with the business of the Company (the “Covered Business”), without prior approval of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Covered Business shall include, but not be limited to, any business or entity that designs, manufactures, or markets any type of boat or watercraft, or components thereof, regardless of physical location of such business activity.

 

4


13. Nonsolicitation . As partial consideration for the grant of this Award, the Participant agrees that for a period of time beginning with the date hereof and ending on the later of (i) three (3) years following the Grant Date or (ii) three years following the Termination Date, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a) solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate their employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries;

(b) make any defamatory public statement concerning the financial performance, products, services, the Board or management personnel of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, or the Participant’s employment. Nothing in this Section 13(b) shall prohibit the Participant from providing truthful testimony in any legal, administrative or regulatory proceeding and the Participant may at all times respond truthfully to a lawfully-issued subpoena, court order or governmental inquiry or as otherwise may be required by law, provided, however, that upon receiving such lawfully-issued subpoena or court order, the Participant shall promptly provide, if allowed by applicable law or regulation, reasonable written notice to Company and cooperate with the Company to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of any proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, and the privacy rights of any employee or director; or

(c) use or disclose the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to induce, attempt to induce or knowingly encourage any Customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries to divert any business or income from the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, or to stop or alter the manner in which they are then doing business with the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries. The term “Customer” shall mean any individual or business firm that is, or within the prior eighteen (18) months was, a customer or client of the Company, whether or not such business was actively solicited by the Participant on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries during the Participant’s employment.

14. Amendment . The Company, acting through the Committee or through the Board, may amend this Agreement at any time for any purpose determined by the Company in its sole discretion that is consistent with the Plan, including but not limited to an amendment to accelerate the vesting schedule set forth in Paragraph 3 due to normal retirement or other special circumstances, or to permit transfers of Restricted Stock to certain individuals specified by the Participant. All amendments must be in writing. The Company may not amend this Agreement, however, without the Participant’s express agreement to any amendment that could adversely effect the material rights of the Participant.

15. Governing Law . Except as is otherwise provided in the Plan, where applicable, the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and the Participant has set his hand hereto on the day and year first written above.

 

MALIBU BOATS, INC.
By:    
Title:    

 

PARTICIPANT
 
[Name]

 

6


EXHIBIT A

MALIBU BOATS, INC. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


EXHIBIT B

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

 

Name:     
Address:     

 

Social Security No. :     

2. Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:

                 shares of common stock, par value [$            per share], of Malibu Boats, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

3. The date on which the property was transferred is                     , 20    (the “Grant Date”).

4. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year             .

5. Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject:

The shares of stock are subject to time forfeiture restrictions (graded vesting schedule, with [            %] vesting on the Grant Date, [        %] vesting on [                    , 20    ], [            %] vesting on [                    , 20    ], [            %] vesting on [                    , 20    ] and the remaining shares vesting on [            , 20    ]) and event forfeiture restrictions (change in control) in accordance with the provisions of a Restricted Stock Agreement between the undersigned and the Company. The shares of stock are subject to forfeiture under the terms of such agreement.

6. The fair market value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restriction) was [$            per share], for a total of [$                    ].

7. The amount paid by taxpayer for the property was [$0.00].

8. A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations § 1.83-2(d).

Dated:                     , 20    

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Signature
 

 

Taxpayer’s Printed Name


PROCEDURES FOR MAKING ELECTION

UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(b)

The following procedures must be followed with respect to the attached form for making an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b) in order for the election to be effective: 1

1. You must file one copy of the completed election form with the IRS Service Center where you file your federal income tax returns within 30 days after the Grant Date of your Restricted Stock.

2. At the same time you file the election form with the IRS, you must also give a copy of the election form to the Secretary of the Company.

3. You must file another copy of the election form with your federal income tax return (generally, Form 1040) for the taxable year in which the stock is transferred to you.

 

1   WHETHER OR NOT TO MAKE THE ELECTION IS YOUR DECISION AND MAY CREATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR YOU. YOU ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR IF YOU ARE UNSURE WHETHER OR NOT TO MAKE THE ELECTION.

Exhibit 10.15.4

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into by and between Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “Company”) and                      (the “Participant”) in connection with a Restricted Stock Unit Award under the Malibu Boats, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) that was made on the                      (“Date of Grant”). In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Agreement to govern the terms of this Award:

 

1. Restricted Stock Unit Award

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company has granted to the Participant                      Restricted Stock Units (the “Award”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 of the Plan. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the Company’s unsecured obligation to issue a share of Common Stock to the Participant in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Except as provided below, this Award will become vested and no longer subject to forfeiture with respect to one-third of the Restricted Stock Units on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, with respect to two-thirds of the Restricted Stock Units on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant, and will be fully vested on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Award will become fully vested upon the death or disability of the Participant, under the circumstances described in Section 13 of the Plan upon the Change in Control of the Company, or in accordance with subsection (d) below. For purposes hereof, “disability” shall have the definition described in section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.

(d) With respect to a Participant who is an Outside Director, this Award will become vested and no longer subject to forfeiture on the earlier to occur of termination of Board service, provided that such termination is on or after the final day of the relevant Board Term to which the Award pertains.

(e) Except as provided in subsection (d) above, if this Award is not fully vested upon the termination of Participant’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, the unvested portion of this Award shall be immediately forfeited to the Company, unless such termination is due to death or the disability of the Participant.

 

2. Issuance of Common Stock

As soon as practicable after each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Date of Grant, or upon the occurrence of the events described in Paragraphs 1(c) or 1(d) (each, an “Issuance Date”), whichever is earliest, but in any event no more than sixty (60) days thereafter, the Company will issue in the Participant’s name one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit vested in accordance with Paragraph 1 above as of the Issuance Date (subject to any reductions for tax withholdings or otherwise to the extent permitted under the Plan or pursuant to this Agreement). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any shares of Common Stock be issued upon the occurrence of a Change in


Control that is not a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company (as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) and using the default percentages of the treasury regulations thereunder).

 

3. Transfer of Award

Except for transfer by the Participant of his or her rights hereunder upon death pursuant to a will or by the laws of descent and distribution, this Award is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of the Award or the Restricted Stock Units described herein, or any interest herein, prior to the date(s) that the Company has issued shares of Common Stock to the Participant in accordance with Paragraph 2 or the Plan. As used herein, “disposition” means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant’s lifetime or upon or after the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment, except a transfer by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph is void.

 

  4. Tax Withholding

Subject to the requirements of section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, and pursuant to Section 15.4 of the Plan, any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising in connection with this Award, and/or the lapse of restrictions with respect hereto, shall be satisfied by the retention of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Award that have a then-current Fair Market Value equal to the amount of taxes that are required to be remitted to the applicable taxing authorities calculated using the applicable supplemental wage withholding rate.

 

  5. No Stockholder Rights or Dividends

Until shares of Common Stock are issued to the Participant pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereof, the Participant shall not be entitled to any of the rights or benefits generally accorded to stockholders, including, without limitation, the receipt of dividends.

 

  6. No Effect on Capital Structure

This Award shall not affect the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

 

  7. Committee Authority

The full discretionary authority delegated to the Committee under the terms of the Plan, including Section 4, includes the authority to: (i) determine any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, (ii) make any required adjustments to this Award, (iii) determine if the conditions stated in the Plan and Agreement have


occurred with respect hereto; and (iv) provide for the accelerated vesting of the Restricted Stock Units at any time and for any reason. Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Such decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

  8. Plan Controls

The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of this Agreement and as the Plan is amended from time to time. A copy of the Plan and all amendments thereto has been previously provided to the Participant, and is made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, the defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires. The term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan. The term “Paragraph” generally refers to a provision of this Agreement.

 

  9. Notice

Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at the Company’s office at 1 Malibu Court, Merced, CA 95341, or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Participant. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

 

  10. Information Confidential

As partial consideration for the grant of this Award, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

 

  11. Amendment

The Company, acting through the Committee or through the Board, may amend this Agreement at any time for any purpose determined by the Company in its sole discretion that is consistent with the Plan. All amendments and waivers must be in writing. The Company may not amend this Agreement, however, without the Participant’s express agreement to any amendment that would adversely affect the material rights of the Participant hereunder.


12. Governing Law

Except as is otherwise provided in the Plan, where applicable, the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

 

13. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

The Award is intended to comply with section 409A of the Code to the extent subject thereto, and shall be interpreted in accordance with section 409A of the Code and treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Date of Grant. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent it is determined that any payments under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under section 409A of the Code that is payable on the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in section 409A of the Code), and that Participant is a “specified employee,” as such term is defined in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under section 409A of the Code, the timing of such payments shall be delayed until the earlier of six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or the date of the Participant’s death, at which time the Company shall issue to the Participant all shares that the Participant would have otherwise received through the delayed payment date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has adopted this instrument as the Agreement to govern the terms of the Award described herein. The Participant acknowledges and consents to the terms of this Agreement by accepting the grant of this Award and/or by signifying acceptance electronically through the administrative system adopted by the Company.

 

MALIBU BOATS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Exhibit 10.21

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of June 28, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Malibu Boats LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and Richie Anderson, an individual (“ Executive ”).

RECITALS:

A. The Company desires that Executive be employed by the Company to carry out the duties and responsibilities described below, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

B. Executive desires to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.

C. This Agreement shall govern the employment relationship between Executive and the Company from and after the Hire Date (as defined below), and supersedes and negates all previous negotiations and agreements with respect to such relationship.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals incorporated herein and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby expressly acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive as its Vice President of Operations, commencing on July 1, 2011 (the Hire Date ”). Executive shall report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer/President (the “ CEO ”). Executive shall perform such duties and have such authority and responsibility as is usual and customary for such position, plus any additional as may reasonably be assigned from time to time by the CEO, including but not limited to providing services to one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates (and the compensation for such services shall be covered exclusively by Paragraphs 3 through 6 of this Agreement). Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to devote substantially all of Executive’s business time, energy and skill to the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company. Executive shall be subject to and comply with the Company’s policies, procedures and approval practices, as generally in effect from time-to-time.

2. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP . The Period of Employment ” under this Agreement shall be the period that you remain employed by the Company. Subject to the terms of Section 6 of this Agreement, Executive shall be employed on an at-will basis and Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by Executive or the Company at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

3. COMPENSATION .

a. Base Salary . During the Period of Employment, the Company agrees to pay Executive a base salary of [One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)] per annum, less standard deductions and authorized withholdings (the “ Salary ”). The Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

 

1


b. Bonus . During the Period of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to earn an annual performance-based bonus as follows:

(1) Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals established by the Executive Board of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC (“ Board ”) and/or CEO during each fiscal year of Executive’s employment with the Company (“ Annual Bonus ”). Executive’s maximum Annual Bonus is 40% of the Salary. The determination of whether the corporate and individual goals have been achieved and the amount of any Annual Bonus, in any given fiscal year shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Paragraph 3(b)(ii) below, for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2012, the amount of the Annual Bonus shall be no less than 20% of the Salary.

(2) To earn any Annual Bonus, Executive must be continuously and actively employed through the end of the applicable fiscal year and the date that bonuses are normally paid to the Company’s executives; provided, however, if Executive is actively and continuously employed through the applicable fiscal year, but is terminated without Cause or terminates employment for Good Reason prior to the date that bonuses are normally paid to the Company’s executives, Executive shall be deemed to have earned such Annual Bonus, Each Annual Bonus earned by Executive, if any, will be due and payable no later than 75 days following the end of the fiscal year. Any Annual Bonus paid to Executive shall be subject to applicable deductions and withholdings.

4. EQUITY AWARD .

a. The Company will offer to Executive an award of 215,600 Company Class M membership units (the “ Class M Unit Award ”), in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Class M Membership Unit Agreement (“ Class M Unit Agreement ”) that will be provided to Executive and the Company’s Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, as may be amended from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”).

5. BENEFITS .

a. Benefits . As a full-time employee of the Company, Executive will be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, including health, dental and vision insurance plans, and such other benefits as are generally made available to executives of the Company and subject to the terms, conditions and eligibility requirements of such plans and benefits.

b. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to accrue vacation time, in an amount and subject to the accrual limits, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices for executives of the Company; provided that Executive shall be entitled to accrue paid vacation at a rate of three (3) weeks per year. Executive shall schedule and take vacation at the mutual convenience of the Executive and the Company.

 

2


c. Automobile . During the Period of Employment, the Company shall, at its option, either provide Executive with a monthly automobile allowance or, at its cost, shall provide Executive a car that will be owned by the Company. Such allowance or car shall be of the same amount and or quality consistent with Company practices and made available to other executives or managers of the Company. Insurance will be maintained and paid by the Company. Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for the cost of all maintenance and fuel costs associated with Executive’s use of the automobile. Executive may use such automotive vehicle for business and personal purposes.

d. Boat . During the Period of Employment, the Company at its cost shall provide Executive a boat of a quality consistent with the Company’s practices and made available to other executives of the Company (of a kind and cost to be approved by the Board) that will be owned by the Company. Insurance will be maintained and paid by the Company. Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for the cost of all maintenance costs associated with Executive’s use of the boat. Executive will be responsible for all fuel costs associated with Executive’s use of the boat. Executive may use such boat for business and personal purposes.

e. Business Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for business expenses incurred in performing Executive’s duties and promoting the business of the Company following presentation of documentation evidencing such expenses and in accordance with the Company’s business expense reimbursement policies.

6. TERMINATION . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment may be terminated as follows:

a. Death . Upon the death of Executive, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate and the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except amounts due as Salary, any unpaid Annual Bonus earned pursuant to section 3(b) and accrued but unused vacation earned at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, and reimbursement for any documented expenses incurred prior to Executive’s termination of employment in accordance with Paragraph 6 hereof (collectively, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).

b. Disability . In the event that the Board reasonably determines in good faith that Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his employment with the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company, for more than ninety (90) days in any rolling one-year period (“ Disability ”), unless a longer period is required by federal or state law, in which case that longer period would apply, the Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment, and the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations. Executive expressly agrees that the Company shall have the right to permanently replace Executive in the event he is terminated due to a Disability.

c. Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time immediately upon written notice to Executive for “ Cause .”

 

3


(1) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following occurring during Executive’s employment hereunder: (a) an act or omission that constitutes theft, forgery, fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation, embezzlement, breach of confidentiality, unauthorized disclosure or use of inside or confidential information, or breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty by Executive against the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities; (b) Executive’s conviction, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere , of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (c) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of any illegal drug or narcotic while on Company premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder; (d) Executive’s refusal to perform assigned duties or to comply with the lawful requests made of Executive by the Board or CEO; (e) negligence of Executive in the performance of his job duties; (f) Executive’s engagement in unfair competition with or any other action injurious to the reputation, business or assets of the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities; (g) Executive’s improper inducement of a vendor, supplier or customer to break or terminate any contract with the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities; (h) a violation by Executive of any other duty, law, rule, regulation or policy of the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities; and/or (i) a breach by Executive of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities.

(2) In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations.

d. Termination Without Cause .

(1) By Executive . Except as set forth in this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily resign from his employment with the Company at any time, and for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, after giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company. In the event of a voluntary resignation, the Company may elect at its sole discretion to make the resignation of employment effective at any time prior to the expiration of the 30-day notice period and, upon the effective date of such resignation, the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations.

(2) By Company . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Company (at its sole discretion) shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, immediately upon written notice to Executive. If the Company terminates Executive’s employment pursuant to this Paragraph 6(d)(2) without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, subject to Executive signing (and not revoking) a complete and general release of any and all claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates in a form and substance satisfactory to the Company (the Release ”) within twenty-one (21) days (or such longer period as may be required by

 

4


applicable law to obtain a complete and general release of claims) (the “ Release Execution Deadline ”) after the Company provides the form of Release to Executive, upon a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary through the end of the applicable Severance Period (as defined below) (the “ Severance Payments ”) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies then in effect. Executive’s right to receive and retain any of the Severance Payments is contingent upon Executive’s compliance with his continuing obligations to the Company under the terms of this Agreement and the Release. For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “ Severance Period ” shall mean a period of six (6) months following the effective date of the Release.

e. Termination for Good Reason . Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason (as defined below) and upon execution and delivery by Executive of the Release within the Release Execution Deadline, so long as Executive complies with Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and the Release, Executive will be entitled to receive Severance Payments through the applicable Severance Period. For purposes of this Agreement, resigning with Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation from employment after the occurrence of any of the following (without Executive’s prior written consent): (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (ii) a material reduction in the aggregate compensation provided to Executive unless such reduction is concurrently made to all of the Company’s senior management, or (iii) a material breach of any other material term of this Agreement; provided, however, that any such condition shall not constitute “Good Reason” unless Executive provides written notice to the Company of the condition claimed to constitute Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such condition and, thereafter, the Company fails to cure such “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such written notice from Executive, and within ten (10) days thereafter, Executive terminates his employment for “Good Reason.”

7. NONSOLICITATION/NONDISPARAGEMENT . In the event of the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not, for a period of twelve (12) months, directly or indirectly:

a. solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate their employment with the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries;

b. make any disparaging public statement concerning the financial performance, products, services, the Board or management personnel of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or Executive’s employment. Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall prohibit Executive from providing truthful testimony in any legal, administrative or regulatory proceeding and Executive may at all times respond truthfully to a lawfully-issued subpoena, court order or governmental inquiry or as otherwise may be required by law, provided, however, that upon receiving such lawfully-issued subpoena or court order, Executive shall promptly provide, if allowed by applicable law or regulation, reasonable written notice to Company and cooperate with the Company to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of any proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, and the privacy rights of any employee or director; or

 

5


c. use or disclose the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to induce, attempt to induce or knowingly encourage any Customer of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to divert any business or income from the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or to stop or alter the manner in which they are then doing business with the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries. The term “Customer” shall mean any individual or business firm that is, or within the prior eighteen (18) months was, a customer or client of the Company, whether or not such business was actively solicited by Executive on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries during Executive’s employment.

8. NONCOMPETITION . During Executive’s employment with the Company, and for a period of six months if a termination occurs that results in severance pursuant to paragraph 6 of this document, Executive shall not engage, directly or indirectly, in any work, employment, consulting, or other services, for remuneration of any kind for any other person or business entity that competes with the business of the Company (the Covered Business ”), without prior written approval of the Company. The phrase “ engage, directly or indirectly ” means engaging or having an interest in, directly or indirectly, as owner, partner, participant of a joint venture, trustee, proprietor, shareholder, member, manager, director, officer, employee, independent contractor, capital investor, lender, consultant, advisor or similar capacity, or by lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used in connection with, or otherwise participating in or allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be used in connection with, the operation, management or control of a business or enterprise engaged in any aspect of the Covered Business, or being connected with or having any financial interest in any business or enterprise engaged in the Covered Business, except for the purposes of performing services on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates pursuant to this Agreement.

9. INVENTIONS ASSIGNMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .

a. Inventions . The Company shall own all right, title, and interest to all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations, and improvements developed or created by Executive, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of Executive’s employment that: (a) are reasonably related to the Company’s business; (b) involve the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (c) result from any work performed by Executive for the Company; or (d) incorporate any of the Confidential Information (as defined below) (collectively, “ Inventions ”). Executive shall immediately and confidentially communicate a description of any Inventions to the Company and to no other party at any time, and if the Company so desires, Executive shall execute all documents and instruments and do all things as may be requested by the Company in order to forever vest all right, title and interest in such Inventions solely in the Company and to obtain such letters of patent, copyrights, registrations or other protections as the Company may, from time to time, desire. In addition, Executive hereby assigns to the Company all right, title and interest of Executive in and to any present Inventions made, devised, created, invented or discovered, in whole or in part by Executive.

 

6


b. Confidential Information . During the term of this Agreement and at all times thereafter, Executive shall hold inviolate and keep secret all non-public documents, materials, knowledge or other confidential business or technical information of any nature whatsoever that the Company has maintained as confidential and that has been disclosed to or developed by him or to which he had access as a result of his employment with the Company (hereinafter referred to as “ Confidential Information ”). Such Confidential Information shall include non-public technical and business information, including, but not limited to, inventions, research and development, engineering, products, designs, manufacture, methods, systems, improvements, trade secrets, formulas, processes, marketing, merchandising, selling, licensing, servicing, pricing, investors, personnel information (including skills, compensation, experience and performance), customer lists and preferences, records, financial information, manuals and/or business plans and strategies. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information shall remain the sole and absolute property of the Company, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means. During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, except for the purpose of performing services on behalf of the Company. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall (a) not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means; (b) return to the Company all property that belongs to or is owned by the Company (including any computer, cell phone, personal digital assistant, keys, security cards, etc.); and (e) return to the Company all documents, records, compositions, articles, devices, equipment, electronic storage devices and other items that disclose or embody Confidential Information, including all copies or specimens thereof (including electronic copies), whether prepared by him or by others, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means.

10. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF . Executive agrees that it would be difficult or impossible to measure the damage to the Company from any breach by Executive of the covenants set forth in Section 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement; that damages to the Company for any such injury would therefore be an inadequate remedy for any such breach, and that such breach would cause irreparable harm to the Company. Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of the terms of any such Section, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach, in addition to and without limitation upon all other remedies available to the Company for such breach.

11. LITIGATION/AUDIT COOPERATION . Executive agrees that following the termination of his employment for any reason, for a period of twelve (12) months he shall reasonably cooperate at mutually convenient times and locations in connection with (a) the defense of or prosecution by, the Company or any of its affiliates with respect to any threatened or pending litigation or in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body

 

7


that relates to any events or actions which occurred during the term of Executive’s employment with, or service to, the Company; and (b) any audit of the financial statements of the Company with respect to the period of time when Executive was employed by the Company as Chief Financial Officer. The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in connection with such cooperation. Executive shall be compensated for his time at a mutually agreed upon rate for any services other than the provision of information to the Company or its counsel and/or testifying as a witness, which he shall undertake without any compensation up to a maximum obligation of 120 hours.

12. WAIVER OF BREACH . The waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach. Each and every right, remedy and power hereby granted to any party or allowed it by law shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other.

13. SEVERABILITY . If any of the provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any party under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or the application thereof.

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, along with any related documents referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and completely and irrevocably terminates any and all other previous or contemporaneous communications, representations, understandings, agreements, negotiations and discussions, either oral or written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties acknowledge and agree that there are no written or oral agreements, understandings, or representations, directly or indirectly related to this Agreement or the employment, compensation or benefits of Executive that are not set forth herein. By executing this Agreement, Executive represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not subject to any agreement with any current or former employer or consultancy relationship that would prohibit Executive’s acceptance of and performance of his duties and responsibilities under the terms of this Agreement or as contemplated in the future during Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive agrees that he shall not share any confidential or proprietary information of any prior employer or consultancy or individual with the Company or the Company’s employees.

15. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be altered or amended in any of its provisions only by a written agreement signed by each of the parties hereto.

16. SUCCESSORS . The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns, as well as Executive and his estate. Executive may not assign or delegate, in whole or in part, his duties or obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement may be transferred and assigned by the Company to any successor of the Company by acquisition, merger, reorganization, amalgamation, asset sale or otherwise. Upon any assignment of this Agreement by the Company, all obligations of the Company shall terminate, Executive shall become employed by the assignee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the term “ Company ” as used in this Agreement shall include only such assignee.

 

8


17. RIGHTS CUMULATIVE . The Company’s rights under this Agreement are cumulative, and the exercise of one right will not be deemed to preclude the exercise of any other rights.

18. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

19. CONSTRUCTION . Each party has cooperated in the drafting and preparation of this Agreement, and therefore, the Agreement shall not be construed against either party on the basis that any particular party was the drafter.

20. VOLUNTARY COUNSEL . Executive agrees and acknowledges that he has read and understood this Agreement prior to signing it, has entered into this Agreement freely and voluntarily and has been advised to seek legal counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and has had ample opportunity to do so.

21. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed in all respects by, the internal laws of the State of Tennessee (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).

22. SECTION 409A .

a. It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement and the Company’s and Executive’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with and avoid the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including the Treasury Regulations and other published guidance related thereto). This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted consistent with that intent.

b. To the extent that any reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement is taxable to Executive, Executive shall provide the Company with documentation of the related expenses promptly so as to facilitate the timing of the reimbursement payment contemplated by this paragraph, and any reimbursement payment due to Executive pursuant to such provision shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. Such reimbursement obligations pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits that Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits that Executive receives in any other taxable year.

c. Separation from Service . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment shall mean a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h) without regard to any optional alternative definitions available thereunder.

 

9


23. ARBITRATION .

a. In exchange for the benefits of the speedy, economical and impartial dispute resolution procedure of arbitration, the Company and Executive, with the advice and consent of their selected counsel, choose to forego their right to resolution of their disputes in a court of law by a judge or jury, and instead elect to treat their disputes, if any, pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

b. Executive and the Company agree that any and all claims or controversies whatsoever brought by Executive or the Company, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, Executive’s employment with Company, or otherwise arising between Executive and Company, will be settled by final and binding arbitration in Knoxville, Tennessee or such other location as may be mutually agreed by parties in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Procedures of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) then in effect. This includes all claims whether arising in tort or contract and whether arising under statute or common law. Such claims may include, but are not limited to, those relating to this Agreement, wrongful termination, retaliation, harassment, or any statutory claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, or similar Federal or state statutes. In addition, any claims arising out of the public policy of Tennessee, any claims of wrongful termination, employment discrimination, retaliation, or harassment of any kind, as well as any claim related to the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement shall be arbitrated under the terms of this Agreement. The obligation to arbitrate such claims will survive the termination of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, the hearing and all filings and other proceedings shall be treated in a private and confidential manner by the arbitrator and all parties and representatives, and shall not be disclosed except as necessary for any related judicial proceedings.

c. The arbitration will be conducted before an arbitrator to be mutually agreed upon by the parties from JAMS’ panel of arbitrators. In the event that the parties are unable to mutually agree upon the arbitrator, JAMS shall provide a slate of five arbitrators with experience in employment law and each party shall have the opportunity to strike two names and rank the remaining arbitrators in order of preference. JAMS shall then select the highest ranked arbitrator to preside over the arbitration. If JAMS is unable to provide an arbitrator who has experience in employment law, the parties may jointly or separately petition the court for appointment of an arbitrator with such experience. The arbitrator will have jurisdiction to determine the arbitrability of any claim. The arbitrator shall have the authority to grant all monetary or equitable relief (including, without limitation, injunctive relief, ancillary costs and fees, and punitive damages) available under state and Federal law. Judgment on any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered and enforced by any court having jurisdiction thereof. hi addition to any other relief awarded, the prevailing party in any arbitration or court action covered by this Agreement, as determined by the arbitrator or court in a final judgment or decree, shall be entitled to recover costs, expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent permitted by law.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

MALIBU BOATS LLC

/s/ Jack Springer

Jack Springer

Malibu Boats

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Ritchie Anderson

Richie Anderson

 

11

Exhibit 10.22

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February 1, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Malibu Boats LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Jack Springer, an individual (“ Executive ”).

RECITALS:

A. The Company desires that Executive be employed by the Company to carry out the duties and responsibilities described below, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

B. Executive desires to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.

C. This Agreement shall govern the employment relationship between Executive and the Company from and after the Hire Date (as defined below), and supersedes and negates all previous negotiations and agreements with respect to such relationship.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above recitals incorporated herein and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby expressly acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive as its Chief Executive Officer, commencing on February 1, 2010 (the “ Hire Date ”). Executive shall report directly to the Company’s Board of Directors or authorized committee thereof (the “ Board ”). Executive shall perform such officer level duties and have such officer level authority and responsibility as is usual and customary for such position, plus any additional officer level duties as may reasonably be assigned from time to time by the Board, including but not limited to providing services as an officer or director to one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates (and the compensation for such services shall be covered exclusively by Paragraphs 3 through 7 of this Agreement). Executive’s duties as Chief Executive Officer shall include overall responsibility for the management and leadership of the Company and all of its departments and personnel, execution of the Company’s strategy and full profit and loss responsibility. Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to devote Executive’s full business time, energy and best efforts to the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company. Executive shall be subject to and comply with the Company’s policies, procedures and approval practices, as generally in effect from time-to-time.

2. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP . The “ Period of Employment ” under this Agreement shall be the period that Executive remains employed by the Company. Subject to the terms of Section 7 of this Agreement, Executive shall be employed on an at-will basis and Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by Executive or the Company at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

3. COMPENSATION .

a. Base Salary . During the Period of Employment, the Company agrees to pay Executive a base salary of Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($275,000.00) per annum, less standard deductions and authorized withholdings (the “ Salary ”). The Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

 

1


b. Bonus . During the Period of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to earn an annual performance-based bonus as follows:

(1) Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals established by the Board during each fiscal year of Executive’s employment with the Company (“ Annual Bonus ”). Executive’s maximum Annual Bonus is Two Hundred Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($212,500). The Company and Executive agree that Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) of the total bonus potential will be evaluated by criteria focused primarily on the Company’s cash management and liquidity needs, and agree that payout of this sub-bonus will be evaluated every six months, with a potential semi-annual payout of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in July and January of each year for the preceding six months. The determination of whether the corporate and individual goals have been achieved, and the amount of any Annual Bonus, in any given fiscal year shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

(2) To earn any Annual Bonus, Executive must be continuously and actively employed through the end of the applicable fiscal year and the date that bonuses are normally paid to the Company’s executives; provided, however, if Executive is actively and continuously employed through the applicable fiscal year, but is terminated without Cause or terminates employment for Good Reason prior to the date that bonuses are normally paid to the Company’s executives, Executive shall be deemed to have earned such Annual Bonus. Each Annual Bonus earned by Executive, if any, will be due and payable no later than 75 days following the end of the applicable fiscal year. Any Annual Bonus paid to Executive shall be subject to applicable deductions and withholdings.

4. EQUITY AWARD .

a. Subject to this Paragraph 4, the Company will grant to Executive an award of 1,056,164 Company Class M membership units (the “ Class M Unit Award ”), in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Class M Membership Unit Agreement (“ Class M Unit Agreement ”) and the Company’s Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, as may be amended from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”). A draft of the Class M Unit Agreement shall be provided to Executive no later than May 7, 2010. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to execute such Class M Unit Agreement on or before May 21, 2010, subject to acceptance of the Class M Unit Award by Executive. The Class M Unit Award will allow Executive to participate in the appreciation of the value of the Company in excess of its most recent valuation of $5,525,000, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class M Unit Agreement. The Class M Unit Agreement (or an ancillary agreement provided by the Company to Executive) will include anti-dilution protection provisions to protect the Class M Unit Award from dilution as a result of up to ten million dollars ($10,000,000) of capital raised as equity or convertible debt subsequent to the execution of this Agreement and prior to November 9, 2011 in connection with a restructuring of, or to pay down senior debt in connection with a refinancing of, Malibu Boats, LLC’s current credit agreement

 

2


(the “ Antidilution Protection ,” and such new capital raised the “ Dilutive Issuance ”). Such Antidilution Protection shall result in the Class M Unit Award receiving the same economic participation as if the Dilutive Issuance had not occurred. As a condition to receiving the Class M Unit Award, you will be required to execute and return to the Company the Class M Unit Agreement and the LLC Agreement, along with a Spousal Consent Form signed by your spouse, if applicable. The Class M Unit Award will be subject to the following vesting schedule subject to your active and continuous employment through each such date: 25% of the units underlying the Class M Unit Award will vest on each of the first four (4) full year anniversaries of the Hire Date (provided that any additional Units awarded pursuant to the Antidilution Protection provided to Executive shall vest ratably with such schedule); provided, however, that all units underlying the Class M Unit Award shall automatically become fully vested upon the closing of a Change in Control (as defined below).

b. A “ Change of Control ” of the Company will be deemed to have occurred upon (i) the merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or other business entity pursuant to which Black Canyon Capital LLC, Canyon Capital Advisors LLC and their affiliates (including funds managed by them) (each an “ Exempted Party ”) do not own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting Units or voting equity interests of the Company or the surviving entity after such transaction, as the case may be; (ii) the acquisition of the Company pursuant to a transaction or series of related transactions in which the Exempted Parties do not own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting equity interests of the Company after such transaction or series of related transactions; (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than to one or more Exempted Parties; or (iv) a sale or substantially all of the equity interests of the Company, other than to one or more Exempted Parties.

5. BENEFITS .

a. Benefits . As a full-time employee of the Company, Executive will be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, including health, dental and vision insurance plans, and such other benefits as are generally made available to executives of the Company and subject to the terms, conditions and eligibility requirements of such plans and benefits.

b. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to accrue vacation time, in an amount and subject to the accrual limits, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices for senior executives of the Company. Executive shall schedule and take vacation at the mutual convenience of the Executive and the Company.

c. Automobile . During the Period of Employment, the Company shall, at its option, either provide Executive with a monthly automobile allowance or, at its cost, shall provide Executive a car that will be owned by the Company. Such allowance or car shall be of the same amount and or quality consistent with Company practices and made available to other executives or managers of the Company. Insurance will be maintained and paid by the Company. Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for the cost of all maintenance and fuel costs associated with Executive’s use of the automobile. Executive may use such automotive vehicle for business and personal purposes.

 

3


d. Boat . During the Period of Employment, the Company at its cost shall provide Executive a boat of a quality consistent with the Company’s practices and made available to other executives of the Company (of a kind and cost to be approved by the Board) that will be owned by the Company. Insurance will be maintained and paid by the Company. Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for the cost of all maintenance costs associated with Executive’s use of the boat. Executive will be responsible for all fuel costs associated with Executive’s use of the boat. Executive may use such boat for business and personal purposes.

e. Business Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for business expenses incurred in performing Executive’s duties and promoting the business of the Company following presentation of documentation evidencing such expenses and in accordance with the Company’s business expense reimbursement policies.

6. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] .

7. TERMINATION . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment may be terminated as follows:

a. Death . Upon the death of Executive, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate and the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except amounts due as Salary, any unpaid Annual Bonus earned pursuant to section 3(b) and accrued but unused vacation earned at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, and reimbursement for any documented expenses incurred prior to Executive’s termination of employment in accordance with Paragraph 7 hereof (collectively, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).

b. Disability . In the event that the Board reasonably determines in good faith that Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his employment with the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company, for more than ninety (90) days in any rolling one-year period (“ Disability ”), unless a longer period is required by applicable federal or state law, in which case that longer period would apply, the Board shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment, and the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations. Executive expressly agrees that the Company shall have the right to permanently replace Executive in the event he is terminated due to a Disability.

c. Termination for Cause . The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time immediately upon written notice to Executive for “ Cause.

(1) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following occurring during Executive’s employment hereunder: (a) a knowing, intentional or reckless act or omission that constitutes theft, forgery, fraud, material dishonesty, misappropriation, breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty, or

 

4


embezzlement by Executive against the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities; (b) Executive’s conviction, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere , of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (c) Executive knowingly or intentionally causing the Company’s financial statements to fail to materially comply with generally accepted accounting principles Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of any illegal drug or narcotic while on Company premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder; (d) Executive’s willful refusal to comply with the lawful requests made of Executive by the Board, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within five (5) days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s willful refusal; (e) gross negligence of Executive in the performance of his job duties, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within 30 days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s gross negligence; (f) a material violation by Executive of one or more Company policies, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within 30 days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s violation(s) of Company policy; and/or (g) a material breach by Executive of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within 30 days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s breach of this Agreement and/or any other agreement with the Company.

(2) In the event that the Board terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations.

d. Termination Without Cause .

(1) By Executive . Except as set forth in this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily resign from his employment with the Company at any time, and for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, after giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company. In the event of a voluntary resignation, the Company may elect at its sole discretion to make the resignation of employment effective at any time prior to the expiration of the 30-day notice period and, upon the effective date of such resignation, the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations.

(2) By Company . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Board (at its sole discretion) shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, immediately upon written notice to Executive. If the Board terminates Executive’s employment pursuant to this Paragraph 7(d)(2) without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, subject to Executive signing (and not revoking) a complete and general release of any and all claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates in a form and substance satisfactory to the Company (the “ Releas e ”)

 

5


within twenty-one (21) days (or such longer period as may be required by applicable law to obtain a complete and general release of claims) (the “ Release Execution Deadline ”) after the Company provides the form of Release to you, upon a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary through the end of the applicable Severance Period (as defined below) (the “ Severance Payments ”) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies then in effect. Such Release shall be in substantially the same form as attached as Exhibit A hereto, which shall be subject to necessary changes to comply with changes in applicable law to obtain a valid and complete general release of claims. Executive’s right to receive and retain any of the Severance Payments is contingent upon Executive’s compliance with his continuing obligations to the Company under the terms of this Agreement and the Release. For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “ Severance Period ” shall mean either (i) a period of six (6) months following the effective date of the Release if Executive is terminated without Cause after the one year anniversary of the Hire Date and not subject to Section 7(d)(2)(ii)(A) below, or (ii) a period of twelve (12) months following the effective date of the Release if Executive is terminated without Cause either (A) at any time within six (6) months after a Change in Control or (B) at any time on or before the one-year anniversary of the Hire Date.

e. Termination for Good Reason . Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason (as defined below) and upon execution and delivery by Executive of the Release within the Release Execution Deadline, so long as Executive complies with Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and the Release, Executive will be entitled to receive Severance Payments through the applicable Severance Period. For purposes of this Agreement, resigning with “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation from employment after the occurrence of any of the following (without Executive’s prior written consent): (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (ii) a material reduction in the aggregate compensation provided to Executive unless such reduction is concurrently made to all of the Company’s senior management, or (iii) a material breach of any other material term of this Agreement; provided, however, that any such condition shall not constitute “Good Reason” unless Executive provides written notice to the Company of the condition claimed to constitute Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such condition and, thereafter, the Board fails to cure such “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such written notice from Executive, and within ten (10) days thereafter, Executive terminates his employment for “Good Reason.”

8. NONSOLICITATION/NONDISPARAGEMENT . In the event of the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not, for a period of twelve (12) months, directly or indirectly:

a. solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate their employment with the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries;

 

6


b. make any defamatory public statement concerning the financial performance, products, services, the Board or management personnel of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or Executive’s employment. Nothing in this Section 8(b) shall prohibit Executive from providing truthful testimony in any legal, administrative or regulatory proceeding and Executive may at all times respond truthfully to a lawfully-issued subpoena, court order or governmental inquiry or as otherwise may be required by law, provided, however, that upon receiving such lawfully-issued subpoena or court order, Executive shall promptly provide, if allowed by applicable law or regulation, reasonable written notice to Company and cooperate with the Company to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of any proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, and the privacy rights of any employee or director; or

c. use or disclose the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to induce, attempt to induce or knowingly encourage any Customer of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to divert any business or income from the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or to stop or alter the manner in which they are then doing business with the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries. The term “ Customer ” shall mean any individual or business firm that is, or within the prior eighteen (18) months was, a customer or client of the Company, whether or not such business was actively solicited by Executive on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries during Executive’s employment.

9. NONCOMPETITION . During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall not engage, directly or indirectly, in any work, employment, consulting, or other services, for remuneration of any kind for any other person or business entity that competes with the business of the Company (the “ Covered Business ”), without prior written approval of the Board. The phrase “engage, directly or indirectly” means engaging or having an interest in, directly or indirectly, as owner, partner, participant of a joint venture, trustee, proprietor, shareholder, member, manager, director, officer, employee, independent contractor, capital investor, lender, consultant, advisor or similar capacity, or by lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used in connection with, or otherwise participating in or allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be used in connection with, the operation, management or control of a business or enterprise engaged in any aspect of the Covered Business, or being connected with or having any financial interest in any business or enterprise engaged in the Covered Business, except for the purposes of performing services on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates pursuant to this Agreement.

10. INVENTIONS ASSIGNMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .

a. Inventions . The Company shall own all right, title, and interest to all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations, and improvements developed or created by Executive, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of Executive’s employment that: (i) are reasonably related to the Company’s business; (ii) involve the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (iii) result from any work performed by Executive for the Company; or (iv) incorporate any of the Confidential Information

 

7


(as defined below) (collectively, “ Inventions ”). Executive shall immediately and confidentially communicate a description of any Inventions to the Company and to no other party at any time, and if the Company so desires, Executive shall execute all documents and instruments and do all things as may be requested by the Company in order to forever vest all right, title and interest in such Inventions solely in the Company and to obtain such letters of patent, copyrights, registrations or other protections as the Company may, from time to time, desire. In addition, Executive hereby assigns to the Company all right, title and interest of Executive in and to any present Inventions made, devised, created, invented or discovered, in whole or in part, by Executive.

b. Confidential Information . During the term of this Agreement and at all times thereafter, Executive shall hold inviolate and keep secret all non-public documents, materials, knowledge or other confidential business or technical information of any nature whatsoever that the Company has maintained as confidential and that has been disclosed to or developed by him or to which he had access as a result of his employment with the Company (hereinafter referred to as “ Confidential Information ”). Such Confidential Information shall include non-public technical and business information, including, but not limited to, inventions, research and development, engineering, products, designs, manufacture, methods, systems, improvements, trade secrets, formulas, processes, marketing, merchandising, selling, licensing, servicing, pricing, investors, personnel information (including skills, compensation, experience and performance), customer lists and preferences, records, financial information, manuals and/or business plans and strategies. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information shall remain the sole and absolute property of the Company, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means. During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, except for the purpose of performing services on behalf of the Company. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall (i) not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means; (ii) return to the Company all property that belongs to or is owned by the Company (including any computer, cell phone, personal digital assistant, keys, security cards, etc.); and (iii) return to the Company all documents, records, compositions, articles, devices, equipment, electronic storage devices and other items that disclose or embody Confidential Information, including all copies or specimens thereof (including electronic copies), whether prepared by him or by others, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means.

11. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF . Executive agrees that it would be difficult or impossible to measure the damage to the Company from any breach by Executive of the covenants set forth in Section 8, 9 or 10 of this Agreement; that damages to the Company for any such injury would therefore be an inadequate remedy for any such breach, and that such breach would cause irreparable harm to the Company. Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of the terms of any such Section, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach, in addition to and without limitation upon all other remedies available to the Company for such breach.

 

8


12. LITIGATION/AUDIT COOPERATION . Executive agrees that following the termination of his employment for any reason, for a period of twelve (12) months he shall reasonably cooperate at mutually convenient times and locations in connection with (a) the defense of, or prosecution by, the Company or any of its affiliates with respect to any threatened or pending litigation or in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body that relates to any events or actions which occurred during the term of Executive’s employment with, or service to, the Company; and (b) any audit of the financial statements of the Company with respect to the period of time when Executive was employed by the Company as Chief Financial Officer. The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in connection with such cooperation. Executive shall be compensated for his time at a mutually agreed upon rate for any services other than the provision of information to the Company or its counsel and/or testifying as a witness, which he shall undertake without any compensation up to a maximum obligation of 120 hours.

13. WAIVER OF BREACH . The waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach. Each and every right, remedy and power hereby granted to any party or allowed it by law shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other.

14. SEVERABILITY . If any of the provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any party under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or the application thereof.

15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, along with any related documents referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and completely and irrevocably terminates any and all other previous or contemporaneous communications, representations, understandings, agreements, negotiations and discussions, either oral or written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties acknowledge and agree that there are no written or oral agreements, understandings, or representations, directly or indirectly related to this Agreement or the employment, compensation or benefits of Executive that are not set forth herein. By executing this Agreement, Executive represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not subject to any agreement with any current or former employer or consultancy relationship that would prohibit Executive’s acceptance of and performance of his duties and responsibilities under the terms of this Agreement or as contemplated in the future during Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive agrees that he shall not share any confidential or proprietary information of any prior employer or consultancy or individual with the Company or the Company’s employees.

16. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be altered or amended in any of its provisions only by a written agreement signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

9


17. SUCCESSORS . The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns, as well as Executive and his estate. Executive may not assign or delegate, in whole or in part, his duties or obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement may be transferred and assigned by the Company to any successor of the Company by acquisition, merger, reorganization, amalgamation, asset sale or otherwise. Upon any assignment of this Agreement by the Company, all obligations of the Company shall terminate, Executive shall become employed by the assignee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall include only such assignee.

18. RIGHTS CUMULATIVE . The Company’s rights under this Agreement are cumulative, and the exercise of one right will not be deemed to preclude the exercise of any other rights.

19. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

20. CONSTRUCTION . Each party has cooperated in the drafting and preparation of this Agreement, and therefore, the Agreement shall not be construed against either party on the basis that any particular party was the drafter.

21. VOLUNTARY COUNSEL . Executive agrees and acknowledges that he has read and understood this Agreement prior to signing it, has entered into this Agreement freely and voluntarily and has been advised to seek legal counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and has had ample opportunity to do so.

22. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed in all respects by, the internal laws of the State of Tennessee (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).

23. SECTION 409A .

a. It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement and the Company’s and Executive’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with and avoid the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including the Treasury Regulations and other published guidance related thereto). This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted consistent with that intent.

b. To the extent that any reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement is taxable to Executive, Executive shall provide the Company with documentation of the related expenses promptly so as to facilitate the timing of the reimbursement payment contemplated by this paragraph, and any reimbursement payment due to Executive pursuant to such provision shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. Such reimbursement obligations pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits that Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits that Executive receives in any other taxable year.

 

10


c. Separation from Service . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment shall mean a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h) without regard to any optional alternative definitions available thereunder.

24. ARBITRATION .

a. In exchange for the benefits of the speedy, economical and impartial dispute resolution procedure of arbitration, the Company and Executive, with the advice and consent of their selected counsel, choose to forego their right to resolution of their disputes in a court of law by a judge or jury, and instead elect to treat their disputes, if any, pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

b. Executive and the Company agree that any and all claims or controversies whatsoever brought by Executive or the Company, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, Executive’s employment with Company, or otherwise arising between Executive and Company, will be settled by final and binding arbitration in Knoxville, Tennessee or such other location as may be mutually agreed by parties in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Procedures of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) then in effect. This includes all claims whether arising in tort or contract and whether arising under statute or common law. Such claims may include, but are not limited to, those relating to this Agreement, wrongful termination, retaliation, harassment, or any statutory claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, or similar Federal or state statutes. In addition, any claims arising out of the public policy of Tennessee, any claims of wrongful termination, employment discrimination, retaliation, or harassment of any kind, as well as any claim related to the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement shall be arbitrated under the terms of this Agreement. The obligation to arbitrate such claims will survive the termination of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, the hearing and all filings and other proceedings shall be treated in a private and confidential manner by the arbitrator and all parties and representatives, and shall not be disclosed except as necessary for any related judicial proceedings.

c. The arbitration will be conducted before an arbitrator to be mutually agreed upon by the parties from JAMS’ panel of arbitrators. In the event that the parties are unable to mutually agree upon the arbitrator, JAMS shall provide a slate of five arbitrators with experience in employment law and each party shall have the opportunity to strike two names and rank the remaining arbitrators in order of preference. JAMS shall then select the highest ranked arbitrator to preside over the arbitration. If JAMS is unable to provide an arbitrator who has experience in employment law, the parties may jointly or separately petition the court for appointment of an arbitrator with such experience. The arbitrator will have jurisdiction to determine the arbitrability of any claim. The arbitrator shall have the authority to grant all monetary or equitable relief (including, without limitation,

 

11


injunctive relief, ancillary costs and fees, and punitive damages) available under state and Federal law. Judgment on any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered and enforced by any court having jurisdiction thereof. In addition to any other relief awarded, the prevailing party in any arbitration or court action covered by this Agreement, as determined by the arbitrator or court in a final judgment or decree, shall be entitled to recover costs, expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent permitted by law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

MALIBU BOATS LLC

/s/ Michael Hooks

Michael Hooks
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Malibu Boats Holdings LLC
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Jack Springer

Jack Springer

 

12

Exhibit 10.23

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 19, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Malibu Boats LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and Wayne Wilson, an individual (“ Executive ”).

RECITALS:

A. The Company desires that Executive be employed by the Company to carry out the duties and responsibilities described below, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

B. Executive desires to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.

C. This Agreement shall govern the employment relationship between Executive and the Company from and after the Hire Date (as defined below), and supersedes and negates all previous negotiations and agreements with respect to such relationship.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above recitals incorporated herein and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby expressly acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive as its Chief Financial Officer, commencing on November 9, 2009 (the “ Hire Date ”). Executive shall report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer/President (the “ CEO ”). Executive shall perform such officer level duties and have such officer level authority and responsibility as is usual and customary for such position, plus any additional officer level duties as may reasonably be assigned from time to time by the CEO, including but not limited to providing services as an officer or director to one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates (and the compensation for such services shall be covered exclusively by Paragraphs 3 through 7 of this Agreement). Executive’s duties as Chief Financial Officer shall include: overall leadership and management of the Company’s Finance, IT and Human Resource departments; management of the Company’s treasury functions, bank relationships; responsibility for ensuring the timely and accurate reporting of all financial statements and operating plans; management of the annual audit process and issuance of audited financial statements in accordance with bank and other lending requirements: supporting the CEO in implementing metric scorecards and company/department KPI’s; working with the Company’s Plant Management and Engineering department in the Company’s Tennessee facility to develop a standard cost structure with appropriate absorption and variance reporting to meet the needs of the Company’s management and Board of Directors (the “ Board ”); and causing to be published a monthly internal reporting package, with appropriate Actual to Plan variances and driving monthly reviews with other senior management. Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to devote substantially all of Executive’s business time, energy and skill to the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company. Executive shall be subject to and comply with the Company’s policies, procedures and approval practices, as generally in effect from time-to-time.

 

1


2. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP . The “ Period of Employment ” under this Agreement shall be the period that you remain employed by the Company. Subject to the terms of Section 7 of this Agreement, Executive shall be employed on an at-will basis and Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by Executive or the Company at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

3. COMPENSATION .

a. Base Salary . During the Period of Employment, the Company agrees to pay Executive a base salary of One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000.00) per annum, less standard deductions and authorized withholdings (the “ Salary ”). The Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

b. Bonus . During the Period of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to earn an annual performance-based bonus as follows:

(1) Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon the achievement of corporate and individual goals established by the Board and/or CEO during each fiscal year of Executive’s employment with the Company (“ Annual Bonus ”). Executive’s maximum Annual Bonus is 50% of the Salary. The determination of whether the corporate and individual goals have been achieved, and the amount of any Annual Bonus, in any given fiscal year shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

(2) To earn any Annual Bonus, Executive must be continuously and actively employed through the end of the applicable fiscal year and the date that bonuses are normally paid to the Company’s executives; provided, however, if Executive is actively and continuously employed through the applicable fiscal year, but is terminated without Cause or terminates employment for Good Reason prior to the date that bonuses are normally paid to the Company’s executives, Executive shall be deemed to have earned such Annual Bonus. Each Annual Bonus earned by Executive, if any, will be due and payable no later than 75 days following the end of the fiscal year. Any Annual Bonus paid to Executive shall be subject to applicable deductions and withholdings.

4. EQUITY AWARD .

a. Subject to this Paragraph 4, the Company will grant to Executive an award of 416,065 Company Class M membership units (the “ Class M Unit Award ”), in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Class M Membership Unit Agreement (“ Class M Unit Agreement ”) and the Company’s Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, as may be amended from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”). A draft of the Class M Unit Agreement shall he provided to Executive no later than May 7, 2010. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to execute such Class M Unit Agreement on or before May 21, 2010, subject to acceptance of the Class M Unit Award by Executive. The Class M Unit Award will allow Executive to participate in the appreciation of the value of the Company in excess of its most recent valuation of $5,525,000, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class M Unit Agreement. The Class M Unit Agreement (or an ancillary agreement provided by the Company to

 

2


Executive) will include anti-dilution protection provisions to protect the Class M Unit Award from dilution as a result of up to ten million dollars ($10,000,000) of capital raised as equity or convertible debt subsequent to the execution of this Agreement and prior to the second anniversary of the Hire Date in connection with a restructuring of, or to pay down senior debt in connection with a refinancing of, Malibu Boats, LLC’s current credit agreement (the “ Antidilution Protection, ” and such new capital raised the “ Dilutive Issuance ”). Such Antidilution Protection shall result in the Class M Unit Award receiving the same economic participation as if the Dilutive Issuance had not occurred. As a condition to receiving the Class M Unit Award, you will be required to execute and return to the Company the Class M Unit Agreement and the LLC Agreement, along with a Spousal Consent Form signed by your spouse, if applicable. The Class M Unit Award will be subject to the following vesting schedule subject to your active and continuous employment through each such date: 25% of the units underlying the Class M Unit Award will vest on each of the first four (4) full year anniversaries of the Hire Date (provided that any additional Units awarded pursuant to the Antidilution Protection provided to Executive shall vest ratably with such schedule); provided, however, that all units underlying the Class M Unit Award shall automatically become fully vested upon the closing of a Change in Control (as defined below).

b. A “ Change of Control ” of the Company will be deemed to have occurred upon (i) the merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or other business entity pursuant to which Black Canyon Capital LLC, Canyon Capital Advisors LLC and their affiliates (including funds managed by them) (each an “ Exempted Party ”) do not own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting Units or voting equity interests of the Company or the surviving entity after such transaction, as the case may be; (ii) the acquisition of the Company pursuant to a transaction or series of related transactions in which the Exempted Parties do not own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting equity interests of the Company after such transaction or series of related transactions; (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than to one or more Exempted Parties; or (iv) a sale or substantially all of the equity interests of the Company, other than to one or more Exempted Parties.

5. BENEFITS .

a. Benefits . As a full-time employee of the Company, Executive will be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, including health, dental and vision insurance plans, and such other benefits as are generally made available to executives of the Company and subject to the terms, conditions and eligibility requirements of such plans and benefits.

b. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to accrue vacation time, in an amount and subject to the accrual limits, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices for senior executives of the Company; provided that Executive shall be entitled to accrue paid vacation at a rate of three (3) weeks per year and Executive shall be entitled to an advance on his paid vacation so that he can take a previously scheduled vacation during the period of December 18, 2009 through January 4, 2010. Executive shall schedule and take vacation at the mutual convenience of the Executive and the Company.

 

3


c. Automobile . During the Period of Employment, the Company shall, at its option, either provide Executive with a monthly automobile allowance or, at its cost, shall provide Executive a car that will be owned by the Company. Such allowance or car shall be of the same amount and or quality consistent with Company practices and made available to other executives or managers of the Company. Insurance will be maintained and paid by the Company. Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for the cost of all maintenance and fuel costs associated with Executive’s use of the automobile. Executive may use such automotive vehicle for business and personal purposes.

d. Boat . During the Period of Employment, the Company at its cost shall provide Executive a boat of a quality consistent with the Company’s practices and made available to other executives of the Company (of a kind and cost to be approved by the Board) that will be owned by the Company. Insurance will be maintained and paid by the Company. Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for the cost of all maintenance costs associated with Executive’s use of the boat. Executive will be responsible for all fuel costs associated with Executive’s use of the boat. Executive may use such boat for business and personal purposes.

e. Business Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for business expenses incurred in performing Executive’s duties and promoting the business of the Company following presentation of documentation evidencing such expenses and in accordance with the Company’s business expense reimbursement policies.

6. RELOCATION . In connection with his duties as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, the Company shall have the right, and Executive agrees, to relocate Executive to Loudon, Tennessee to work in the Company’s Tennessee facility at a time to be selected at the Board’s discretion. In the interim, the Company shall pay all Executive’s travel and lodging costs consistent with Company policy to attend work at the Company’s Merced or Loudon facilities. Executive agrees to use his reasonable best efforts to minimize such costs. The Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for his reasonable, documented expenses incurred in relocating his permanent residence in California to the area in which the Company’s principal offices are located in Loudon, Tennessee (collectively, “ Relocation Expenses ”). Such Relocation Expenses shall include a minimum of two trips for Executive and his spouse, combined with a business related trip to the Tennessee plant, as well as the services of commercial moving services, but in no event shall such reimbursement of Relocation Expenses exceed $13,000. Executive will use reasonable best efforts to solicit the lowest cost means of relocation and discuss plans in advance with the CEO. In addition, if Executive’s principal place of employment with the Company is moved by more than 50 miles from Loudon, Tennessee within the first three (3) years of the Hire Date and Executive continues employment with the Company, the Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for his reasonable, documented expenses incurred in relocating his permanent residence to the area of such new principal place of employment, up to a maximum of $13,000; provided that Executive will use reasonable best efforts to solicit the lowest cost means of relocation and discuss plans in advance with the CEO.

 

4


7. TERMINATION . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment may be terminated as follows:

a. Death . Upon the death of Executive, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate and the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except amounts due as Salary, any unpaid Annual Bonus earned pursuant to section 3(b) and accrued but unused vacation earned at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, and reimbursement for any documented expenses incurred prior to Executive’s termination of employment in accordance with Paragraph 7 hereof (collectively, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).

b. Disability . In the event that the Board reasonably determines in good faith that Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his employment with the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company, for more than ninety (90) days in any rolling one-year period (“ Disability ”), unless a longer period is required by federal or state law, in which case that longer period would apply, the Board shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment, and the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations. Executive expressly agrees that the Company shall have the right to permanently replace Executive in the event he is terminated due to a Disability.

c. Termination for Cause . The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time immediately upon written notice to Executive for “ Cause.

(1) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following occurring during Executive’s employment hereunder (a) a knowing, intentional or reckless act or omission that constitutes theft, forgery, fraud, material dishonesty, misappropriation, breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty, or embezzlement by Executive against the Company or any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities; (b) Executive’s conviction, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere , of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (c) Executive knowingly or intentionally causing, or, through gross negligence allowing, the Company’s financial statements to fail to materially comply with generally accepted accounting principles; (d) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of any illegal drug or narcotic while on Company premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder; (e) Executive’s willful refusal to comply with the lawful requests made of Executive by the Board, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within five (5) days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s willful refusal; (f) gross negligence of Executive in the performance of his job duties, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within 30 days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s gross negligence; (g) a material violation by Executive of one or more Company policies, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within 30 days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s violation(s) of Company policy; and/or (h) a material breach

 

5


by Executive of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company, which (if reasonably susceptible of cure), is not fully cured within 30 days after Executive receives written notice from the Board detailing Executive’s breach of this Agreement and/or any other agreement with the Company.

(2) In the event that the Board terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations.

d. Termination Without Cause .

(1) By Executive . Except as set forth in this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily resign from his employment with the Company at any time, and for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, after giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company. In the event of a voluntary resignation, the Company may elect at its sole discretion to make the resignation of employment effective at any time prior to the expiration of the 30-day notice period and, upon the effective date of such resignation, the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payments to Executive hereunder, except for the Accrued Obligations.

(2) By Company . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Board (at its sole discretion) shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, immediately upon written notice to Executive. If the Board terminates Executive’s employment pursuant to this Paragraph 7(d)(2) without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations. In addition, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, subject to Executive signing (and not revoking) a complete and general release of any and all claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates in a form and substance satisfactory to the Company (the “ Release ”) within twenty-one (21) days (or such longer period as may be required by applicable law to obtain a complete and general release of claims) (the “ Release Execution Deadline ”) after the Company provides the form of Release to you, upon a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary through the end of the applicable Severance Period (as defined below) (the “ Severance Payments ”) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies then in effect. Such Release shall be in substantially the same form as attached as Exhibit A hereto, which shall be subject to necessary changes to comply with changes in applicable law to obtain a valid and complete general release of claims. Executive’s right to receive and retain any of the Severance Payments is contingent upon Executive’s compliance with his continuing obligations to the Company under the terms of this Agreement and the Release. For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “ Severance Period ” shall mean either (i) a period of six (6) months following the effective date of the Release if Executive is terminated without Cause after the one year anniversary of the Hire Date and not subject to Section 7(d)(2)(ii)(A) below, or (ii) a period of twelve (12) months following the effective date of the Release if Executive is terminated without Cause either (A) at any time within six (6) months after a Change in Control or (B) at any time on or before the one-year anniversary of the Hire Date.

 

6


e. Termination for Good Reason . Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason (as defined below) and upon execution and delivery by Executive of the Release within the Release Execution Deadline, so long as Executive complies with Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and the Release, Executive will be entitled to receive Severance Payments through the applicable Severance Period. For purposes of this Agreement, resigning with “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation from employment after the occurrence of any of the following (without Executive’s prior written consent): (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (ii) a material reduction in the aggregate compensation provided to Executive unless such reduction is concurrently made to all of the Company’s senior management, or (iii) a material breach of any other material term of this Agreement; provided, however, that any such condition shall not constitute “Good Reason” unless Executive provides written notice to the Company of the condition claimed to constitute Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such condition and, thereafter, the Board fails to cure such “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such written notice from Executive, and within ten (10) days thereafter, Executive terminates his employment for “Good Reason.”

8. NONSOLICITATION/NONDISPARAGEMENT . In the event of the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not, for a period of twelve (12) months, directly or indirectly:

a. solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate their employment with the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries;

b. make any defamatory public statement concerning the financial performance, products, services, the Board or management personnel of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or Executive’s employment. Nothing in this Section 8(b) shall prohibit Executive from providing truthful testimony in any legal, administrative or regulatory proceeding and Executive may at all times respond truthfully to a lawfully-issued subpoena, court order or governmental inquiry or as otherwise may be required by law, provided, however, that upon receiving such lawfully-issued subpoena or court order, Executive shall promptly provide, if allowed by applicable law or regulation, reasonable written notice to Company and cooperate with the Company to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of any proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, and the privacy rights of any employee or director; or

c. use or disclose the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to induce, attempt to induce or knowingly encourage any Customer of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to divert any business or income from the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or to stop or alter the manner in which they are then doing business with the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries. The term “Customer”

 

7


shall mean any individual or business firm that is, or within the prior eighteen (18) months was, a customer or client of the Company, whether or not such business was actively solicited by Executive on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries during Executive’s employment.

9. NONCOMPETITION . During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall not engage, directly or indirectly, in any work, employment, consulting, or other services, for remuneration of any kind for any other person or business entity that competes with the business of the Company (the “Covered Business”), without prior written approval of the Board. The phrase “engage, directly or indirectly” means engaging or having an interest in, directly or indirectly, as owner, partner, participant of a joint venture, trustee, proprietor, shareholder, member, manager, director, officer, employee, independent contractor, capital investor, lender, consultant, advisor or similar capacity, or by lending or allowing his name or reputation to be used in connection with, or otherwise participating in or allowing his skill, knowledge or experience to be used in connection with, the operation, management or control of a business or enterprise engaged in any aspect of the Covered Business, or being connected with or having any financial interest in any business or enterprise engaged in the Covered Business, except for the purposes of performing services on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates pursuant to this Agreement.

10. INVENTIONS ASSIGNMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .

a. Inventions . The Company shall own all right, title, and interest to all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations, and improvements developed or created by Executive, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of Executive’s employment that: (a) are reasonably related to the Company’s business; (b) involve the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (c) result from any work performed by Executive for the Company; or (d) incorporate any of the Confidential Information (as defined below) (collectively, “ Inventions ”). Executive shall immediately and confidentially communicate a description of any Inventions to the Company and to no other party at any time, and if the Company so desires, Executive shall execute all documents and instruments and do all things as may be requested by the Company in order to forever vest all right, title and interest in such Inventions solely in the Company and to obtain such letters of patent, copyrights, registrations or other protections as the Company may, from time to time, desire. In addition, Executive hereby assigns to the Company all right, title and interest of Executive in and to any present Inventions made, devised, created, invented or discovered, in whole or in part by Executive.

b. Confidential Information . During the term of this Agreement and at all times thereafter, Executive shall hold inviolate and keep secret all non-public documents, materials, knowledge or other confidential business or technical information of any nature whatsoever that the Company has maintained as confidential and that has been disclosed to or developed by him or to which he had access as a result of his employment with the Company (hereinafter referred to as “ Confidential Information ”). Such Confidential Information shall include non-public technical and business information, including, but not limited to, inventions, research and development, engineering,

 

8


products, designs, manufacture, methods, systems, improvements, trade secrets, formulas, processes, marketing, merchandising, selling, licensing, servicing, pricing, investors, personnel information (including skills, compensation, experience and performance), customer lists and preferences, records, financial information, manuals and/or business plans and strategies. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information shall remain the sole and absolute property of the Company, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means. During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, except for the purpose of performing services on behalf of the Company. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall (a) not use, disclose, disseminate, publish, reproduce or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means; (b) return to the Company all property that belongs to or is owned by the Company (including any computer, cell phone, personal digital assistant, keys, security cards, etc.); and (c) return to the Company all documents, records, compositions, articles, devices, equipment, electronic storage devices and other items that disclose or embody Confidential Information, including all copies or specimens thereof (including electronic copies), whether prepared by him or by others, unless such information is or becomes publicly available or disclosed by lawful means.

11. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF . Executive agrees that it would be difficult or impossible to measure the damage to the Company from any breach by Executive of the covenants set forth in Section 8, 9 or 10 of this Agreement; that damages to the Company for any such injury would therefore be an inadequate remedy for any such breach, and that such breach would cause irreparable harm to the Company. Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of the terms of any such Section, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach, in addition to and without limitation upon all other remedies available to the Company for such breach.

12. LITIGATION/AUDIT COOPERATION . Executive agrees that following the termination of his employment for any reason, for a period of twelve (12) months he shall reasonably cooperate at mutually convenient times and locations in connection with (a) the defense of, or prosecution by, the Company or any of its affiliates with respect to any threatened or pending litigation or in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body that relates to any events or actions which occurred during the term of Executive’s employment with, or service to, the Company; and (b) any audit of the financial statements of the Company with respect to the period of time when Executive was employed by the Company as Chief Financial Officer. The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in connection with such cooperation. Executive shall be compensated for his time at a mutually agreed upon rate for any services other than the provision of information to the Company or its counsel and/or testifying as a witness, which he shall undertake without any compensation up to a maximum obligation of 120 hours.

13. WAIVER OF BREACH . The waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach. Each and every right, remedy and power hereby granted to any party or allowed it by law shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other.

 

9


14. SEVERABILITY . If any of the provisions of this Agreement or the application thereof to any party under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or the application thereof.

15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, along with any related documents referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and completely and irrevocably terminates any and all other previous or contemporaneous communications, representations, understandings, agreements, negotiations and discussions, either oral or written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties acknowledge and agree that there are no written or oral agreements, understandings, or representations, directly or indirectly related to this Agreement or the employment, compensation or benefits of Executive that are not set forth herein. By executing this Agreement, Executive represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not subject to any agreement with any current or former employer or consultancy relationship that would prohibit Executive’s acceptance of and performance of his duties and responsibilities under the terms of this Agreement or as contemplated in the future during Executive’s employment with the Company. Executive agrees that he shall not share any confidential or proprietary information of any prior employer or consultancy or individual with the Company or the Company’s employees.

16. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be altered or amended in any of its provisions only by a written agreement signed by each of the parties hereto.

17. SUCCESSORS . The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns, as well as Executive and his estate. Executive may not assign or delegate, in whole or in part, his duties or obligations under this Agreement This Agreement may be transferred and assigned by the Company to any successor of the Company by acquisition, merger, reorganization, amalgamation, asset sale or otherwise. Upon any assignment of this Agreement by the Company, all obligations of the Company shall terminate, Executive shall become employed by the assignee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall include only such assignee.

18. RIGHTS CUMULATIVE . The Company’s rights under this Agreement are cumulative, and the exercise of one right will not be deemed to preclude the exercise of any other rights.

19. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

20. CONSTRUCTION . Each party has cooperated in the drafting and preparation of this Agreement, and therefore, the Agreement shall not be construed against either party on the basis that any particular party was the drafter.

 

10


21. VOLUNTARY COUNSEL . Executive agrees and acknowledges that he has read and understood this Agreement prior to signing it, has entered into this Agreement freely and voluntarily and has been advised to seek legal counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and has had ample opportunity to do so.

22. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed in all respects by, the internal laws of the State of Tennessee (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).

23. SECTION 409A .

a. It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement and the Company’s and Executive’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with and avoid the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including the Treasury Regulations and other published guidance related thereto). This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted consistent with that intent.

b. To the extent that any reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement is taxable to Executive, Executive shall provide the Company with documentation of the related expenses promptly so as to facilitate the timing of the reimbursement payment contemplated by this paragraph, and any reimbursement payment due to Executive pursuant to such provision shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. Such reimbursement obligations pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits that Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits that Executive receives in any other taxable year.

c. Separation from Service . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment shall mean a separation from service as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h) without regard to any optional alternative definitions available thereunder.

24. ARBITRATION .

a. In exchange for the benefits of the speedy, economical and impartial dispute resolution procedure of arbitration, the Company and Executive, with the advice and consent of their selected counsel, choose to forego their right to resolution of their disputes in a court of law by a judge or jury, and instead elect to treat their disputes, if any, pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act.

b. Executive and the Company agree that any and all claims or controversies whatsoever brought by Executive or the Company, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, Executive’s employment with Company, or otherwise arising between Executive and Company, will be settled by final and binding arbitration in Knoxville, Tennessee or such other location as may be mutually agreed by parties in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Procedures of Judicial Arbitration and

 

11


Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) then in effect. This includes all claims whether arising in tort or contract and whether arising under statute or common law. Such claims may include, but are not limited to, those relating to this Agreement, wrongful termination, retaliation, harassment, or any statutory claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, or similar Federal or state statutes. In addition, any claims arising out of the public policy of Tennessee, any claims of wrongful termination, employment discrimination, retaliation, or harassment of any kind, as well as any claim related to the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement shall be arbitrated under the terms of this Agreement. The obligation to arbitrate such claims will survive the termination of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, the hearing and all filings and other proceedings shall be treated in a private and confidential manner by the arbitrator and all parties and representatives, and shall not be disclosed except as necessary for any related judicial proceedings.

c. The arbitration will be conducted before an arbitrator to be mutually agreed upon by the parties from JAMS’ panel of arbitrators. In the event that the parties are unable to mutually agree upon the arbitrator, JAMS shall provide a slate of five arbitrators with experience in employment law and each party shall have the opportunity to strike two names and rank the remaining arbitrators in order of preference. JAMS shall then select the highest ranked arbitrator to preside over the arbitration. If JAMS is unable to provide an arbitrator who has experience in employment law, the parties may jointly or separately petition the court for appointment of an arbitrator with such experience. The arbitrator will have jurisdiction to determine the arbitrability of any claim. The arbitrator shall have the authority to grant all monetary or equitable relief (including, without limitation, injunctive relief, ancillary costs and fees, and punitive damages) available under state and Federal law. Judgment on any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered and enforced by any court having jurisdiction thereof In addition to any other relief awarded, the prevailing party in any arbitration or court action covered by this Agreement, as determined by the arbitrator or court in a final judgment or decree, shall be entitled to recover costs, expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent permitted by law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

MALIBU BOATS LLC
/s/ Jack Springer
Jack Springer
Malibu Boats

 

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Wayne Wilson
Wayne Wilson

 

12

Exhibit 14.1

MALIBU BOATS, INC.

CODE OF ETHICS FOR SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

This Code of Ethics (this “Code”) applies to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions (collectively, the “Senior Financial Officers”), of Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “Company”). They are uniquely capable and empowered to ensure that all stakeholders’ interests are appropriately balanced, protected and preserved. The Company adopted the Malibu Boats, Inc. Code of Business Conduct (our “Code of Conduct”), which is the basis of our commitment to the highest ethical and legal standards. Our Code of Conduct governs all of our directors and employees, including our Senior Financial Officers. Each of the provisions of this Code is addressed in our Code of Conduct, and each of our Senior Financial Officers is subject to, and has agreed to abide by, the Code of Conduct. Moreover, in light of the requirement contained in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that each public company disclose whether it has a code of ethics for senior financial officers, we have prepared this Code in order to specifically address the unique role of these officers in corporate governance. This Code provides principles to which the Senior Financial Officers are expected to adhere and which they are expected to advocate. This Code is intended to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

  (a) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

  (b) full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

  (c) compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

  (d) the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and

 

  (e) accountability for adherence to the Code.

All of our Senior Financial Officers must conduct themselves in accordance with the Code and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. The Code is neither a contract nor a legal document that creates a contractual relationship. This Code does not summarize all of our policies. Senior Financial Officers must also comply with our other policies, including those set forth in our Code of Conduct.

1. Compliance With Laws . Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation on which the Company’s ethical standards are built. All Senior Financial Officers must respect and obey the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate. It is important for Senior Financial Officers to ensure compliance with these laws, rules and regulations and to take action promptly on any reports of violations or suspected violations.

2. Conflicts Of Interest . The Company expects and requires its Senior Financial Officers to act honestly and ethically and to avoid actual or apparent conflicts of interest with the Company, except when acting in compliance with policies or guidelines approved by the Board of Directors.

 

1


3. Public Company Reporting . As a public company, the Company must provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that it files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications. The Senior Financial Officers are directly involved in that process and have several responsibilities, including the following:

 

    Assuring that our public reports are complete, fair and understandable. We expect you to take this responsibility very seriously and to provide prompt, full and accurate answers to inquiries related to our public disclosure requirements.

 

    Maintaining our books, records, accounts and financial statements in reasonable detail while ensuring that they appropriately reflect our transactions and conform both to applicable legal requirements and are subject to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets should not be maintained.

 

    Retaining or destroying records according to applicable law and any record retention policy we may establish from time to time. In accordance with any such policy, in the event of litigation or governmental investigation, please consult the Company’s counsel immediately.

 

    Assuring that our public reports fairly and accurately reflect the business and finances of the Company. If you believe that they do not, you have a responsibility to bring your concerns to the attention of the Chair of the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”).

 

    Complying with any disclosure controls and procedures of the Company.

Every Senior Financial Officer who has, or who hears expressed by another person, any concerns about the manner in which the Company’s financial statements or public reports are prepared, the sufficiency of its internal financial controls, the honesty or competence of its financial management or independent auditors or any other matter within the purview of the Audit Committee is directed to report the matter promptly to the Chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will not tolerate retaliation against any person who reports potential issues to the Audit Committee in good faith.

4. Waivers Of The Code Of Business Conduct And Ethics . Any waiver of this Code for Senior Financial Officers may be made only by the Company’s Board of Directors to the extent necessary and warranted and will be promptly disclosed to the extent required by law or regulation of any applicable securities exchange market.

5. Reporting Illegal Or Unethical Behavior . The Senior Financial Officers are required to report promptly in accordance with the reporting procedures established by our Code of Conduct any observed illegal or unethical behavior, or other violations of this Code. In the rare case that a Senior Financial Officer becomes aware of a serious legal violation or a breach of fiduciary duty by a director, officer or employee of the Company, he or she is required to contact the Chair of the Audit Committee or another member of the Audit Committee. Retaliation for reports of misconduct is strictly prohibited. Anyone who retaliates or attempts to retaliate against a reporting employee will be subject to discipline, up to and including termination.

6. Investigations of Reports, Corrective Action and Discipline . The Company’s Board of Directors, through the Audit Committee, will investigate all reported concerns promptly and confidentially to the extent possible. Senior Financial Officers are expected to cooperate fully in internal investigations of misconduct. The Company’s Board of Directors, or appropriate committee thereof, will assess any findings from the investigation and recommend corrective action or changes that need to be made.

 

2


7. Compliance with Code . Compliance with this Code shall be monitored by the Audit Committee. Senior Financial Officers are encouraged to seek guidance regarding the application or interpretation of this Code from the Company’s counsel or the Chair of the Audit Committee and are expected to cooperate fully in any investigation of any potential violation of this Code.

8. Accountability . The Company’s Board of Directors shall determine, or designate an appropriate person or committee to determine, appropriate actions to be taken in the event of violations of this Code or our Code of Conduct by any Senior Financial Officer. Such actions shall be reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote accountability for adherence to this Code and our Code of Conduct, and shall include written notices to the individuals involved of the Board of Directors’ determination that there has been a violation and of any censure by the Board of Directors, demotion or re-assignment of the individuals involved, suspension with or without pay or benefits (as determined by the Board of Directors) or termination of such individuals’ employment, as applicable. In determining what action is appropriate in a particular case, the Board of Directors or such designee shall take into account all relevant information, including the nature and severity of the violation, whether the violation involved a single occurrence or repeated occurrences, whether the violation appears to have been intentional or inadvertent, whether the individuals in question had been advised prior to the violation as to the proper course of action and whether or not the individuals in question had committed other violations in the past.

 

3


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I have received and reviewed the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and Chief Executive Officer of Malibu Boats, Inc. (the “Code”) and hereby certify that I understand and will comply with the Code. I understand that my failure to comply in all respects with the Company’s policies and codes, including the Code, is basis for disciplinary action against me up to and including termination of my employment or relationship with the Company.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Signature
Name:  

 

Position:  

 

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF MALIBU BOATS, INC.

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Organization

Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC

   Delaware

Malibu Boats, LLC

   Delaware

Malibu Boats Domestic International Sales Corp.

   Delaware

Malibu Holdco A, LLC

   Delaware

Malibu Holdco B, LLC

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-192862) on Form S-1 of Malibu Boats, Inc. of our report dated January 6, 2014, relating to our audit of the balance sheet of Malibu Boats, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

January 7, 2014

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-192862) on Form S-1 of Malibu Boats, Inc. of our report dated December 13, 2013, relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Malibu Boats Holdings, LLC, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

January 7, 2014